https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&user=Bamaustin&feedformat=atom
Gramps - User contributions [en]
2024-03-28T08:49:55Z
User contributions
MediaWiki 1.31.3
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=103440
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-28T06:17:20Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* G */ link to the main GEDCOM page</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#General|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address (URL)]] Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]].<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) <br />
::As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common. Gramps has implemented a variety of [[GEDCOM|GEDCOM support features]].<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that [[#custom|custom type]] to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=GEDCOM&diff=103439
GEDCOM
2024-03-28T05:57:33Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* See also */ cross reference GEDCOM resources</p>
<hr />
<div>'''GEDCOM''' stands for '''Ge'''nealogical '''D'''ata '''Com'''munications and is a file format specification developed by the Family and Church History Department of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. It allows different genealogical software programs to share data with each other. <br />
<br />
==GEDCOM References==<br />
* [https://gedcom.io/specs/ gedcom.io GEDCOM specification documents] (versions 7.0.1, 5.5.1, 5.5)<br />
* [http://wikipedia.org/wiki/GEDCOM GEDCOM] From Wikipedia<br />
* GEDCOM 5.5 ([http://www.familysearch.org/GEDCOM/GEDCOM55.EXE Envoy], [http://www.math.clemson.edu/~rsimms/genealogy/ll/gedcom55.pdf pdf], [http://homepages.rootsweb.com/~pmcbride/gedcom/55gctoc.htm html]) <br />
* [https://web.archive.org/web/20131224010411/http://pjcj.sytes.net/pjcj.net/html/perl.html#Gedcom.pm Gedcom.pm] [Internet archive capture: 24 Dec 2013]<br />
* GEDCOM 5.5.1 draft ([http://www.phpgedview.net/ged551-5.pdf pdf]) <small>2 October 1999</small><br />
* GEDCOM 5.5.1 ([https://edge.fscdn.org/assets/img/documents/ged551-5bac5e57fe88dd37df0e153d9c515335.pdf pdf]) <small>15 November 2019</small>, [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/GEDCOM Final version released] with updated email, dates, and copyright.<br />
* GEDCOM 5.5.5 <small>2 October 2019</small> [https://www.tamurajones.net/GEDCOM555JustARevision.xhtml Unsanctioned, copyright violation]<br />
* GEDCOM 6.0 beta ([https://sourceforge.net/projects/gedcomfilter/files/GEDCOM%20XML%20Specification/GEDCOM%20XML%206.0%20Beta/GedXML60.pdf/download archived pdf]) - Note - this effort appears to have been abandoned and the PDF ([http://www.familysearch.org/GEDCOM/GedXML60.pdf http://www.familysearch.org/GEDCOM/GedXML60.pdf]) document link is invalid on the sponsoring FamilySearch website.<br />
<br />
==GEDCOM Testing==<br />
* [http://pjcj.sytes.net/pjcj.net/html/perl.html#Gedcom.pm Gedcom.pm]<br />
* [http://patrick.texier.free.fr/gedchk.zip gedchk (perl)], [http://www.familysearch.org/GEDCOM/gedcheck.zip gedchk.exe]<br />
* [http://www.geditcom.com/gedcom.html GEDitCOM "Torture Test" files]<br />
* [http://heiner-eichmann.de/gedcom/charset.htm ANSEL and Unicode GEDCOM sample files]<br />
* [http://www.familyhistoriansoftware.co.uk/compare/gedcom-test.htm Calico Pie's GEDCOM Coverage Test]<br />
* [http://ancestorsnow.blogspot.com/2011/07/vged.html VGed] (Windows OS)<br />
* [http://www.tamurajones.net/GEDCOMValidation.xhtml Gedcom Validation] by Tamura Jones.<br />
<br />
==Converting ANSEL to Unicode and back==<br />
* Gramps exports and imports ANSEL GEDCOM, but not all codes are supported. Test the output on the character ? which is used if a character is not understood<br />
* Perl MARC::Charset module: Available on [http://search.cpan.org/~esummers/MARC-Charset-0.95/lib/MARC/Charset.pm cpan], and well supported . Can convert MARC8 to Unicode and back. As ANSEL is a subset of MARC8 (consisting of the (extended) latin characters) it will convert all ANSEL GEDCOMS to Unicode. (:arrow:) More info, and a script that can convert: see the attachment to bug {{bug|831}}.<br />
* [http://marc4j.tigris.org/ marc4j] - Java implementation of a convertor, also MARC8 to Unicode. Unclear if it converts correctly combined unicode characters.<br />
<br />
===ANSEL/MARC References===<br />
* [http://www.niso.org/standards/resources/Z39-47-1993(R2002).pdf ANSI/NISO Z39.47-1993(R2002)]<br />
* [http://lcweb2.loc.gov/cocoon/codetables/45.html Library of Congress, MARC specification tables]<br />
* [http://www.loc.gov/marc/marbi/2006/2006-09.html MARC proposal 2006-09], Lossless technique for conversion of Unicode to MARC-8<br />
* [http://www.loc.gov/marc/marbi/2006/2006-04.html MARC proposal 2006-04], Technique for conversion of Unicode to MARC-8<br />
<br />
===Unofficial ANSEL to Unicode conversion lists===<br />
These cover the original ANSEL spec, now preseded by MARC8.<br />
* [http://www.gymel.com/charsets/ANSEL.html ANSEL to Unicode] by Thomas Berger<br />
* [http://www.heiner-eichmann.de/gedcom/charintr.htm ANSEL to Unicode] by Heiner Eichmann<br />
* [http://www.atla.com/tsig/LatinCharacters/Latin%20Characters%20in%20Unicode%20and%20MARC-8.pdf Latin Characters in Unicode and ANSEL]<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
<br />
;Current open Feature requests for Gramps:<br />
* {{bug|6023}} Export Family Historian GEDCOM Extensions<br />
* {{bug|688}} Support for Gedcom 5.5EL (or Gedcom-L the more recent standard)<br />
* {{bug|9249}} GEDCOM import improvements to support Ancestry.com, FTM 2012/2014 and FTM for MAC 3<br />
* [[GEDCOM 7 support]]<br />
<br />
;Other wiki pages for GEDCOM:<br />
* [[Gramps and GEDCOM]]<br />
* [[GEDCOM 7 support]] (future)<br />
* [[Addon:GEDCOM Extensions]] addon exporter plugin (source code: [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/blob/master/GedcomExtensions/GedcomExtensions.py addons-source/blob/master/GedcomExtensions/GedcomExtensions.py]<br />
* [[Lossless GEDCOM Export]]<br />
* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/best-way-to-integrate-foreign-gedcom/157/2 Import of foreign language GEDCOM]<br />
* Gramps Glossary term: [[Gramps_Glossary#gedcom|GEDCOM]]<br />
* [[Other genealogy tools]] <br />
* [[Import from another genealogy program]] (GEDCOM dialects)<br />
<br />
;Related source code :<br />
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/plugins/lib/libgedcom.py gramps/plugins/lib/libgedcom.py] - ([https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/f41cddcd2f3f2164de43596d39ca1aa835fff38f/gramps/plugins/lib/libgedcom.py#L316-L366 custom tag section])<br />
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/plugins/importer/importgedcom.py gramps/plugins/importer/importgedcom.py]<br />
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/plugins/export/exportgedcom.py gramps/plugins/export/exportgedcom.py]<br />
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/addons-source/blob/master/GedcomExtensions/GedcomExtensions.py GedcomExtensions.py addon]<br />
<br />
;Other reference pages for related file formats:<br />
* [[Gramps XML]]<br />
* [[Other_genealogy_tools#Gedcom_one-to-one_to_XML|ged1212xml]]<br />
* [https://osdn.net/projects/sfnet_gedcomfilter/ GEDCOM Import/Export-Filter] project on ODSN (Open Source Development Network)<br />
<br />
=== Collections of GEDCOM extension tags used in different programs ===<br />
* [[Import from another genealogy program]] (GEDCOM dialects)<br />
* [http://genealogytools.com/family-tree-maker-to-gedcom-to-other-apps-crosswalk/ Family Tree Maker to GEDCOM to Other Apps Crosswalk], by Keith Riggle (This spreadsheet shows alot of the custom GEDCOM extension tags for a number of programs.)<br />
* [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|Manage Family Trees - GEDCOM import]]<br />
* [http://www.fhug.org.uk/wiki/doku.php?id=glossary:gedcom_extension_list GEDCOM Extension List (FHUG Knowledge Base)], GEDCOM custom tags used by Family Historian<br />
* [http://support.legacyfamilytree.com/article/AA-00520/14/Tips-and-How-Tos/GEDCOM-Files-Custom-tags-in-Legacy.html GEDCOM Files] - Custom tags in Legacy Family Tree<br />
* (German) [http://wiki-de.genealogy.net/GEDCOM/_Nutzerdef-Tag#.C3.9Cbersicht_bekannter_Nutzerdefinierter_Kennzeichen Collection of GEDCOM extension tags used in different programs]<br />
<br />
=== Others projects ===<br />
<br />
* [https://github.com/FamilySearch/Gedcom GEDCOM (WeRelate.org)] is a project for parsing objects ignored by a model. It includes classes and attributes for every GEDCOM tag sequence appearing in more than 4% of the 7000 GEDCOMs submitted to WeRelate.org over the past five years, with the exception of four software-specific schema tags: SCHEMA, _EVENT_DEFN, _PLAC_DEFN, and _EVDEF, generated by Family Tree Maker, Personal Ancestral File, Legacy, and RootsMagic respectively. <br />
<br />
* [https://www.linkedin.com/in/dallan-quass-7059/ Dallan Quass] GitHub [https://github.com/DallanQ/Gedcom GEDCOM repository] incudes the [https://github.com/DallanQ/Gedcom/wiki/Demo demo]. ''GEDCOM -> model -> json -> model -> GEDCOM'' round-trip shows the GEDCOM tags that are represented in the model as extensions, and tags that cannot be represented.<br />
;* [https://github.com/DallanQ/Gedcom/wiki/Specification-differences Specification] differences between the object model and the GEDCOM 5.5 Specification.<br />
;* set of [https://github.com/DallanQ/Gedcom/wiki/UML-Diagrams UML diagrams] illustrating the core GEDCOM class and each of the top-level objects.<br />
<br />
[[Category:Developers/Reference]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings&diff=103438
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings
2024-03-28T05:29:47Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Database Location */ Windows database path changed from "Roaming" to "Local" for 5.2</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|15}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
This section deals with various settings you can manage within Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Preferences ==<br />
[[File:EditPreferencesTabsOnly-overview-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Overview of all Preferences tabs]]<br />
<br />
Most of the settings affecting the entire Gramps program are configured in the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. To invoke it, select the menu {{man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences...}}. <br />
<br />
There are overrides that can be set ''before'' running Gramps (such setting the Language shown in the interfaces or for reports) that can be set temporarily or permanently from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line|command line interface]]. <br />
<br />
For configuration options that are limited to the current view or Gramplet set, choose via the menu {{man menu|View &#x27a1; Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. <br />
<br />
The tabs on the top display the available option categories as follows:<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}<br />
<br />
<br />
Also ''other'' additional tabs maybe shown from any [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|addons]] you may have installed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Data ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab defaults]]<br />
The {{man label|Data}} tab contains preferences relevant to the following two sections:<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Display Options ====<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Display Options" section defaults]]<br />
The {{man label|Display Options}} section contains the following options:<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Automate Place format:}} This option controls the display of places.{{man tooltip|Enables automatic place title generation using specified format.}}<br />
** '''Full''' (default)<br />
*** Selecting the {{man button|Edit...}} button will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Place Format Editor]]}}<br />
*{{man label|Coordinates format:}} This option controls the display of Coordinates. (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]])<br />
** '''DEG Degree,minutes,seconds notation''' (default)<br />
** DEG-: degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
** D.D4 degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
** D.D8 degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS) <br />
** RT90 Output format for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_grid Swedish coordinate system RT90]<br />
*{{man label|Name format:}} This option controls the display of names in the current database (the setting is saved in the database and is not system wide). In Gramps there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats{{man label|Custom name display options are unique to each family tree.}}. Several different predefined name formats are available: "Surname, Given Suffix", "Given Surname Suffix", "Given", "Primary[sur] Primary[con] NotPatronymic, Given Patronymic[sur] Suffix Primary[pre]"<br />
** Clicking on the right hand side {{man button|Edit...}} button will bring up a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} window where the available list of options is shown. The format is given as well as an example. When predefined formats are not suitable one can define one's own format. You can use the {{man button|Add}} button to add a Name format to the list. Clicking once will give you a '''SURNAME,Given Suffix(call)''' format and as example : '''SMITH, Edwin Jose Sr (Ed)'''. If you added new name formats to the list the {{man button|Remove}} and {{man button|Edit}} buttons become available to change the name format list. <br />
***{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Consider single pa/matronymic as surname}}: Checkbox unselected by default. If selected enables Gramps to consider patronymic and matronymic names as surnames.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Besides this database-wide setting Gramps allows you to decide the name display format individually for every single name via the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}} dialog}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date format *:}} This option controls the display of dates. It is a global setting, requiring a restart of Gramps to take effect, and applies to the display of dates in all databases loaded within Gramps until such time as the date display format is changed again. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale. {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new date display format}}<br />
** '''YYYY-MM-DD (ISO)''' (default) - Example 2020-09-30 - Displays the date using the international standard [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange] particularly useful when sharing data between countries with different conventions for writing numeric dates and times.<br />
** Numerical<br />
** Month Day, Year<br />
** MON DAY, YEAR<br />
** Day Month Year<br />
** DAY MON YEAR<br />
<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Age display precision *:}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new Age precision format}}<br />
** '''Years''' (default)<br />
** Years, Months<br />
** Years, Months, Days<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Round the year}} {{new|5.1}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Display ages for events after death *}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to see the change.}} {{new|5.1}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Calendar on reports:}} '''Gregorian''' (default). This option controls the display of calendar on reports, tools, gramplets, views. Several different calendars are available (see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Date Edition]]). Two dates with two different calendars will not properly display timeline or period, (e.g. Using the Gregorian calendar as the default displayed calendar, users will have a better coherency for displaying dates on period).<br />
*{{man label|Calendar on input:}} '''Gregorian''' (default).<br />
*{{man label|Show leap day anniversaries:}} '''On the previous day''' (default). {{man tooltip|For non leap years, anniversaries are displayed on either February 28, March 1 or not at all in Gregorian calendars}} {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Status bar:}} This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s name and ID''' (default) or '''Relationship to [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Citation formatter:}} '''Legacy''' (default). Select from the available plugins for composing and display of Citation data. The built-in "Legacy" CITE plugin is compatible with versions 5.1.6 and earlier. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
===== Place Format Editor =====<br />
{{man note|See|[[Hierarchical Place Structure]]}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-Display-section-PlaceFormatEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Format Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab "Display" section]]<br />
<br />
Accessed from the Edit > Data tab [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]] section "Automate Place Format" option.<br />
<br />
This tab contains preferences relevant to how Places should be shown. <br />
<br />
*{{man label|Name:}} A unique name for the place format.<br />
*{{man label|Levels:}} The place names to be displayed.<br />
Each level in the hierarchy is represented by a positive integer, starting with 0 for the selected place and increasing by 1 for each level up the hierarchy. The levels can also be represented by negative integers, starting with -1 for the top level (usually a country) and decreasing by 1 for each level lower in the hierarchy. In addition, the populated place (city, town, village or hamlet) is represented by the letter p; this can be used with an offset (e.g. p+1 or p-2).<br />
<br />
The names to be displayed are defined as a comma-separated list of ranges. A range can either be a single level, or a start level and an end level separated by a colon. The start level must be less than the end level in a range. The start and end levels default to 0 and -1 if missing.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Street format:}} "None" (default), "Number Street" or "Street Number". Option to concatenate the number and street in order to suppress the comma. For this option to work, the street must have the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|'''Type''']] ''Street'' and house number must have the '''Type''' ''Number''.<br />
*{{man label|Language:}} (Empty by Default) A two-digit language code.<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Reverse display order}} (checkbox unchecked by default)<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor dialog]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor dialog]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
=====Display Name Editor=====<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Custom name display formats are stored in the Family Trees, thus before loading any Family Tree the {{man label|Custom format details}} expander is disabled.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-DisplayNameEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab > "Display Options" section]]<br />
The following keywords are replaced with the appropriate name parts:<br />
* <b>Given</b> - given name (first name) <br />
* <b>Title</b> - title (Dr., Mrs.) <br />
* <b>Call</b> - call name <br />
* <b>Initials</b> - first letters of Given <br />
* <b>Primary, Primary[pre] or [sur] or [con]</b>- full primary surname, prefix, surname only, connector <br />
* <b>Patronymic, or [pre] or [sur] or [con]</b> - full pa/matronymic surname, prefix, surname only, connector <br />
* <b>Familynick</b> - family nick name <br />
* <b>Rest</b> - non primary surnames <br />
* <b>Rawsurnames</b>- surnames (no prefixes and connectors)<br />
* <b>Surname</b> - surnames (with prefix and connectors)<br />
* <b>Suffix</b> - suffix (Jr., Sr.)<br />
* <b>Nickname</b> - nick name<br />
* <b>Common</b> - nick name, otherwise first of Given<br />
* <b>Prefix</b> - all prefixes (von, de) <br />
* <b>Notpatronymic</b>- all surnames, except pa/matronymic &amp; primary<br />
<br />
{{man menu|UPPERCASE versions of these keywords forces uppercase to be displayed.}} Extra parentheses, commas are removed. Other text appears literally.<br />
<br />
[[File:NameEditor-format_reference_example-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - reference person]]<br />
<br />
'''Example:''' Dr. Edwin Jose von der Smith and Weston Wilson Sr (“Ed”) - Underhills<br />
''Edwin Jose'': Given, ''von der'': Prefix, ''Smith'' and ''Weston'': Primary, ''and'': <abbr title="a connector">[con]</abbr>, ''Wilson'': Patronymic,<br />
''Dr.'': Title, ''Sr'': Suffix, ''Ed'': Nickname, ''Underhills'' <abbr title="family nick name">Familynick</abbr>, Jose <abbr title="called (preferred given name)">call</abbr>.<br />
<br />
All the fields in the Example except the Family Nickname can be added in the standard Person Editor dialog. Double-click the Preferred name in Names tab of the Person Editor to access additional fields including: the Family Nick Name, Grouping controls, exception Sorting & Display controls, Date range controls for using a particular name.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!-- mention the three buttons at the bottom--><br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Input Options ====<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-InputOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Input Options" section defaults]]<br />
<br />
*<span id="surname guessing">{{man label|Surname Guessing:}}<span> This option affects the initial family name of a child when they are added to the family tree. The default {{man label|Father's surname}} will use the family name of the father. Selecting {{man label|None}} means that no surname guessing will be attempted. Selecting {{man label|Combination of mother's and father's surname}} will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, {{man label|[https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Icelandic_name Icelandic style]}} will use the father's given name followed by the "sson" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwin''sson'').<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip |2=The {{man label|Surname Guessing:}} option only affects the initial family name guessed by Gramps when the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog is launched from a {{man label|Family Editor}} window.<br />
You can modify that name any way you see fit. Set this Preferences [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display tab]] option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing.<br />
<br />
See: <br />
* [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=1715 feature request to support other local variations for surname guessing]<br />
* [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Names_by_culture Category:Names by culture], From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Default family relationship:}} <br />
** '''Unknown'''(default)<br />
** Married <br />
** Unmarried <br />
** Civil Union<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Hide LDS tab in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|person]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|family]] editors}}: Latter Days Saints {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-EnviromentSettings-section-default-52.png|Right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} General Preferences - Enviroment Settings - section - (defaults)]]<br />
<br />
This tab contains one section containing preferences relevant to the general operation of the program.<br />
<br />
==== Environment Settings ====<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Display Tip of the Day}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} dialog at startup. {{man tooltip|Show useful information about using Gramps on startup.}}<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last Family Tree}}: Selecting this checkbox option causes the last used database to load upon start. It bypasses the '''Manage Family Trees''' dialog.<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last view displayed}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the the display of the last [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View]]. Enabling will bring you to the view where you stopped the program the last time. {{man tooltip|Remember last view displayed and open it next time.}}<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Enable spelling checker}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The '''gtkspell''' package must be loaded for this to have an effect. ( See: [[Troubleshoot Spellcheck]] )<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons *}} ''checked'' (default) This checkbox controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Main Window]]. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted. {{man tooltip|Show or hide text beside Navigator buttons (People, Families, Events...). Requires Gramps restart to apply.}}<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Clipboard icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Reports icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Tools icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Addons icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Preferences icon on toolbar}}<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show close button in gramplet bar tabs}} ''unchecked''(default) {{man tooltip|Show close button to simplify removing gramplets from bars.}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} Default: <code>&lt;b>%s&lt;/b></code><br />
** Convenience markups are:<br />
*** <b>&lt;b&gt;Bold&lt;/b&gt;</b> (Default)<br />
*** <big>&lt;big&gt;Makes font relatively larger&lt;/big&gt;</big><br />
*** <i>&lt;i&gt;Italic&lt;/i&gt;</i><br />
*** <s>&lt;s&gt;Strikethrough&lt;/s&gt;</s><br />
*** <sub>&lt;sub&gt;Subscript&lt;/sub&gt;</sub><br />
*** <sup>&lt;sup&gt;Superscript&lt;/sup&gt;</sup><br />
*** <small>&lt;small&gt;Makes font relatively smaller&lt;/small&gt;</small><br />
*** <tt>&lt;tt&gt;Monospace font&lt;/tt&gt;</tt><br />
*** <u>&lt;u&gt;Underline&lt;/u&gt;</u><br />
**** For example: &lt;u&gt;&lt;b&gt;%s&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/u&gt; will display <u><b>Underlined bold date</b></u>.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Multiple surname box height:}} Default:'''150''' Pixels {{man tooltip|Enter height in pixels. When multiple surnames are entered, these names display in a box. This setting sets the size of this box.}}<br />
<br />
====Tip of the Day dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:TipOfTheDay-dialog--example-WhatsThatFor-52.png|Right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip of the Day dialog]]<br />
<br />
When enabled in {{man menu|Edit > Preferences}} {{man label|General}} tab the {{man label|Tip of the Day}} dialog shows helpful hints.<br />
<br />
The following options are available:<br />
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Display on startup}} (check box checked by default - once enabled) - uncheck to stop further tips appearing.<br />
*{{man button|Forward}} - Advance to the next tip.<br />
*{{man button|Close}} - exit for this session until the Gramps program is restarted.<br />
[[Category:Tips]]<br />
<!-- 2023/09/08 List of 73 Tips are stored here https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps52/data/tips.xml --><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Family Tree ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-FamilyTree-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: {{man menu|Edit>Preferences...}} - "Family Tree" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Family Tree}} tab contains the following four sections:<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Settings|Database Settings]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Location|Database Location]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Backup_Management|Backup Management]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}}<br />
<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backing_up_a_Family_Tree|Backing up a family tree]] - more information on backups<br />
* [[Template:Backup_Omissions|Backup omissions]] - what is not included during a backup<br />
* Addon [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] - this adds support for PostgreSQL databases.<br />
<br />
====Database Settings====<br />
*{{man label|Database backend:}} - <br />
** '''[[Gramps_Glossary#sqlite|SQLite]]''' (''default'') - the [[DB-API Database Backend]]<br />
** ... If other database backends addons are installed, they will be added to the list <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] backend<br />
<br />
The ''[[Gramps_Glossary#bsddb|BSDDB]]'' - Legacy Database backend was superseded in the Gramps 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
====Database Location====<br />
*{{man label|Host:}} - Server address or other computer IP address for the location of the database.<br />
*{{man label|Port:}} - Port number to access the Host database<br />
*{{man label|Family Tree Database path:}} Unless you have a definite reason to change this, stay with the default path. This path will be within the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]] of the local machine's Operating Systems.<br />The default path where the Databases are stored is:<br />
:: <code>/home/</code><small>'''''<username>'''''</small><code>/.gramps/grampsdb</code>''' <small>(Linux and macOS)</small><br />
:: <code>C:\Users\</code><small>'''''<~username>'''''</small><code>\AppData\Roaming\gramps\grampsdb</code>''' <small>(Windows Gramps 5.1 )</small><br />
:: <code>C:\Users\</code><small>'''''<~username>'''''</small><code>\AppData\Local\gramps\grampsdb</code>''' <small>(Windows {{new|5.2.0}}, moved to Local from Roaming)</small><br />
<br />
====Backup Management====<br />
*{{man label|Backup path:}} - Location in which to save your Gramps backup archive files.<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Backup on exit}} - Selecting this option will Backup Your family tree upon choosing to exit Gramps. The file be saved to the Backup path specified above. The filename of the backup will match the Family Tree appended with a date and time.<br />
*{{man label|Autobackup:}} timer interval for triggering full backups during Gramps editing sessions.<br />
** '''Never''' (''default'')<br />
** Every 15 minutes<br />
** Every 30 minutes<br />
** Every hour<br />
** Every 12 hours {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** Every 24 day {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Family Tree's Media path====<br />
*{{man label|Base media path:}} Here you can fill in a base path for the media objects. Selecting the {{man button|Directory}} button gives you a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Select_media_directory_dialog|Select media directory]]}} dialog where you can fill in the required path.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|The base relative media path is specific to the active family tree. It is not a global setting. Each family tree is able to have a unique media path that is stored with the database.}}<br />
<br />
=====Select media directory dialog=====<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Missing Media Objects 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x'=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:Broken Media Path.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media object with a broken filepath]]<br />
<br />
If the Preview thumbnails displays 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x' you will need to correct {{man label|Base media path:}} for your family tree in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}} section.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Import ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Import-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Import" - tab - defaults]]<br />
The {{man label|Import}} tab has two sections as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
==== Tag Records ====<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add tag on import}}: Checkbox (Default: <code>Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S</code> ) '''Note - Adding a [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] on import can significantly slow down the importing of your data.''' {{man tooltip|Specified tag will be added on import. Clear to set default value.}}<br />
<br />
==== Source GEDCOM import ====<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add default source on GEDCOM import}}: This checkbox option affects the importing of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|GEDCOM data]]. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] reference to the imported file. '''Note - Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing of your GEDCOM data.'''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Limits ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Limits-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Limits" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
Settings used for calculation operations.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Editing dates]]<br />
* Setting the [[Match_dates#Changing_after.2Fbefore.2Fabout_range|date approximation .ini]] manually<br />
<br />
==== Calculation limits ====<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date 'about' year range: (date ± #):}} Default: <code>50</code><br />
** Defines the number of years +/- of the event date "<code>about <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.<br />
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.<br />
*{{man label|Date 'after' year range: (date + #):}} Default: <code>50</code><br />
** Defines the number of years after the event date "<code>after <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.<br />
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.<br />
*{{man label|Date 'before' year range: (date - #):}} Default: <code>50</code><br />
** Defines the number of years before the event date "<code>before <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.<br />
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.<br />
*{{man label|Maximum age probably alive:}} Default: <code>110</code><br />
** Absent a Death event, the age by which Gramps will consider the person is no longer alive.<br />
*{{man label|Maximum sibling age difference:}} Default: <code>20</code><br />
*{{man label|Minimum years between generations:}} Default: <code>13</code><br />
*{{man label|Average years between generations:}} Default: <code>20</code><br />
*{{man label|Max generations for relationships:}} You can enter the number of generations used to determine relationships. The default value is '''<code>15</code>'''.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Colors ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Colors-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Colors" - tab - UK/Australian dialect defaults]]<!-- ignore that color is spelt "colour" in the screenshot as I am (also) using gramps in UK/Australian mode--><br />
<br />
This tab has seven section related to allowing you to set the '''colors used for boxes in the graphical views'''.<br />
<br />
Each of the colors can be customized using the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]].<br />
<br />
==== Colors used for boxes in the graphical views ====<br />
<br />
You can select the<br />
* {{man label|Color scheme:}} ''Light colors''(default) or ''Dark colors''<br />
** {{man button|Restore to defaults}} - restores themes default colors.<br />
<br />
====Colors for Male persons====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #b8cee6<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #1f4986<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #b8cee6<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for Female persons====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #feccf0<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #861f69<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #feccf0<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for people who are neither male nor female====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #94ef9e<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #2a5d16<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #94ef9e<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for Unknown persons====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #f3dbb6<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #8e5801<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #f3dbb6<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for Family nodes====<br />
* Default background: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Default border: [ ] #cccccc<br />
* Background for Married: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Unmarried: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Civil Union: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Unknown: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Divorced: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Border for Divorced: [ ] #ff7373<br />
<br />
====Other colors====<br />
* Background for Home Person: [ ] #bbe68a<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Genealogical Symbols ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{man warn|Prerequisites exist for this feature|The Genealogical Symbols tab can only be used if the [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|prerequisite]] program <code>[[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|python-fontconfig]]</code> is present that Gramps can use.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
Allows you to use Genealogical symbols instead of text abbreviations in reports, charts and the Gramps interface. <br />
<br />
This tab gives you the possibility to use one font which is able to show all genealogical symbols. (Once configured see: [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols]])<br />
<br />
If you select the "{{man label|Use symbols}}" checkbox, Gramps will use the selected font if it exists.<br />
<br />
This can be useful if you want to add phonetic in a note to show how to pronounce a name or if you mix multiple languages like Greek and Russian.<br />
<br />
You can only configure the death symbol from this tab.<br />
<br />
:List of Genealogical Symbols shown (listed in order shown at bottom screenshot):<br />
<br />
* Female<br />
* Male<br />
* Asexuality, sexless, genderless<br />
* Lesbianism<br />
* Male homosexuality<br />
* Heterosexuality<br />
* Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)<br />
* Transgender<br />
* Neuter<br />
<br />
* Illegitimate<br />
* Birth<br />
* Baptism/Christening<br />
* Engaged<br />
* Marriage<br />
* Divorce<br />
* Unmarried partnership<br />
* Buried<br />
* Cremated/Funeral urn<br />
* Killed in action<br />
* Extinct<br />
<br />
* Death<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<!-- Unicode symbols not showing on mediwiki due to ??? add back when worked out<br />
* &#2640; - Female<br />
* &#2642; - Male<br />
* &#26aa; - Asexuality, sexless, genderless<br />
* &#26a2; - Lesbianism<br />
* &#26a3; - Male homosexuality<br />
* &#26a4; - Heterosexuality<br />
* &#26a5; - Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)<br />
* &#26a6; - Transgender<br />
* &#26b2; - Neuter<br />
<br />
* &#229b; - Illegitimate<br />
* &#002a; - Birth<br />
* &#007c; - Baptism/Christening<br />
* &#26ac; - Engaged<br />
* &#26ad; - Marriage<br />
* &#26ae; - Divorce<br />
* &#26af; - Unmarried partnership<br />
* &#26b0; - Buried<br />
* &#26b1; - Cremated/Funeral urn<br />
* &#2694; - Killed in action<br />
* &#2021; - Extinct<br />
<br />
* &#271e; - Death<br />
<br />
--><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|-<br />
! meaning<br />
! symbol<br />
! Unicode code point(s) <br />
! name<br />
|-<br />
! male <br />
| ♂ <br />
| U+2642 <br />
| Male Sign<br />
|-<br />
! female <br />
| ♀ <br />
| U+2640 <br />
| Female Sign<br />
|-<br />
! unknown <br />
| ⚪︎ <br />
| U+26AA <br />
| Medium White Circle<br />
|-<br />
! hermaphrodite <br />
| ⚥ <br />
| U+26A5 <br />
| Interlocked Male and Female Sign<br />
|-<br />
! neuter <br />
| ⚲ <br />
| U+26B2 <br />
| Neuter<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! birth <br />
| * <br />
| U+002A <br />
| Asterisk<br />
|-<br />
! baptisation, christening <br />
| ~ <br />
| U+007E <br />
| Tilde<br />
|-<br />
! death <br />
| ✝︎ <br />
| U+271D <br />
| Latin Cross<br />
|-<br />
! burial <br />
| ⚰︎ <br />
| U+26B0 <br />
| Coffin<br />
|-<br />
! cremation <br />
| ⚱︎ <br />
| U+26B1 <br />
| Funeral Urn<br />
|-<br />
! stillborn <br />
| ✝︎* <br />
| U+0086 U+002A <br />
| Latin Cross, Asterisk<br />
|-<br />
! born illegitimately <br />
| *⃝ <br />
| U+002A U+20DD <br />
| Circled Asterisk<br />
|-<br />
! born illegitimately <br />
| ⊛ <br />
| U+229B <br />
| Circled Asterisk Operator<br />
|-<br />
! killed in action <br />
| ⚔︎ <br />
| U+2694 <br />
| Crossed Swords<br />
|-<br />
! this line extinct <br />
| ‡ <br />
| U+2021 <br />
| Double Dagger <br />
|-<br />
! approximate(ly) <br />
| ± <br />
| U+00B1 <br />
| Plus-Minus<br />
|-<br />
! before <br />
| < <br />
| U+003C <br />
| Less-Than Symbol<br />
|-<br />
! after <br />
| > <br />
| U+003E <br />
| Greater-Than Symbol<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! engaged <br />
| ⚬ <br />
| U+26AC <br />
| Medium Small White Circle<br />
|-<br />
! married <br />
| ⚭ <br />
| U+26AD <br />
| Marriage Symbol<br />
|-<br />
! divorced <br />
| ⚮ <br />
| U+26AE <br />
| Divorce Symbol<br />
|-<br />
! unmarried <br />
| ⚯ <br />
| U+26AF <br />
| Unmarried Partnership Symbol<br />
|}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
=====Initial setup=====<br />
<br />
If the fontconfig [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Prerequisite|prerequisite has been installed]], then on the {{man label|Genealogical Symbols}} tab select the {{man button|Try to find}} button, Gramps will attempt to detect any suitable unicode text fonts that can be used. <br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-FindFont-51.png|center|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Finding fonts]]<br />
<br />
When the search has completed select one of the fonts from the {{man button|Choose font}} list and then select the checkbox:<br />
<br />
{{checkbox|1|Use symbols}}<br />
<br />
=====Prerequisite=====<br />
Prerequisite : '''python-fontconfig''' : Python bindings of fontconfig and its dependencies are required for displaying genealogical symbols<br />
{{man note|Use the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]|Do you have <code>python-fontconfig</code> installed? Run the Prerequisites Checker Addon and look for something similar to the following line:<pre>* python-fontconfig 0.5.0 (Success version 0.5.x is installed.)</pre>}}<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* Tamura Jones expounds on [https://www.tamurajones.net/GenealogySymbols.xhtml Genealogical Symbols] ''(the 'Unicode' section is particularly relevant)''<br />
* [[GEPS 039: Genealogical symbols in gramps]]<br />
* Feature request: {{bug|9098}} Gramps should be able to use genealogy symbols everywhere.<br />
* [[Customize the Genealogical Symbols lookup table]] located in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory#MS_Windows|Gramps user directory]] at: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps51/gramps/gen/utils/symbols.py gramps\gen\utils\symbols.py]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== ID Formats ===<br />
{{man tip|ID Prefixes |The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the <code>%04d</code> expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc., simply set the formatting parameter to <code>%d</code>, the 'd' specifies Decimal Integer, outputting the number in base 10.<br /><br />See: Python [https://docs.python.org/3/library/string.html#format-specification-mini-language (String) Format Specification Mini-Language]}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-IDFormats-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "ID Formats" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
This tab contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of Gramps IDs.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Person:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person. Default value: <code>I%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Family:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family. Default value: <code>F%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Place:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place. Default value: <code>P%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Source:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source. Default value: <code>S%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Citation:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Citation. Default value: <code>C%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Media Object:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object. Default value: <code>O%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Event:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event. Default value: <code>E%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Repository:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository. Default value: <code>R%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Note:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Note. Default value: <code>N%04d</code><br />
<br />
<br />
You can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps ID]] tool to change the format.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Text ===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Text-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Text" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
This tab contains preferences relevant to how missing and private names and records should be shown.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Missing surname:}} in the input field you can determine how a missing surname should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Surname]</code>'''. You can change this to [--] or whatever is most convenient for you.<br />
*{{man label|Missing given name}} in the input field you can determine how a missing given name should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Given Name]</code>'''. You can change this to whatever you want.<br />
*{{man label|Missing record:}} Default: <code>[Missing Record]</code><br />
*{{man label|Private surname:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code><br />
*{{man label|Private given name:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code><br />
*{{man label|Private record:}} Default: <code>[Private Record]</code><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Warnings ===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Warnings-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Warnings" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
This tab controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled.<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Suppress warning when adding parents to a child.}} Checkbox checked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_adding_parents_to_a_child|Dialog]])<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Dialog]])<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning about missing researcher when exporting to GEDCOM.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_about_missing_researcher_when_exporting_to_GEDCOM|Dialog]])<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress tooltip warnings about data being saved immediately.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show plugin status dialog on plugin load error.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Module_not_loaded_warnings|Dialog]])<br />
<br />
<br />
See the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference|Error and Warning Reference]] page for examples.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Researcher ===<br />
{{man tip|Researcher Information|This contact information is independent of the family trees you create.<br /><br />Most exports and reports will be filtered to protect the privacy of living people of the Tree... including yourself. This information feeds into the authoring and citation features of any publication (or archival) options.}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Researcher-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Researcher" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
Allows you to {{man label|Enter your information so people can contact you when you distribute your Family Tree}} in the corresponding text entry fields. Although Gramps requests information about you, this information is used only so that Gramps can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid.<br />
<br />
The available text entry fields are (all blank by default):<br />
*{{man label|Name:}}<br />
*{{man label|Address:}}<br />
*{{man label|Locality:}}<br />
*{{man label|City:}}<br />
*{{man label|State/County:}}<br />
*{{man label|Country:}}<br />
*{{man label|ZIP/Postal Code:}}<br />
*{{man label|Phone:}}<br />
*{{man label|Email:}}<br />
<br />
The information entered under this preference acts as default value for family tree specific values that can be adjusted with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information]] tool.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Other settings ==<br />
<br />
Besides {{man label|Preferences}} dialog, there are other settings available in Gramps. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Column Editor===<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Column Editor|2=The {{man label|Column Editor}} is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Citations View, Places View, Media View, Repositories View and the Notes View.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:ConfigureTheActiveView-icon-on-toolbar-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Selecting the {{man button|Configure View...}} button]]<br />
<br />
[[File:ColumnEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People default]]<br />
<br />
<br />
The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog. <br />
<br />
To use the {{man label|Column Editor }} dialog for the current view, choose via the menu {{man menu|View &#x27a1; Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. <br />
<br />
Only columns with a selected checkbox will be shown in the view. You can also change the position of a column in the View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop'']). Once you have made the changes you want click {{man button|Apply}}, then click {{man button|OK}} to exit the Editor and see your changes in the View.<br />
<br />
By default, the View List, displays several columns of information about the respective category. You can add or remove columns to and from the display <br />
<br />
The default sort key for the view [always ascending] is the left-most field [i.e. at the top in the Column Editor], so changing which field is in that position affects default sorting.<br />
<br />
[[File:ConfigurePersonView-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People example]]The {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog will have a different selection of columns for each category of View that displays a simple table.<br />
<br />
Changes will only be enacted when the {{man button|Apply}} button is clicked.<br />
<br />
Once the View columns changes have been applied, clicking once on the column header sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order. <br />
<br />
The subset of columns and the current [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] will also constrain the data exported via the {{Man menu|Family Trees&nbsp;&#x27a1;&nbsp;[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} operation. Hidden columns and records will not be exported. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Sorting columns ===<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-PeopleListView-SortedByBirthDateColumn-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sorted by "Birth Date" column in the list mode of the People Category View - example]]<br />
<br />
By default, each Category View presenting data in a columnated table layout will sort the rows in ascending order based on the data in the first (left-most) column. If the table has grouped rows, the grouped data will be sub-sorted. ''(Tables in tabbed subsets of data, Editors and Selectors will work similarly.)''<br />
<br />
Click once on a different column header to sort on the data of that column in ascending order. Click the header again to sort in reverse order. <br />
<br />
The {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns. Choosing a different first column will make that the new default sorting column of the view [though always ascending].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Setting Home person===<br />
[[File:MenuEdit-SetHomePerson-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu showing ''Set Home Person'']]<br />
<br />
To set (designate) the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]], select the People Category and select the desired person to make them into the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] and then choose {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}} via the menus.<br />
<br />
Alternately, when editing any Person, right-clicking on inactive areas (areas without a text-entry box) of the top section displays a pop-up menu which includes an option to {{man menu|Make Home Person}} of that profile.<br />
<br />
The Home person is the persistently designated person who becomes the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] when one of the following occurs:<br />
*By default, when the Family tree database is opened<br />''(The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|General]] setting in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]] can modify this default behavior. The "Remember last view displayed" will return to the last [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] of the previous session.)''<br />
*As the toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is clicked<br />
*When the Home menu item is selected from either the {{man button|Go}} menu or the right-click context menu in selected views<br />
*As the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#15|keybinding]] {{Man key press|ALT|Home}} is pressed to return to the '''Home Person'''. <br />
<br />
The toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is available in the People Category, Relationships Category, and Pedigree Category. [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom]]<br />
====See also====<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Setting the Home Person]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Adjusting viewing controls===<br />
<br />
Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (not available on Pedigree and Relationships Views) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the View menu.<br />
<br />
In the different views clicking the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu will shows for boxes you can click:<br />
*Navigator<br />
*Toolbar<br />
*Sidebar<br />
*Bottombar<br />
*Full Screen {{man key press|F11}}<br />
<br />
Additionally, depending on the view you are in, other options will be available on {{man label|Configure}}.<br />
<br />
*Gramplets:<br />
**Set Columns to 1<br />
**Set Columns to 2<br />
**Set Columns to 3<br />
*Relationships:<br />
**Show Siblings<br />
**Show Details<br />
*Geography:<br />
**Time period<br />
**Layout<br />
<br />
All other Views: the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|column editor]].<br />
<br />
===Export View===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example showing "Export View" menu entry]]<br />
<br />
On most [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Category List Views]], displayed data maybe be exported, choose via the {{man menu|Family Trees ->Export View...}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|menu]] command.<br />
<br />
This Menu command only appears if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.<br />
<br />
Note that the current configuration of the View's columns will control what data will be exported. The export will contain only the displayed column data (in the same order) and be limited to records matching any [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] you have applied.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Export View as Spreadsheet dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-CSV-file-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Export View as Spreadsheet" CSV(default) file-dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramps will then display the {{man label|Export View as Spreadsheet}} dialog where after choosing a file location to save to and a name for your file; export data on from the Category List View in one of two spreadsheet formats:<br />
* '''CSV''' (default)<br />
* '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' - ODS format.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-exampleODS-Displayed-in-LibreOfficeCalc-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example ODS Spreadsheet - Displayed in LibreOffice Calc]]<br />
<br />
The example screenshot shows an export to the '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' (ODS format) displayed as a Spreadsheet in Libreoffice Calc.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Modularity and plugins===<br />
Gramps has been designed for expansion. The Plugin (a.k.a. Plug-in, addon, extension) framework provides a path for third party development outside the normal Gramps release distributions. <br />
<br />
The documentation for each addon is maintained outside the flow of these main wiki chapters. The interface and functionality of the software and documentation may not conform with the styles seen throughout the rest of Gramps... although we encourage Developers to try to make their additions as seamless as possible.<br />
<br />
A brief description and screenshot of each addon can be found in the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] section of the wiki manual. The separately maintained documentation page for the addon is linked from the 1st column of that list.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] and [[5.2 Addons|Third-Party Addons]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Customize report output formats===<br />
[[File:TextReports-DocumentOptions-PlainText-output-settings-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Options - tab defaults for Text Reports (Plain Text - output selected) example]]<br />
<br />
What kind of output customization is available? This dialog allows you to change the fonts, font sizes, font color, background color of the text and alignment of paragraphs on the report.<br />
<br />
For most report dialogs, in the top part are option tabs specifically related that particular report. The lower part will have more broadly reusable features and is called the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Document_Options|Document Options]]}} section. <br />
<br />
From the {{man label|Style:}} drop down list you can choose an existing custom style. Or to make your own {{man label|Style:}} select the {{man button|Style Editor...}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Document_Styles_dialog|Document Styles]]}} dialog and then select the {{man button|Add a new style}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Document Styles dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:DocumentStyles-dialog-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Styles - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Document Styles}} dialog, list the ''default'' style and any custom styles for that report and allows you to edit or delete any custom styles you have created. Select the {{man button|+ (Add a new style)}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Style editor dialog====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Style editor}} dialog allow you to customize the document style specific to each report.<br />
<br />
Change the {{man label|Style sheet name:}} (<code>New Style</code>default) field to a unique name as it will appear in {{man label|Document Options}} {{man label|Style:}} drop down list.<br />
<br />
Once changes for your custom style have been finalized select the {{man button|OK}} button to save the changes or {{man button|Cancel}} to exit.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Style editor dialog tabs=====<br />
On the left hand side you will see the {{man label|Style}} column that list the paragraph options specific to that report that you may modify. For example the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report]]}} shows the style options for AHN-Entry, AHN-Generation and AHN-Title.<br />
<br />
On the right hand side are three tabs associated with each style listed in the left hand column:<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Description======<br />
<br />
[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-Description-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Description options tab - Document Styles - dialog (default styles for Ahnentafel Report) (Gramps 4.2.0 Windows 7) ]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Description}} : The description describes what each paragraph is all about. For example shown here is the style used for the Ahnentafel Report ( AHN-Entry ).<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Font options======<br />
<br />
[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-FontOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Font options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Font options}} : Here you can set the {{man label|Type face}} Roman or Swiss, the {{man label|Size}} of the font in pt., the {{man label|Color}} of the font and some {{man label|Options}} like Bold, Italic or Underline.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Paragraph options======<br />
<br />
[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-ParagraphOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Paragraph options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Paragraph options}} : Here you set the {{man label|Alignment}}, the {{man label|Background color}}, {{man label|Indentation}}, {{man label|Spacing}} and {{man label|Borders}} of your style.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Context menu===<br />
Used in various places in Gramps; how you access the context menu is dependent on your operating systems:<br />
* On Microsoft windows, you generally use the right button of your mouse to show the context menu or use the keyboard shortcut {{man button|Shift}}+{{man button|F10}}. see [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/mpc/using-context-menus Using Context Menus - Microsoft Docs]<br />
* On Apple macOS, you generally press {{man button|Ctrl}} while clicking the button of your mouse to show the context menu. see: [https://developer.apple.com/design/human-interface-guidelines/macos/menus/contextual-menus/ Contextual Menus - Menus - macOS - Human Interface Guidelines - Apple Developer]<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Keybindings|Keybindings]]<br />
<br />
== Customizing ==<br />
Here are some ways that you can customize Gramps.<br />
=== Preferences ===<br />
<br />
The Display tab of the Preferences allows selection of the Name format used by default throughout Gramps. The Edit button for the {{man label|Name format:}} opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}}, allowing the creation of user-defined (custom) stylings beyond the pre-defined (built-in) name format choices. <br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]<br />
<br />
The Edit button for a person's preferred and alternative names opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}}, allowing the selection of a name format exceptions that will override the format chosen in the Display tab of Preferences for the entire Tree. <br />
<br />
The name format, grouping and sorting can be overridden for selected individuals and surnames. The Edit Person dialogs have two Edit buttons to access this feature. The button for Preferred name is to the right of the Suffix field. However, for any selected Name (Preferred or Alternative) in the Names tab which opens the Name Editor. The built-in and custom Display Name formats can be selected exceptions to "Group as:" and "Sort as:" options that default to the Name format selected in Preferences.<br />
<br />
=== Pick a Color selector ===<br />
The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]] tab of the Preferences allows customizing of the color of various elements of diagrams in the Charts category's graphical views. <br />
<br />
==== Color Palette ====<br />
[[File:PickAColor-selector-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - palette selector dialog]]<!-- screenshot shows UK/Australian spelling of colour, please keep USA spelling for user manual--><br />
Select a color from the 45 [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|swatches]] in predefined color palette area. Or select from the recently used {{man label|Custom}} color swatches. Or click the {{man button|+}} button to create your own custom color. Right-click on any swatch to add another custom color and open the gradient selector. <br />
<br />
You can drag any color swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Color Gradient ====<br />
[[File:PickAColor-gradient-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|436px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - gradient selector dialog]]<br />
The gradient selector dialog is for adjust the [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|color swatch]] at the top of the dialog. Once changed, either click the {{man button|Select}} button to apply the color. Drag the single gradient dialog swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.<br />
<br />
Specific colors of the swatch can be changed in several ways:<br />
* via direct entry 'color Hex color code'<br />
* the hue slider (with a numeric fine control<br />
* mouse left-click in the 1-dimensional (hue) rainbow gradient or the 2-dimensional (brightness and saturation) hue gradient.<br />
* mouse right-click in either gradient to show the numeric control for the dimension(s) of the gradient <br />
* mouse left-click on the eyedropper color picker to choose from any pixel shown on the monitor(s)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== File Chooser ===<br />
[[File:FileChooser_Bookmarks_Breadcrumbs.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Linux GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]] <br />
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs mac.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} macOS GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]<br />
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs win.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Windows GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]<br />
The Open and Save dialogs (File Chooser) for Gramps are based on the [https://docs.gtk.org/gtk3/iface.FileChooser.html GTK File Chooser]. Each operating system has expected behaviors for clicks, double-clicks, sorting, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Handy_Shortcuts|keybindings]], environmental variables, and standard file locations that are characteristic of File Chooser dialogs native to the operating system. A few of these can be customized via the user interface to feel more similar to the OS native File Choosers. However, the idiosyncrasies of various OSes mean shared network folders and URI support may not be as readily browsed as when using the OS native File Choosers.<br />
<br />
The [https://developer-old.gnome.org/gtk4/stable/GtkFileChooser.html GtkFileChooser] allows for adding quick navigation hotlinks to commonly used places of the filesystem. In the default implementation, these are displayed in the left sidebar navigation pane. It may be a bit unclear at first that these shortcuts come from various sources and in various flavors, so let's explain the terminology here:<br />
* '''[[#Bookmarking_file_folders|Bookmarks]]''': are created by the user, by dragging folders from the right pane to the left pane, or by using the “Add”. Bookmarks can be renamed and deleted by the user.<br />
* '''Shortcuts''': can be provided by the Gramps application. For example, program may want to add a shortcut for a Downloads or Documents folder. Shortcuts ''cannot'' be added or removed by the user. The the 'Rename...' context menu option allows them to be relabeled.<br />
* '''Volumes''': are provided by the underlying filesystem abstraction. They are the “roots” of the filesystem. The Home and Downloads hotlinks are common "roots". Volumes cannot be modified by the user.<br />
<br />
<br />
====Context Menu options====<br />
Right-click on any file or folder in the current directory to open context pop-up menu with the following options:<br />
* Open With File Manager<br />
* Copy Location<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Bookmarking_file_folders|Add to Bookmarks]]<br />
* &#x274f; Show Hidden Files<br />
* &#x2611; Show Size Column<br />
* &#x2611; Show Type Column<br />
* &#x274f; Show Time<br />
* &#x274f; Sort Folders before Files<br />
<br />
Right-click in the navigation sidebar to open context pop-up menu with the following options:<br />
* Open<br />
* Remove<br />
* Rename...<br />
====Breadcrumbs and text-entry address bar====<br />
By default, the file folder navigation in the File Chooser is by browsing. There are also some shortcuts on the left and breadcrumbs (highlighted in green in the dialog illustration) for quick navigation up and down the path. <br />
<br />
Optionally, a text-entry address bar can be used to directly key-in or paste a path. Toggle between displaying breadcrumbs and the text-entry address bar with the {{Man key press|CTRL|L}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybinding]].<br />
<br />
====Bookmarking file folders====<br />
File folder bookmarks can be user defined to make finding standard locations easier. These bookmarks are remembered between sessions and regardless of which Family Tree has been loaded.<br />
<br />
With any Open or Save dialog open, navigate to the file location containing the folder to be bookmarked. Create the bookmark by either: dragging the folder icon to the navigation column on the left; or, right-clicking that folder to use the {{Man menu|Add to Bookmarks}} context menu option. <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an existing Bookmark allows renaming that bookmark or removing it.<br />
<br />
====File Formats====<br />
Support for several file formats are built into the standard distribution of Gramps. Import plugin and Export Plugin Addons can be installed via the Plugin Manager or Preferences to expand the options.<br />
<br />
See the [[Output_formats|Output Format]] article for list of file formats.<br />
<br />
====See also====<br />
* [https://ubuntugenius.wordpress.com/2010/05/14/how-to-show-text-entry-address-bar-or-breadcrumbs-navigation-buttons-in-nautilus-after-ubuntu-10-04-upgrade/ How to Show Text-Entry Address Bar or “Breadcrumbs” (Navigation Buttons)] in Nautilus After Ubuntu 10.04 Upgrade<br />
<br />
*Discourse discussions about the GTK File Chooser:<br />
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/need-suggestions-for-documenting-the-gtk-file-chooser/1820/8 Documenting the File Chooser in the wiki]<br />
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/macos-and-windows-gtk-file-chooser-dialog-capture-request/3364 Illustrating the File Chooser in the Wiki]<br />
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/can-i-cause-folders-to-sort-to-the-top-of-the-list-when-presented-with-the-folder-contents/1708/14 File Chooser: Sorting files and folders]<br />
<br />
=== Language ===<br />
<br />
Gramps has been translated into a number of [[Portal:Translators|languages]]. Usually Gramps automatically starts in your local language, as chosen for other applications, but sometimes this may not be right for you. And in other cases, a module or addon will not yet have been translated and a warning dialog will appear saying something like &ldquo;Warning: plugin XYZ has no translation for any of your configured languages, using US English instead&rdquo;. (Note that the US dialect of English is the default rather than British.) This can become annoying or intrusive. <br />
<br />
The most idealistic situation is that you are as fluent in US English as the language selected for the operating system GUI on your computer. And that you would take the opportunity to translate that Gramps feature for users who are non-English speakers. <br />
<br />
If your system is configured to show a language other then English, you can override this for Gramps. <br />
<br />
As an example, assume that a computer in the Netherlands is configured to default to Unicode 8 Dutch: "LANG: nl_NL.UTF-8". You could either reset the OS language <br />
<br />
In Windows, use the SET command to change the LANG environment variable to "en_GB.UTF-8" for British English. You can do this from the command line interface or [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11009 create a startup shortcut with the following Target]:<br />
<code>C:\Windows\System32\cmd.exe /c "SET LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && START /D ^"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.2.3^" gramps.exe"</code><br />
<br />
{{stub}} '''{{man warn|tbd|Describe for each main platform how the normal language is determined and how the user can [[Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_Gramps_in_a_different_language|choose a different language]].'''}}<br />
<br />
==== Linux ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
If you want to choose a locale 'variant' for sorting that is not the default variant, then you can start Gramps from the terminal (or console) with a different LC_COLLATE environment. For example, the default sorting (collation) variant for Swedish is "reformed", but you can instead choose "standard" by typing:<br />
export LC_COLLATE="sv_SE.UTF-8@collation=standard"<br />
python Gramps.py<br />
<br />
==== macOS ====<br />
<br />
For macOS see [[Mac_OS_X:Application_package#Advanced_setup|Advanced setup]] for details on how the language is normally chosen, and how to choose a special, non-default setting for the language, the sorting order or the format of such things as day and month names and number separators.<br />
<br />
==== MS Windows ====<br />
[[File:Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection window.]]<br />
If you want to run Gramps in another language other than English using the Gramps AIO installer, then you must select it during installation process.<br />
<br />
Otherwise it will not be available.<br />
<br />
More information can be found at [[Installing_Gramps_for_Windows_computers#Missing_other_languages]] page.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Add Windows OS Menu Item===<br />
[[File:Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties for shortcut example.]]<br />
<br />
To make Gramps work in your selected language (See table below for your [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Language_codes|language code]]), complete the following:<br />
* Using your mouse right button click on the "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x}}" icon on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Copy}}.<br />
* Right click anywhere on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Paste shortcut}}<br />
* New icon will be created with name: "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}"<br />
* Right click on that and from menu choose: {{man label|Properties}}<br />
* A new window will open, click on first tab called {{man label|General}} and change text from "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}" to something more descriptive like: "{{man label|GrampsAIO Danish}}"<br />
** Click on second tab called {{man label|Shortcut}}, change text in first entry called {{man label|Target}} from (note path will vary depending on Gramps version used):<br />
***<code>"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.x.x\grampsw.exe"</code> to:<br />
***<code>%comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"</code><br />
* Click {{man label|OK}}<br />
<br />
Now when you click on that icon Gramps will start in Danish.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man tip|You can download a zip file attached to feature request:{{bug|13204}} Gramps AIO64 5.2 Language icons Shortcuts Pack ( for the 18 languages shown in the Language table below)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Change the windows LANG variables===<br />
Another option if you want Gramps to always load in say: French Canadian language, you can go to Windows > System Properties, and add the LANG variable in the user section of the environment variables dialog with the appropriate Value. <br />
<br />
The value to add is:<br />
<pre><br />
Name: LANG<br />
Value: fr_CA.UTF-8<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
* [https://www.redswitches.com/blog/environment-variables/#method-1-set-environment-variables-through-the-gui How to Set Environment Variables in Windows 10]<br />
<br />
===Language codes===<br />
Select from the following table of [[Portal:Translators|languages Gramps]] has been translated into:<br />
<br />
{| {{prettytable}}<br />
!Language<br />
!ISO code<br />
!Example<br />
!Notes<br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> English-USA (Default)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> en_US.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=en_US.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> English (British)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> en_GB.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Finnish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> fi.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=fi.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Russian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> ru_RU.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=ru_RU.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Albanian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> sq_AL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=sq_AL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> German<br />
|<!--ISO code--> de_DE.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=de_DE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> French<br />
|<!--ISO code--> fr_FR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> French Canadian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> fr_CA.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_CA.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Macedonian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> mk_MK.UTF-8 ???<br />
|<!--Example--> <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Nederlands (Dutch)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nl_NL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_NL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Dutch<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nl_BE.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_BE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Slovak<br />
|<!--ISO code--> sk_SK.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=sk_SK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Hebrew<br />
|<!--ISO code--> he_IL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=he_IL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Danish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> da_DK.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Greek<br />
|<!--ISO code--> el_GR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=el_GR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Italian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> it_IT.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=it_IT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Esperanto<br />
|<!--ISO code--> eo.UTF-8 ???<br />
|<!--Example--> <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Chinese (Simplified)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> zh_CN.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_CN.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Chinese (Hong Kong) <br />
|<!--ISO code--> zh_HK.UTF-8 ???<br />
|<!--Example--> <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Chinese (Traditional) <br />
|<!--ISO code--> zh_TW.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_TW.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Ukrainian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> uk_UA.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Portuguese<br />
|<!--ISO code--> pt_PT.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_PT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Portuguese (Brazil)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> pt_BR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_BR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Afrikaans<br />
|<!--ISO code--> af_ZA.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Norwegian Bokmål<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nb_NO.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nb_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Norwegian Nynorsk<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nn_NO.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nn_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Turkish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> tr_TR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=tr_TR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Spanish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> es_ES.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=es_ES.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Polish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> pl_PL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=pl_PL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Slovenian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> sl_SI.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=sl_SI.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|}<br />
*The language codes are two-letter lowercase ISO language codes (such as "da") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1].<br />
*The country codes are two-letter uppercase ISO country codes (such as "BE") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO 3166-1].<br />
<br />
===Advanced manipulation of settings===<br />
{{stub}}<!--need to move to its own appendix section--><br />
<br />
{{man warn| Warning ** Make sure you have closed Gramps **|The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of Gramps. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your Gramps installation. Be careful. '''YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!'''}}<br />
<br />
Besides the settings available in Preferences, you may also wish to explore the advanced settings.<br />
<br />
Gramps uses '''[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Keys_(properties) INI keys]''' and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Sections INI sections] for managing user preferences and program settings these are stored in the text file <code>gramps.ini</code> under the <code>.gramps/gramps[XX]</code> folder in your home or user directory.<br />
<br />
The <code>gramps.ini</code> file has following sections:<br />
* [behavior] : typical Key names are: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gui/grampsgui.py#L502 betawarn], enable-autobackup, use-tips...<br />
* [colors] : <br />
* [csv] : <br />
* [database] : related to database settings for the Family Tree.<br />
* [export] : export and import folders/directories <br />
* [geography] : <br />
* [interface] : a lot of keys regarding height and width of the different Views: e.g. event-height: 450, event-ref-height: 585, event-ref-width: 728, event-width: 712...<br />
* [paths] : keys related to recent imported files and folders/directories <br />
* [plugin] : <br />
* [preferences] : keys related to preferences: all the common prefixes , todo -colors..<br />
* [researcher] : all information regarding the researcher<br />
* [spacing] : <br />
* [test] : <br />
* [utf8] : <br />
<br />
====Example <code>gramps.ini</code> file====<br />
Example contents of the <code>gramps.ini</code> file:<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
;; Gramps key file<br />
;; Automatically created at 2023/09/13 14:17:45<br />
<br />
[behavior]<br />
;;addmedia-image-dir=''<br />
;;addmedia-relative-path=0<br />
;;addons-allow-install=0<br />
;;addons-projects=[['Gramps', 'https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52', True]]<br />
;;addons-url='https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52'<br />
;;autoload=0<br />
;;avg-generation-gap=20<br />
;;check-for-addon-update-types=['new']<br />
;;check-for-addon-updates=0<br />
;;date-about-range=50<br />
;;date-after-range=50<br />
;;date-before-range=50<br />
;;do-not-show-previously-seen-addon-updates=1<br />
;;generation-depth=15<br />
;;immediate-warn=0<br />
;;last-check-for-addon-updates='1970/01/01'<br />
;;max-age-prob-alive=110<br />
;;max-sib-age-diff=20<br />
;;min-generation-years=13<br />
;;owner-warn=0<br />
;;pop-plugin-status=0<br />
;;previously-seen-addon-updates=[]<br />
;;recent-export-type=3<br />
;;runcheck=0<br />
;;spellcheck=0<br />
;;startup=0<br />
;;surname-guessing=0<br />
translator-needed=0<br />
;;use-tips=0<br />
;;web-search-url='http://google.com/#&q=%(text)s'<br />
;;welcome=100<br />
<br />
[colors]<br />
;;border-family=['#cccccc', '#252525']<br />
;;border-family-divorced=['#ff7373', '#720b0b']<br />
;;border-female-alive=['#861f69', '#261111']<br />
;;border-female-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;border-male-alive=['#1f4986', '#171d26']<br />
;;border-male-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;border-other-alive=['#2a5f16', '#26a269']<br />
;;border-other-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;border-unknown-alive=['#8e5801', '#8e5801']<br />
;;border-unknown-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;family=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-civil-union=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-divorced=['#ffdede', '#5c3636']<br />
;;family-married=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-unknown=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-unmarried=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;female-alive=['#feccf0', '#62242D']<br />
;;female-dead=['#feccf0', '#3a292b']<br />
;;home-person=['#bbe68a', '#304918']<br />
;;male-alive=['#b8cee6', '#1f344a']<br />
;;male-dead=['#b8cee6', '#2d3039']<br />
;;other-alive=['#94ef9e', '#285b27']<br />
;;other-dead=['#94ef9e', '#062304']<br />
;;scheme=0<br />
;;unknown-alive=['#f3dbb6', '#75507B']<br />
;;unknown-dead=['#f3dbb6', '#35103b']<br />
<br />
[csv]<br />
;;delimiter=','<br />
;;dialect='excel'<br />
<br />
[database]<br />
;;autobackup=0<br />
;;backend='sqlite'<br />
;;backup-on-exit=1<br />
;;backup-path='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;compress-backup=1<br />
;;host=''<br />
;;path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\AppData\\Roaming\\gramps\\grampsdb'<br />
;;port=''<br />
<br />
[export]<br />
;;proxy-order=[['privacy', 0], ['living', 0], ['person', 0], ['note', 0], ['reference', 0]]<br />
<br />
[geography]<br />
;;center-lat=0.0<br />
;;center-lon=0.0<br />
;;lock=0<br />
;;map_service=1<br />
;;path=''<br />
;;personal-map=''<br />
;;show_cross=0<br />
;;use-keypad=1<br />
;;zoom=0<br />
;;zoom_when_center=12<br />
<br />
[interface]<br />
dbmanager-height=370<br />
;;dbmanager-horiz-position=12<br />
;;dbmanager-vert-position=85<br />
;;dbmanager-width=780<br />
;;dont-ask=0<br />
;;filter=0<br />
;;fullscreen=0<br />
;;grampletbar-close=0<br />
;;hide-lds=0<br />
;;ignore-gexiv2=0<br />
;;ignore-osmgpsmap=0<br />
;;ignore-pil=0<br />
;;main-window-height=500<br />
;;main-window-horiz-position=15<br />
;;main-window-vert-position=10<br />
;;main-window-width=775<br />
;;mapservice='OpenStreetMap'<br />
;;open-with-default-viewer=0<br />
;;pedview-layout=0<br />
;;pedview-show-images=1<br />
;;pedview-show-marriage=0<br />
;;pedview-show-unknown-people=0<br />
;;pedview-tree-direction=2<br />
;;pedview-tree-size=5<br />
;;place-name-height=100<br />
;;place-name-width=450<br />
;;sidebar-text=1<br />
;;size-checked=0<br />
;;statusbar=1<br />
;;surname-box-height=150<br />
;;toolbar-addons=1<br />
;;toolbar-clipboard=1<br />
;;toolbar-on=1<br />
;;toolbar-preference=1<br />
;;toolbar-reports=1<br />
;;toolbar-text=0<br />
;;toolbar-tools=1<br />
;;treemodel-cache-size=1000<br />
;;view=1<br />
;;view-categories=['Dashboard', 'People', 'Relationships', 'Families', 'Ancestry', 'Events', 'Places', 'Geography', 'Sources', 'Citations', 'Repositories', 'Media', 'Notes']<br />
<br />
[paths]<br />
;;quick-backup-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'<br />
;;recent-export-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;recent-file=''<br />
;;recent-import-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;report-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;website-cal-uri=''<br />
;;website-cms-uri=''<br />
;;website-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;website-extra-page-name=''<br />
;;website-extra-page-uri=''<br />
<br />
[plugin]<br />
;;addonplugins=[]<br />
;;hiddenplugins=[]<br />
<br />
[preferences]<br />
;;age-after-death=1<br />
;;age-display-precision=1<br />
;;calendar-format-input=0<br />
;;calendar-format-report=0<br />
;;cite-plugin='cite-default'<br />
;;coord-format=0<br />
;;cprefix='C%04d'<br />
;;date-format=0<br />
;;default-source=0<br />
;;eprefix='E%04d'<br />
;;family-relation-type=3<br />
;;family-warn=1<br />
;;february-29=0<br />
;;fprefix='F%04d'<br />
;;hide-ep-msg=0<br />
;;invalid-date-format='<b>%s</b>'<br />
;;iprefix='I%04d'<br />
last-view='dashboardview'<br />
last-views=['dashboardview', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '']<br />
;;name-format=1<br />
;;no-given-text='[Missing Given Name]'<br />
;;no-record-text='[Missing Record]'<br />
;;no-surname-text='[Missing Surname]'<br />
;;nprefix='N%04d'<br />
;;online-maps=0<br />
;;oprefix='O%04d'<br />
;;paper-metric=0<br />
;;paper-preference='Letter'<br />
;;patronimic-surname=0<br />
;;place-auto=1<br />
;;place-format=0<br />
;;pprefix='P%04d'<br />
;;private-given-text='[Living]'<br />
;;private-record-text='[Private Record]'<br />
;;private-surname-text='[Living]'<br />
;;quick-backup-include-mode=0<br />
;;rprefix='R%04d'<br />
;;sprefix='S%04d'<br />
;;tag-on-import=0<br />
;;tag-on-import-format='Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S'<br />
;;use-last-view=0<br />
<br />
[researcher]<br />
;;researcher-addr=''<br />
;;researcher-city=''<br />
;;researcher-country=''<br />
;;researcher-email=''<br />
;;researcher-locality=''<br />
;;researcher-name=''<br />
;;researcher-phone=''<br />
;;researcher-postal=''<br />
;;researcher-state=''<br />
<br />
[spacing]<br />
dbman=[22.605613425925927, 5.877459490740741, 9.856047453703704]<br />
<br />
[test]<br />
;;january='January'<br />
<br />
[utf8]<br />
;;baptism-symbol='~'<br />
;;birth-symbol='*'<br />
;;buried-symbol='[]'<br />
;;cremated-symbol='⚱'<br />
;;dead-symbol='✝'<br />
;;death-symbol=2<br />
;;divorce-symbol='o|o'<br />
;;engaged-symbol='o'<br />
;;in-use=0<br />
;;killed-symbol='x'<br />
;;marriage-symbol='oo'<br />
;;partner-symbol='o-o'<br />
;;selected-font=''<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
====Advanced backup filename setting====<br />
You can also define the naming pattern for the backup filename by setting the ''<code>paths.quick-backup-filename</code>'' in the <code>~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini</code> key file like the following:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[paths]<br />
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'<br />
<br />
by removing the two semicolons(<code>;;</code>) from the front of INI key line and using use any of the following keywords for the filename pattern:<br />
*filename<br />
*year<br />
*month<br />
*day<br />
*hour<br />
*minutes<br />
*seconds<br />
*extension :<br />
**'''.gpkg'''(default) if you include media.<br />
**''.gramps'' if you exclude media.<br />
<br />
Use the appropriate ~/.gramps/gramps{XX}/gramps.ini key file.<br />
*Gramps version 5.2 :<br />
~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backup_dialog]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Configuration_.28config.29_option]]<br />
* [[Install_latest_BSDDB#Make_Gramps_use_bsddb3]]<br />
* [[Customize_the_Genealogical_Symbols_lookup_table#Genealogy_symbols_preferences]]<br />
<br />
===Theme===<br />
The look of Gramps can be changed.<br />
<br />
* [[Addon:Themes]]<br />
* [[Windows_AIO_themes]]<br />
* [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme|GTK 3 theme - GEPS 029: GTK3-GObject introspection Conversion]]<br />
* [[Overrule_Gramps_Icons]] - for older Gramps versions.<br />
* [[UI style]]<br />
<br />
Some reports can also be changed:<br />
<br />
* [[Website report Themes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings&diff=103437
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings
2024-03-28T05:21:13Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Backup Management */ document 5.2 added 12hr and daily backup options</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|15}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
This section deals with various settings you can manage within Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Preferences ==<br />
[[File:EditPreferencesTabsOnly-overview-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Overview of all Preferences tabs]]<br />
<br />
Most of the settings affecting the entire Gramps program are configured in the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. To invoke it, select the menu {{man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences...}}. <br />
<br />
There are overrides that can be set ''before'' running Gramps (such setting the Language shown in the interfaces or for reports) that can be set temporarily or permanently from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line|command line interface]]. <br />
<br />
For configuration options that are limited to the current view or Gramplet set, choose via the menu {{man menu|View &#x27a1; Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. <br />
<br />
The tabs on the top display the available option categories as follows:<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}<br />
<br />
<br />
Also ''other'' additional tabs maybe shown from any [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|addons]] you may have installed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Data ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab defaults]]<br />
The {{man label|Data}} tab contains preferences relevant to the following two sections:<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Display Options ====<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Display Options" section defaults]]<br />
The {{man label|Display Options}} section contains the following options:<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Automate Place format:}} This option controls the display of places.{{man tooltip|Enables automatic place title generation using specified format.}}<br />
** '''Full''' (default)<br />
*** Selecting the {{man button|Edit...}} button will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Place Format Editor]]}}<br />
*{{man label|Coordinates format:}} This option controls the display of Coordinates. (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]])<br />
** '''DEG Degree,minutes,seconds notation''' (default)<br />
** DEG-: degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
** D.D4 degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
** D.D8 degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS) <br />
** RT90 Output format for the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_grid Swedish coordinate system RT90]<br />
*{{man label|Name format:}} This option controls the display of names in the current database (the setting is saved in the database and is not system wide). In Gramps there are two type of name display formats: the predefined formats, and the user defined custom formats{{man label|Custom name display options are unique to each family tree.}}. Several different predefined name formats are available: "Surname, Given Suffix", "Given Surname Suffix", "Given", "Primary[sur] Primary[con] NotPatronymic, Given Patronymic[sur] Suffix Primary[pre]"<br />
** Clicking on the right hand side {{man button|Edit...}} button will bring up a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}} window where the available list of options is shown. The format is given as well as an example. When predefined formats are not suitable one can define one's own format. You can use the {{man button|Add}} button to add a Name format to the list. Clicking once will give you a '''SURNAME,Given Suffix(call)''' format and as example : '''SMITH, Edwin Jose Sr (Ed)'''. If you added new name formats to the list the {{man button|Remove}} and {{man button|Edit}} buttons become available to change the name format list. <br />
***{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Consider single pa/matronymic as surname}}: Checkbox unselected by default. If selected enables Gramps to consider patronymic and matronymic names as surnames.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Besides this database-wide setting Gramps allows you to decide the name display format individually for every single name via the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}} dialog}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date format *:}} This option controls the display of dates. It is a global setting, requiring a restart of Gramps to take effect, and applies to the display of dates in all databases loaded within Gramps until such time as the date display format is changed again. Several different formats are available, which may be dependent on your locale. {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new date display format}}<br />
** '''YYYY-MM-DD (ISO)''' (default) - Example 2020-09-30 - Displays the date using the international standard [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601 ISO 8601 Data elements and interchange formats – Information interchange] particularly useful when sharing data between countries with different conventions for writing numeric dates and times.<br />
** Numerical<br />
** Month Day, Year<br />
** MON DAY, YEAR<br />
** Day Month Year<br />
** DAY MON YEAR<br />
<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Age display precision *:}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to view the new Age precision format}}<br />
** '''Years''' (default)<br />
** Years, Months<br />
** Years, Months, Days<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Round the year}} {{new|5.1}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Display ages for events after death *}} {{man menu|Please note that once changed, it is necessary to restart Gramps to see the change.}} {{new|5.1}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Calendar on reports:}} '''Gregorian''' (default). This option controls the display of calendar on reports, tools, gramplets, views. Several different calendars are available (see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Date Edition]]). Two dates with two different calendars will not properly display timeline or period, (e.g. Using the Gregorian calendar as the default displayed calendar, users will have a better coherency for displaying dates on period).<br />
*{{man label|Calendar on input:}} '''Gregorian''' (default).<br />
*{{man label|Show leap day anniversaries:}} '''On the previous day''' (default). {{man tooltip|For non leap years, anniversaries are displayed on either February 28, March 1 or not at all in Gregorian calendars}} {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Status bar:}} This option controls the information displayed in the status bar. This can be either the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s name and ID''' (default) or '''Relationship to [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Citation formatter:}} '''Legacy''' (default). Select from the available plugins for composing and display of Citation data. The built-in "Legacy" CITE plugin is compatible with versions 5.1.6 and earlier. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
===== Place Format Editor =====<br />
{{man note|See|[[Hierarchical Place Structure]]}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-Display-section-PlaceFormatEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Format Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab "Display" section]]<br />
<br />
Accessed from the Edit > Data tab [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options]] section "Automate Place Format" option.<br />
<br />
This tab contains preferences relevant to how Places should be shown. <br />
<br />
*{{man label|Name:}} A unique name for the place format.<br />
*{{man label|Levels:}} The place names to be displayed.<br />
Each level in the hierarchy is represented by a positive integer, starting with 0 for the selected place and increasing by 1 for each level up the hierarchy. The levels can also be represented by negative integers, starting with -1 for the top level (usually a country) and decreasing by 1 for each level lower in the hierarchy. In addition, the populated place (city, town, village or hamlet) is represented by the letter p; this can be used with an offset (e.g. p+1 or p-2).<br />
<br />
The names to be displayed are defined as a comma-separated list of ranges. A range can either be a single level, or a start level and an end level separated by a colon. The start level must be less than the end level in a range. The start and end levels default to 0 and -1 if missing.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Street format:}} "None" (default), "Number Street" or "Street Number". Option to concatenate the number and street in order to suppress the comma. For this option to work, the street must have the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|'''Type''']] ''Street'' and house number must have the '''Type''' ''Number''.<br />
*{{man label|Language:}} (Empty by Default) A two-digit language code.<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Reverse display order}} (checkbox unchecked by default)<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor dialog]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor dialog]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
=====Display Name Editor=====<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Custom name display formats are stored in the Family Trees, thus before loading any Family Tree the {{man label|Custom format details}} expander is disabled.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-DisplayOptions-section-DisplayNameEditor-dialog-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - dialog (default) from Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Data" tab > "Display Options" section]]<br />
The following keywords are replaced with the appropriate name parts:<br />
* <b>Given</b> - given name (first name) <br />
* <b>Title</b> - title (Dr., Mrs.) <br />
* <b>Call</b> - call name <br />
* <b>Initials</b> - first letters of Given <br />
* <b>Primary, Primary[pre] or [sur] or [con]</b>- full primary surname, prefix, surname only, connector <br />
* <b>Patronymic, or [pre] or [sur] or [con]</b> - full pa/matronymic surname, prefix, surname only, connector <br />
* <b>Familynick</b> - family nick name <br />
* <b>Rest</b> - non primary surnames <br />
* <b>Rawsurnames</b>- surnames (no prefixes and connectors)<br />
* <b>Surname</b> - surnames (with prefix and connectors)<br />
* <b>Suffix</b> - suffix (Jr., Sr.)<br />
* <b>Nickname</b> - nick name<br />
* <b>Common</b> - nick name, otherwise first of Given<br />
* <b>Prefix</b> - all prefixes (von, de) <br />
* <b>Notpatronymic</b>- all surnames, except pa/matronymic &amp; primary<br />
<br />
{{man menu|UPPERCASE versions of these keywords forces uppercase to be displayed.}} Extra parentheses, commas are removed. Other text appears literally.<br />
<br />
[[File:NameEditor-format_reference_example-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Display Name Editor - reference person]]<br />
<br />
'''Example:''' Dr. Edwin Jose von der Smith and Weston Wilson Sr (“Ed”) - Underhills<br />
''Edwin Jose'': Given, ''von der'': Prefix, ''Smith'' and ''Weston'': Primary, ''and'': <abbr title="a connector">[con]</abbr>, ''Wilson'': Patronymic,<br />
''Dr.'': Title, ''Sr'': Suffix, ''Ed'': Nickname, ''Underhills'' <abbr title="family nick name">Familynick</abbr>, Jose <abbr title="called (preferred given name)">call</abbr>.<br />
<br />
All the fields in the Example except the Family Nickname can be added in the standard Person Editor dialog. Double-click the Preferred name in Names tab of the Person Editor to access additional fields including: the Family Nick Name, Grouping controls, exception Sorting & Display controls, Date range controls for using a particular name.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!-- mention the three buttons at the bottom--><br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Input Options ====<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Data-tab-InputOptions-section-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit -> Preferences..." "Data" tab "Input Options" section defaults]]<br />
<br />
*<span id="surname guessing">{{man label|Surname Guessing:}}<span> This option affects the initial family name of a child when they are added to the family tree. The default {{man label|Father's surname}} will use the family name of the father. Selecting {{man label|None}} means that no surname guessing will be attempted. Selecting {{man label|Combination of mother's and father's surname}} will use the father's name followed by the mother's name. Finally, {{man label|[https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Icelandic_name Icelandic style]}} will use the father's given name followed by the "sson" suffix (e.g. the son of Edwin will be guessed as Edwin''sson'').<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip |2=The {{man label|Surname Guessing:}} option only affects the initial family name guessed by Gramps when the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog is launched from a {{man label|Family Editor}} window.<br />
You can modify that name any way you see fit. Set this Preferences [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display tab]] option to the value that you will most frequently use, as it will save you a lot of typing.<br />
<br />
See: <br />
* [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=1715 feature request to support other local variations for surname guessing]<br />
* [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Category:Names_by_culture Category:Names by culture], From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Default family relationship:}} <br />
** '''Unknown'''(default)<br />
** Married <br />
** Unmarried <br />
** Civil Union<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Hide LDS tab in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|person]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|family]] editors}}: Latter Days Saints {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== General ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-General-tab-EnviromentSettings-section-default-52.png|Right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} General Preferences - Enviroment Settings - section - (defaults)]]<br />
<br />
This tab contains one section containing preferences relevant to the general operation of the program.<br />
<br />
==== Environment Settings ====<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Display Tip of the Day}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} dialog at startup. {{man tooltip|Show useful information about using Gramps on startup.}}<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last Family Tree}}: Selecting this checkbox option causes the last used database to load upon start. It bypasses the '''Manage Family Trees''' dialog.<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Remember last view displayed}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the the display of the last [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View]]. Enabling will bring you to the view where you stopped the program the last time. {{man tooltip|Remember last view displayed and open it next time.}}<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Enable spelling checker}}: This checkbox option controls the enabling and disabling of the spelling checker for notes. The '''gtkspell''' package must be loaded for this to have an effect. ( See: [[Troubleshoot Spellcheck]] )<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons *}} ''checked'' (default) This checkbox controls whether or not a text description is displayed next to the icon in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Main Window]]. This option takes effect after the program has been restarted. {{man tooltip|Show or hide text beside Navigator buttons (People, Families, Events...). Requires Gramps restart to apply.}}<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Clipboard icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Reports icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Tools icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Addons icon on toolbar}}<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Show Preferences icon on toolbar}}<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show close button in gramplet bar tabs}} ''unchecked''(default) {{man tooltip|Show close button to simplify removing gramplets from bars.}}<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} Default: <code>&lt;b>%s&lt;/b></code><br />
** Convenience markups are:<br />
*** <b>&lt;b&gt;Bold&lt;/b&gt;</b> (Default)<br />
*** <big>&lt;big&gt;Makes font relatively larger&lt;/big&gt;</big><br />
*** <i>&lt;i&gt;Italic&lt;/i&gt;</i><br />
*** <s>&lt;s&gt;Strikethrough&lt;/s&gt;</s><br />
*** <sub>&lt;sub&gt;Subscript&lt;/sub&gt;</sub><br />
*** <sup>&lt;sup&gt;Superscript&lt;/sup&gt;</sup><br />
*** <small>&lt;small&gt;Makes font relatively smaller&lt;/small&gt;</small><br />
*** <tt>&lt;tt&gt;Monospace font&lt;/tt&gt;</tt><br />
*** <u>&lt;u&gt;Underline&lt;/u&gt;</u><br />
**** For example: &lt;u&gt;&lt;b&gt;%s&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/u&gt; will display <u><b>Underlined bold date</b></u>.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Multiple surname box height:}} Default:'''150''' Pixels {{man tooltip|Enter height in pixels. When multiple surnames are entered, these names display in a box. This setting sets the size of this box.}}<br />
<br />
====Tip of the Day dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:TipOfTheDay-dialog--example-WhatsThatFor-52.png|Right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip of the Day dialog]]<br />
<br />
When enabled in {{man menu|Edit > Preferences}} {{man label|General}} tab the {{man label|Tip of the Day}} dialog shows helpful hints.<br />
<br />
The following options are available:<br />
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Display on startup}} (check box checked by default - once enabled) - uncheck to stop further tips appearing.<br />
*{{man button|Forward}} - Advance to the next tip.<br />
*{{man button|Close}} - exit for this session until the Gramps program is restarted.<br />
[[Category:Tips]]<br />
<!-- 2023/09/08 List of 73 Tips are stored here https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps52/data/tips.xml --><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Family Tree ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-FamilyTree-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: {{man menu|Edit>Preferences...}} - "Family Tree" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Family Tree}} tab contains the following four sections:<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Settings|Database Settings]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Database_Location|Database Location]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Backup_Management|Backup Management]]}}<br />
*{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}}<br />
<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backing_up_a_Family_Tree|Backing up a family tree]] - more information on backups<br />
* [[Template:Backup_Omissions|Backup omissions]] - what is not included during a backup<br />
* Addon [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] - this adds support for PostgreSQL databases.<br />
<br />
====Database Settings====<br />
*{{man label|Database backend:}} - <br />
** '''[[Gramps_Glossary#sqlite|SQLite]]''' (''default'') - the [[DB-API Database Backend]]<br />
** ... If other database backends addons are installed, they will be added to the list <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: [[Addon:PostgreSQL|PostgreSQL]] backend<br />
<br />
The ''[[Gramps_Glossary#bsddb|BSDDB]]'' - Legacy Database backend was superseded in the Gramps 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
====Database Location====<br />
*{{man label|Host:}} - Server address or other computer IP address for the location of the database.<br />
*{{man label|Port:}} - Port number to access the Host database<br />
*{{man label|Family Tree Database path:}} Unless you have a definite reason to change this, stay with the default path. This path will be within the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|User Directory]] of the local machine's Operating Systems.<br />The default path where the Databases are stored is:<br />
:: <code>/home/</code><small>'''''<username>'''''</small><code>/.gramps/grampsdb</code>''' <small>(Linux and macOS)</small><br />
:: <code>C:\Users\</code><small>'''''<~username>'''''</small><code>\AppData\Roaming\gramps\grampsdb</code>''' <small>(Windows)</small> <br />
<br />
====Backup Management====<br />
*{{man label|Backup path:}} - Location in which to save your Gramps backup archive files.<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Backup on exit}} - Selecting this option will Backup Your family tree upon choosing to exit Gramps. The file be saved to the Backup path specified above. The filename of the backup will match the Family Tree appended with a date and time.<br />
*{{man label|Autobackup:}} timer interval for triggering full backups during Gramps editing sessions.<br />
** '''Never''' (''default'')<br />
** Every 15 minutes<br />
** Every 30 minutes<br />
** Every hour<br />
** Every 12 hours {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** Every 24 day {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Family Tree's Media path====<br />
*{{man label|Base media path:}} Here you can fill in a base path for the media objects. Selecting the {{man button|Directory}} button gives you a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Select_media_directory_dialog|Select media directory]]}} dialog where you can fill in the required path.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|The base relative media path is specific to the active family tree. It is not a global setting. Each family tree is able to have a unique media path that is stored with the database.}}<br />
<br />
=====Select media directory dialog=====<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Missing Media Objects 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x'=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:Broken Media Path.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media object with a broken filepath]]<br />
<br />
If the Preview thumbnails displays 'broken link' icon of a box with a red 'x' you will need to correct {{man label|Base media path:}} for your family tree in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree.27s_Media_path|Family Tree's Media path]]}} section.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Import ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Import-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Import" - tab - defaults]]<br />
The {{man label|Import}} tab has two sections as follows:<br />
<br />
<br />
==== Tag Records ====<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add tag on import}}: Checkbox (Default: <code>Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S</code> ) '''Note - Adding a [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] on import can significantly slow down the importing of your data.''' {{man tooltip|Specified tag will be added on import. Clear to set default value.}}<br />
<br />
==== Source GEDCOM import ====<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Add default source on GEDCOM import}}: This checkbox option affects the importing of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|GEDCOM data]]. If this is set, each item that is imported will contain a [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] reference to the imported file. '''Note - Adding a default source can significantly slow down the importing of your GEDCOM data.'''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Limits ===<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Limits-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Limits" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
Settings used for calculation operations.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_dates|Editing dates]]<br />
* Setting the [[Match_dates#Changing_after.2Fbefore.2Fabout_range|date approximation .ini]] manually<br />
<br />
==== Calculation limits ====<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date 'about' year range: (date ± #):}} Default: <code>50</code><br />
** Defines the number of years +/- of the event date "<code>about <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.<br />
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.<br />
*{{man label|Date 'after' year range: (date + #):}} Default: <code>50</code><br />
** Defines the number of years after the event date "<code>after <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.<br />
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.<br />
*{{man label|Date 'before' year range: (date - #):}} Default: <code>50</code><br />
** Defines the number of years before the event date "<code>before <date></code>" that the event will return as valid for a filter.<br />
** Used in the calculation of the person's age.<br />
*{{man label|Maximum age probably alive:}} Default: <code>110</code><br />
** Absent a Death event, the age by which Gramps will consider the person is no longer alive.<br />
*{{man label|Maximum sibling age difference:}} Default: <code>20</code><br />
*{{man label|Minimum years between generations:}} Default: <code>13</code><br />
*{{man label|Average years between generations:}} Default: <code>20</code><br />
*{{man label|Max generations for relationships:}} You can enter the number of generations used to determine relationships. The default value is '''<code>15</code>'''.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Colors ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Colors-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Colors" - tab - UK/Australian dialect defaults]]<!-- ignore that color is spelt "colour" in the screenshot as I am (also) using gramps in UK/Australian mode--><br />
<br />
This tab has seven section related to allowing you to set the '''colors used for boxes in the graphical views'''.<br />
<br />
Each of the colors can be customized using the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]].<br />
<br />
==== Colors used for boxes in the graphical views ====<br />
<br />
You can select the<br />
* {{man label|Color scheme:}} ''Light colors''(default) or ''Dark colors''<br />
** {{man button|Restore to defaults}} - restores themes default colors.<br />
<br />
====Colors for Male persons====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #b8cee6<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #1f4986<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #b8cee6<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for Female persons====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #feccf0<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #861f69<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #feccf0<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for people who are neither male nor female====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #94ef9e<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #2a5d16<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #94ef9e<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for Unknown persons====<br />
* Background for Alive: [ ] #f3dbb6<br />
* Border for Alive: [ ] #8e5801<br />
* Background for Dead: [ ] #f3dbb6<br />
* Border for Dead: [ ] #000000<br />
<br />
====Colors for Family nodes====<br />
* Default background: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Default border: [ ] #cccccc<br />
* Background for Married: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Unmarried: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Civil Union: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Unknown: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Background for Divorced: [ ] #eeeeee<br />
* Border for Divorced: [ ] #ff7373<br />
<br />
====Other colors====<br />
* Background for Home Person: [ ] #bbe68a<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Genealogical Symbols ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{man warn|Prerequisites exist for this feature|The Genealogical Symbols tab can only be used if the [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|prerequisite]] program <code>[[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|python-fontconfig]]</code> is present that Gramps can use.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
Allows you to use Genealogical symbols instead of text abbreviations in reports, charts and the Gramps interface. <br />
<br />
This tab gives you the possibility to use one font which is able to show all genealogical symbols. (Once configured see: [[#Prerequisite_to_use_Genealogical_Symbols|Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols]])<br />
<br />
If you select the "{{man label|Use symbols}}" checkbox, Gramps will use the selected font if it exists.<br />
<br />
This can be useful if you want to add phonetic in a note to show how to pronounce a name or if you mix multiple languages like Greek and Russian.<br />
<br />
You can only configure the death symbol from this tab.<br />
<br />
:List of Genealogical Symbols shown (listed in order shown at bottom screenshot):<br />
<br />
* Female<br />
* Male<br />
* Asexuality, sexless, genderless<br />
* Lesbianism<br />
* Male homosexuality<br />
* Heterosexuality<br />
* Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)<br />
* Transgender<br />
* Neuter<br />
<br />
* Illegitimate<br />
* Birth<br />
* Baptism/Christening<br />
* Engaged<br />
* Marriage<br />
* Divorce<br />
* Unmarried partnership<br />
* Buried<br />
* Cremated/Funeral urn<br />
* Killed in action<br />
* Extinct<br />
<br />
* Death<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<!-- Unicode symbols not showing on mediwiki due to ??? add back when worked out<br />
* &#2640; - Female<br />
* &#2642; - Male<br />
* &#26aa; - Asexuality, sexless, genderless<br />
* &#26a2; - Lesbianism<br />
* &#26a3; - Male homosexuality<br />
* &#26a4; - Heterosexuality<br />
* &#26a5; - Transgender, hermaphrodite (in entomology)<br />
* &#26a6; - Transgender<br />
* &#26b2; - Neuter<br />
<br />
* &#229b; - Illegitimate<br />
* &#002a; - Birth<br />
* &#007c; - Baptism/Christening<br />
* &#26ac; - Engaged<br />
* &#26ad; - Marriage<br />
* &#26ae; - Divorce<br />
* &#26af; - Unmarried partnership<br />
* &#26b0; - Buried<br />
* &#26b1; - Cremated/Funeral urn<br />
* &#2694; - Killed in action<br />
* &#2021; - Extinct<br />
<br />
* &#271e; - Death<br />
<br />
--><br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
|-<br />
! meaning<br />
! symbol<br />
! Unicode code point(s) <br />
! name<br />
|-<br />
! male <br />
| ♂ <br />
| U+2642 <br />
| Male Sign<br />
|-<br />
! female <br />
| ♀ <br />
| U+2640 <br />
| Female Sign<br />
|-<br />
! unknown <br />
| ⚪︎ <br />
| U+26AA <br />
| Medium White Circle<br />
|-<br />
! hermaphrodite <br />
| ⚥ <br />
| U+26A5 <br />
| Interlocked Male and Female Sign<br />
|-<br />
! neuter <br />
| ⚲ <br />
| U+26B2 <br />
| Neuter<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! birth <br />
| * <br />
| U+002A <br />
| Asterisk<br />
|-<br />
! baptisation, christening <br />
| ~ <br />
| U+007E <br />
| Tilde<br />
|-<br />
! death <br />
| ✝︎ <br />
| U+271D <br />
| Latin Cross<br />
|-<br />
! burial <br />
| ⚰︎ <br />
| U+26B0 <br />
| Coffin<br />
|-<br />
! cremation <br />
| ⚱︎ <br />
| U+26B1 <br />
| Funeral Urn<br />
|-<br />
! stillborn <br />
| ✝︎* <br />
| U+0086 U+002A <br />
| Latin Cross, Asterisk<br />
|-<br />
! born illegitimately <br />
| *⃝ <br />
| U+002A U+20DD <br />
| Circled Asterisk<br />
|-<br />
! born illegitimately <br />
| ⊛ <br />
| U+229B <br />
| Circled Asterisk Operator<br />
|-<br />
! killed in action <br />
| ⚔︎ <br />
| U+2694 <br />
| Crossed Swords<br />
|-<br />
! this line extinct <br />
| ‡ <br />
| U+2021 <br />
| Double Dagger <br />
|-<br />
! approximate(ly) <br />
| ± <br />
| U+00B1 <br />
| Plus-Minus<br />
|-<br />
! before <br />
| < <br />
| U+003C <br />
| Less-Than Symbol<br />
|-<br />
! after <br />
| > <br />
| U+003E <br />
| Greater-Than Symbol<br />
<br />
|-<br />
! engaged <br />
| ⚬ <br />
| U+26AC <br />
| Medium Small White Circle<br />
|-<br />
! married <br />
| ⚭ <br />
| U+26AD <br />
| Marriage Symbol<br />
|-<br />
! divorced <br />
| ⚮ <br />
| U+26AE <br />
| Divorce Symbol<br />
|-<br />
! unmarried <br />
| ⚯ <br />
| U+26AF <br />
| Unmarried Partnership Symbol<br />
|}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Prerequisite to use Genealogical Symbols====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-tab-default-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Preferences tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
=====Initial setup=====<br />
<br />
If the fontconfig [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Prerequisite|prerequisite has been installed]], then on the {{man label|Genealogical Symbols}} tab select the {{man button|Try to find}} button, Gramps will attempt to detect any suitable unicode text fonts that can be used. <br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-GenealogicalSymbols-FindFont-51.png|center|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Genealogical Symbols" - Finding fonts]]<br />
<br />
When the search has completed select one of the fonts from the {{man button|Choose font}} list and then select the checkbox:<br />
<br />
{{checkbox|1|Use symbols}}<br />
<br />
=====Prerequisite=====<br />
Prerequisite : '''python-fontconfig''' : Python bindings of fontconfig and its dependencies are required for displaying genealogical symbols<br />
{{man note|Use the [[Addon:Prerequisites_Checker_Gramplet|Prerequisites Checker]]|Do you have <code>python-fontconfig</code> installed? Run the Prerequisites Checker Addon and look for something similar to the following line:<pre>* python-fontconfig 0.5.0 (Success version 0.5.x is installed.)</pre>}}<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* Tamura Jones expounds on [https://www.tamurajones.net/GenealogySymbols.xhtml Genealogical Symbols] ''(the 'Unicode' section is particularly relevant)''<br />
* [[GEPS 039: Genealogical symbols in gramps]]<br />
* Feature request: {{bug|9098}} Gramps should be able to use genealogy symbols everywhere.<br />
* [[Customize the Genealogical Symbols lookup table]] located in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory#MS_Windows|Gramps user directory]] at: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/maintenance/gramps51/gramps/gen/utils/symbols.py gramps\gen\utils\symbols.py]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== ID Formats ===<br />
{{man tip|ID Prefixes |The ID prefixes use formatting conventions common for C, Python, and other programming languages. For example, the <code>%04d</code> expands to an integer, prepended with zeros to have the total width of four digits. If you would like IDs to be 1, 2, 3, etc., simply set the formatting parameter to <code>%d</code>, the 'd' specifies Decimal Integer, outputting the number in base 10.<br /><br />See: Python [https://docs.python.org/3/library/string.html#format-specification-mini-language (String) Format Specification Mini-Language]}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-IDFormats-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "ID Formats" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
This tab contains preferences relevant to the automatic generation of Gramps IDs.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Person:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Person. Default value: <code>I%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Family:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Family. Default value: <code>F%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Place:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Place. Default value: <code>P%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Source:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Source. Default value: <code>S%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Citation:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Citation. Default value: <code>C%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Media Object:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Media Object. Default value: <code>O%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Event:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for an Event. Default value: <code>E%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Repository:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Repository. Default value: <code>R%04d</code><br />
*{{man label|Note:}} Provides the template for generating IDs for a Note. Default value: <code>N%04d</code><br />
<br />
<br />
You can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps ID]] tool to change the format.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Text ===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Text-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Text" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
This tab contains preferences relevant to how missing and private names and records should be shown.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Missing surname:}} in the input field you can determine how a missing surname should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Surname]</code>'''. You can change this to [--] or whatever is most convenient for you.<br />
*{{man label|Missing given name}} in the input field you can determine how a missing given name should be displayed. Default value is '''<code>[Missing Given Name]</code>'''. You can change this to whatever you want.<br />
*{{man label|Missing record:}} Default: <code>[Missing Record]</code><br />
*{{man label|Private surname:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code><br />
*{{man label|Private given name:}} Default: <code>[Living]</code><br />
*{{man label|Private record:}} Default: <code>[Private Record]</code><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Warnings ===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Warnings-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Warnings" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
This tab controls the display of warning dialogs, allowing the re-enabling of dialogs that have been disabled.<br />
<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Suppress warning when adding parents to a child.}} Checkbox checked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_adding_parents_to_a_child|Dialog]])<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Dialog]])<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress warning about missing researcher when exporting to GEDCOM.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_about_missing_researcher_when_exporting_to_GEDCOM|Dialog]])<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Suppress tooltip warnings about data being saved immediately.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Show plugin status dialog on plugin load error.}} Checkbox unchecked by Default (See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Module_not_loaded_warnings|Dialog]])<br />
<br />
<br />
See the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference|Error and Warning Reference]] page for examples.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Researcher ===<br />
{{man tip|Researcher Information|This contact information is independent of the family trees you create.<br /><br />Most exports and reports will be filtered to protect the privacy of living people of the Tree... including yourself. This information feeds into the authoring and citation features of any publication (or archival) options.}}<br />
[[File:EditPreferences-Researcher-tab-default-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu: "Edit>Preferences..." - "Researcher" - tab - defaults]]<br />
<br />
Allows you to {{man label|Enter your information so people can contact you when you distribute your Family Tree}} in the corresponding text entry fields. Although Gramps requests information about you, this information is used only so that Gramps can create valid GEDCOM output files. A valid GEDCOM file requires information about the file's creator. If you choose, you may leave the information empty, however none of your exported GEDCOM files will be valid.<br />
<br />
The available text entry fields are (all blank by default):<br />
*{{man label|Name:}}<br />
*{{man label|Address:}}<br />
*{{man label|Locality:}}<br />
*{{man label|City:}}<br />
*{{man label|State/County:}}<br />
*{{man label|Country:}}<br />
*{{man label|ZIP/Postal Code:}}<br />
*{{man label|Phone:}}<br />
*{{man label|Email:}}<br />
<br />
The information entered under this preference acts as default value for family tree specific values that can be adjusted with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information]] tool.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Other settings ==<br />
<br />
Besides {{man label|Preferences}} dialog, there are other settings available in Gramps. For various reasons they have been made more readily accessible, as listed below.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Column Editor===<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Column Editor|2=The {{man label|Column Editor}} is available and works in the same way for all list views. Specifically, it is available for People View, Family View (children list). Sources View, Citations View, Places View, Media View, Repositories View and the Notes View.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:ConfigureTheActiveView-icon-on-toolbar-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Selecting the {{man button|Configure View...}} button]]<br />
<br />
[[File:ColumnEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People default]]<br />
<br />
<br />
The columns of the list views may be added, removed, or reordered in a {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog. <br />
<br />
To use the {{man label|Column Editor }} dialog for the current view, choose via the menu {{man menu|View &#x27a1; Configure View...}}, click on [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure View...}} toolbar button or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. <br />
<br />
Only columns with a selected checkbox will be shown in the view. You can also change the position of a column in the View by clicking and dragging it to a new position in the Editor ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop'']). Once you have made the changes you want click {{man button|Apply}}, then click {{man button|OK}} to exit the Editor and see your changes in the View.<br />
<br />
By default, the View List, displays several columns of information about the respective category. You can add or remove columns to and from the display <br />
<br />
The default sort key for the view [always ascending] is the left-most field [i.e. at the top in the Column Editor], so changing which field is in that position affects default sorting.<br />
<br />
[[File:ConfigurePersonView-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Column Editor - Dialog - People example]]The {{man label|Column Editor}} dialog will have a different selection of columns for each category of View that displays a simple table.<br />
<br />
Changes will only be enacted when the {{man button|Apply}} button is clicked.<br />
<br />
Once the View columns changes have been applied, clicking once on the column header sorts in ascending order, clicking again sorts in descending order. <br />
<br />
The subset of columns and the current [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] will also constrain the data exported via the {{Man menu|Family Trees&nbsp;&#x27a1;&nbsp;[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} operation. Hidden columns and records will not be exported. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Sorting columns ===<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-PeopleListView-SortedByBirthDateColumn-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sorted by "Birth Date" column in the list mode of the People Category View - example]]<br />
<br />
By default, each Category View presenting data in a columnated table layout will sort the rows in ascending order based on the data in the first (left-most) column. If the table has grouped rows, the grouped data will be sub-sorted. ''(Tables in tabbed subsets of data, Editors and Selectors will work similarly.)''<br />
<br />
Click once on a different column header to sort on the data of that column in ascending order. Click the header again to sort in reverse order. <br />
<br />
The {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} dialog can be used to add, remove and rearrange the displayed columns. Choosing a different first column will make that the new default sorting column of the view [though always ascending].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Setting Home person===<br />
[[File:MenuEdit-SetHomePerson-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu showing ''Set Home Person'']]<br />
<br />
To set (designate) the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home person]], select the People Category and select the desired person to make them into the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] and then choose {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}} via the menus.<br />
<br />
Alternately, when editing any Person, right-clicking on inactive areas (areas without a text-entry box) of the top section displays a pop-up menu which includes an option to {{man menu|Make Home Person}} of that profile.<br />
<br />
The Home person is the persistently designated person who becomes the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] when one of the following occurs:<br />
*By default, when the Family tree database is opened<br />''(The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|General]] setting in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]] can modify this default behavior. The "Remember last view displayed" will return to the last [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] of the previous session.)''<br />
*As the toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is clicked<br />
*When the Home menu item is selected from either the {{man button|Go}} menu or the right-click context menu in selected views<br />
*As the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#15|keybinding]] {{Man key press|ALT|Home}} is pressed to return to the '''Home Person'''. <br />
<br />
The toolbar {{man button|Home}} button is available in the People Category, Relationships Category, and Pedigree Category. [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom]]<br />
====See also====<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Setting the Home Person]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Adjusting viewing controls===<br />
<br />
Whether the toolbar, the sidebar, or the filter (not available on Pedigree and Relationships Views) are displayed in the main window is adjusted through the View menu.<br />
<br />
In the different views clicking the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu will shows for boxes you can click:<br />
*Navigator<br />
*Toolbar<br />
*Sidebar<br />
*Bottombar<br />
*Full Screen {{man key press|F11}}<br />
<br />
Additionally, depending on the view you are in, other options will be available on {{man label|Configure}}.<br />
<br />
*Gramplets:<br />
**Set Columns to 1<br />
**Set Columns to 2<br />
**Set Columns to 3<br />
*Relationships:<br />
**Show Siblings<br />
**Show Details<br />
*Geography:<br />
**Time period<br />
**Layout<br />
<br />
All other Views: the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|column editor]].<br />
<br />
===Export View===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example showing "Export View" menu entry]]<br />
<br />
On most [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Category List Views]], displayed data maybe be exported, choose via the {{man menu|Family Trees ->Export View...}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|menu]] command.<br />
<br />
This Menu command only appears if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.<br />
<br />
Note that the current configuration of the View's columns will control what data will be exported. The export will contain only the displayed column data (in the same order) and be limited to records matching any [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filters]] you have applied.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Export View as Spreadsheet dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-CSV-file-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Export View as Spreadsheet" CSV(default) file-dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramps will then display the {{man label|Export View as Spreadsheet}} dialog where after choosing a file location to save to and a name for your file; export data on from the Category List View in one of two spreadsheet formats:<br />
* '''CSV''' (default)<br />
* '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' - ODS format.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:ExportViewAsSpreadsheet-exampleODS-Displayed-in-LibreOfficeCalc-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example ODS Spreadsheet - Displayed in LibreOffice Calc]]<br />
<br />
The example screenshot shows an export to the '''OpenDocument Spreadsheet''' (ODS format) displayed as a Spreadsheet in Libreoffice Calc.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Modularity and plugins===<br />
Gramps has been designed for expansion. The Plugin (a.k.a. Plug-in, addon, extension) framework provides a path for third party development outside the normal Gramps release distributions. <br />
<br />
The documentation for each addon is maintained outside the flow of these main wiki chapters. The interface and functionality of the software and documentation may not conform with the styles seen throughout the rest of Gramps... although we encourage Developers to try to make their additions as seamless as possible.<br />
<br />
A brief description and screenshot of each addon can be found in the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] section of the wiki manual. The separately maintained documentation page for the addon is linked from the 1st column of that list.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] and [[5.2 Addons|Third-Party Addons]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Customize report output formats===<br />
[[File:TextReports-DocumentOptions-PlainText-output-settings-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Options - tab defaults for Text Reports (Plain Text - output selected) example]]<br />
<br />
What kind of output customization is available? This dialog allows you to change the fonts, font sizes, font color, background color of the text and alignment of paragraphs on the report.<br />
<br />
For most report dialogs, in the top part are option tabs specifically related that particular report. The lower part will have more broadly reusable features and is called the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Document_Options|Document Options]]}} section. <br />
<br />
From the {{man label|Style:}} drop down list you can choose an existing custom style. Or to make your own {{man label|Style:}} select the {{man button|Style Editor...}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Document_Styles_dialog|Document Styles]]}} dialog and then select the {{man button|Add a new style}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Document Styles dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:DocumentStyles-dialog-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Document Styles - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Document Styles}} dialog, list the ''default'' style and any custom styles for that report and allows you to edit or delete any custom styles you have created. Select the {{man button|+ (Add a new style)}} button to show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Style_editor_dialog|Style editor]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Style editor dialog====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Style editor}} dialog allow you to customize the document style specific to each report.<br />
<br />
Change the {{man label|Style sheet name:}} (<code>New Style</code>default) field to a unique name as it will appear in {{man label|Document Options}} {{man label|Style:}} drop down list.<br />
<br />
Once changes for your custom style have been finalized select the {{man button|OK}} button to save the changes or {{man button|Cancel}} to exit.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Style editor dialog tabs=====<br />
On the left hand side you will see the {{man label|Style}} column that list the paragraph options specific to that report that you may modify. For example the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report]]}} shows the style options for AHN-Entry, AHN-Generation and AHN-Title.<br />
<br />
On the right hand side are three tabs associated with each style listed in the left hand column:<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Description======<br />
<br />
[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-Description-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Description options tab - Document Styles - dialog (default styles for Ahnentafel Report) (Gramps 4.2.0 Windows 7) ]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Description}} : The description describes what each paragraph is all about. For example shown here is the style used for the Ahnentafel Report ( AHN-Entry ).<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Font options======<br />
<br />
[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-FontOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Font options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Font options}} : Here you can set the {{man label|Type face}} Roman or Swiss, the {{man label|Size}} of the font in pt., the {{man label|Color}} of the font and some {{man label|Options}} like Bold, Italic or Underline.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Paragraph options======<br />
<br />
[[File:StyleEditor-dialog-ParagraphOptions-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Paragraph options" tab - "Style Editor" dialog for "Document Styles" (default styles for Ahnentafel Report)]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Paragraph options}} : Here you set the {{man label|Alignment}}, the {{man label|Background color}}, {{man label|Indentation}}, {{man label|Spacing}} and {{man label|Borders}} of your style.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Context menu===<br />
Used in various places in Gramps; how you access the context menu is dependent on your operating systems:<br />
* On Microsoft windows, you generally use the right button of your mouse to show the context menu or use the keyboard shortcut {{man button|Shift}}+{{man button|F10}}. see [https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/previous-versions/windows/desktop/mpc/using-context-menus Using Context Menus - Microsoft Docs]<br />
* On Apple macOS, you generally press {{man button|Ctrl}} while clicking the button of your mouse to show the context menu. see: [https://developer.apple.com/design/human-interface-guidelines/macos/menus/contextual-menus/ Contextual Menus - Menus - macOS - Human Interface Guidelines - Apple Developer]<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Keybindings|Keybindings]]<br />
<br />
== Customizing ==<br />
Here are some ways that you can customize Gramps.<br />
=== Preferences ===<br />
<br />
The Display tab of the Preferences allows selection of the Name format used by default throughout Gramps. The Edit button for the {{man label|Name format:}} opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Display Name Editor]]}}, allowing the creation of user-defined (custom) stylings beyond the pre-defined (built-in) name format choices. <br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]<br />
<br />
The Edit button for a person's preferred and alternative names opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Name_Editor|Name Editor]]}}, allowing the selection of a name format exceptions that will override the format chosen in the Display tab of Preferences for the entire Tree. <br />
<br />
The name format, grouping and sorting can be overridden for selected individuals and surnames. The Edit Person dialogs have two Edit buttons to access this feature. The button for Preferred name is to the right of the Suffix field. However, for any selected Name (Preferred or Alternative) in the Names tab which opens the Name Editor. The built-in and custom Display Name formats can be selected exceptions to "Group as:" and "Sort as:" options that default to the Name format selected in Preferences.<br />
<br />
=== Pick a Color selector ===<br />
The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]] tab of the Preferences allows customizing of the color of various elements of diagrams in the Charts category's graphical views. <br />
<br />
==== Color Palette ====<br />
[[File:PickAColor-selector-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - palette selector dialog]]<!-- screenshot shows UK/Australian spelling of colour, please keep USA spelling for user manual--><br />
Select a color from the 45 [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|swatches]] in predefined color palette area. Or select from the recently used {{man label|Custom}} color swatches. Or click the {{man button|+}} button to create your own custom color. Right-click on any swatch to add another custom color and open the gradient selector. <br />
<br />
You can drag any color swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Color Gradient ====<br />
[[File:PickAColor-gradient-dialog-52.png|right|thumb|436px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Pick a Color" - gradient selector dialog]]<br />
The gradient selector dialog is for adjust the [[Gramps_Glossary#swatch|color swatch]] at the top of the dialog. Once changed, either click the {{man button|Select}} button to apply the color. Drag the single gradient dialog swatch to any swatch in the preference (or configure) dialog.<br />
<br />
Specific colors of the swatch can be changed in several ways:<br />
* via direct entry 'color Hex color code'<br />
* the hue slider (with a numeric fine control<br />
* mouse left-click in the 1-dimensional (hue) rainbow gradient or the 2-dimensional (brightness and saturation) hue gradient.<br />
* mouse right-click in either gradient to show the numeric control for the dimension(s) of the gradient <br />
* mouse left-click on the eyedropper color picker to choose from any pixel shown on the monitor(s)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== File Chooser ===<br />
[[File:FileChooser_Bookmarks_Breadcrumbs.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Linux GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]] <br />
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs mac.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} macOS GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]<br />
[[File:FileChooser Bookmarks Breadcrumbs win.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Windows GTK File Chooser: highlighting breadcrumbs and bookmarking]]<br />
The Open and Save dialogs (File Chooser) for Gramps are based on the [https://docs.gtk.org/gtk3/iface.FileChooser.html GTK File Chooser]. Each operating system has expected behaviors for clicks, double-clicks, sorting, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Handy_Shortcuts|keybindings]], environmental variables, and standard file locations that are characteristic of File Chooser dialogs native to the operating system. A few of these can be customized via the user interface to feel more similar to the OS native File Choosers. However, the idiosyncrasies of various OSes mean shared network folders and URI support may not be as readily browsed as when using the OS native File Choosers.<br />
<br />
The [https://developer-old.gnome.org/gtk4/stable/GtkFileChooser.html GtkFileChooser] allows for adding quick navigation hotlinks to commonly used places of the filesystem. In the default implementation, these are displayed in the left sidebar navigation pane. It may be a bit unclear at first that these shortcuts come from various sources and in various flavors, so let's explain the terminology here:<br />
* '''[[#Bookmarking_file_folders|Bookmarks]]''': are created by the user, by dragging folders from the right pane to the left pane, or by using the “Add”. Bookmarks can be renamed and deleted by the user.<br />
* '''Shortcuts''': can be provided by the Gramps application. For example, program may want to add a shortcut for a Downloads or Documents folder. Shortcuts ''cannot'' be added or removed by the user. The the 'Rename...' context menu option allows them to be relabeled.<br />
* '''Volumes''': are provided by the underlying filesystem abstraction. They are the “roots” of the filesystem. The Home and Downloads hotlinks are common "roots". Volumes cannot be modified by the user.<br />
<br />
<br />
====Context Menu options====<br />
Right-click on any file or folder in the current directory to open context pop-up menu with the following options:<br />
* Open With File Manager<br />
* Copy Location<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Bookmarking_file_folders|Add to Bookmarks]]<br />
* &#x274f; Show Hidden Files<br />
* &#x2611; Show Size Column<br />
* &#x2611; Show Type Column<br />
* &#x274f; Show Time<br />
* &#x274f; Sort Folders before Files<br />
<br />
Right-click in the navigation sidebar to open context pop-up menu with the following options:<br />
* Open<br />
* Remove<br />
* Rename...<br />
====Breadcrumbs and text-entry address bar====<br />
By default, the file folder navigation in the File Chooser is by browsing. There are also some shortcuts on the left and breadcrumbs (highlighted in green in the dialog illustration) for quick navigation up and down the path. <br />
<br />
Optionally, a text-entry address bar can be used to directly key-in or paste a path. Toggle between displaying breadcrumbs and the text-entry address bar with the {{Man key press|CTRL|L}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybinding]].<br />
<br />
====Bookmarking file folders====<br />
File folder bookmarks can be user defined to make finding standard locations easier. These bookmarks are remembered between sessions and regardless of which Family Tree has been loaded.<br />
<br />
With any Open or Save dialog open, navigate to the file location containing the folder to be bookmarked. Create the bookmark by either: dragging the folder icon to the navigation column on the left; or, right-clicking that folder to use the {{Man menu|Add to Bookmarks}} context menu option. <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an existing Bookmark allows renaming that bookmark or removing it.<br />
<br />
====File Formats====<br />
Support for several file formats are built into the standard distribution of Gramps. Import plugin and Export Plugin Addons can be installed via the Plugin Manager or Preferences to expand the options.<br />
<br />
See the [[Output_formats|Output Format]] article for list of file formats.<br />
<br />
====See also====<br />
* [https://ubuntugenius.wordpress.com/2010/05/14/how-to-show-text-entry-address-bar-or-breadcrumbs-navigation-buttons-in-nautilus-after-ubuntu-10-04-upgrade/ How to Show Text-Entry Address Bar or “Breadcrumbs” (Navigation Buttons)] in Nautilus After Ubuntu 10.04 Upgrade<br />
<br />
*Discourse discussions about the GTK File Chooser:<br />
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/need-suggestions-for-documenting-the-gtk-file-chooser/1820/8 Documenting the File Chooser in the wiki]<br />
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/macos-and-windows-gtk-file-chooser-dialog-capture-request/3364 Illustrating the File Chooser in the Wiki]<br />
** [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/can-i-cause-folders-to-sort-to-the-top-of-the-list-when-presented-with-the-folder-contents/1708/14 File Chooser: Sorting files and folders]<br />
<br />
=== Language ===<br />
<br />
Gramps has been translated into a number of [[Portal:Translators|languages]]. Usually Gramps automatically starts in your local language, as chosen for other applications, but sometimes this may not be right for you. And in other cases, a module or addon will not yet have been translated and a warning dialog will appear saying something like &ldquo;Warning: plugin XYZ has no translation for any of your configured languages, using US English instead&rdquo;. (Note that the US dialect of English is the default rather than British.) This can become annoying or intrusive. <br />
<br />
The most idealistic situation is that you are as fluent in US English as the language selected for the operating system GUI on your computer. And that you would take the opportunity to translate that Gramps feature for users who are non-English speakers. <br />
<br />
If your system is configured to show a language other then English, you can override this for Gramps. <br />
<br />
As an example, assume that a computer in the Netherlands is configured to default to Unicode 8 Dutch: "LANG: nl_NL.UTF-8". You could either reset the OS language <br />
<br />
In Windows, use the SET command to change the LANG environment variable to "en_GB.UTF-8" for British English. You can do this from the command line interface or [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=11009 create a startup shortcut with the following Target]:<br />
<code>C:\Windows\System32\cmd.exe /c "SET LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && START /D ^"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.2.3^" gramps.exe"</code><br />
<br />
{{stub}} '''{{man warn|tbd|Describe for each main platform how the normal language is determined and how the user can [[Howto:Change_the_language_of_reports#Run_Gramps_in_a_different_language|choose a different language]].'''}}<br />
<br />
==== Linux ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
If you want to choose a locale 'variant' for sorting that is not the default variant, then you can start Gramps from the terminal (or console) with a different LC_COLLATE environment. For example, the default sorting (collation) variant for Swedish is "reformed", but you can instead choose "standard" by typing:<br />
export LC_COLLATE="sv_SE.UTF-8@collation=standard"<br />
python Gramps.py<br />
<br />
==== macOS ====<br />
<br />
For macOS see [[Mac_OS_X:Application_package#Advanced_setup|Advanced setup]] for details on how the language is normally chosen, and how to choose a special, non-default setting for the language, the sorting order or the format of such things as day and month names and number separators.<br />
<br />
==== MS Windows ====<br />
[[File:Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Microsoft Window Gramps AIO Installer Choose Components-Selection window.]]<br />
If you want to run Gramps in another language other than English using the Gramps AIO installer, then you must select it during installation process.<br />
<br />
Otherwise it will not be available.<br />
<br />
More information can be found at [[Installing_Gramps_for_Windows_computers#Missing_other_languages]] page.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Add Windows OS Menu Item===<br />
[[File:Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit-Target-GrampsAIO64-Properties for shortcut example.]]<br />
<br />
To make Gramps work in your selected language (See table below for your [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Language_codes|language code]]), complete the following:<br />
* Using your mouse right button click on the "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x}}" icon on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Copy}}.<br />
* Right click anywhere on Desktop and from menu choose: {{man label|Paste shortcut}}<br />
* New icon will be created with name: "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}"<br />
* Right click on that and from menu choose: {{man label|Properties}}<br />
* A new window will open, click on first tab called {{man label|General}} and change text from "{{man label|GrampsAIO64 5.x.x (2)}}" to something more descriptive like: "{{man label|GrampsAIO Danish}}"<br />
** Click on second tab called {{man label|Shortcut}}, change text in first entry called {{man label|Target}} from (note path will vary depending on Gramps version used):<br />
***<code>"C:\Program Files\GrampsAIO64-5.x.x\grampsw.exe"</code> to:<br />
***<code>%comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"</code><br />
* Click {{man label|OK}}<br />
<br />
Now when you click on that icon Gramps will start in Danish.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man tip|You can download a zip file attached to feature request:{{bug|13204}} Gramps AIO64 5.2 Language icons Shortcuts Pack ( for the 18 languages shown in the Language table below)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Change the windows LANG variables===<br />
Another option if you want Gramps to always load in say: French Canadian language, you can go to Windows > System Properties, and add the LANG variable in the user section of the environment variables dialog with the appropriate Value. <br />
<br />
The value to add is:<br />
<pre><br />
Name: LANG<br />
Value: fr_CA.UTF-8<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
* [https://www.redswitches.com/blog/environment-variables/#method-1-set-environment-variables-through-the-gui How to Set Environment Variables in Windows 10]<br />
<br />
===Language codes===<br />
Select from the following table of [[Portal:Translators|languages Gramps]] has been translated into:<br />
<br />
{| {{prettytable}}<br />
!Language<br />
!ISO code<br />
!Example<br />
!Notes<br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> English-USA (Default)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> en_US.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=en_US.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> English (British)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> en_GB.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=en_GB.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Finnish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> fi.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=fi.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Russian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> ru_RU.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=ru_RU.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Albanian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> sq_AL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=sq_AL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> German<br />
|<!--ISO code--> de_DE.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=de_DE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> French<br />
|<!--ISO code--> fr_FR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_FR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> French Canadian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> fr_CA.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=fr_CA.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Macedonian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> mk_MK.UTF-8 ???<br />
|<!--Example--> <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Nederlands (Dutch)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nl_NL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_NL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Dutch<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nl_BE.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nl_BE.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Slovak<br />
|<!--ISO code--> sk_SK.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=sk_SK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Hebrew<br />
|<!--ISO code--> he_IL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=he_IL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Danish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> da_DK.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=da_DK.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Greek<br />
|<!--ISO code--> el_GR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=el_GR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Italian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> it_IT.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=it_IT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe" <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Esperanto<br />
|<!--ISO code--> eo.UTF-8 ???<br />
|<!--Example--> <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Chinese (Simplified)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> zh_CN.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_CN.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Chinese (Hong Kong) <br />
|<!--ISO code--> zh_HK.UTF-8 ???<br />
|<!--Example--> <br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Chinese (Traditional) <br />
|<!--ISO code--> zh_TW.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=zh_TW.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Ukrainian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> uk_UA.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Portuguese<br />
|<!--ISO code--> pt_PT.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_PT.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Portuguese (Brazil)<br />
|<!--ISO code--> pt_BR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=pt_BR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Afrikaans<br />
|<!--ISO code--> af_ZA.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Norwegian Bokmål<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nb_NO.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nb_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Norwegian Nynorsk<br />
|<!--ISO code--> nn_NO.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=nn_NO.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Turkish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> tr_TR.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=tr_TR.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Spanish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> es_ES.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=es_ES.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Polish<br />
|<!--ISO code--> pl_PL.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=pl_PL.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> Slovenian<br />
|<!--ISO code--> sl_SI.UTF-8<br />
|<!--Example--> %comspec% /c set LANG=sl_SI.UTF-8 && start grampsw.exe"<br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|-<br />
|<!--Language--> <br />
|<!--ISO code--> <br />
|<!--Example--><br />
|<!--Notes--><br />
|}<br />
*The language codes are two-letter lowercase ISO language codes (such as "da") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1].<br />
*The country codes are two-letter uppercase ISO country codes (such as "BE") as defined by [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 ISO 3166-1].<br />
<br />
===Advanced manipulation of settings===<br />
{{stub}}<!--need to move to its own appendix section--><br />
<br />
{{man warn| Warning ** Make sure you have closed Gramps **|The contents of this section is outside the scope of interest of a general user of Gramps. If you proceed with tweaking the options on the low level you may damage your Gramps installation. Be careful. '''YOU HAVE BEEN WARNED!'''}}<br />
<br />
Besides the settings available in Preferences, you may also wish to explore the advanced settings.<br />
<br />
Gramps uses '''[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Keys_(properties) INI keys]''' and [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/INI_file#Sections INI sections] for managing user preferences and program settings these are stored in the text file <code>gramps.ini</code> under the <code>.gramps/gramps[XX]</code> folder in your home or user directory.<br />
<br />
The <code>gramps.ini</code> file has following sections:<br />
* [behavior] : typical Key names are: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/blob/master/gramps/gui/grampsgui.py#L502 betawarn], enable-autobackup, use-tips...<br />
* [colors] : <br />
* [csv] : <br />
* [database] : related to database settings for the Family Tree.<br />
* [export] : export and import folders/directories <br />
* [geography] : <br />
* [interface] : a lot of keys regarding height and width of the different Views: e.g. event-height: 450, event-ref-height: 585, event-ref-width: 728, event-width: 712...<br />
* [paths] : keys related to recent imported files and folders/directories <br />
* [plugin] : <br />
* [preferences] : keys related to preferences: all the common prefixes , todo -colors..<br />
* [researcher] : all information regarding the researcher<br />
* [spacing] : <br />
* [test] : <br />
* [utf8] : <br />
<br />
====Example <code>gramps.ini</code> file====<br />
Example contents of the <code>gramps.ini</code> file:<br />
<br />
<pre><br />
;; Gramps key file<br />
;; Automatically created at 2023/09/13 14:17:45<br />
<br />
[behavior]<br />
;;addmedia-image-dir=''<br />
;;addmedia-relative-path=0<br />
;;addons-allow-install=0<br />
;;addons-projects=[['Gramps', 'https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52', True]]<br />
;;addons-url='https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52'<br />
;;autoload=0<br />
;;avg-generation-gap=20<br />
;;check-for-addon-update-types=['new']<br />
;;check-for-addon-updates=0<br />
;;date-about-range=50<br />
;;date-after-range=50<br />
;;date-before-range=50<br />
;;do-not-show-previously-seen-addon-updates=1<br />
;;generation-depth=15<br />
;;immediate-warn=0<br />
;;last-check-for-addon-updates='1970/01/01'<br />
;;max-age-prob-alive=110<br />
;;max-sib-age-diff=20<br />
;;min-generation-years=13<br />
;;owner-warn=0<br />
;;pop-plugin-status=0<br />
;;previously-seen-addon-updates=[]<br />
;;recent-export-type=3<br />
;;runcheck=0<br />
;;spellcheck=0<br />
;;startup=0<br />
;;surname-guessing=0<br />
translator-needed=0<br />
;;use-tips=0<br />
;;web-search-url='http://google.com/#&q=%(text)s'<br />
;;welcome=100<br />
<br />
[colors]<br />
;;border-family=['#cccccc', '#252525']<br />
;;border-family-divorced=['#ff7373', '#720b0b']<br />
;;border-female-alive=['#861f69', '#261111']<br />
;;border-female-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;border-male-alive=['#1f4986', '#171d26']<br />
;;border-male-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;border-other-alive=['#2a5f16', '#26a269']<br />
;;border-other-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;border-unknown-alive=['#8e5801', '#8e5801']<br />
;;border-unknown-dead=['#000000', '#000000']<br />
;;family=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-civil-union=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-divorced=['#ffdede', '#5c3636']<br />
;;family-married=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-unknown=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;family-unmarried=['#eeeeee', '#454545']<br />
;;female-alive=['#feccf0', '#62242D']<br />
;;female-dead=['#feccf0', '#3a292b']<br />
;;home-person=['#bbe68a', '#304918']<br />
;;male-alive=['#b8cee6', '#1f344a']<br />
;;male-dead=['#b8cee6', '#2d3039']<br />
;;other-alive=['#94ef9e', '#285b27']<br />
;;other-dead=['#94ef9e', '#062304']<br />
;;scheme=0<br />
;;unknown-alive=['#f3dbb6', '#75507B']<br />
;;unknown-dead=['#f3dbb6', '#35103b']<br />
<br />
[csv]<br />
;;delimiter=','<br />
;;dialect='excel'<br />
<br />
[database]<br />
;;autobackup=0<br />
;;backend='sqlite'<br />
;;backup-on-exit=1<br />
;;backup-path='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;compress-backup=1<br />
;;host=''<br />
;;path='C:\\Users\\[username]\\AppData\\Roaming\\gramps\\grampsdb'<br />
;;port=''<br />
<br />
[export]<br />
;;proxy-order=[['privacy', 0], ['living', 0], ['person', 0], ['note', 0], ['reference', 0]]<br />
<br />
[geography]<br />
;;center-lat=0.0<br />
;;center-lon=0.0<br />
;;lock=0<br />
;;map_service=1<br />
;;path=''<br />
;;personal-map=''<br />
;;show_cross=0<br />
;;use-keypad=1<br />
;;zoom=0<br />
;;zoom_when_center=12<br />
<br />
[interface]<br />
dbmanager-height=370<br />
;;dbmanager-horiz-position=12<br />
;;dbmanager-vert-position=85<br />
;;dbmanager-width=780<br />
;;dont-ask=0<br />
;;filter=0<br />
;;fullscreen=0<br />
;;grampletbar-close=0<br />
;;hide-lds=0<br />
;;ignore-gexiv2=0<br />
;;ignore-osmgpsmap=0<br />
;;ignore-pil=0<br />
;;main-window-height=500<br />
;;main-window-horiz-position=15<br />
;;main-window-vert-position=10<br />
;;main-window-width=775<br />
;;mapservice='OpenStreetMap'<br />
;;open-with-default-viewer=0<br />
;;pedview-layout=0<br />
;;pedview-show-images=1<br />
;;pedview-show-marriage=0<br />
;;pedview-show-unknown-people=0<br />
;;pedview-tree-direction=2<br />
;;pedview-tree-size=5<br />
;;place-name-height=100<br />
;;place-name-width=450<br />
;;sidebar-text=1<br />
;;size-checked=0<br />
;;statusbar=1<br />
;;surname-box-height=150<br />
;;toolbar-addons=1<br />
;;toolbar-clipboard=1<br />
;;toolbar-on=1<br />
;;toolbar-preference=1<br />
;;toolbar-reports=1<br />
;;toolbar-text=0<br />
;;toolbar-tools=1<br />
;;treemodel-cache-size=1000<br />
;;view=1<br />
;;view-categories=['Dashboard', 'People', 'Relationships', 'Families', 'Ancestry', 'Events', 'Places', 'Geography', 'Sources', 'Citations', 'Repositories', 'Media', 'Notes']<br />
<br />
[paths]<br />
;;quick-backup-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'<br />
;;recent-export-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;recent-file=''<br />
;;recent-import-dir='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;report-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;website-cal-uri=''<br />
;;website-cms-uri=''<br />
;;website-directory='C:\\Users\\[username]'<br />
;;website-extra-page-name=''<br />
;;website-extra-page-uri=''<br />
<br />
[plugin]<br />
;;addonplugins=[]<br />
;;hiddenplugins=[]<br />
<br />
[preferences]<br />
;;age-after-death=1<br />
;;age-display-precision=1<br />
;;calendar-format-input=0<br />
;;calendar-format-report=0<br />
;;cite-plugin='cite-default'<br />
;;coord-format=0<br />
;;cprefix='C%04d'<br />
;;date-format=0<br />
;;default-source=0<br />
;;eprefix='E%04d'<br />
;;family-relation-type=3<br />
;;family-warn=1<br />
;;february-29=0<br />
;;fprefix='F%04d'<br />
;;hide-ep-msg=0<br />
;;invalid-date-format='<b>%s</b>'<br />
;;iprefix='I%04d'<br />
last-view='dashboardview'<br />
last-views=['dashboardview', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '', '']<br />
;;name-format=1<br />
;;no-given-text='[Missing Given Name]'<br />
;;no-record-text='[Missing Record]'<br />
;;no-surname-text='[Missing Surname]'<br />
;;nprefix='N%04d'<br />
;;online-maps=0<br />
;;oprefix='O%04d'<br />
;;paper-metric=0<br />
;;paper-preference='Letter'<br />
;;patronimic-surname=0<br />
;;place-auto=1<br />
;;place-format=0<br />
;;pprefix='P%04d'<br />
;;private-given-text='[Living]'<br />
;;private-record-text='[Private Record]'<br />
;;private-surname-text='[Living]'<br />
;;quick-backup-include-mode=0<br />
;;rprefix='R%04d'<br />
;;sprefix='S%04d'<br />
;;tag-on-import=0<br />
;;tag-on-import-format='Imported %Y/%m/%d %H:%M:%S'<br />
;;use-last-view=0<br />
<br />
[researcher]<br />
;;researcher-addr=''<br />
;;researcher-city=''<br />
;;researcher-country=''<br />
;;researcher-email=''<br />
;;researcher-locality=''<br />
;;researcher-name=''<br />
;;researcher-phone=''<br />
;;researcher-postal=''<br />
;;researcher-state=''<br />
<br />
[spacing]<br />
dbman=[22.605613425925927, 5.877459490740741, 9.856047453703704]<br />
<br />
[test]<br />
;;january='January'<br />
<br />
[utf8]<br />
;;baptism-symbol='~'<br />
;;birth-symbol='*'<br />
;;buried-symbol='[]'<br />
;;cremated-symbol='⚱'<br />
;;dead-symbol='✝'<br />
;;death-symbol=2<br />
;;divorce-symbol='o|o'<br />
;;engaged-symbol='o'<br />
;;in-use=0<br />
;;killed-symbol='x'<br />
;;marriage-symbol='oo'<br />
;;partner-symbol='o-o'<br />
;;selected-font=''<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
====Advanced backup filename setting====<br />
You can also define the naming pattern for the backup filename by setting the ''<code>paths.quick-backup-filename</code>'' in the <code>~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini</code> key file like the following:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[paths]<br />
;;quick-backup-filename='%(filename)s_%(year)d-%(month)02d-%(day)02d.%(extension)s'<br />
<br />
by removing the two semicolons(<code>;;</code>) from the front of INI key line and using use any of the following keywords for the filename pattern:<br />
*filename<br />
*year<br />
*month<br />
*day<br />
*hour<br />
*minutes<br />
*seconds<br />
*extension :<br />
**'''.gpkg'''(default) if you include media.<br />
**''.gramps'' if you exclude media.<br />
<br />
Use the appropriate ~/.gramps/gramps{XX}/gramps.ini key file.<br />
*Gramps version 5.2 :<br />
~/.gramps/gramps52/gramps.ini<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backup_dialog]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Configuration_.28config.29_option]]<br />
* [[Install_latest_BSDDB#Make_Gramps_use_bsddb3]]<br />
* [[Customize_the_Genealogical_Symbols_lookup_table#Genealogy_symbols_preferences]]<br />
<br />
===Theme===<br />
The look of Gramps can be changed.<br />
<br />
* [[Addon:Themes]]<br />
* [[Windows_AIO_themes]]<br />
* [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GTK_3_theme|GTK 3 theme - GEPS 029: GTK3-GObject introspection Conversion]]<br />
* [[Overrule_Gramps_Icons]] - for older Gramps versions.<br />
* [[UI style]]<br />
<br />
Some reports can also be changed:<br />
<br />
* [[Website report Themes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Tools|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2&diff=103435
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2
2024-03-27T17:48:02Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* General */ link to suggestions</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
<br />
The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about events ==<br />
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-52.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]<br />
<br />
Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.<br />
<br />
When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===New Event dialog===<br />
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]<br />
When Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event: <br />
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps <br />You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into the textbox portion of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Selector_Combo_Boxes|selector combo box]].<br />
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').<br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.<br />
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.<br />
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.<br />
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
===New Event tab pages===<br />
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab<br />
<br />
<br />
The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing event references ==<br />
<br />
Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.<br />
<br />
When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Event Reference Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Reference versus Shared Information Tip |'''References Information''' in the top of this dialog is specific to the particular reference from a Primary Object. A single object (such as an Event) can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the '''Shared Information'''.<br /><br />This expanded [[Gramps_Glossary#object_editor|object editor]] dialog lets you provide both the reference-specific data (such as relevant role), attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}<br />
<br />
Accessing the [[Gramps_Glossary#reference_object_editor|reference object editor]] .<br />
<br />
[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Reference Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Reference Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the Role [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Select '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' (which is the ''default'' during an Add Event) option for the main beneficiary. Select a descriptive Event Role (e.g., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#godparent|Godparent]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant. <br />
<br />
Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.<br />
<br />
If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' in text box portion of the [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Keyboarding in the new, unique Role name (rather than selecting one from the pull-down menu) creates a new Role custom type. New Role custom types will be added to the pull-down menu list. It remains there until the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br />
<br />
Some example Custom Types for Event Roles are suggested in the [[Roles,_Relationships_%26_Associations|Roles, Relationships and Associations]] article.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
======General======<br />
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Gallery======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about media objects ==<br />
<br />
To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.<br />
<br />
===New Media dialog===<br />
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]<br />
<br />
The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
<br />
* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.<br />
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken. <br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.<br />
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.<br />
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===New Media tab pages ===<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of media data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing media object references ==<br />
<br />
When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<!--so you can select part of the image and mark the cordinates of the persons face etc.. need to clean up and clarify here --><br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--***This needs to be cleaned up mixing existing and new media selectors here! ***the {{man label|Select a media object}} file --><br />
{{-}}<br />
===Select a media object selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)<br />
<br />
<br />
* See also: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Media Reference Editor dialog===<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
See also [[How to create image reference regions]]<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]<br />
<br />
You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Top section ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Top section tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.<br />
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.<br />
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.<br />
<br />
* Privacy<br />
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.<br />
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.<br />
<br />
See also the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Shared Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about places ==<br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places Category]]}} and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Place Editor dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]<br />
<br />
<!-- The top section --><br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:<br />
<br />
The following fields are available:<br />
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Preferences > Display > Display Options (section) > Automate Place Format]] generation<br />
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.<br />
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':<br />
** Building<br />
** Borough<br />
** Country<br />
** County<br />
** City<br />
** Department<br />
** District<br />
** Farm<br />
** Hamlet<br />
** Locality<br />
** Municipality<br />
** Neighborhood<br />
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]<br />
** Parish<br />
** Province<br />
** Region<br />
** State<br />
** Street<br />
** Town<br />
** '''Unknown'''(default)<br />
** Village<br />
<br />
{{man label|Either use the two fields below to enter coordinates(latitude and longitude),}}<br />
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50&#xB0;52'21.92\"N, N50&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124&#xB0;52'21.92\"E, E124&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
{{man label|or use copy/paste from your favorite map provider (format: latitude,longitude) in the following field:}}<br />
* {{man label|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;}} {{man tooltip|Field used to paste info from a web page like Google, OpenStreetMap...}} <!-- blank unlabeled field in dialog! but it does have a tooltip! --> See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}}<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.<br />
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Place editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of place data:<br />
<br />
====Enclosed By====<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range. <br />
<br />
To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab. <br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place. <br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.<br />
<br />
'''See also:''' <br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]<br />
=====Select Place selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Name contains''' (default)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Place Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Alternative Names====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. (This tab exhibits identical behavior to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet|Internet Tab]] for the Person editor and its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]] is the same also.) <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid<br />
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button<br />
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===<br />
<br />
When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude coordinates are :<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats<br />
|-<br />
! D.D4<br />
| degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.<br />
|-<br />
! D.D8<br />
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS) <br />
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
|-<br />
! DEG<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)<br />
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)<br />
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
: or two single quote '<br />
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
|-<br />
! DEG-<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-D<br />
| ISO 6709 degree notation <br />
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
|- <br />
! ISO-DM<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation<br />
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-DMS<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
|}<br />
<!--<br />
'D.D4' : degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
'D.D8' : degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS) <br />
eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
'DEG' : degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E ° has UTF-8 code c2b00a<br />
or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" º has UTF-8 code c2ba0a<br />
The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
or two single quote '<br />
The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
'DEG-:' : degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
'ISO-D' : ISO 6709 degree notation i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
'ISO-DM' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
'ISO-DMS' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about sources ==<br />
<br />
From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.<br />
<br />
===New Source dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...<br />
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.<br />
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps. <br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Source tab pages===<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
====Repositories====<br />
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Repository selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the <span id="Repository_Reference_Editor">{{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}</span><br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing source citations ==<br />
<br />
Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].<br />
<br />
For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:<br />
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.<br />
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.<br />
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.<br />
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Select Source or Citation selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} [[Gramps_Glossary#selector|selector]] dialog appears.<br />
<br />
This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Citation dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<!-- editor changed from two sections to one - rewrite this --><br />
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation information====<br />
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).<br />
*{{man label|ID:}}<br />
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.<br />
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.<br />
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.<br />
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).<br />
** Normal - ??<br />
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.<br />
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.<br />
<br />
;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Source selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''Author contains''<br />
* ''Author does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Citation information section tab pages=====<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:<br />
<br />
======Note======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].<br />
<br />
======Gallery======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].<br />
<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about repositories ==<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
=== New Repository dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The following fields are shown:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:<br />
** ''Album''<br />
** ''Archive''<br />
** ''Bookstore''<br />
** ''Cemetery''<br />
** ''Church''<br />
** ''Collection''<br />
** '''Library'''(default)<br />
** ''Safe''<br />
** ''Unknown''<br />
** ''Web site''<br />
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== New Repository tab pages ===<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data: <br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository. <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. (This tab exhibits identical behavior to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet|Internet Tab]] for the Person editor and its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]] is the same also.)<br />
:The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about notes ==<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Note editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|Note Editor}} dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab. <br />
<br />
==== Note tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab is the space where text is added. The text can be formatted using many standard text editing tools. <br />
<br />
:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.<br />
::* Italic : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Bold : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Underline : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.<br />
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.<br />
::* Undo : Undoes last action.<br />
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png]] Font color: Select the color of your font.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png]] Background color: Adds a background color to the text you enter.<br />
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc. External URL links can also be created.<br />
::* Clear Markup: Return selected text to plain text. Removes any links made.<br />
<br />
:* A context menu on the textview. <br />
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.<br />
<br />
:* Some properties of your note<br />
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds &amp; carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. <br />When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths &amp; margins predictable. <br />Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.<br />
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.<br />
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.<br />
<div id="note_type"><br />
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)<br />
<!--<br />
:::Selectable Built-in Types include:<br />
::::* Citation<br />
::::* General ''(default)''<br />
::::* HTML code<br />
::::* Link<br />
::::* Person Note<br />
::::* Report<br />
::::* Research<br />
::::* Source text<br />
::::* To Do<br />
::::* Transcript<br />
::::* Unknown<br />
--><br />
:::::{|class="wikitable"<br />
! style="text-align:left;"| Type<br />
! Recognized for features in <br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Citation<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|General<br />
|''(default)''<br />
|-<br />
|Html code<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM<br />
|-<br />
|Link<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Report<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Research<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Source text<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|To Do<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.'' <br />
|-<br />
|Transcript<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Unknown<br />
|<br />
|}</div><br />
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== References tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Link Editor ===<br />
<br />
'''A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active.''' There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.<br />
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]<br />
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link<br />
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>]) <br />
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].<br />
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.<br />
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}<br />
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.<br />
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}<br />
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out<br />
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|HTML links|Links created in the note will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. While working within Gramps, right-click allows the edit window for the selected object to open or to open the URL link in your default browser.<br />
<br />
Their true power comes when a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] is created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Note markup and preformat in reports === <br />
<br />
Markup like '''bold''', color, <u>underline</u>, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect. <br />
<br />
* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting<br />
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons<br />
<br />
* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; <br /> output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.<br />
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.<br />
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About&diff=103409
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - About
2024-03-26T15:42:35Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* About */ correct menu item formatting</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index |Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Further References|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|G}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
<br />
[[File:AboutGrampsDialog-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} About Gramps notice dialog]] <br />
<br />
==About==<br />
This dialog is shown by selecting the {{man menu|About}} option from the {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Help|Help]]}} menu.<br />
<br />
The version numbers are read by querying your installed software, they are not haard-coded in the dialog.<br />
<br />
To find more information about Gramps, please visit the Gramps Project Web page: <br />
* <code>https://gramps-project.org</code><br />
<br />
===Original author===<br />
Gramps was written by Donald N. Allingham (don@gramps-project.org).<br />
<br />
===Contributors===<br />
The somewhat incomplete list of contributors includes (in first name alphabetical order):<br />
* Alexander Bogdashevsky<br />
* Alexander Roitman<br />
* Alexandre Duret-Lutz<br />
* Alexandre Prokoudine<br />
* Anton Huber<br />
* Arkadiusz Lipiec<br />
* Arpad Horvath<br />
* Arturas Sleinius<br />
* Baruch Even<br />
* Benny Malengier<br />
* Bernd Felsche<br />
* Bernd Schandl<br />
* Billy C. Earney<br />
* Brian Matherly<br />
* Bruce J. DeGrasse<br />
* Daniel Durand<br />
* David R. Hampton<br />
* Donald A. Peterson<br />
* Douglas S. Blank<br />
* Eero Tamminen<br />
* Egyeki Gergely<br />
* Frederick Noronha<br />
* Frode Jemtland<br />
* Gary Burton<br />
* Gary Shao<br />
* Greg Kuperberg<br />
* Guillaume Pratte<br />
* James Treacy<br />
* Jason Salaz<br />
* Jeffrey C. Ollie<br />
* Jens Arvidsson<br />
* Jérôme Rapinat<br />
* Jesper Zedlitz<br />
* Jim Smart<br />
* Jiri Pejchal<br />
* John Doorty<br />
* Julio Sanchez<br />
* Kees Bakker<br />
* Larry Allingham<br />
* Lars Kr. Lundin<br />
* Laurent Protois<br />
* Leonid Mamtchenkov<br />
* Lorenzo Cappelletti<br />
* Lubo Vasko<br />
* Luiz Gonzaga dos Santos Filho<br />
* Marcos Bedinelli<br />
* Mark Knoop<br />
* Martin Hawlisch<br />
* Martin Senftleben<br />
* Matt Brubeck<br />
* Matthias Kemmer<br />
* Matthieu Pupat<br />
* Michel Guitel<br />
* Mirko Leonhäuser<br />
* Nathan Bullock<br />
* Nick Hall<br />
* Paul Franklin<br />
* Pier Luigi Cinquantini<br />
* Radek Malcic<br />
* Radu Bogdan Mare<br />
* Richard Bos<br />
* Richard Taylor<br />
* Sam Manzi<br />
* Samuel Tardieu<br />
* Sebastian Voecking<br />
* Serge Noiraud<br />
* Soren Roug<br />
* Stefan Bjork<br />
* Stéphane Charette<br />
* Steve Hall<br />
* Steve Swales<br />
* Tim Allen<br />
* Tim Waugh<br />
* Tino Meinen<br />
* Trevor Rhodes<br />
* Wayne Bergeron<br />
* Xing Wang<br />
* Yaakov Selkowitz<br />
<br />
<br />
If you know of somebody else who should be listed here, please let us know.<br />
<br />
== Have an issue or idea? ==<br />
To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, use the {{man menu|Help > Report a Bug}} menu in Gramps, or follow the directions on this [[Using_the_bug_tracker|site]].<br />
<br />
== License ==<br />
This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this [https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html link], or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index |Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Further References|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About&diff=103408
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - About
2024-03-26T15:38:31Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* About */ add menu</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index |Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Further References|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|G}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
<br />
[[File:AboutGrampsDialog-52.png|right|thumb|650px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} About Gramps notice dialog]] <br />
<br />
==About==<br />
This dialog is shown by selecting the About Gramps option from the Help menu.<br />
<br />
The version numbers are read by querying your installed software, they are not haard-coded in the dialog.<br />
<br />
To find more information about Gramps, please visit the Gramps Project Web page: <br />
* <code>https://gramps-project.org</code><br />
<br />
===Original author===<br />
Gramps was written by Donald N. Allingham (don@gramps-project.org).<br />
<br />
===Contributors===<br />
The somewhat incomplete list of contributors includes (in first name alphabetical order):<br />
* Alexander Bogdashevsky<br />
* Alexander Roitman<br />
* Alexandre Duret-Lutz<br />
* Alexandre Prokoudine<br />
* Anton Huber<br />
* Arkadiusz Lipiec<br />
* Arpad Horvath<br />
* Arturas Sleinius<br />
* Baruch Even<br />
* Benny Malengier<br />
* Bernd Felsche<br />
* Bernd Schandl<br />
* Billy C. Earney<br />
* Brian Matherly<br />
* Bruce J. DeGrasse<br />
* Daniel Durand<br />
* David R. Hampton<br />
* Donald A. Peterson<br />
* Douglas S. Blank<br />
* Eero Tamminen<br />
* Egyeki Gergely<br />
* Frederick Noronha<br />
* Frode Jemtland<br />
* Gary Burton<br />
* Gary Shao<br />
* Greg Kuperberg<br />
* Guillaume Pratte<br />
* James Treacy<br />
* Jason Salaz<br />
* Jeffrey C. Ollie<br />
* Jens Arvidsson<br />
* Jérôme Rapinat<br />
* Jesper Zedlitz<br />
* Jim Smart<br />
* Jiri Pejchal<br />
* John Doorty<br />
* Julio Sanchez<br />
* Kees Bakker<br />
* Larry Allingham<br />
* Lars Kr. Lundin<br />
* Laurent Protois<br />
* Leonid Mamtchenkov<br />
* Lorenzo Cappelletti<br />
* Lubo Vasko<br />
* Luiz Gonzaga dos Santos Filho<br />
* Marcos Bedinelli<br />
* Mark Knoop<br />
* Martin Hawlisch<br />
* Martin Senftleben<br />
* Matt Brubeck<br />
* Matthias Kemmer<br />
* Matthieu Pupat<br />
* Michel Guitel<br />
* Mirko Leonhäuser<br />
* Nathan Bullock<br />
* Nick Hall<br />
* Paul Franklin<br />
* Pier Luigi Cinquantini<br />
* Radek Malcic<br />
* Radu Bogdan Mare<br />
* Richard Bos<br />
* Richard Taylor<br />
* Sam Manzi<br />
* Samuel Tardieu<br />
* Sebastian Voecking<br />
* Serge Noiraud<br />
* Soren Roug<br />
* Stefan Bjork<br />
* Stéphane Charette<br />
* Steve Hall<br />
* Steve Swales<br />
* Tim Allen<br />
* Tim Waugh<br />
* Tino Meinen<br />
* Trevor Rhodes<br />
* Wayne Bergeron<br />
* Xing Wang<br />
* Yaakov Selkowitz<br />
<br />
<br />
If you know of somebody else who should be listed here, please let us know.<br />
<br />
== Have an issue or idea? ==<br />
To report a bug or make a suggestion regarding this application or this manual, use the {{man menu|Help > Report a Bug}} menu in Gramps, or follow the directions on this [[Using_the_bug_tracker|site]].<br />
<br />
== License ==<br />
This program is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public license as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. A copy of this license can be found at this [https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html link], or in the file COPYING included with the source code of this program.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index |Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Further References|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Rapports&diff=103370
Fr:Manuel wiki pour Gramps 5.2 - Rapports
2024-03-22T19:32:34Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Rapports graphiques */ test for anchor redirection</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index/fr|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets/fr|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1/fr|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual - Reports}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|11}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
Ces sections décrivent les différents rapports disponibles dans Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Introduction ==<br />
<br />
Voir [[Produire des rapports]] pour quelques remarques générales.<br />
<br />
== Rapports ==<br />
[[Image:Outil_rapport_51_fr.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Icône barre d'outils «Ouvrir le dialogue des rapports»]]<br />
Les rapports sont accessibles par le menu '''Rapports->Type de rapport->rapport particulier'''.<br />
<br />
Alternativement, vous pouvez passer en revue le choix complet des rapports disponibles dans un dialogue que l'on obtient en cliquant sur l'icône {{man label|Rapports}} de la barre d'outils.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Boite de dialogue Sélection d'un rapport ===<br />
[[Image:Dialogue_selectionrapport_51_fr.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dialogue Sélection d'un rapport]]<br />
La boite de dialogue {{man label|Sélection d'un rapport}} vous permet de naviguer parmi tous les rapports disponibles avec une brève description. Ouvrez la liste en cliquant sur la {{man button|&#x25B6;}} flèche devant les catégories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Valeurs de substitution ==<br />
<br />
Voir les [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Valeurs_de_substitution|valeurs de substitution]].<br />
<br />
== Options communes ==<br />
<br />
* id: l'individu central pour le filtre (ex: ''Smith, Edwin Michael'')<br />
* filtre: Détermine les individus à inclure dans le rapport<br />
# Toute la base de données<br />
# Descendants de Smith, Edwin Michael<br />
# Familles descendantes de Smith, Edwin Michael<br />
# Ascendants de Smith, Edwin Michael<br />
# Individus ayant un ancêtre commun avec Smith, Edwin Michael<br />
# Et les filtres personnels que vous pourrez élaborer par l'{{man menu|Editeur de filtre}} du menu {{man menu|Edition}}. Ils vous permettent définir précisément les individus devant apparaître dans le rapport. Voir [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Les_filtres|Les Filtres]].<br />
<br />
==Livres ==<br />
<br />
Il n'y a actuellement qu'un seul rapport dans cette catégorie : le Gestionnaire de livre.<br />
<br />
Le gestionnaire de livre produit un document unique (un livre) contenant un ensemble de rapports graphiques et textuels. En conséquence, ceci autorise un ensemble d'association de documents généré par Gramps.<br />
<br />
Quand {{man menu|Rapports -> Livres -> Gestionnaire de livre...}} est sélectionné, le dialogue de {{man label|configuration}} est affiché.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Dialogue Gestion des Livres===<br />
[[Image:Bookreport-42-fr.png|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Livre ]]<br />
La boite de dialogue comprend trois parties : {{man label|Nom du livre}}, {{man label|Articles disponibles}} et {{man label|Livre actuel}}<br />
<br />
====Nom du livre====<br />
La zone de saisie {{man label|Nom du livre}} affiche le nom du livre actuel. Vous pouvez le modifier et enregistrer ce livre (et l'ensemble des paramètres de ses composants) pour une utilisation ultérieure. Si vous chargez un livre déjà enregistré (voir plus bas), vous verrez ce nom de livre que vous pourrez changer si vous voulez le configurer différemment.<br />
<br />
=====La barre d'outils du nom du livre=====<br />
Les boutons alignés à droite de la zone {{man label|Nom du livre}} agissent sur l'ensemble du livre : <br />
*Le bouton {{man button|Effacer le livre}} supprime tous les {{man label|articles disponibles}} de la section {{man label|Livre actuel}}.<br />
*Le bouton {{man button|Enregistrer la configuration actuelle}} enregistre le livre sous le nom donné dans le champ {{man label|Nom du livre}} pour être utilisé plus tard. Si le nom du livre existe déjà, il vous sera demandé si vous voulez {{man button|Procéder}} pour le remplacer ; vous pouvez aussi annuler et donner un autre nom. {{man menu|Enregistrer le livre enregistre aussi la configuration de tous les {{man label|articles disponibles}} que vous avez définie}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[Image:Dialogue_livresdispo_51_fr.png|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Livres disponibles ]]<br />
*Le bouton {{man button|Ouvrir un livre précédemment créé}} ouvre une fenêtre qui affiche tous les livres déjà enregistrés. Dans cette fenêtre, double-cliquez sur le nom d'un livre ou sélectionnez-le puis cliquer le bouton {{man button|Valider}} pour le charger.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[Image:Dialogue_gestionlivres_51_fr.png|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gestions des Livres ]]<br />
*Le bouton {{man button|Gérer les livres précédemment créés}} ouvre une fenêtre légèrement différente qui affiche la liste des livres disponibles que vous pouvez supprimer par le bouton {{man button|Supprimer}} après les avoir sélectionnés.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Articles disponibles====<br />
La partie moyenne de la boite de dialogue liste les {{man label|Articles disponibles}} pour être inclus dans le livre.<br />
=====Sélection des articles disponibles=====<br />
Presque tous les articles disponibles pour l'inclusion dans le livre sont des rapports textuels ou graphiques, et sont donc disponibles sous forme de rapports autonomes (voir le sommaire de cette page). L'exception reste les articles qui sont seulement disponibles comme articles de livre et qui vont être traités dans cette section. Pour chacun, sera explicitée la fenêtre de configuration.<br />
<br />
Pour les ajouter dans le livre actuel, double-cliquez sur un article ou sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton + de la barre d'outils latérale de la section inférieure de la fenêtre.<br />
<br />
Pour accéder au dialogue de configuration, il faut d'abord les ajouter au {{man label|Livre actuel}} puis les sélectionner dans cette liste avec de cliquer sur le bouton {{man button|Configurer l'enregistrement courant sélectionné}}, ou double-cliquer sur leur nom dans la liste du livre.<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Index alphabétique======<br />
[[Image:Article_indexalpha_51_fr.png|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Index alphabétique - Configuration ]]<br />
Cet item crée une(des) page(s) avec un index alphabétique des individus notés dans des certains rapports textuels.<br />
<br />
Dans l'onglet ''Options du rapport'' vous pouvez choisir la langue de traduction dans une liste déroulante.<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Texte personnalisé======<br />
[[Image:Article_texteperso_51_fr.png|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Texte personnalisé - Configuration ]]<br />
Cet item crée une page avec trois paragraphes, chacun contenant un texte personnalisé :<br />
*Texte initial :<br />
*Texte du milieu :<br />
*Texte final :<br />
Les champs sont extensibles si bien que vous pouvez mettre tout le texte que vous voulez.<br />
<br />
La partie inférieure de la fenêtre affiche les '''Options du document''' : choisissez le style par défaut ou cliquer sur le bouton {{man button|Éditeur de style…}}. Il va ouvrir une fenêtre où vous pouvez ajouter ou supprimer des styles. Pour plus de détails, voir [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Éditeur_de_style|Éditeur de style]]. Cet item était supposé être utilisé pour les épigraphes, dédicaces, informations, notes et autres.<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Table des matières======<br />
[[Image:Article_tablematieres_51_fr.png|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Table des matières - Configuration ]]<br />
La table des matières est générée pour un livre comme une liste des parties de ce livre ou d'un document, organisée dans l'ordre dans lequel ils apparaissent.<br />
<br />
Dans l'onglet des ''Options du rapport'' vous pouvez choisir la langue de {{man label|Traduction}} dans la liste déroulante.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Pour les sorties de fichiers texte au format ''Open Document''(ODT)|la table des matières et l'index sont insérés dans le document mais ne sont pas générés par Gramps. Faites un clic-droit sur eux dans LibreOffice et choisissez «Mettre à jour l'Index ou la Table des matières» dans le menu contextuel pour générer les entrées.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Page de garde======<br />
[[Image:Article_pagegarde_51_fr.png|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Page de garde - Configuration ]]<br />
Cet item crée une page de garde dont vous pouvez modifier les options.<br />
<br />
L'onglet des {{man label|Options du rapport}} est composé de trois champs de saisie de texte où vous pouvez modifier le '''Titre''', le '''Sous-titre''' et le '''Pied de page''' (à titre d'exemple, des textes sont proposés).<br />
<br />
Une {{man label|Image}} peut être placée entre le sous-titre et le pied de page en cliquant le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un objet medium existant}} qui ouvre un dialogue permettant de sélectionner une image existant parmi les media.<br />
<br />
Vous pouvez aussi changer la {{man label|Taille de l'image}} plutôt que la taille par défaut.<br />
<br />
La partie inférieure de la fenêtre affiche les '''Options du document''' où vous pouvez choisir le '''Style''' par défaut ou cliquer sur le bouton {{man button|Éditeur de style…}}. Il va ouvrir une fenêtre où vous pouvez ajouter ou supprimer des styles. Pour plus de détails, voir [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Éditeur_de_style|Éditeur de style]].<br />
<br />
Les capacités de configuration de ce composant lui permettent d'être utilisé comme titre pour le livre, ses chapitres ou même un simple composant. <br />
{{-}}<br />
====Livre actuel====<br />
C'est la partie inférieure de la fenêtre. La barre d'outils avec les boutons alignés verticalement à droite de la section {{man label|Livre actuel}} agit sur le composant sélectionné avec les fonctions suivantes :<br />
*Le bouton {{man button|+ Ajouter un article au livre}} ajoute le composant sélectionné dans la section {{man label|Articles disponibles}} à la section {{man label|Livre actuel}} en dessous. Un double-clic sur un article de la liste du haut a le même résultat.<br />
*Le bouton {{man button|- Supprimer l'élément sélectionné du libre}} retire le composant sélectionné dans la liste de la section {{man label|Livre actuel}}.<br />
*Les boutons {{man button|△ Remonter cette sélection dans le livre}} et {{man button|▽ Descendre cette sélection dans le livre}} déplacent le composant sélectionné dans le {{man label|Livre actuel}}, en l'avançant ou le reculant d'un composant.<br />
*Le bouton {{man button|Configurer l'enregistrement courant sélectionné}} sert à définir les options de l'article sélectionné dans le {{man label|Livre actuel}} -- à condition de l'avoir sélectionné d'abord. Un double-clic sur un article de cette liste ouvre aussi le dialogue de configuration. Cette boite de dialogue est spécifique à l'article à configurer. Si vous ne le configurez pas, des options par défaut nécessaires seront appliquées. L'option commune à presque tous les articles est la personne centrale : l'individu sur lequel l'article est centré. Grâce à cette option, vous pouvez créer un livre avec des articles centrés sur des personnes différentes (ex : les ancêtres de votre mère et ceux de votre père comme des chapitres différents. Par défaut, la personne centrale est définie comme la {{man label|Personne active}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Dialogue Générer le livre===<br />
[[Image:Rapport_genererlivre_51_fr.png|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dialogue - Générer le livre ]]<br />
Si toutes les sélections sont faites, cliquez sur le bouton {{man button|Valider}} pour créer votre livre personnalisé. La fenêtre {{man label|Générer le livre}} s'ouvrira. Il y a deux sections :<br />
*Les {{man label|Options du papier}} permettant de changer la taille, l'orientation et les marges de la page. Un choix cliquable permet de choisir les valeurs métriques.<br />
*Les {{man label|options du document}} pour modifier :<br />
**Le format de sortie : un menu déroulant vous permettant de choisir entre : '''OpenDocument Texte''', '''PDF''', '''PostScript''' ou '''Imprimer…'''.<br />
**Une case à cocher existe pour ouvrir le document dans votre visualiseur par défaut comme LibreOffice Writer.<br />
**Le nom du fichier : la valeur par défaut est ''/votre répertoire/<Nom de votre arbre>_book.pdf'' que vous pouvez modifier. L'extension change en fonction du format de sortie choisi.<br />
<br />
Cliquez sur le bouton {{man button|Valider}} pour enregistrer le livre.<br />
<br />
==== Voir aussi ====<br />
* [[Add_Table_of_Contents_or_Index_to_reports|Add a table contents or an index to a Book of Reports]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span ID="Graphs></span><br />
==Rapports graphiques==<br />
<br />
Les rapports graphiques représentent l'information sous la forme de diagrammes et de graphiques. <br />
La plupart des options sont communes à toutes ces rapports et elles seront décrites une seule fois au début de cette section. Les quelques options spécifiques à un rapport donné seront décrites avec le chapitre du rapport. Voir également les [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Valeurs_de_substitution|Valeurs de substitution]].<br />
<br />
===Options communes===<br />
<br />
====Options du papier====<br />
[[File:Rapport_optionspapier_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet Options du papier]]<br />
Avec l'onglet {{man label|Options du papier}} vous pouvez changer :<br />
<br />
* Le {{man label|Format de papier}}<br />
** {{man label|Taille}} Letter par défaut<br />
** {{man label|Largeur}}<br />
** {{man label|Hauteur}}<br />
** {{man label|Orientation}}<br />
* Les {{man label|Marges}} (droite, gauche, haut et bas)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Métrique}} : pour choisir des valeurs métriques ou non (cm ou in.)<br />
Voir aussi le dialogue {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Report_could_not_be_created|Le rapport ne peut pas être créé]]}} qui peut survenir si votre taille de page personnalisée est trop grande.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Les options du document====<br />
Les options ci-dessous peuvent varier légèrement en fonction du format de sortie sélectionné.<br />
[[File:Rapport_optionsdocument_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport - Options du document]]<br />
*{{man label|Format de sortie :}} choisissez le format de sortie :<br />
**''OpenDocument Texte'' (si vous voulez modifier le document avec LibreOffice/OpenOffice)<br />
**''Document PDF''<br />
**''PostScript''<br />
**''Imprimer…''<br />
**''Document SVG'' (Scalable Vector Graphics) : pour un affichage dans un navigateur ou une modification avec un éditeur graphique adapté.<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Ouvrir aussitôt avec le logiciel par défaut}} : permet de choisir d'ouvrir le fichier avec le visualiseur par défaut de votre système.<br />
*{{man label|Fichier :}} nom du fichier avec comme valeur par défaut ''/home/<nom utilisateur>/<Nom arbre familial><Nom du rapport>.<extension du format de sortie>'' (chemin variant légèrement avec votre système d'exploitation, ici sous Linux)<br />
*{{man label|Style :}} (''défaut'' par défaut). Avec le bouton {{man button|Éditeur de style…}} vous pouvez ajouter des styles de document.<br />
*{{man label|Couleur d'arrière-plan SVG :}} (''arrière-plan transparent'' par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Sélectionner l'individu pour le rapport====<br />
Le dialogue {{man label|Sélectionner l'individu pour le rapport}} permet de sélectionner un individu existant déjà dans le rapport et, une fois sélectionné, de le définir comme personne centrale dans les {{man label|Options de l'arbre}}.<br />
[[File:Rapport_sélectionindividu_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport - Sélection individu]]<br />
Par défaut, c'est la persosnne active.<br />
<br />
Vous pouvez cocher la case {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Tout afficher}} pour afficher l'ensemble des individus de l'arbre familial (non coché par défaut).<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Options de mise à l'échelle et dimensionnement ====<br />
[[File:Rapport_adapterarbre_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet Options / adapter l'arbre]]<br />
L'arbre est construit, dans un premier temps, sur un canevas qui peut s'adapter à un arbre de n'importe quelle taille. A partir de ce canevas, les options suivantes peuvent changer la façon de l'afficher finalement sur une page.<br />
<br />
{{man label|Adapter l'arbre :}} <br />
<br />
Cette option agrandit/réduit la taille du rapport sur le canevas pour s'adapter à la taille de la page (définie dans les options du papier) sur lequel vous voulez imprimer. Les options sont :<br />
* '''Ne pas redimensionner l'arbre''' (par défaut)<br />
* '''Adapter l'arbre seulement en largeur '''<br />
* '''Adapter l'arbre à la taille de la page''' (largeur et hauteur)<br />
{{man note|Note|Avec la dernière option, le rapport sera redimensionné à la plus petite contrainte. Si le rapport doit être agrandi pour s'adapter à la largeur mais doit être réduit ensuite pour s'adapter à la hauteur, il sera réduit laissant beaucoup de place vide en largeur. Ou si le rapport nécessite d'être légèrement réduit pour la hauteur et plus réduit pour la largeur, il sera plus réduit en raison de la largeur et laissera un espace vide au pied de la page.}}<br />
<br />
Si la case {{man label|'''□''' Redimensionner la page à la taille de l'arbre}} n'est pas cochée, les options ''Adapter l'arbre'' entraîne les conséquences suivantes :<br />
* '''Ne pas redimensionner l'arbre''' résulte en un rapport qui s'étend sur plusieurs pages horizontalement et/ou verticalement.<br />
* '''Adapter l'arbre seulement en largeur ''' résulte en un rapport qui s'étend sur de multiples pages verticalement. Aucune page l'une à côté de l'autre, seulement l'une au dessus de l'autre.<br />
* '''Adapter l'arbre à la taille de la page''' résulte en un rapport qui tient sur une page. Le rapport sera imprimé sur une page de la taille définie dans les options papier.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|'''Redimensionner la page à la taille de l'arbre'''}}<br />
<br />
Cette option indique comment redimensionner la page sur laquelle on va imprimer. Si '''non cochée''', la taille de la page est définie dans les options du papier. Si cochée, les options ''Adapter l'arbre'' entraîne les conséquences suivantes :<br />
{{man warn|Passer outre les options de l'onglet 'Options du papier'|Cette option va créer des tailles de papier non normalisées.}}<br />
Outrepasser/ignorer les réglages des options du papier va imprimer sur une page avec les mêmes dimensions que le canevas utilisé par l'arbre. Ainsi, en reprenant les trois options ci-dessus pour ''Adapter l'arbre'', voici les conséquences suivant votre choix :<br />
* Avec '''Ne pas redimensionner l'arbre''', cette option va complètement ignorer ce qui est défini dans les options du papier et imprimer sur une page suffisamment grande pour afficher l'arbre en entier.<br />
* Avec '''Adapter l'arbre seulement en largeur ''', cette option va ignorer seulement la hauteur de papier définie dans les options du papier. L'arbre sera redimensionné pour s'adapter à la largeur du papier définie. Seule la hauteur de la page est redéfinie par la hauteur de l'arbre à imprimer.<br />
* Avec '''Adapter l'arbre à la taille de la page''' l'arbre sera redimensionné à la taille de la page. Mais comme décrit plus haut, un espace vide apparaitra dans la largeur ou la hauteur. L'option {{man label|Redimensionner la page à la taille de l'arbre}} va diminuer cet espace perdu pour le supprimer.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Facteur de modification de l'espace Y de la boite====<br />
[[File:Rapport_optionsavance_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport arbre des descendants - Onglet avancé]]<br />
Augmente ou diminue l'espace Y entre les boites.<br />
<br />
====Facteur d'adaptation pour l'ombre de l'aire====<br />
Augmente ou diminue l'ombre de la boite.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Savoir sur quel support vous allez imprimer====<br />
Mettre à l'échelle un arbre est une fonction avancée. Dans {{man label|Options du document}} -> {{man label|Style}}, ajuster la taille du texte que vous allez imprimer. Diminuer la taille n'est pas souhaitable car le texte devient difficile à lire. L'augmenter est mieux mais peut entraîner des complications. C'est pourquoi voici quelques points importants pour obtenir de belles impression de documents.<br />
<br />
Avant tout chose, sur quelle taille de papier allez-vous pouvoir imprimer ? Demandez autour de vous quels sont les opportunités disponibles. Des services professionnels peuvent proposer des tailles inhabituelles.<br />
<br />
Il est aussi intéressant de faire d'abord une impression du rapport avec comme option pour {{man label|Adapter l'arbre :}} ''Ne pas redimensionner l'arbre'' et en cochant l'option {{man label|'''■''' Redimensionner la page à la taille de l'arbre}} pour savoir quelles sont les dimensions du rapport (largeur et hauteur). Ceci vous aidera à comprendre comment mettre ce rapport sur les feuilles dont vous disposez. Et voici quelques autres idées simples à prendre en compte :<br />
*Un rapport qui est très haut et pas trop large sera plus facile à imprimer avec seulement l'option ''Adapter l'arbre seulement en largeur''.<br />
*Avec la largeur normal des rapports, qu'est ce qui donne le meilleur résultat ? Paysage ou portrait ?<br />
*Comme la largeur de toutes les boites est ajustée à la boite la plus grande, pouvez-vous utiliser l'option Rapports des descendants -> remplacer pour abbréger ou enlever des items longs qui ne sont pas utiles ?<br />
*La taille du titre. S'il y a de la place, vous pouvez agrandir le titre. S'il est trop grand, il va modifier la largeur du rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Les rapports graphiques suivants sont actuellement disponibles dans Gramps :<br />
<br />
===<u>Arbre des ascendants</u>===<br />
[[File:Graphical_reports-Ancestor_tree-Sample_pdf_output-42-fr.png|thumb|right|500px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Arbre des ascendants - aperçu d'un exemple de sortie]]<br />
Ce rapport produit un diagramme des ancêtres de la personne active.<br />
<br />
Choisissez le menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports graphiques -> Arbres des ascendants…}}<br />
<br />
Voir aussi les options communes ci-dessus.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options de l'arbre====<br />
[[File:Ancestor_tree_tab-42-fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options de l'arbre]]<br />
<br />
L'{{man button|individu central}} est choisi ici. La personne active est l'individu par défaut.<br />
*{{man label|{{checkbox|0}} Inclure les frères et sœurs de la souche}}<br />
Avec le champ {{man label|Générations}} vous pouvez changer le nombre de génération à prendre en compte.<br />
<br />
L'{{man label|affichage des générations non-connues}} vous permet de sélectionner le nombre de générations à afficher avec des cases vides si l'arbre n'est pas complet.<br />
<br />
Il y a également une option pour {{man label|Compresser l'arbre}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbreascendantsoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} L'onglet Options du rapport]]<br />
Cet onglet vous permet d'inclure d'autres items dans le rapport.<br />
<br />
Le {{man label|Titre du rapport}} permet de choisir le titre du rapport. <br />
* ''Ne pas inclure le titre''<br />
* ''Inclure le titre du rapport''<br />
<br />
Et cet onglet inclut également une case à cocher '''□''' pour {{man label|Inclure une bordure}}, {{man label|Inclure les numéros de page}}, et {{man label|Inclure des pages vierges}}.<br />
<br />
Pour l'option {{man label|Adapter l'arbre}}, voir les options communes décrites plus haut.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbreascendantsoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} L'onglet Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}} : Sélectionner le format pour afficher les noms entre '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)/ Prénom Nom Suffixe / Prénom / Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe / Nom, Prénom usuel<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants}} : Sélectionner pour inclure dans le rapport, ou non, les individus vivants. Choisir entre '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut) / Noms complets, mais données non visibles / Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles / Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles / Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - Sélectionner le nombre d'années depuis le décès à prendre en compte pour le rapport. Ceci permet d'inclure ou exclure dans le rapport les individus décédés récemment.<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format pour les dates. Choisir '''Défaut système (J/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' / YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14) / Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018) / Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018) / Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018) / Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018) / Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018) / MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Affichage ====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbreascendantaffichage_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} L'onglet affichage]]<br />
<br />
Cet onglet vous permet de déterminer le {{man label|Format d'affichage du père}} à utiliser pour le rapport. Tous les pères, grand-pères, etc. utiliseront ce format.<br />
<br />
Le {{man label|Format d'affiche de la mère}} à utiliser pour toutes les mères, grand-mères, etc. utiliseront ce format.<br />
<br />
Les {} autour de la ligne d'information du décès établit que toute la ligne sera affichée SEULEMENT s’il y a une information sur le décès. Voir [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Valeurs_de_substitution|Valeurs de substitution]] pour plus de détails notamment sur l'ajout des lieux et attributs et les formats de nom, dates et lieux.<br />
<br />
{{man label|Individu central Format d'affichage :}} vous permet de spécifier si l'individu central utilise le format d'affichage du père ou de la mère défini dans l'onglet 'Options de l'arbre'.<br />
<br />
{{man label|Inclure les mariages}} spécifie si on affiche une boîte supplémentaire entre le père et la mère qui contiendra l'information sur le mariage. Le {{man label|Mariage Format d'affichage du}} (voir [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Valeurs_de_substitution|Valeurs de substitution]]) spécifie ce qui sera affiché dans la boîte.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Avancé====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbreascendantsavance_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} L'onglet avancé]]<br />
*{{man label|Remplacer le format d'affichage : 'Remplace ceci' / 'par cela' :}} ceci vous permet de saisir deux chaînes de caractères séparées par '/' qui indique que vous voulez remplacer la première chaine par la deuxième. Par exemple : <pre>République française/RF</pre> remplace République française par RF.<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une note}} : cocher cette case ajoute un note (non cochée par défaut). Le champ {{man label|Note :}} spécifie le contenu de la note.<br />
*{{man label|Emplacement de la note}} :spécifie où placer la note sur la page (supérieur gauche par défaut).<br />
*{{man label|Facteur de l'espace de la boite :}} augmente ou diminue l'espace entre les boites (par défaut 1 pouce).<br />
*{{man label|facteur d'adaptation pour l'ombre de l'aire :}} Augmente ou diminue l'ombre de la boite (par défaut 1 pouce).<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Calendrier</u>===<br />
<br />
[[File:Rapport_calendrier_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Le rapport Calendrier]]<br />
Ce rapport produit un calendrier avec les anniversaires et les dates de mariage avec une page par mois.<br />
<br />
Choisir {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports graphiques -> Calendrier…}}<br />
<br />
Vous pouvez imprimer les mêmes informations en format texte en utilisant le rapport ''Jours de naissance et anniversaires…''<br />
<br />
Voir [[Calendar_tools_holidays|Outils calendrier des vacances]] (en anglais) pour une explication quant au choix des vacances qui apparaissent dans la sortie du calendrier. Vois aussi les ''Options communes'' en-tête de ce chapitre. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_calendrieroptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport calendrier]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Filtre :}} sélectionnez un filtre pour définir les individus qui apparaîtront dans le calendrier.<br />
** '''Toute le base de donnée''' (par défaut)<br />
** Descendants de la personne active<br />
** Familles descendantes de la personne active<br />
** Ascendants de la personne active<br />
** Individus ayant un ancêtre commun avec la personne active<br />
** tout filtre personnalisé précédemment créé<br />
* {{man label|Centrer sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, habituellement la personne active sauf si vous utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} qui ouvre le dialogue de sélection d'un individu.<br />
*{{man label|Sous-titre 1 :}} ('''Mon calendrier''' par défaut), première ligne de texte sous le calendrier.<br />
*{{man label|Sous-titre 2 :}} ('''Généré par Gramps''' par défaut), deuxième ligne de texte sous le calendrier.<br />
*{{man label|Sous-titre 3 :}} (<code>http://gramps-project.org/</code> par défaut), troisième ligne de texte sous le calendrier.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_calendrieroptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options (2) du rapport calendrier]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}} : Sélectionner le format pour afficher les noms entre '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)/ Prénom Nom Suffixe / Prénom / Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe / Nom, Prénom usuel<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure SEULEMENT les individus vivants}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Contenu====<br />
[[File:Rapport_calendriercontenu_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport calendrier - configuration du contenu]]<br />
* {{man label|Année du calendrier :}} saisir l'année. Par défaut, l'année en cours.<br />
* {{man label|Pays pour les jours fériés :}} sélectionnez le pays pour voir les jours fériés corrrespondant.<br />
* {{man label|Premier jour de la semaine :}} (par défaut, lundi). Sélectionner le premier jour de la semaine pour le rapport.<br />
* {{man label|Nom de naissance :}}<br />
**'''L'épouse garde son nom de jeune fille''' (par défaut)<br />
**L'épouse utilise le nom de son mari (à partir de la première famille listée)<br />
**L'épouse utilise le nom de son mari (à partir de la dernière famille listée)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les dates de naissance}} : inclure ou non les dates de naissance dans le calendrier (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les anniversaires de mariage}} : inclure ou non les anniversaires de mariage dans le calendrier (coché par défaut)<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Arbre des descendants</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapport_descendants_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Arbre des descendants]]<br />
<br />
Ce rapport génère un graphique des descendants de la personne active. Alternativement, il peut afficher les descendants des parents de la personne active.<br />
<br />
Choisissez le menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports graphiques -> Arbres des descendants…}}<br />
<br />
Voir aussi les options communes en-tête de chapitre.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options de l'arbre==== <br />
[[File:Rapport_descendantsoptionsarbre_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Arbre des descendants - Options de l'arbre]]<br />
{{man label|Rapport pour :}} sélectionne l'individu de départ pour le rapport. Par défaut, c'est la personne active.<br />
<br />
{{man label|Générations :}} ('''10''' par défaut). Le nombre de générations à afficher sur le diagramme (l'individu de départ inclus). Si l'option {{man label|Démarrer avec le(s) parent(s) de la sélection}} est cochée, le diagramme affichera une génération supplémentaire.<br />
<br />
{{man label|Niveau de conjoints :}} spécifie la profondeur d'affichage des conjoints. Est-ce-que le conjoint du conjoint est affiché ainsi que ses enfants ?<br />
<br />
{{man label|Démarrer avec le(s) parent(s) de la sélection}} va dessiner un diagramme des descendants à partir des parents de la personne de départ, s'ils existent dans la base de données. Ceci modifiera aussi le titre du rapport s'il est activé dans les options : le titre indiquera alors qu'il s'agit de la descendance du père et de la mère.<br />
<br />
Voir l'exemple au pied de ce chapitre.<br />
<br />
L'option {{man label|Compresser l'arbre}} va essayer de compresser l'arbre le plus possible tout en le gardant lisible mais il n'agit pas sur la première génération des parents si l'option {{man label|Démarrer avec le(s) parent(s) de la sélection}} est cochée.<br />
<br />
Exemple pour illustrer la répercussion du choix du {{man label|Niveau de conjoints :}}<br />
<br />
*Louis est un descendant direct<br />
** Louis a été marié à Elsa et a eu deux enfants<br />
** Louis a aussi été marié à Gwenaëlle et a eu un enfant<br />
*** Gwenaëlle avait aussi été marié avec Karl<br />
**** Gwenaëlle et Karl avait eu un enfant<br />
En suivant cet exemple, suivant le niveau de conjoints sélectionné, voici ce qui sera affiché :<br />
*0 indique que seuls les descendants directs seront affichés. Rien ne sera indiqué sur les conjoints et les mariages. Seul Louis apparaîtra avec ses trois enfants.<br />
*1 indique que seuls les conjoints concernés par les descendants directs seront affichés. Ici, Louis sera affiché avec 2 boites d'information sur les mariages. Sous le premier seront affichés deux enfants et sous le second un enfant.<br />
*2 indique que les conjoints des conjoints sont affichés. Comme le 1 précédent, mais on verra le deuxième mariage de Gwenaëlle ainsi que les enfants s'il y en a.<br />
*3 Tout le monde apparaît.<br />
<br />
Avec un choix supérieur à 1, l'arbre sera difficile à lire sans cocher l'option {{man label|'''■''' Indenter les conjoints}}.<br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbredescendantsoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport]]<br />
{{man label|Titre du rapport :}} permet de choisir l'affichage d'un titre pour le rapport. Les options disponibles sont :<br />
*''Ne pas inclure de titre''<br />
*''Arbre des descendant pour <la personne de départ> / <les parents de la personne de départ>'' suivant les choix de l'onglet 'Options de l'arbre'. Au maximum, deux personnes sont listées dans le titre. Si le ''Niveau de conjoints'' est égal à deux ou plus, les descendants des «conjoints des conjoints» seront inclus dans le diagramme mais ne sont pas listés dans le titre.<br />
<br />
Les options {{man label|Adapter l'arbre}} sont décrites précisément dans les options communes en tête de chapitre.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbredescendantsoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}} : Sélectionner le format pour afficher les noms entre '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)/ Prénom Nom Suffixe / Prénom / Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe / Nom, Prénom usuel<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants}} : Sélectionner pour inclure dans le rapport, ou non, les individus vivants. Choisir entre '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut) / Noms complets, mais données non visibles / Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles / Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles / Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - Sélectionner le nombre d'années depuis le décès à prendre en compte pour le rapport. Ceci permet d'inclure ou exclure dans le rapport les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format pour les dates. Choisir '''Défaut système (J/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' / YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14) / Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018) / Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018) / Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018) / Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018) / Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018) / MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Affichage ====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbredescendantsaffichage_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet Affichage]]<br />
{{man label|Descendant Format d'affichage :}} définit l'affichage de tous les descendants dans l'arbre. Par défaut:<br />
<pre>$n<br />
n. $b<br />
{d. $d}</pre><br />
qui affiche le nom, la date de naissance et de décès sur des lignes successives dans le format défini dans l'onglet Affichage des préférences de Gramps. Les {} autour de la ligne d'information du décès établit que toute la ligne sera affichée seulement s’il y a une information sur la date de décès de cet individu. Voir [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Valeurs_de_substitution|Valeurs de substitution]] pour plus de détails notamment sur l'ajout des lieux et attributs et les formats de nom, dates et lieux.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{man label|Conjoint Format d'affichage :}} spécifie ce qui est affiché pour chaque conjoint. Par défaut, le modèle est identique au descendant. Si vous ne souhaitez pas avoir une aire séparée pour le mariage, la section conjoint permet également d'afficher l'information du mariage par exemple en ajoutant la ligne<br />
<pre><br />
m. $m <br />
</pre><br />
qui affichera la date du mariage.<br />
<br />
{{man label|Inclure les mariages}} affichera dans l'arbre une boite séparée pour chaque mariage. Son contenu est défini avec le champ {{man label|Mariage Format d'affichage}} avec par défaut<br />
<pre><br />
m. $m <br />
</pre><br />
qui affiche la date du mariage. Si vous ne cocher pas cette case, le mariage ne sera pas affiché à moins que vous ajoutiez aux informations du conjoint comme décrit plus haut.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Avancé ====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbredescendantsavance_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet avancé]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Remplacer le format d'affichage : 'Remplace ceci' / 'par cela' :}} ceci vous permet de saisir deux chaînes de caractères séparées par '/' qui indique que vous voulez remplacer la première chaine par la deuxième. Par exemple :<br />
<pre>République française/RF<br />
Llanfairpwllgwyngyllgogerychwyrndrobwllllantysiliogogogoch/Llanfairpwll</pre><br />
<br />
Chaque largeur de colonne est définie par la plus large boite dans le rapport. Ainsi, si une boite se trouve bien plus large que les autres, un grand espace va être perdu. L'option de remplacement permet d'enlever ou abréger des parties du texte qui ne sont pas utiles, ou qui peuvent être raccourcis de telle façon que la perte d'espace soit minimale.<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une note}} : cocher cette case ajoute un note (non cochée par défaut). Le champ {{man label|Note :}} spécifie le contenu de la note. Par exemple, ajouter la variable «$T» dans la note affichera le jour de création du rapport. Le formatage de date standard est appliqué (Voir [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Valeurs_de_substitution|Valeurs de substitution]]).<br />
*{{man label|Emplacement de la note}} :spécifie dans quel coin du rapport placer la note (inférieur gauche par défaut).<br />
{{man warn|Actuellement, une note est rattachée à un coin.|Si la boite d'un individu se dessine par dessus, la boite de la note ne va pas être déplacée. Sélectionner un autre coin d'affichage si cela arrive.}}<br />
<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Facteur de l'espace de la boite :}} augmente ou diminue l'espace entre les boites (par défaut 1 pouce).<br />
*{{man label|facteur d'adaptation pour l'ombre de l'aire :}} Augmente ou diminue l'ombre de la boite (par défaut 1 pouce).<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Exemple ====<br />
[[File:Rapport_descendantssansparents_51_fr.png|left|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Exemple 1 : Arbre des descendants de Adkins Minnie ; son mari a eu une 2e épouse]]<br />
[[File:Rapport_descendantsavecparents_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Arbre des descendants à partir des parents de Page Florence]]<br />
Dans l'exemple 1, s'affichent les descendants de Adkins Minnie ; la case «Démarrer avec les parents» n'a pas été cochée. La deuxième épouse de son mari apparaît. Dans l'exemple 2, nous partons de Page Florence qui est la fille d'Adkins Minnie mais la case «Démarrer avec les parents» a été cochée.<br />
<br />
Les différences pour le diagramme comprenant les parents concernent :<br />
*la présentation des parents de la première génération : comme les parents de la personne active doivent être adjacents, les conjoints peuvent être présentés dans le désordre.<br />
*selon le paramètre de la profondeur de conjoints, les deux parents sont au même niveau au dépend des autres conjoints, bien que le conjoint soit soumis aux options définies dans le format d'affichage le concernant.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Arbre familial des descendants</u>===<br />
<br />
{{man note|Options partagées avec l'[[#Arbre des descendants|Arbre des descendants]]|Ce rapport est peu différent du rapport Arbre des descendants. Les seules différences sont :<br />
# Ce rapport est orienté sur la famille alors que l'arbre des descendants est centré sur l'individu. Voir {{man label|Options de l'arbre}}.<br />
# Plus d'options pour le titre du rapport (dans l'onglet {{man label|Options du rapport}})<br />
# L'aspect final<br />
Seules les spécificités seront reprises ici.<br />
}}<br />
<br />
==== Options de l'arbre ====<br />
[[File:Rapport_arbrefamildescendantsoptarbre_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Les options de l'arbre]]<br />
<br />
L'option {{man button|Rapport pour:}} sélectionnera la famille centrale (père et mère) pour ce rapport. La famille par défaut est la famille active.<br />
<br />
{{man label|Démarrer avec le(s) parent(s) de la sélection}} : si cette case est cochée, l'arbre va commencer avec les parents des deux conjoints (s'ils existent dans la base de données) et tous les descendants de couples de parents selon la profondeur de conjoints sélectionnée. Le nombre de générations affichées est alors supérieur de un au nombre défini dans le champ {{man label|Générations}}.<br />
<br />
Comme les parents doivent être au centre du diagramme, ils ne sont pas classés dans l'ordre avec leurs frères et sœurs mais comme le premier et le dernier enfant de leur parent respectif. De plus, si les parents de départ ont eu d'autres conjoints, ils seront affichés deux fois. Ceci vaut aussi pour les parents des père et mère de départ.<br />
<br />
Si cette option n'est pas cochée, la présentation est proche de l'arbre des descendants sauf pour la première génération et les options de titre.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Options du rapport ====<br />
Le {{man label|titre du rapport :}} propose des options supplémentaires :<br />
# ''Ne pas inclure de titre''<br />
# ''Arbre des descendants pour [individus(s) sélectionné(s)]''<br />
# ''Graphique familiale de [noms de la famille choisie]''<br />
# ''Arbre des cousins pour [noms des enfants]'' (disponible seulement si {{man label|Démarrer avec le(s) parent(s) de la sélection}} est cochée)<br />
<br />
==== Le résultat final ====<br />
[[Image:Family_Descendant_chart-42-fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} L'arbre familial des descendants]]<br />
<br />
Le résultat final est visible à la droite de cette page.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Roue des ascendants ===<br />
[[File:Rapport_roueascendants_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Roue des ascendants]]<br />
Ce rapport produit un diagramme ressemblant à un éventail, avec la personne active au centre, ses parents dans le demi-cercle suivant, ses grand-parents dans le prochain demi-cercle, et ainsi de suite, pour un total de cinq générations.<br />
<br />
Choisir ce rapport par {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports graphiques -> Roue des ascendants…}}<br />
<br />
Voir les options communes en tête de chapitre.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Les options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_roueascendantsoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Centrer sur l'individu}} : l'individu central pour le rapport. Utilisez le bouton {{man label|Sélectionner un individu différent}} pour changer d'individu central.<br />
{{man warn|'''Attention !'''|L'erreur "L'Individu ____ n'est pas présent dans la base de données" apparaît si l'individu central est privé ou vivant avec les réglages des 'Options (2)' qui n'autorisent pas le prise en compte des individus privés ou vivants.}}<br />
*{{man label|Générations}} ('''5''' par défaut) Le nombre de générations à prendre en compte pour le rapport. <br />
*{{man label|Type de graphique}} : la forme du graphique<br />
**cercle<br />
**demi-cercle<br />
**quart de cercle<br />
*{{man label|Couleur d'arrière-plan}} : choisir blanc ou '''selon la génération''' (par défaut).<br />
*{{man label|Orientation du texte}} : choisir droit ou courbé.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Remplir les cases vides}} : affiche l'arrière-plan bien qu'il n'y ait pas d'information (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Utiliser un style de police pour toutes le générations}} : Vous pouvez personnaliser la police et la couleur pour chaque génération avec l'éditeur de style (coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Les options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_roueascendantsoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants}} : Sélectionner pour inclure dans le rapport, ou non, les individus vivants. Choisir entre '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut) / Noms complets, mais données non visibles / Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles / Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles / Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - Sélectionner le nombre d'années depuis le décès à prendre en compte pour le rapport. Ceci permet d'inclure ou exclure dans le rapport les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Diagrammes statistiques</u>===<br />
Ce rapport affiche des statistiques sur votre arbre familial.<br />
<gallery caption= "Diagrammes statistiques - Exemple de sortie (Gramps 5.2.3 ; Linux Ubuntu ; données de la base Exemple de Gramps)"><br />
</gallery><br />
<div><ul> <br />
<li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:Rapport_statmoisnais_51_fr.png|right|thumb|250px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique 1 (Mois de naissance) ]] </li><br />
<li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:Rapport_statgenre_51_fr.png|right|thumb|250px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique 2 (Genre) ]] </li><br />
<li style="display: inline-block;"> [[File:Rapport_statnbreenfants_51_fr.png|right|thumb|250px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique 3 (Nombre d'enfants) - ]] </li><br />
</ul></div><br />
Choisissez le menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports graphiques -> Diagrammes statistiques…}}<br />
<br />
Les options spécifiques incluent le filtre, les méthodes de tri, des limites pour la naissance ou le genre pour l'inclusion dans des statistiques. Vous pouvez aussi spécifier le nombre minimum d'items pour un diagramme en barre qui sera transformé en diagramme circulaire si ce nombre n'est pas atteint. Les onglets {{man label|Graphiques 1}}, {{man label|Graphiques 2}} et {{man label|Graphiques 3}} permet de sélectionner les graphiques supplémentaires à afficher dans le rapport.<br />
<br />
Voir aussi les options communes en tête de chapitre.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_statoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport]]<br />
* {{man label|Filtre :}} sélectionnez un filtre pour définir les individus qui apparaîtront dans le calendrier.<br />
** '''Toute le base de donnée''' (par défaut)<br />
** Descendants de la personne active<br />
** Familles descendantes de la personne active<br />
** Ascendants de la personne active<br />
** Individus ayant un ancêtre commun avec la personne active<br />
** tout filtre personnalisé précédemment créé<br />
* {{man label|Filtre sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, habituellement la personne active. Le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} ouvre le dialogue de sélection d'un individu pour choisir un autre individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Trier les éléments du diagramme par :}} définit la méthode utilisée pour trier les données statistiques.<br />
**'''Nombre d'articles''' (par défaut)<br />
**Nom de l'article<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Trier dans l'ordre inverse}}<br />
* {{man label|Individus nés après :}} ('''1700''' par défaut) année de naissance à partir de laquelle on ajoute les individus : mettez une année pour l'utiliser<br />
* {{man label|Individus nés avant :}} ('''année en cours''' par défaut) année de naissance avant laquelle on ajoute les individus : mettez une année pour l'utiliser<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Individus sans année de naissance}}.<br />
* {{man label|Genres choisis :}} sélectionnez quels genres sont inclus dans les statistiques.<br />
**'''Hommes et femmes''' (par défaut)<br />
**Hommes<br />
**Femmes<br />
* {{man label|Maximum d'entrées pour le cercle :}} ('''8''' par défaut). La limite en dessous de laquelle un diagramme circulaire sera utilisé au lieu d'un diagramme en bâtons.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les comptes d'informations manquantes}} : inclure ou non les comptes des individus sans information.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_statoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}} : Sélectionner le format pour afficher les noms entre '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)/ Prénom Nom Suffixe / Prénom / Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe / Nom, Prénom usuel<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants}} : Sélectionner pour inclure dans le rapport, ou non, les individus vivants. Choisir entre '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut) / Noms complets, mais données non visibles / Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles / Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles / Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - Sélectionner le nombre d'années depuis le décès à prendre en compte pour le rapport. Ceci permet d'inclure ou exclure dans le rapport les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Graphiques 1====<br />
[[File:Rapport_statgraph1_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options Graphiques 1]]<br />
Les diagrammes proposés sont :<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Âge}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Âge à la naissance du dernier enfant}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Âge à la naissance du premier enfant}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Âge au décès}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Âge au mariage}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Année de naissance}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Graphiques 2====<br />
[[File:Rapport_statgraph2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options Graphiques 2]]<br />
Les diagrammes proposés sont :<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Année du décès}}<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Genre}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Lieux de naissance}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Lieux du décès}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Lieux du mariage}}<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Mois de naissance}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Graphiques 3====<br />
[[File:Rapport_statgraph3_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options Graphiques 2]]<br />
Les diagrammes proposés sont :<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Mois du décès}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Nom}}<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Nombre d'enfants}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Nombre de relations}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Prénom}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Type d'évènement}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Graphique temporel</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapport_timeline_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique temporel - aperçu]]<br />
<br />
Ce rapport affiche l'ensemble de personnes avec leur existence présentée sur une échelle chronologique commune.<br />
<br />
Choisissez le menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports graphiques -> Graphique temporel…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_temporeloptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique temporel - Options]]<br />
* {{man label|Filtre :}} sélectionnez un filtre pour définir les individus qui apparaîtront dans le calendrier.<br />
** '''Toute le base de donnée''' (par défaut)<br />
** Descendants de la personne active<br />
** Familles descendantes de la personne active<br />
** Ascendants de la personne active<br />
** Individus ayant un ancêtre commun avec la personne active<br />
** tout filtre personnalisé précédemment créé<br />
* {{man label|Filtre sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, habituellement la personne active. Le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} ouvre le dialogue de sélection d'un individu pour choisir un autre individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Trier par :}}<br />
**'''Naissance''' (par défaut)<br />
**Nom<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_temporeloptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique temporel - Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}} : Sélectionner le format pour afficher les noms entre '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)/ Prénom Nom Suffixe / Prénom / Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe / Nom, Prénom usuel<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants}} : Sélectionner pour inclure dans le rapport, ou non, les individus vivants. Choisir entre '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut) / Noms complets, mais données non visibles / Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles / Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles / Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - Sélectionner le nombre d'années depuis le décès à prendre en compte pour le rapport. Ceci permet d'inclure ou exclure dans le rapport les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==Diagrammes==<br />
<br />
Ces rapports sont dépendants de [http://www.graphviz.org/ GraphViz] qui doit être installé sur votre ordinateur.<br />
<br />
{{man warn|Rapports et identifiants personnalisés|Après l'importation d’un GEDCOM, votre base de données peut contenir des identifiants non-normalisés (par ex. 123I ou 456U non définis dans {{man menu|Édition --> Préférences… --> Formats ID}}). Si le rapport généré n’affiche pas correctement vos données, alors essayez [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Outils#Réorganiser_les_identifiants_Gramps|l’outil Réorganiser les identifiants Gramps...]] ({{man menu|Outils --> Modification de l’arbre familial -->Réorganiser les identifiants Gramps...}}).}}<br />
Les trois diagrammes disponibles partagent des options communes. <br />
<br />
Ils partagent aussi des options communes avec d’autres rapports : {{man label|Options du papier}} et {{man label|Options du rapport}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Options communes===<br />
====Mise en page GraphViz====<br />
[[Image:Rapport_miseenpagegraphviz_51_fr.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet Mise en page]]<br />
*{{man label|Famille de police}} : choisissez la famille de police. Si certains caractères internationaux n’apparaissent pas, utilisez la police '''FreeSans'''. FreeSans est disponible depuis [http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/ NonGNU.org].<br />
** Défaut<br />
** PostScript/ Helvetica<br />
** True Type/ FreeSans<br />
*{{man label|Taille de la police}} : la taille de la police en points ('''14''' par défaut).<br />
*{{man label|Orientation du graphique}}: comment le graphique sera généré - de haut en bas ou de gauche à droite.<br />
** '''Vertical (de haut en bas)''' (par défaut)<br />
** Vertical (de bas en haut)<br />
** Horizontal (de gauche à droite)<br />
** Horizontal (de droite à gauche)<br />
*{{man label|Nombre de pages horizontales}} : ('''1''' par défaut) GraphViz peut générer de très grands graphiques en étalant le graphique sur une matrice de pages. Ce paramètre indique le nombre de pages sur une entendue horizontale. '''Seulement valide pour .gv et pdf via Ghostscript'''.<br />
*{{man label|Nombre de pages verticales}} : ('''1''' par défaut) GraphViz peut générer de très grands graphiques en étalant le graphique sur une matrice de pages. Ce paramètre indique le nombre de pages sur une entendue verticale. '''Seulement valide pour .gv et pdf via Ghostscript'''.<br />
*{{man label|Sens des pages}} : (inférieur gauche par défaut) le sens du graphique à la sortie. Cette option n’est disponible que si le nombre de pages horizontales ou verticales est supérieur à 1.<br />
*{{man label|Connexion des lignes}} : comment les lignes entre les objets sont dessinées. Choisir entre :<br />
**Droit<br />
**Courbe (par défaut)<br />
**Orthogonal<br />
<br />
====Options GraphViz====<br />
[[Image:Rapport_optionsgraphviz_51_fr.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet Options GraphViz]]<br />
*{{man label|Ratio d’aspect}} : Affecte grandement la façon dont le graphique est disposé dans la page, spécifiquement l’espace entre les nœux et l’échelle du graphe (voir conseil '''1''').<br />
**Compresser à la taille minimale<br />
**Remplir la zone donnée<br />
**Étendre uniformément<br />
<hr><br />
Conseil 1 :<br />
Si le diagramme est plus petit que la zone d’impression :<br />
*'''Compresser à la taille minimale''' ne modifiera pas l’espacement des nœuds<br />
*'''Remplir la zone donnée''' augmentera l’espacement des nœuds pour s’ajuster à la taille de la feuille en largeur et en hauteur<br />
*'''Étendre uniformément''' augmentera l’espacement des nœuds uniformément pour préserver le ratio d’aspect<br />
Si le diagramme est plus grand que la zone d’impression :<br />
*'''Compresser à la taille minimale''' va réduire le diagramme pour parvenir à un aspect resserré au dépend de la symétrie.<br />
*'''Remplir la zone donnée''' va réduire le diagramme pour pour s’adapter à la zone d’impression après avoir d’abord augmenté l’espacement des nœuds.<br />
*'''Étendre uniformément''' va réduire le diagramme uniformément pour s’adapter à la zone d’impression.<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man label|Résolution}} : ('''72''' par défaut) dots-per-inch (points par pouce). Quand vous créer des fichiers PostScript ou PDF, utiliser 72. Typiquement entre 75 et 120 pour générer un fichier .png ou .gif, voire 300 ou 600 si les fichiers doivent être imprimés.<br />
*{{man label|Espacement de nœud}} : l’espace à laisser, en pouces, entre les lignes.<br />
*{{man label|Espacement de rang}} : l’espace à laisser, en pouces, entre les colonnes.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Utiliser les sous-graphiques}} (coché par défault) Les sous-graphiques peuvent aider GraphViz à positionner les conjoints ensemble, mais avec des diagrammes non négligeables, cela entraîne des lignes plus longues et des diagrammes plus grands.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Note====<br />
[[File:Rapport_confignote_51_fr.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet Note Graphviz]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Note à ajouter au graphique :}} (vide par défaut) Ce texte sera ajouté au diagramme.<br />
* {{man label|Position de la note :}} Si la note apparaît en haut ou en bas de la page.<br />
** '''Haut''' (par défault)<br />
** ''Bas''<br />
* {{man label|Taille de la note :}} (<code>10</code> par défaut) La taille du texte de la note, en points.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Graphique de lignées familiales</u>===<br />
{{man note| Le diagramme de lignées familiales n’affiche pas tous les individus de l’arbre familial|Ce diagramme génère plutôt des petits arbres familiaux avec plusieurs options et tente de restreindre les individus à inclure.}}<br />
[[Image:Rapport_ligneesfamiliales_51_fr.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Exemple de graphique lignées familiales]]<br />
<br />
Génère un diagramme de lignées familiales en utilisant le générateur [[Output_formats#Graphviz|GraphViz]].<br />
<br />
Une utilisation typique de ce rapport est l’impression de graphiques simples sur des '''traceurs graphiques grand format'''.<br />
<br />
Pour créer un {{man label|diagramme lignées familiales}}, sélectionner le menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Diagrammes -> Graphique de lignées familiales…}} et ensuite dans l’onglet {{man label|Individus recherchés :}}, sélectionnez au moins une personne avec le dialogue {{man label|Sélectionner l’individu}}. Il vous est alors proposé une seconde personne que vous pouvez accepter ou non. Le bouton {{man button|Valider}} permet de créer le rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[Image:Rapport_ligneesfamiloptions_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique lignées familiales - Options du rapport]]<br />
<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Suivre les parents pour déterminer les «lignées familiales»}} Les parents et leurs ancêtres seront pris en compte à la détermination des «lignées familiales» (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Suivre les enfants pour déterminer les «lignées familiales»}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Essayer d’enlever les individus et familles non désirés}} Les individus et les familles non directement reliés aux individus recherchés seront omis à la détermination des «lignées familiales». (coché par défaut)<br />
*{{man label|Sens des flèches}} : Choisissez la direction des flèches<br />
** '''Descendants <- Ascendants'''(par défault) - flèches orientées en direction des Descendants.<br />
** ''Descendants -> Ascendants'' - flèches orientées en direction des Ascendants.<br />
** ''Descendants <-> Ascendants'' - flèches orientées vers les deux.<br />
** ''Descendants - Ascendants'' - Aucune (pas d’affichage de flèches)<br />
* {{man label|Coloration du graphique :}} - Les individus de sexe masculin seront affichés en bleu et ceux de sexe féminin en rouge, sauf indication contraire dans l’onglet Individus. Si le genre d’un individu est inconnu, il sera affiché en gris.<br />
** ''Bordure en noir et blanc (intérieur vide)'' - Contour en noir et blanc<br />
** ''Bordure en couleur (intérieur vide)''<br />
** '''Remplissage avec des couleurs''' (par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Coins arrondis}} pour différencier les femmes et les hommes (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Identifiant Gramps}} s’il faut inclure l’identifiant Gramps.<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' par défaut<br />
**Partager une ligne existante<br />
**Ajouter sur la même ligne<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[Image:Rapport_ligneesfamiloptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique lignées familiales - Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms:}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants:}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** Défaut système - Choisissez cette option pour utiliser le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** '''YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)''' (par défaut pour le rapport)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Individus recherchés====<br />
[[Image:Rapport_lignéesfamilindividurech_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique lignées familiales - Individus recherchés]]<br />
Le graphique fonctionne en débutant avec une liste d'"Individus recherchés". Cette liste préliminaire d’individus est alors utilisée pour trouver les ascendants et descendants. <br />
* {{man label|Individus recherchés}} : cliquez sur le bouton {{man button|+}} et {{man button|-}} pour ajouter/supprimer des individus à rechercher. En cas de doute, essayez d’ajouter vos grand-parents comme point de départ.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Limiter le nombre d’ascendants}} (case non cochée par défaut)<br />
** <code>50</code> par défaut. Le nombre maximum d’ascendants à inclure. Le maximum est pour le nombre total d’individus et non pour les générations à afficher dans le graphique.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Limiter le nombre de descendants}} (case non cochée par défaut)<br />
** <code>50</code> par défaut. Le nombre maximum de descendants à inclure. Le maximum est pour le nombre total d’individus et non pour les générations à afficher dans le graphique.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure====<br />
[[Image:Rapport_ligneesfamilinclure_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Lignées familiales - Configuration Inclure]]<br />
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les dates}} : date de naissance, date de décès, et dates de mariage seront incluses dans le graphique si cette option est cochée (cochée par défaut).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Limiter les dates à l’année seule}} : du précédent, n’affiche que les années. (non cochée par défaut)<br />
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les lieux}} : lieu de naissance, lieu de décès, et lieux de mariage seront inclus dans le graphique si cette option est cochée (cochée par défaut).<br />
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure le nombre d’enfants}} : l’aire de texte prévue pour le mariage inclura le nombre d’enfants si cette option est cochée (non cochée par défaut).<br />
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure une image miniature des individus}} (cochée par défaut)<br />
*{{man label|Emplacement de la miniature :}}<br />
**'''Au-dessus du nom''' (par défaut)<br />
**À coté du nom<br />
*{{man label|Taille de l’aperçu :}}<br />
**'''Normal''' (par défaut)<br />
**Grand<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Couleurs de la famille====<br />
<br />
[[Image:Rapport_ligneesfamilcouleurfamil_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Lignées familiales - Couleurs de la famille]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Couleur des familles}} : Sélectionnez la couleur à utiliser pour les individus porteur du même nom de famille. Deux colonnes sont disponibles : '''Nom''' et '''couleur'''. Cliquez sur le bouton {{man button|+}} pour ajouter un nom à partir du dialogue de {{man label|Sélection du nom de famille}} puis cliquer le bouton {{man button|Valider}}. Faites un double-clic sur une ligne pour éditer la couleur du nom et choisissez une couleur dans le dialogue {{man label|Sélectionner la couleur pour [Nom sélectionné]}} parmi celles affichées puis cliquez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Individus====<br />
<br />
[[Image:Rapport_ligneesfamilindividus_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Lignées familiales - Configuration Individus]]<br />
Pour chacune des catégories suivantes, vous pouvez sélectionner une couleur en faisant un double-clic sur le ruban de couleur. Dans le dialogue {{man label|Choisissez une couleur}} qui s'ouvre choisissez la couleur puis cliquer sur le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner}}.<br />
*{{man label|Hommes}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus de sexe masculin<br />
*{{man label|Femmes}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus de sexe féminin<br />
*{{man label|Inconnu}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus dont le genre n'est pas connu (et pour les individus dont le nom de famille ne correspond à aucun nom défini dans l'onglet "Couleur de la famille").<br />
*{{man label|Familles}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les familles (mariages).<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Sablier</u>===<br />
[[File:Hourglass report.png|right|300px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sablier sur Smith John Hjalmar]]<br />
<br />
Génère un graphique en sablier en utilisant le générateur GraphViz. Aller à {{man menu|Rapports -> Diagrammes -> Sablier…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_sablieroptions_51_fr.png|right|400px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sablier - Options du rapport]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Centrer sur l’individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, par défaut la personne active.<br />
** Le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}}. - Modifie l'individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Maximum de générations descendantes :}} par défaut <code>10</code><br />
* {{man label|Maximum de générations ascendantes:}} par défaut <code>10</code><br />
* {{man label|Sens des flèches }}: Choisir vers quelle direction vont les flèches : <br />
** ''Centre -> Autres'' (par défaut) - les flèches vont de l'individu central vers les autres.<br />
** ''Centre <- Autres'' - les flèches vont vers l'individu central à partir des autres.<br />
** ''Centre <-> Autres'' - les flèches vont dans les deux directions.<br />
** ''Centre - Autres'' - Aucune (pas de flèche affichée)<br />
* {{man label|Coloration du graphique :}} - Les individus de sexe masculin seront affichés en bleu et ceux de sexe féminin en rouge, sauf indication contraire dans l’onglet Individus. Si le genre d’un individu est inconnu, il sera affiché en gris.<br />
** ''Bordure en noir et blanc (intérieur vide)'' - Contour en noir et blanc<br />
** ''Bordure en couleur (intérieur vide)''<br />
** '''Remplissage avec des couleurs''' (par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Coins arrondis}} pour différencier les femmes et les hommes (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Identifiant Gramps}} s’il faut inclure l’identifiant Gramps.<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' par défaut<br />
**Partager une ligne existante<br />
**Ajouter sur la même ligne<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_sablieroptions2_51_fr.png|right|400px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sablier - Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms:}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants:}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les date avec des exemples<br />
** Défaut système - Choisissez cette option pour utiliser le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2021-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2021)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2021)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2021)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2021)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2021)<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Style du graphique====<br />
[[File:Rapport_sablierstylegraph_51_fr.png|right|400px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sablier - Style du graphique]]<br />
<br />
Pour chacune des catégories suivantes, vous pouvez sélectionner une couleur en faisant un double-clic sur le ruban de couleur. Dans le dialogue {{man label|Choisissez une couleur}} qui s'ouvre choisissez la couleur puis cliquer sur le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner}}.<br />
*{{man label|Hommes}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus de sexe masculin<br />
*{{man label|Femmes}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus de sexe féminin<br />
*{{man label|Inconnu}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus dont le genre n'est pas connu (et pour les individus dont le nom de famille ne correspond à aucun nom défini dans l'onglet "Couleur de la famille").<br />
*{{man label|Familles}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les familles (mariages).<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label| Forcer l'ordre [https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numérotation_de_Sosa-Stradonitz Ahnentafel]}}<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label| Numéro [https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numérotation_de_Sosa-Stradonitz Ahnentafel] visible}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Graphique relationnel</u>===<br />
[[Image:Relgrafexample.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Exemple d'une personne avec plusieurs conjoints]]<br />
Ce rapport est très intéressant car il permet de créer un graphique complexe et détaillé au format [http://www.graphviz.org/ GraphViz] notamment grâce aux filtres personnalisés. Il sera ainsi possible de réaliser, par exemple, un graphique reprenant l'ensemble de la parenté pour une branche de l'arbre familial. La qualité du résultat est néanmoins dépendante du nombre d'individus et du format de sortie.<br />
Il est accessible par le menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Diagrammes -> Graphique relationnel…}}. Une fenêtre permet alors de régler tous les paramètres.<br />
<br />
Voir aussi [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Rapports#Options_communes_2|Options communes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapport_graphrelationneloptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique relationnel - Options]]<br />
*{{man label|Filtre :}} Choisir le filtre à appliquer au rapport parmi :<br />
**''Toute la base de données'' (par défaut) ('''non recommandé !''' si le nombre d'individus enregistré dans la base de données est volumineux)<br />
**Descendants de la personne active<br />
**Familles descendantes de la personne active<br />
**Ascendants de la personne active<br />
**Individus ayant un ascendant commun avec la personne active<br />
**''Tous les [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Les_filtres#Éditeur_de_filtre_personnalisé|filtres personnalisés]] que vous aurez créés seront listés au-dessous''<br />
*{{man label|Centrer sur l'individu :}} L’individu central pour le filtre. Par défaut, la personne active. Si vous utilisez un filtre personnalisé, aucun individu ne peut être sélectionné.<br />
**Le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} modifie la personne centrale du filtre.<br />
*{{man label|Sens des flèches}} : Choisissez la direction des flèches<br />
** '''Descendants <- Ascendants'''(par défault) - flèches orientées en direction des Descendants.<br />
** ''Descendants -> Ascendants'' - flèches orientées en direction des Ascendants.<br />
** ''Descendants <-> Ascendants'' - flèches orientées vers les deux.<br />
** ''Descendants - Ascendants'' - Aucune (pas d’affichage de flèches)<br />
* {{man label|Coloration du graphique :}} - Les individus de sexe masculin seront affichés en bleu et ceux de sexe féminin en rouge, sauf indication contraire dans l’onglet Individus. Si le genre d’un individu est inconnu, il sera affiché en gris.<br />
** ''Bordure en noir et blanc (intérieur vide)'' - Contour en noir et blanc<br />
** ''Bordure en couleur (intérieur vide)''<br />
** '''Remplissage avec des couleurs''' (par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Utiliser les coins arrondis}} pour différencier les femmes et les hommes (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Utiliser des hexagones}} pour différencier les individus de genre inconnu (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Identifiant Gramps}} s’il faut inclure l’identifiant Gramps.<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' par défaut<br />
**Partager une ligne existante<br />
**Ajouter sur la même ligne<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapport_graphrelationneloptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique relationnel - Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms:}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants:}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les date avec des exemples<br />
** Défaut système - Choisissez cette option pour utiliser le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-03-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure====<br />
[[File:Rapport_graphrelationnelinclure_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique relationnel - Configuration Inclure]]<br />
*{{man label|Dates et/ou lieux :}} S'il faut inclure les dates et/ou les lieux<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure de date et de lieu''' (par défaut)<br />
**Inclure les dates (de naissance, mariage, décès), mais pas les lieux<br />
**Inclure les dates (de naissance, mariage, décès), ainsi que les lieux<br />
**Inclure les dates (de naissance, mariage, décès), ainsi que les lieux si pas de date<br />
**Inclure les années (de naissance, mariage, décès), mais pas les lieux<br />
**Inclure les années (de naissance, mariage, décès), ainsi que les lieux<br />
**Inclure les lieux (de naissance, mariage, décès), mais pas les dates<br />
**Inclure les dates (de naissance, mariage, décès), ainsi que les lieux sur la même ligne<br />
*{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Afficher tous les nœuds familiaux}} (cochée par défaut)<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les URL}} (non cochée par défaut).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure la relation avec la souche}} (non cochée par défaut).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une image miniature des individus}} (non cochée par défaut)<br />
*{{man label|Emplacement de la miniature :}}<br />
**'''Au-dessus du nom''' (par défaut)<br />
**À coté du nom<br />
*{{man label|Inclure la profession :}}<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure la profession''' (par défaut)<br />
**Inclure la description de la dernière profession<br />
**Inclure la date, description et le lieu pour toutes les professions<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Style du graphique====<br />
<br />
[[File:Rapport_graphrelationnelstyle_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique relationnel - Style du graphique]]<br />
Pour chacune des catégories suivantes, vous pouvez sélectionner une couleur en faisant un double-clic sur le ruban de couleur. Dans le dialogue {{man label|Choisissez une couleur}} qui s'ouvre choisissez la couleur puis cliquer sur le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner}}.<br />
*{{man label|Hommes}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus de sexe masculin<br />
*{{man label|Femmes}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus de sexe féminin<br />
*{{man label|Inconnu}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les individus dont le genre n'est pas connu (et pour les individus dont le nom de famille ne correspond à aucun nom défini dans l'onglet "Couleur de la famille").<br />
*{{man label|Familles}} : la couleur à utiliser pour les familles (mariages).<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Indiquer les relations autres que la naissance avec des pointillés}} (coché par défaut)<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Afficher les nœuds familiaux}} (coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Vous pouvez trouver plus de détails dans le tutorial [http://www.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Howto:_Make_a_relationship_chart/fr Comment produire un graphique relationnel].<br />
<br />
====Exemple====<br />
[[Image:Graph_relationnel_ exemple_51_fr.jpg|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Exemple d'une personne avec plusieurs conjoints]]<br />
<br />
Maintenant réalisons un exemple concret. On veut un rapport relationnel avec les familles descendantes d'une certaine personne. <br />
<br />
# Premièrement, vérifiez que cette personne est la ''personne active''. Vous pourrez toujours la changer plus tard si besoin, mais c'est plus simple.<br />
# Allez dans le menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Diagrammes -> Graphique relationnel…}}<br />
# Taille du papier : A4, mètrique, paysage ; nous savons qu'il n'y aura pas beaucoup de personnes dans le graphique, donc ce sera suffisant (''dans le cas contraire vous pouvez utiliser la taille maximum''). <br />
# Options du rapport. Filtre : Familles descendantes de…, remplissage avec des couleurs, utiliser des coins arrondis.<br />
# Style du graphique : Afficher les noeuds familiaux.<br />
# Mise en page GraphViz : Taille de la police de caractère : 15 pts - FreeSans ; Direction : de haut en bas.<br />
# Options GraphViz : remplir la zone donnée, dpi 133.<br />
# Note : nous ajoutons un titre en-tête et sa taille : 18 pts.<br />
# Format de sortie : nous voulons un fichier JPEG.<br />
<br />
Voici le résultat...<br />
<br />
*'''Vous pouvez trouver plus de détails dans le tutorial [[Comment_produire_un_graphique_relationnel|Comment produire un graphique relationnel]]'''.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Rapports texte ==<br />
<br />
Les rapports de texte présentent l'information comme du texte formaté. La plupart des options sont communes à tous ces rapports et vont être décrites ici sous Options communes. <br />
<br />
===Options communes===<br />
<br />
Les options communes à toutes les éditions en mode texte sont le nom du fichier de sortie, le format du fichier de sortie, le choix du style, la taille et l'orientation de la page. Les édition HTML n'ont pas d'option liées au format de page. Elles ont à la place le choix d'un modèle HTML parmi ceux fournis avec Gramps ou bien que vous avez défini. En option, l'édition peut être ouverte immédiatement avec son application par défaut (choisie dans le menu principal de votre distribution).<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Astuce|Les options utilisées dans les rapports sont persistantes: chaque rapport se rappelle ses options.}}<br />
<br />
Les quelques options spécifiques à un rapport seront décrites avec l'entrée en question ainsi que dans les [[Plugins_Command_Line|références de la ligne de commande]].<br />
<br />
Pour chaque rapport, la boite de dialogue de configuration comprend une partie supérieure avec des onglets en nombre variable suivant le rapport (comme options du papier) et une partie inférieure '''Options du document'''.<br />
<br />
====Options du papier====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_parametres_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du papier et du document]]<br />
Avec l'onglet {{man label|Options du papier}} vous pouvez changer :<br />
<br />
* Le {{man label|Format de papier}}<br />
** {{man label|Taille}} Letter par défaut<br />
** {{man label|Largeur}}<br />
** {{man label|Hauteur}}<br />
** {{man label|Orientation}}<br />
* Les {{man label|Marges}} (droite, gauche, haut et bas)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Métrique}} : pour choisir des valeurs métriques ou non (cm ou in.)<br />
<br />
====Options du document====<br />
Les options ci-dessous peuvent varier légèrement en fonction du format de sortie sélectionné.<br />
*{{man label|Format de sortie :}} choisissez le format de sortie :<br />
**Texte brut<br />
**Imprimer…<br />
**HTML<br />
**OpenDocument Texte<br />
**Document PDF<br />
**PostScript<br />
**Document RTF<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Ouvrir aussitôt avec le logiciel par défaut}} : permet de choisir d'ouvrir le fichier avec le visualiseur par défaut de votre système.<br />
*{{man label|Fichier :}} nom du fichier avec comme valeur par défaut ''/home/<nom utilisateur>/<Nom arbre familial><Nom du rapport>.<extension du format de sortie>'' (chemin variant légèrement avec votre système d'exploitation, ici sous Linux)<br />
*{{man label|Style :}} (''défaut'' par défaut). Avec le bouton {{man button|Éditeur de style…}} vous pouvez ajouter des styles de document.<br />
*{{man label|Caractères par lignes :}} (''72'' par défaut) pour les documents en texte brut<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Liste Ahnentafel (Sosa-Stradonitz)</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_sosa_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport liste Ahnentafel]]<br />
Ce rapport liste la personne active et ses ancêtres avec leurs données de naissance et décès. <br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Liste Ahnentafel (Sosa Stradonitz)…}}<br />
<br />
Chaque personne reçoit un numéro suivant un schéma appelé Ahnentafel, [http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numérotation_de_Sosa-Stradonitz Sosa-Stradonitz] ou encore Eyzinger selon les sources. <br />
<br />
Le principe est de donner le numéro 1 à la personne active. <br />
Son père reçoit le numéro 2, sa mère le numéro 3. <br />
<br />
Et ainsi de suite pour les générations suivantes: les parents du père sont notés 4 et 5, les parents de la mère 6 et 7. Donc, pour chaque personne ayant un nombre N dans cet arbre, les nombres du père et de la mère sont respectivement 2N et 2N+1.<br />
<br />
individu = n<br />
père = 2n<br />
mère = 2n+1<br />
<br />
Chaque entrée est un nouveau paragraphe indépendant, et contient les informations suivantes :<br />
<br />
* Le numéro de l'individu. <br />
* Le nom de l'individu. <br />
* Les informations de naissance, si disponible.<br />
* Les informations de décès, si disponible.<br />
* Les informations d'inhumation, si disponible.<br />
<br />
Voir aussi les options communes en tête de cette section.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_sosaoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport]]<br />
*{{man label|Centrer sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport. Par défaut, c'est la personne active.<br />
*{{man label|Générations :}} ('''10''' par défaut). Le nombre de générations à inclure dans le rapport<br />
*{{man label|Identifiant Gramps:}} <br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' (par défaut)<br />
**Inclure<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Saut de page entre les générations :}} S'il faut passer à une nouvelle page entre chaque génération ou non (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Ajouter un retrait après le nom :}} Indique si un saut de ligne doit suivre le nom (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_sosaoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Graphique lignées familiales - Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms:}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants:}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Jours de naissance et anniversaires</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_annivers_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport anniversaires]]<br />
Ce rapport liste les anniversaires et les anniversaires de mariage. Il donne les mêmes informations que le rapport graphique Calendrier mais dans un format texte.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Jours de naissance et anniversaires…}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_anniversoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Filtre :}} sélectionnez un filtre pour définir les individus qui apparaîtront dans le rapport.<br />
** '''Toute le base de donnée''' (par défaut)<br />
** Descendants de la personne active<br />
** Familles descendantes de la personne active<br />
** Ascendants de la personne active<br />
** Individus ayant un ancêtre commun avec la personne active<br />
** tout filtre personnalisé précédemment créé est listé sous les précédents<br />
* {{man label|Centrer sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, habituellement la personne active sauf si vous utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} qui ouvre le dialogue de sélection d'un individu.<br />
* {{man label|Titre :}} Titre du rapport. '''Jours de naissance et anniversaires''' (par défaut)<br />
*{{man label|Sous-titre 1 :}} ('''Mon rapport d'anniversaire''' par défaut), première ligne de texte sous le rapport.<br />
*{{man label|Sous-titre 2 :}} ('''Généré avec Gramps''' par défaut), deuxième ligne de texte sous le rapport.<br />
*{{man label|Sous-titre 3 :}} (<code>http://gramps-project.org/</code> par défaut), troisième ligne de texte sous le rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_anniversoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options (2) du rapport]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}} : Sélectionner le format pour afficher les noms entre '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)/ Prénom Nom Suffixe / Prénom / Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe / Nom, Prénom usuel<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure SEULEMENT les individus vivants}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Contenu====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_anniverscontenu_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Onglet Contenu du rapport]]<br />
* {{man label|Année du rapport:}} saisir l'année. Par défaut, l'année en cours.<br />
* {{man label|Pays pour les jours fériés :}} sélectionnez le pays pour voir les jours fériés corrrespondant.<br />
* {{man label|Nom de naissance :}}<br />
**'''L'épouse garde son nom de jeune fille''' (par défaut)<br />
**L'épouse utilise le nom de son mari (à partir de la première famille listée)<br />
**L'épouse utilise le nom de son mari (à partir de la dernière famille listée)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les dates de naissance}} : inclure ou non les dates de naissance dans le rapport (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les anniversaires de mariage}} : inclure ou non les anniversaires de mariage dans le rapport (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les anniversaires de décès}} : inclure ou non les anniversaires de décès dans le rapport (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure la relation avec la souche}} : inclure ou non la relation avec la souche dans le rapport (création du rapport plus lent) (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Nombre d'ascendants</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_nbreascendants_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Nombre d'ascendants]]<br />
Ce rapport présente le nombre d'ancêtres de la personne active.<br />
<br />
Aller au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Nombre d'ascendants…}}.<br />
<br />
Le rapport affichera les détails suivants :<br />
<br />
:La génération 1 contient 1 individu : 100 % : la personne choisie au départ<br />
<br />
:La génération 2 contient 2 individus : 100 % : les deux parents sont connus<br />
<br />
:…<br />
<br />
:La génération 8 contient 35 individus : 27,34 % '''ce qui signifie que sur les (2**7) 128 ancêtres possibles à la génération 8, 27 % sont connus.'''<br />
<br />
Enfin, le '''total''' des ascendants de la génération 2 à la dernière listée est également donné en nombre et pourcentage.<br />
<br />
Voir aussi les ''options communes'' en haut de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_nbreascendantsoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Nombre d'ascendants - Options]]<br />
* {{man label|Centrer sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, habituellement la personne active sauf si vous utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} qui ouvre le dialogue de sélection d'un individu.<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}} : Sélectionner le format pour afficher les noms entre :<br />
**'''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)<br />
**Prénom Nom Suffixe<br />
**Prénom<br />
**Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe<br />
**Nom, Prénom usuel<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (case à cocher, cochée par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Fiche individuelle complète</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_ficheindividuel_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fiche individuelle complète - Extrait d'un exemple]]<br />
<br />
Ce rapport fournit différents résumés pour un compte rendu succinct individuel.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Fiche individuelle complète…}}<br />
<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listeindividueloptions_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fiche individuelle complète - Options]]<br />
L'avantage de ce rapport est l'option spécifique de filtre. Selon le choix de filtre (personne active seulement, ses descendants, ses ancêtres, ou base de données entière), le rapport peut contenir d'un à plusieurs résumés différents. Une autre option pour ce rapport est l'inclusion d'informations sur les sources liée aux événements.<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Filtre :}} Choisir entre :<br />
**'''La personne active'''(par défaut)<br />
** Toute le base de donnée<br />
** Descendants de la personne active<br />
** Familles descendantes de la personne active<br />
** Ascendants de la personne active<br />
** Individus ayant un ancêtre commun avec la personne active<br />
** tout filtre personnalisé précédemment créé est listé sous les précédents<br />
* {{man label|Filtre sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, habituellement la personne active sauf si vous utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} qui ouvre le dialogue de sélection d'un individu.<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Lister les évènements chronologiquement}} (coché par défaut)<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Saut de pages avant les références bibliographiques}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_ficheindividueloptions2_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fiche individuelle complète - Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{man label|Format du lieu :}}<br />
**'''Défaut'''<br />
**Complet<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_ficheindividuelinclure_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fiche individuelle complète - Options Inclure]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les notes}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les informations concernant la source}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les notes des sources}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les media de la galerie}} (coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_ficheindividuelinclure2_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fiche individuelle complète - Options Inclure (2)]]<br />
*{{man label|Identifiant Gramps:}} <br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' (par défaut)<br />
**Inclure<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les étiquettes}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les attributs}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les recensements}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure la relation avec la souche}} (non coché par défaut) S'il faut inclure les relations avec la personne souche (Note : ralentit la création du rapport)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Sections====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_ficheindividuelsections_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fiche individuelle complète - Options Sections]]<br />
*{{man label|Groupe d'évènements :}}<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Famille}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Religieux}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Vocations}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Académique}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Voyage}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Juridique}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Résidence}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Autre}} (coché par défaut)<br />
** {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Personnalisé}} (coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Liste simplifiée des descendants</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listsimpldescend_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Liste simplifiée des descendants - Extrait d'un exemple]]<br />
<br />
Ce rapport présente les descendants de la personne active avec une courte description avec un style indenté.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Fiche simplifiée des descendants…}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listsimpldescendoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Centrer sur l'individu}} : l'individu central pour le rapport. Utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} pour changer d'individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Système de numérotation:}} Le [[Genealogical_Numbering_Systems|système de numérotation]] à utiliser.<br />
** '''[[Genealogical Numbering Systems#simple numbering|Numérotation simple]]''' (par défaut)<br />
** Numérotation [[Genealogical_Numbering_Systems#d'Aboville|d'Aboville]]<br />
** Numérotation [[Genealogical_Numbering_Systems#Henry|Henry]]<br />
** Numérotation [[Genealogical_Numbering_Systems#modified_henry|Henry modifiée]]<br />
** Numérotation [[Genealogical Numbering Systems#de villiers|de Villiers]]/[[Genealogical Numbering Systems#pama|Pama]]<br />
** Numérotation [[Genealogical Numbering Systems#meurgey de tupigny|Meurgey de Tupigny]]<br />
*{{man label|Générations}} ('''10''' par défaut) Le nombre de générations à prendre en compte pour le rapport. <br />
* {{man label|Identifiant Gramps}} s’il faut inclure l’identifiant Gramps.<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' par défaut<br />
**Inclure<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Afficher les données du mariage}} : (non coché par défaut) S'il faut ou non afficher les informations du mariage dans le rapport<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Afficher les données du divorce}} : (non coché par défaut) S'il faut ou non afficher les informations du divorce dans le rapport<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Afficher les arbres en double}} : (coché par défaut) s'il faut afficher ou non les informations sur les branches dupliquées<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listsimpldescendoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options du rapport (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{man label|Format du lieu :}}<br />
**'''Défaut'''<br />
**Complet<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Liste détaillée des ascendants</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetailascend_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Liste détaillée des ascendants - Extrait exemple]]<br />
Ce rapport présente en détails les ancêtres de la personne active. Les données de naissance et décès ainsi que les mariages sont listées ainsi que la numérotation Ahnentafel/Sosa-Stradonitz. Il partage beaucoup de propriétés avec le rapport 'Liste détaillée des descendants'.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Liste détaillée des ascendants…}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetailascendoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options]]<br />
Ce rapport est structuré par la numérotation Sosa-Stradonitz.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Centrer sur l'individu}} : l'individu central pour le rapport. Utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} pour changer d'individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Numéro Sosa-Stradonitz :}} ('''1''' par défaut) Le numéro Sosa-Stradonitz de l'individu central.<br />
*{{man label|Générations}} ('''10''' par défaut) Le nombre de générations à prendre en compte pour le rapport. <br />
* {{man label|Identifiant Gramps}} s’il faut inclure l’identifiant Gramps.<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' par défaut<br />
**Inclure<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Saut de page entre les générations}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Saut de pages avant les références bibliographiques}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetailascendoptions2_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{man label|Format du lieu :}}<br />
**'''Défaut'''<br />
**Complet<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Contenu====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetailascendcontenu_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Contenu]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Utiliser les phrases complètes}} (coché par défaut) Utiliser des phrases complètes ou une formulation succincte.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Utiliser la date complète à la place de l'année seule}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Calculer l'âge au décès}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Omettre les ascendants dupliqués}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Utiliser le prénom usuel comme prénom}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetailascendinclure_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Inclure]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les enfants}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les conjoints des enfants}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les évènements}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les autres évènements}} (non coché par défaut) S'il faut inclure les autres évènements auxquels les individus ont participé.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Ajouter une référence aux descendants dans la liste des enfants}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les media de la galerie}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetailascendinclure2_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Inclure (2)]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les notes}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les sources}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les notes des sources}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les attributs}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les adresses}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les noms alternatifs}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Informations absentes====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetailascendinfoabsc_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Informations absentes]]<br />
<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Remplacer les lieux manquants par ____}} (non coché par défaut) S'il faut remplacer les lieux manquants par des espaces vides.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Remplacer les dates manquantes par ____}} (non coché par défaut) S'il faut remplacer les dates manquantes par des espaces vides.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Liste détaillée des descendants</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetaildescend_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Liste détaillée des descendants - Exemple - extrait]]<br />
<br />
Ce rapport présente en détails les descendants de la personne active par génération, suivant la tradition des rapports textuels des descendants par génération. Il a pour but de présenter toutes les caractéristiques importantes attendues dans cette mise en forme classique des descendants et bénéficie des influences de différentes sources. L'équipe Gramps a dans ses objectifs le souhait que ce rapport puisse être adopté par les institutions professionnelles de la généalogie dans le monde entier. En conséquence, il est hautement personnalisable.<br />
<br />
Le rapport comprend un ensemble de données biographiques, les mariages et (en option) les notes et les informations sur les conjoints. Parmi les différentes options, il y a le nombre de générations à prendre en compte, le calcul des âges, le style de texte entre des phrases complètes ou abrégées et s'il faut inclure les images. Le rapport utilise [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genealogical_numbering_systems#Henry_System la numérotation Henry] qui diffère de [http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Num%C3%A9rotation_d%27Abboville la numérotation d'Aboville] par l'utilisation de lettres pour les nombres supérieurs à 9, ainsi que l'absence de point de séparation entre les numéros. (Les numérotations [http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Num%C3%A9rotation_d%27Abboville d'Aboville] et d'[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Genealogical_numbering_systems#Register_System Enregistrement] sont disponibles en option.)<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Liste détaillée des descendants…}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetaildescendoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options]]<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Centrer sur l'individu}} : l'individu central pour le rapport. Utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} pour changer d'individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Système de numérotation :}}<br />
**'''Numérotation Henry''' (par défaut)<br />
**Numérotation Henry modifiée<br />
**Numérotation d'Aboville<br />
**Numérotation Enregistrement<br />
*{{man label|Structure du rapport :}} Comment les individus sont organisés dans le rapport.<br />
**'''affiche les individus par génération''' (par défaut)<br />
**affiche les individus par branche<br />
*{{man label|Générations}} ('''10''' par défaut) Le nombre de générations à prendre en compte pour le rapport. <br />
* {{man label|Identifiant Gramps}} s’il faut inclure l’identifiant Gramps.<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' par défaut<br />
**Inclure<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Saut de page entre les générations}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Saut de pages avant les références bibliographiques}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetaildescendoptions2_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{man label|Format du lieu :}}<br />
**'''Défaut'''<br />
**Complet<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Contenu====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetaildescendcontenu_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Contenu]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Utiliser les phrases complètes}} (coché par défaut) Utiliser des phrases complètes ou une formulation succincte.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Utiliser la date complète à la place de l'année seule}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Calculer l'âge au décès}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Utiliser le prénom usuel comme prénom}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetaildescendinclure_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Inclure]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les enfants}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les conjoints des enfants}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les conjoints}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une référence au conjoint}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les évènements}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Ajouter une référence aux descendants dans la liste des enfants}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les media de la galerie}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetaildescendinclure2_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Inclure (2)]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les notes}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les sources}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les notes des sources}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les attributs}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les adresses}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les noms alternatifs}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure le signe d'une descendance («+») dans la liste des enfants}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure un chemin vers la personne de départ}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Informations absentes====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_listdetaildescendinfoabs_51_fr.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Option Informations absentes]]<br />
<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Remplacer les lieux manquants par ____}} (non coché par défaut) S'il faut remplacer les lieux manquants par des espaces vides.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Remplacer les dates manquantes par ____}} (non coché par défaut) S'il faut remplacer les dates manquantes par des espaces vides.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Rapport de fin de lignée</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_finlignee_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport fin de lignée]]<br />
<br />
Ce rapport fournit une liste des derniers ascendants connus pour un individu avec sa lignée généalogique, trié par générations.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Rapport de fin de lignée…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_finligneeoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport fin de lignée - Options]]<br />
*{{man label|Centrer sur l'individu}} : l'individu central pour le rapport. Utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} pour changer d'individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Rapport de lieu</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_lieu_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport de lieu]]<br />
<br />
Ce rapport fournit une liste des individus et événements référencés dans un ou plusieurs lieux sélectionnés par l'utilisateur.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Rapport de lieu…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Les options du rapport ====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_lieuoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport de lieu - Options avec dans cette exemple la sélection de la ville de Dover]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Sélection avec un filtre :}} Sélectionner les lieux avec un filtre personnalisé créé antérieurement.<br />
* {{man label|Sélection d'un lieu :}}<br />
** Bouton {{man button|+}} - Ouvre le dialogue {{man label|Sélectionner le lieu}} pour vous permettre de sélectionner un lieu à ajouter.<br />
** Bouton {{man button|-}} - Sélectionner un lieu dans la liste puis cliquer sur ce bouton pour le supprimer.<br />
* {{man label|Centrer sur :}} - Si le rapport doit être centré sur un évènement ou un individu.<br />
** '''Évènement''' (par défault)<br />
** Individu<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Les options du rapport (2) ====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_lieuoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport de lieu - Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{man label|Format du lieu :}}<br />
**'''Défaut'''<br />
**Complet<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Fiche familiale</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_fichefamil_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Fiche familiale]]<br />
Ce rapport présente un groupe familial, c'est à dire un couple de parents et leurs enfants.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Fiche familiale…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_fichefamiloptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Fiche familiale - Options]]<br />
* {{man label|Filtre :}} Choisir entre :<br />
**'''La famille active''' (par défaut) La famille de la personne active.<br />
** Toutes les familles<br />
** Familles descendantes - de la famille active<br />
** Familles des ascendants - de la famille active<br />
* {{man label|Famille centrale :}} le famille centrale pour ce filtre, par défaut la famille de l'individu actif. Le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner une famille différente}} ouvre le dialogue de sélection des familles.<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Récursif (en bas)}} (non coché par défaut) Créer des rapports pour tous les descendants de cette famille.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_fichefamiloptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Fiche familiale - Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{man label|Format du lieu :}}<br />
**'''Défaut'''<br />
**Complet<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_fichefamilinclure_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Fiche familiale - Inclure]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Mariage des parents}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Evénements des parents}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Adresses des parents}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Notes des parents}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Attributs des parents}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Noms alternatifs des parents}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_fichefamilinclure2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Fiche familiale - Inclure (2)]]<br />
*{{man label|Identifiant Gramps:}} <br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' (par défaut)<br />
**Inclure<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Notes de la famille}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Dates des proches}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Mariage des enfants}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Numéros de génération (seulement récursif)}} (non coché par défaut) S'il faut ajouter un numéro pour chaque génération descendante.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Champs d'impression pour les informations manquantes}} (coché par défaut) S'il faut inclure un champ pour chaque information manquante.<br />
<br />
===<u>Rapport de parenté</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_parente_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport de parenté]]<br />
Ce rapport fournit la parenté de l'individu sélectionné selon le niveau de recherche (ascendants, descendants) choisi par l'utilisateur.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Rapport de parenté…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_parenteoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport de parenté - Options]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Centrer sur l’individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, par défaut la personne active.<br />
** Le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}}. - Modifie l'individu central.<br />
* {{man label|Maximum de générations descendantes :}} par défaut <code>2</code><br />
* {{man label|Maximum de générations ascendantes:}} par défaut <code>2</code><br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les conjoints}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les cousins}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les tantes/oncles/neveux/nièces}} (coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_parenteoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport de parenté - Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms:}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants:}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les date avec des exemples<br />
** Défaut système - Choisissez cette option pour utiliser le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2021-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2021)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2021)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2021)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2021)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2021)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Rapport de liens de note</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_liensnote_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport de liens de note]]<br />
Ce rapport affiche et vérifie la cohérence des ''liens internes'' créés avec l'éditeur de liens dans les notes Gramps et liste sans les vérifier les adresses Internet externes créées avec l'éditeur d'adresses Internet.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Rapport de liens de note…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section et [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Fonctionnement_des_événements,_sources,_lieux,_dépôts_et_notes#L.27.C3.A9diteur_de_note |Editeur de notes]]. Il n'y a pas d'options spécifiques à ce rapport.<br />
<br />
===<u>Rapport Étiquette</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_etiquette_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Étiquette avec l'option étiquette complète]]<br />
Ce rapport liste les objets principaux (individus, familles, notes) correspondant à l'étiquette sélectionnée.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Rapport Étiquette…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_etiquetteoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Étiquette - Options]]<br />
* {{man label|Étiquette :}} Sélectionner l'étiquette à utiliser pour le rapport.<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Défaut''' - (dans un nouvel arbre familial, c’est normalement ''Nom'', ''Prénom'' ''Suffixe'')<br />
** Nom, Prénom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{man label|Format du lieu :}}<br />
**'''Défaut'''<br />
**Complet<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
** '''Défaut système (j/M/A) (14/02/2018)''' (par défaut) - Cette option utilise le format de date défini dans {{man label|Format des dates}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]]<br />
** YYYY-MM-DD(ISO)(2018-02-14)<br />
** Jour Mois Année (14 février 2018)<br />
** Jour MOI Année (14 fevr 2018)<br />
** Jour. Mois Année (14. fevrier 2018)<br />
** Jour. MOI Année (14. fevr 2018)<br />
** Mois Jour, Année (février 14, 2018)<br />
** MOI, Jour Année (févr 14, 2018)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Rapport d'enregistrements</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_enregistrement_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements]]<br />
Le rapport d'enregistrements affiche un certain nombre d'enregistrements intéressants de votre base de données (la plupart lié à l'âge), comme l'individu vivant le plus âgé, la plus jeune mère, etc.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Rapport d'enregistrements…}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_enregistrementoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements - Options]]<br />
* {{man label|Filtre :}} sélectionnez un filtre pour définir les individus qui apparaîtront dans le rapport.<br />
** '''Toute le base de donnée''' (par défaut)<br />
** Descendants de la personne active<br />
** Familles descendantes de la personne active<br />
** Ascendants de la personne active<br />
** Individus ayant un ancêtre commun avec la personne active<br />
** tout filtre personnalisé précédemment créé est listé sous les précédents<br />
* {{man label|Centrer sur l'individu :}} l'individu central pour le rapport, habituellement la personne active sauf si vous utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} qui ouvre le dialogue de sélection d'un individu.<br />
* {{man label|Nombre d'articles à afficher :}} ('''3''' par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Utiliser le prénom usuel :}}<br />
** '''Ne pas utiliser le prénom usuel''' (par défaut)<br />
** Remplacer les prénoms par le prénom usuel (Voir avertissement ci-dessous)<br />
** Souligner ou ajouter le prénom usuel dans les prénoms<br />
* {{man label|Pied de texte :}} vide par défaut.<br />
<br />
{{man warn| Avertissements |Si l'option soulignée le nom usuel est sélectionné, le rapport utilise <code>&lt;u&gt;...&lt;/u&gt;</code> pour y parvenir. Ceci ne fonctionne qu'avec les formats d'exportation liés à CairoDoc (impression directe, export PDF) et le format HTML.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_enregistrementoptions2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements - Options (2)]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms :}} - Sélectionne le format des noms à afficher. Ce choix est théoriquement fait dans le réglage par défaut du {{man label|Format des noms}} de l’onglet Affichage dans [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Réglages#Affichage|Edition > Préférences…]] Ou pour passer outre ce réglage pour ce rapport, choisissez :<br />
** '''Nom, Prénom Suffixe''' (par défaut)<br />
** Prénom, Nom Suffixe<br />
** Prénom <br />
** Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe <br />
** NOM, Prénom (usuel)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Individu 1====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_enregistrementindividu1_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements - Option Individu 1]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Le plus jeune individu vivant}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Individu vivant le plus âgé}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Individu décédé jeune}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Individu décédé à un âge avancé}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Individu marié jeune}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Individu marié à un âge avancé}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Individu divorcé jeune}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Individu divorcé à un âge avancé}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Individu 2====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_enregistrementindividu2_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements - Option Individu 2]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Le plus jeune père}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|La plus jeune mère}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Le père le plus âgé}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|La mère la plus âgée}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Homme avec le plus d'enfants}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Femme avec le plus d'enfants}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Homme avec le plus de petits-enfants}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Femme avec le plus de patits-enfants}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Famille====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_enregistrementfamille_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements - Option Famille 1]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Couple avec le plus d'enfants}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Couple marié il y a peu de temps}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Couple marié il y a longtemps}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Le mariage le plus court}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Le mariage le plus long}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Couple avec la plus petite différence d'âge}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|LCouple avec la plus grande différence d'âge}} (coché par défaut)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Résumé de la base de données</u>===<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_resume_51_fr.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements]]<br />
Ce rapport présente des statistiques générales comprenant le nombre d'individus par genre, les données incomplètes et des chiffres sur les familles et les objets multimédia.<br />
<br />
Allez au menu {{man menu|Rapports -> Rapports textuels -> Résumé de la base de données…}}<br />
<br />
Le rapport fera état des informations suivantes de l'arbre familial ouvert avec l'affichage du nombre dans chaque catégorie.<br />
* '''Individus'''<br />
** Nombre d'individus :<br />
** Hommes :<br />
** Femmes :<br />
** Individus de genre inconnu :<br />
** Noms incomplets :<br />
** Individus sans date de naissance :<br />
** Individus déconnectés :<br />
** Noms présents :<br />
** Individus avec media :<br />
<br />
* '''Informations sur la famille'''<br />
** Nombre de familles :<br />
<br />
* '''Objets media'''<br />
** Nombre de media présents :<br />
** Taille totale des objets media : en MB<br />
<br />
* Objets media manquants : affichera un chemin complet et le nom des fichiers pour chaque objet media manquant.<br />
<br />
L'information donnée dans ce rapport est la même que dans le [http://www.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets/fr#Gramplet_Statistiques Gramplet Statistiques]<br />
{{-}}<br />
Vous aussi les ''Options communes'' au début de cette section.<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Rapporttxt_resumeoptions_51_fr.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Rapport Enregistrements - Options]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants :}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants<br />
** '''Inclus, avec toutes les données''' (par défaut)<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} <code>0</code>(par défaut) - S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment.<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport. Le sélecteur de langue affiche toutes les langues prises en charge par Gramps. Par défaut, la langue que vous utilisez avec Gramps.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Pages internet ==<br />
===<u>Saga sur internet</u>===<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagamayence_51_fr.png|right|400px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Liste individuelle dans le style Mayence]]<br />
Un des rapports disponibles dans cette catégorie est la saga sur internet. Il produit un site web (qui est, une suite de pages web reliées par des liens), pour un ensemble d'individus sélectionnés.<br />
<br />
====Introduction====<br />
Le nouveau rapport génère des pages qui suivent le W3C, XHTML 1.0 et CSS 1. Ceci inclut la séparation du contenu et de la présentation. Pour des raisons pratiques, le style et apparence des nouvelles pages Internet peuvent être complètement pilotés depuis une feuille de style CSS sans altérer les pages individuelles.<br />
Plus d'informations sont maintenant affichées pour chaque individu, sources, lieux et objets media.<br />
<br />
Des pages d'introduction peuvent être ajoutées pour fournir des informations supplémentaires, comme une histoire familiale.<br />
<br />
Les enregistrements de généalogie peuvent générer beaucoup de fichiers que les serveurs Web mettront du temps à gérer s'ils sont dans un même répertoire. Le rapport Saga sur Internet s'efforce de garder un nombre de fichiers par répertoire à un niveau gérable. Pour cela, une organisation hiérarchique de répertoires est créée. Les noms des fichiers générés ne sont pas intuitifs mais sont uniques pour chaque individu. Des lancements successifs du rapport vont créer des fichiers qui gardent les mêmes noms, rendant plus facile la mise à jour de fichiers spécifiques.<br />
{{man warn|1=Générer les pages…|2=Quand vous cliquez sur le bouton {{man button|Valider}}, la génération des pages Web commence. Aussi, vérifiez d'abord toutes les options de chaque onglet de la boite de dialogue.}}<br />
<br />
====Utilisation du rapport====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_saganebraska_51_fr.png|right|400px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Détail de la page individu dans le style Nebraska]]<br />
Le rapport saga sur internet offre des options à l'utilisateur, lui permettant de nombreuses combinaisons et personnalisations. <br />
<br />
Utilisez ce rapport depuis le menu {{man menu|Rapports --> Pages Internet --> Saga (pages narratives…}}. <br />
<br />
{{man warn|Toute la base de données|Soyez attentif si vous sélectionnez ''Toute la base de données'' comme filtre car un nombre important de fichiers peut être créé (selon la taille de votre base). Il est recommandé de démarrer avec un filtre (par exemple : les ascendants d'un individu) pour simplifier le résultat lorsque vous découvrez ce rapport.}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagaoptions_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Options]]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Extrait les pages Web une archive tar.gz}} : (non coché par défaut). Du fait d'un grand nombre de fichiers et répertoires générés, le transfert de ces derniers vers un serveur externe peut être délicat. C'est pourquoi, vous pouvez directement créer une archive au format gzip et tar (dit aussi 'tarball') pour un transfert plus facile sur le serveur où il sera décompressé.<br />
<br />
'''{{man menu|Malheureusement, les serveurs Web ne prennent pas tous en charge les sauvegardes de ce type. Contactez votre fournisseur d'hébergement pour plus d'informations.}}'''<br />
* {{man label|Destination}} : Le répertoire de destination pour les fichiers internet. La valeur par défaut étant le répertoire {{man label|/votre répertoire personnel/NAVWEB}}.<br />
* {{man label|Titre du site}} : Dans le champ texte vous pouvez changer la valeur '''Mon arbre généalogique''' par défaut, '''ce qui est fortement recommandé'''.<br />
* {{man label|Filtre}} : (Tout individu correspondant au filtre et qui n'est pas exclus par les règles de données privées sera inclus dans la sortie). Les choix possibles :<br />
**'''Toute la base de données''' (par défaut)<br />
**Descendants de <la personne active><br />
**Familles descendantes de <la personne active><br />
**Ascendants de <la personne active><br />
**Individus ayant un ascendant commun avec <la personne active><br />
**Tout filtre personnel que vous avez créé<br />
* {{man label|Filtre sur l'individu}} : L'individu central pour le rapport (disponible seulement si vous ne choisissez pas toute la base de données - La personne active par défaut). Utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} pour sélectionner un autre individu.<br />
** {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Afficher la relation entre l'individu et la souche}} (non coché par défaut) - Pour chaque page d'individu. {{man warn|Notez que le respect des législations sur la vie privée et de la confidentialité est de ''votre'' responsabilité en tant que chercheur.|Le projet Gramps ne peut pas être tenu responsable du respect de la législation sur la vie privée ou d'autres questions de confidentialité. Le respect de la vie privée est une question importante.<br /><br />Gramps fournit des outils et des réglages qui vous permettent un certain contrôle de la confidentialité de vos données… mais ces contrôles ont été conçus en fonction des considérations régionales du programmeur. Vous êtes responsable de la vérification de la conformité de ces règles avant publication.}}<br />
* {{man label|Individus vivants:}} - Comment gérer les (informations à propos des) individus vivants. Vous pouvez contrôler les informations sensibles concernant une personne encore en vie. Néanmoins, comme Gramps est un outil de recherche, il y a probablement des individus dont la date de décès n'est pas connue dans votre arbre généalogique. Pour savoir si un individu est ''potentiellement encore vivant'', Gramps utilise un algorithme qui compare les dates de naissance, décès, baptême, dates de naissance et décès des ancêtres. L'algorithme considère qu'un individu est ''peut-être encore en vie'' à moins que le croisement des différentes données fasse que la ''possibilité qu'il soit encore en vie'' est improbable.<br />
** Inclus, avec toutes les données : Inclure toutes les informations de tous les individus, même si ils sont ''peut-être encore en vie''.<br />
** Noms complets, mais données non visibles<br />
** Prénoms remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Noms complets remplacés, données non visibles<br />
** Ne pas inclure : exclus toutes les informations des individus ''peut-être encore en vie''.<br />
* {{man label|Années depuis le décès :}} S’il faut restreindre les données concernant les individus décédés récemment. Cette option est inactive si l'option «Individus vivants» est réglée sur 'Inclus avec toutes les données'. {{man warn|La confidentialité des informations peut se poursuivre après un décès. La législation varie suivant les pays.|Certains pays ont une législation qui spécifie le nombre d'années après un décès avant que des informations privées puissent être publiées. Ici, vous pouvez vous conformer à cette législation en indiquant le nombre d'années après le décès pendant lesquels il faut continuer d'appliquer une restriction de publication.}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (non coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées. Si votre intention est de fournir une version intégrale de vos données, cocher cette case va inclure toutes les données marquées comme privées avec le reste de la base de données.<br />
<br />
====Options html====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagaoptionshtml_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Options html]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Extension}} : L'extension à utiliser pour les fichiers internet. Choisissez entre la valeur par défaut {{man label|'''.html'''}}, et .htm, .shtml, .php, .php3, .cgi.<br />
* {{man label|License}} : Le droit d'auteur à utiliser pour les pages internet. Le droit d'auteur international vous déclare propriétaire de vos données. Les autres personnes doivent avoir votre permissions pour les utiliser. En généalogie, le partage est un idéal commun. Vous pouvez vouloir définir d'autres droits aux utilisateurs de vos données. Par défaut, Gramps définit le '''Droit d'auteur standard''', mais vous pouvez placer votre site sous différentes licences Creative Commons voire l'absence de notice sur le droit d'auteur. Ces licences donnent des permissions aux utilisateurs sans qu'ils vous contacte à chaque fois pour vous les demander. Voir le site internet de [https://creativecommons.org/ Creative Commons] pour plus d'informations.<br />
[[Image:NWeb-Man-BasicSet.jpg|right|180px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Style basique - 5 choix de couleur]]<br />
* {{man label|Feuille de style}}<br />
:La feuilles de style à utiliser pour les pages internet. Gramps fournit différentes feuilles de style pour vos pages. Chacune offrant une apparence unique pour vos pages. Pour l'instant, vous pouvez choisir entre le style '''Basique''' ('''Bleu''', '''Cyprès''', '''Frêne''', '''Lilas''', '''Pêcher''' ou '''Épicéa''') ; le style '''Malvoyants''' ; le style '''Mayence''' ou '''Nebraska'''. Ou vous pouvez utiliser l'option '''Aucune feuille de style'''. Quelque soit le style choisi, la feuille de style utilisée sera ''css/narrative-screen.css'' dans le dossier du site nouvellement créé. Vous pouvez l'éditer si vous souhaitez personnaliser votre site. Néanmoins, si vous créer de nouveau le site avec le même chemin, votre feuille de style sera écrasée, à moins que vous utilisiez l'option '''Aucune feuille de style'''. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser votre propre feuille de style en la copiant dans le répertoire ''$HOME/.gramps/css/'' : elle sera alors disponible dans la liste de choix à la création d'un nouveau rapport.<br />
:''les figures 1, 2 et 5 sont des exemples de style inclus avec Gramps 5.2''<br />
* {{man label|Mise en page}} : Choisissez la mise en page pour les menus de navigation.<br />
** '''Horizontal -- Défaut'''<br />
** Vertical -- côté gauche<br />
** Fondu -- que pour les navigateurs Webkit<br />
** Abaissé -- que pour les navigateurs Webkit<br />
* {{man label|Mise en page des références de citation}} : Déterminer la mise en page par défaut pour la section Références de la citation dans la page source.<br />
** '''Style normal de bordure''' (Défaut)<br />
** Abaissé -- que pour les navigateurs Webkit<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure un arbre des ascendants}} : Inclure ou non un arbre des ascendants pour chaque page de l'individu. Si vous cochez cette case, un arbre des ascendants sera ajouté. Le nombre de générations est défini avec l'option suivante.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Ajouter précédent/suivant}} : s'il faut ajouter ces boutons dans la barre de navigation<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Ceci est un site sécurisé (https)}} : s'il faut utiliser http ou https<br />
{{-}} <br />
<br />
====Affichage====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagaaffichage_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Option Affichage]]<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}}<br />
: Sélection du format d'affichage pour les noms. Choisissez:<br />
:*Nom, prénom Suffixe ('''par défaut''')<br />
:*Prénom Nom Suffixe<br />
:*Prénom<br />
:*Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe<br />
:*Nom, prénom usuel<br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
* {{man label|Identifiant Gramps}} s’il faut inclure l’identifiant Gramps.<br />
**'''Ne pas inclure''' par défaut<br />
**Inclure<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Trier les enfants selon la date de naissance}} (non coché par défaut) Si non coché, ils restent dans l'ordre actuel.<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Faut-il afficher les coordonnées dans la liste des lieux ?}} (non coché par défaut) Latitude et longitude.<br />
{{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Trier les références de lieux par date ou par nom}} (non coché par défaut) Ils sont triés par date si non coché.<br />
* {{man label|Générations}} : Option active seulement si l'option «Inclure un arbre des ascendants» de l'onglet précédent a été cochée. Indique le nombre de générations à inclure dans cet arbre. La valeur par défaut est {{man label|4}}. Vous pouvez choisir depuis la liste déroulante : 2, 3, 4, ou 5 générations.<br />
{{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les notes narratives tout de suite après nom, genre}} Si non, elles apparaissent tout de suite après les attributs.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Création de page====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagacreatpage_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Option Création de page]]<br />
Cet onglet permet d'ajouter trois pages additionnelles mais aussi des notes qui s'afficheront sur toutes les pages créées par le générateur de page web.<br />
<br />
Vous pouvez assigner un medium ou une note pour chacune des pages. Cette note ou ce medium doivent avoir été créés préalablement à la création du rapport. Par défaut, rien n'est assigné. Utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un objet médium existant ou une note existante}} à la droite d'une ligne pour ajouter une référence.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Anticiper la maintenance|Ces items particuliers ne nécessitent pas d'avoir des références associées aux autres enregistrements de votre arbre. Néanmoins, il peut être utile d'ajouter une source (marquée privée) à votre arbre, spécifique pour la création de votre site Web. <br>Cette source privée pourrait faire référence à une note comprenant une check-list pour documenter les options utilisées à la génération du site Saga. <br />Ajouter une autre note qui documente toute particularité rencontrée à la publication du site. <br />''Une telle documentation facilite la reproduction d'une apparence similaire quand le site sera mis à jour dans le futur''}}<br />
* Les '''page d'accueil''' et d''''introduction''' : Permet d'ajouter une note et une image.<br />
* La '''page contact''' : Permet aussi d'ajouter une note et une image, mais attention, lorsque vous utilisez cette page sur un site public à ne pas afficher des informations privées que vous ne souhaitez pas publier. De même, n'affichez pas votre adresse mel standard mais une adresse réservée ou dans un format sécurisé.<br />
* '''En-tête HTML''' et '''pied de page HTML''' : Permet d'ajouter une note pour personnaliser l'en-tête et le pied de page de chaque pages générées. L'entête apparaîtra directement en dessous du titre du site, et le pied de page au dessus de la déclaration des droits d'auteur.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Pages supplémentaires====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagapagesup_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Option Pages supplémentaires]]<br />
* {{man label|Nom de la page supplémentaire :}} Le nom de la page supplémentaire tel qu'il s'affiche dans la barre de titre.<br />
* {{man label|Le chemin de votre page supplémentaire :}} Le chemin vers la page sans extension.<br />
** Bouton {{man button|Le chemin de votre page supplémentaire, sans extension}} permet de naviguer jusqu'à votre page.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Génération des images====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagagenerimg_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Option Génération des images]]<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure images et objets media}} : Inclure ou non une galerie des objets media.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les images et objets media non utilisés}} : Inclure ou non les objets media non utilisés.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Créer et utiliser uniquement les aperçus des images}} : Permet de créer uniquement un aperçu des images plutôt qu'en taille réel dans la page Média. Ceci vous permettra d'obtenir une archive plus petite à envoyer sur votre site internet hébergé.<br />
* {{man label|Largeur max de l'image initiale}} (Défaut: 800) : Permet de définir la largeur maximum de l'image affichée dans la page Média. Définissez 0 pour ignorer la limitation.<br />
* {{man label|Hauteur max de l'image initiale}} (Défaut: 600) : Permet de définir la hauteur maximum de l'image affichée dans la page Média. Définissez 0 pour ignorer la limitation.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:Pageweb_sagaimage_51_fr.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Région dans une image]]<br />
A noter que les [[How_to_create_image_reference_regions|zones de référence]] enregistrées dans les photos sont aussi affichées dans les pages Web Saga créées avec Gramps. Il n'y a pas d'option particulière à sélectionner ; il suffit qu'une zone de référence ait été définie pour une ou plusieurs images. Les pages Web Saga n'affiche ces zones de référence que pour les individus et les lieux.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Télécharger====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagatelecharg_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Option Télécharger]]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une page téléchargement}} : Permet d'inclure une option de téléchargement de la base de données.<br />
* {{man label|Nom du fichier}} : Fichier prévu pour être téléchargé.<br />
** Avec le bouton {{man button|Fichier prévu pour être téléchargé}} permettant de naviguer jusqu'au fichier voulu<br />
* {{man label|Description}} : Donner une description pour ce fichier. Par défaut: '''Arbre de la famille Martin'''<br />
* {{man label|Nom du fichier}} : Second fichier prévu pour être téléchargé.<br />
** Avec le bouton {{man button|Fichier prévu pour être téléchargé}} permettant de naviguer jusqu'au fichier voulu<br />
* {{man label|Description}} : Donner une description pour ce fichier. Par défaut: '''Arbre de la famille Bernard'''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options avancées====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagaoptavanc_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Options avancées]]<br />
Ces paramètres indiquent le niveau d'informations à afficher dans les pages de liste de noms de famille ou d'individus.<br />
* {{man label|Encodage de caractères}} : L'encodage à utiliser pour les fichiers internet.<br />
**'''Unicode UTF-8 (recommandé)''' (Par défaut)<br />
**ISO-8859-1<br />
**ISO-8859-2<br />
**ISO-8859-3<br />
**ISO-8859-4<br />
**ISO-8859-5<br />
**ISO-8859-6<br />
**ISO-8859-7<br />
**ISO-8859-8<br />
**ISO-8859-9<br />
**ISO-8859-10<br />
**ISO-8859-11<br />
**ISO-8859-12<br />
**ISO-8859-13<br />
**ISO-8859-14<br />
**ISO-8859-15<br />
**koi8_r<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure un lien vers la personne active}}<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure une colonne pour les dates de naissance dans les pages index}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une colonne pour les dates de décès dans les pages index}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une colonne pour les conjoints dans les pages index}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une colonne pour les parents dans les pages index}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les demi-frères et demi-sœurs sur la page de l'individu}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Inclure====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagainclure_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Option Inclure]]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les pages de la famille}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les pages événement}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les lieux}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les pages des sources}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les pages dépôt}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure un fichier GENDEX (gendex.txt)}} : Cette option créé un fichier GENDEX à la racine du site internet. Vous pouvez trouver des sites qui supportent ce format et en apprendre plus via [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GENDEX l'article Wikipédia de GENDEX] (en anglais).<br />
* {{man label|Inclure les pages adresses}}<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Création de la page des statistiques}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options Carte du lieu====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagaoptcartelieu_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Options Carte du lieu]]<br />
* {{man label|Service cartographique}}: Choisissez votre service cartographique pour la création des pages Carte du lieu.<br />
** '''OpenStreetMap'''<br />
** Google© : pour que cette option fonctionne, une {{man label|clé d'API Google maps}} doit être entrée. Pour l'obtenir, rendez-vous sur la plateforme [https://cloud.google.com/maps-platform/ Google maps] et sélectionnez le bouton «Commencer» en haut et à droite de la page puis suivez les instructions.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure une carte dans les pages du lieu}} : Inclure ou non une carte du lieu sur la page des lieux, quand Latitude/Longitude sont disponibles.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure des liens vers une carte avec tous les lieux familiaux}} : Ajouter ou non un lien sur la page de l'individu qui pointe vers une carte de tous les lieux de la famille. Ceci vous permettra de voir votre famille à travers le pays.<br />
* {{man label|Google/ Option carte familiale}} : Sélectionner l'option que vous souhaitez utiliser pour la carte familiale Google Maps…<br />
** '''Liens familiaux'''<br />
** Déposer<br />
** Marqueurs<br />
* {{man label|Clé API de Google Maps}}<br />
{{man warn|Pour obtenir une "clé d'API Google maps :"|Visitez le site https://cloud.google.com/maps-platform/pricing/sheet/ car cela peut avoir un coût et une carte de paiement peut être nécessaire.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Autre inclusion (CMS, Calendrier internet, Php)====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_sagaautreinclus_51_fr.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pages Web Saga - Option Autre inclusion]]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Doit-on inclure ces pages dans un CMS internet ?}}<br />
* {{man label|URI:}} <code>/NAVWEB</code> (par défaut) - Où générer le site internet ?<br />
**Le bouton {{man button|Où doit-on générer le site internet}} en bout de ligne permet de naviguer jusqu'au répertoire souhaité.<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Doit-on inclure le calendrier internet ?}}<br />
** {{man label|URI:}} <code>/WEBCAL</code> (default) - Où générer le calendrier internet ?<br />
**Le bouton {{man button|Où doit-on générer le calendrier internet}} en bout de ligne permet de naviguer jusqu'au répertoire souhaité.<br />
{{-}}<br />
Voir aussi :<br />
* [[Howto:_Make_a_genealogy_website_with_Gramps#Integration_of_NarrativeWeb_in_a_CMS_or_MVS]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===<u>Calendrier internet</u>===<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_calendrier_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Page internet Calendrier - Exemple avec feuille de style Basique-Cyprès]]<br />
<br />
Le calendrier internet affiche les évènements des individus sélectionnés sur un ensemble de mois. Vous pouvez lancer la création de ce rapport par le menu {{man menu|Rapports-->Pages internet-->Calendrier internet…}}.<br />
<br />
Il y a des options pour filtrer les individus, choisir les années à inclure (par défaut, seulement l'année en cours est incluse) ; s'il faut inclure seulement les personnes vivantes et s'il faut inclure les dates de naissance et les anniversaires de mariage ; les notes peuvent être incluses dans les pages mensuelles et des pages de résumé des évènements peuvent être ajoutées.<br />
<br />
Ce rapport est conçu pour fonctionner avec le rapport Pages internet [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Rapports#Saga_sur_internet |Saga (pages narratives)]]. Il y a un lien 'Souche' sur chaque page qui pointe vers la page principale du rapport internet Saga. Il y a aussi une option pour inclure des liens à partir des individus dans le calendrier vers cet individu dans le rapport Saga. <br />
<br />
Travailler avec le rapport Saga suppose que les deux rapports aient été conçus de façon compatible par l'utilisateur. Il n'y a pas de vérification automatique de la compatibilité entre les deux. Si les pages ne sont pas compatibles, l'utilisateur risque d'avoir une erreur 'Page not found'.<br />
<br />
La compatibilité dépend de :<br />
<br />
# L'inclusion des mêmes individus dans les deux rapports,<br />
# l'enregistrement des pages dans des répertoires compatibles.<br />
<br />
Afin d'inclure les mêmes individus dans les deux rapports, les mêmes filtres doivent être utilisés et ainsi que des options similaires pour les individus vivants ou les données privées.<br />
<br />
Par défaut, le site Web Saga est enregistré dans le répertoire "<code>~/<Nom de l'arbre>+NAVWEB</code>", et par défaut, le site calendrier internet est enregistré dans le répertoire "<code>~/<Nom de l'arbre>+WEBCAL</code>". Si ces valeurs par défaut sont conservées, les différents liens devraient fonctionner correctement. Si les répertoires ont été modifiés, le lien 'URL de départ' de l'onglet 'Options du contenu' et le lien 'Destination' de l'onglet 'Options du rapport' doivent être modifiés en conséquence.<br />
<br />
Si le calendrier internet n'est pas destiné à être utilisé en association avec le site Web Saga, le texte de 'URL de départ' de l'onglet 'Options du contenu' doit être supprimé pour s'assurer qu'aucun lien vers la 'Souche' ne sera créé.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport====<br />
<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_calendrieroptions_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Calendrier internet - Options]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Destination}} : Le répertoire de destination pour les fichiers internet. La valeur par défaut étant le répertoire {{man label|/votre répertoire personnel/WEBCAL}}.<br />
* {{man label|Titre du calendrier}} : que vous pouvez modifier ('''Mon Calendrier familial''' par défaut).<br />
* {{man label|Filtre}} : (Tout individu correspondant au filtre et qui n'est pas exclus par les règles de données privées sera inclus dans la sortie). Les choix possibles :<br />
**'''Toute la base de données''' (par défaut)<br />
**Descendants de <la personne active><br />
**Familles descendantes de <la personne active><br />
**Ascendants de <la personne active><br />
**Individus ayant un ascendant commun avec <la personne active><br />
**Tout filtre personnel que vous avez créé<br />
* {{man label|Filtre sur l'individu}} : L'individu central pour le rapport (disponible seulement si vous ne choisissez pas toute la base de données - La personne active par défaut). Utilisez le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner un individu différent}} pour sélectionner un autre individu.<br />
* {{man label|Extension}} : L'extension à utiliser pour les fichiers internet.<br />
** '''.html''' (Default)<br />
** .htm<br />
** .shtml<br />
** .php<br />
** .php3<br />
** .cgi<br />
* {{man label|License}} : Le droit d'auteur à utiliser pour les pages internet.<br />
** '''Droit d'auteur standard''' (par défaut)<br />
** Creative Commons - Paternité<br />
** Creative Commons - Paternité, Pas de modifications<br />
** Creative Commons - Paternité, Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'identique<br />
** Creative Commons - Paternité, Pas d'utilisation commerciale<br />
** Creative Commons - Paternité, Pas d'utilisation commerciale, Pas de modifications<br />
** Creative Commons - Paternité, Pas d'utilisation commerciale, Partage des Conditions Initiales à l'identique<br />
** Pas de note de licence <br />
* {{man label|Feuille de style}} : La feuilles de style à utiliser pour les pages internet. Il est fortement conseillé de définir une feuille de style pour la lisibilité du calendrier.<br />
** '''Aucune feuille de style'''<br />
** Basique-Bleu<br />
** Basique-Cyprès<br />
** Basique-Frêne<br />
** Basique-Lilas<br />
** Basique-Pêcher<br />
** Basique-Épicéa<br />
** Malvoyants<br />
** Mayence<br />
** Nebraska<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du rapport (2)====<br />
<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_calendrieroptions2_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Calendrier internet - Options (2) ]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Format des noms}}<br />
: Sélection du format d'affichage pour les noms. Choisissez:<br />
:*Nom, prénom Suffixe ('''par défaut''')<br />
:*Prénom Nom Suffixe<br />
:*Prénom<br />
:*Nom, Prénom Patronyme Suffixe Préfixe<br />
:*Nom, prénom usuel<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les données privées}} (non coché par défaut) - S’il faut inclure les données privées.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure SEULEMENT les individus vivants}} (coché par défaut) - N'inclure que les individus vivants dans le calendrier. <br />
* {{man label|Traduction:}} La traduction à utiliser pour ce rapport.<br />
* {{man label|Format des dates :}} Le format et la langue pour les dates avec des exemples<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options du contenu====<br />
<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_calendrieroptioncontenu_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Calendrier internet - Options du contenu]]<br />
<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Créer des calendrier sur plusieurs années}} (non coché par défaut). Si coché, les années à créer sont définies dans les champs suivant.<br />
** {{man label|Année de départ pour les calendrier :}} (par défaut, l'année en cours)<br />
** {{man label|Dernière année pour les calendriers :}} (par défaut, l'année en cours) ; actif seulement si la première case à cocher a été validée.<br />
* {{man label|Pays pour les jours fériés :}} Sélectionnez le pays pour voir les jours fériés dans le calendrier (vide par défaut)<br />
* {{man label|Premier jour de la semaine :}} (par défaut '''Dimanche''')<br />
* {{man label|Nom de naissance :}} Sélectionne le nom de famille à afficher pour les femmes mariées.<br />
** '''L'épouse garde son nom de jeune fille''' (par défaut)<br />
** L'épouse utilise le nom de son mari (à partir de la première famille listée)<br />
** L'épouse utilise le nom de son mari (à partir de la dernière famille listée)<br />
* {{man label|URL de départ :}} ('''<code>../../Nom de l'arbre_NAVWEB/index.html</code>''' par défaut) Le lien à utiliser pour rediriger l'utilisateur vers la page principale du site internet associé '''Saga (pages narratives)'''.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Options avancées====<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_calendrieroptionavancé_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Calendrier internet - Options avancées]]<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Encodage de caractères :}} L'encodage à utiliser pour les fichiers Web. <br />
** '''Unicode UTF-8 (recommendé)''' (par défaut)<br />
** ISO-8859-1<br />
** ISO-8859-2<br />
** ISO-8859-3<br />
** ISO-8859-4<br />
** ISO-8859-5<br />
** ISO-8859-6<br />
** ISO-8859-7<br />
** ISO-8859-8<br />
** ISO-8859-9<br />
** ISO-8859-10<br />
** ISO-8859-13<br />
** ISO-8859-14<br />
** ISO-8859-15<br />
** koi8_r<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Créer les pages évènement pour un jour du calendrier résumé}} (non coché par défaut) Créer ou non des pages d'évènements par jour. A partir de la page «Année résumée», un clic sur un jour ouvre alors une page qui liste les évènements de ce jour.<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les dates de naissance}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} {{man label|Inclure les anniversaires de mariage}} (coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Inclure les dates de décès}} (non coché par défaut)<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Lien vers le rapport Saga}} (non coché par défaut) : s'il faut créer, dans le calendrier, des liens directs vers les pages du site Saga (chemin du site indiqué ci-dessous)<br />
* {{man label|Montrer les informations seulement après l'an :}} Montrer les évènements seulement après cette année. (par défaut, c'est l'année courante - l'«espérance de vie maximale» définie dans les préférences de Gramps - exemple :2021 - 110 = 1911)<br />
* {{man label|Lien préfixe :}} '''<code>../../nom de l'arbre_NAVWEB/</code>''' Le chemin vers le site Saga. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes Jan - Juin====<br />
<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_calendriernotesjanjuin_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Web Calendar - Web Pages - Jan-Jun Notes - tab default options]]<br />
<br />
Pour chacun des six premiers mois une note existante peut être sélectionnée par le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner une note existante}} en bout de ligne.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes Juil - Déc====<br />
<br />
[[File:Pagesweb_calendriernotesjuildec_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Web Calendar - Web Pages - Jan-Jun Notes - tab default options]]<br />
<br />
Pour chacun des six derniers mois une note existante peut être sélectionnée par le bouton {{man button|Sélectionner une note existante}} en bout de ligne.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Voir [[#Calendrier|Calendrier]]<br />
<br />
===<u>Rapport Web local Topola</u>===<br />
[[File:Topola_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Arbre en ligne Topola]]<br />
Il s'agit d'une fonctionnalité accessible avec l'extension de tierce partie [[Fr:Interactive Family Tree|Interactive Family Tree]]. Elle ne crée pas un site mais utilise localement une application web pour afficher votre arbre généalogique sans avoir à exporter vos données ! La mise en page est moderne, colorée et interactive : un clic sur la case d'un individu recentre l'arbre sur cet individu.<br />
<br />
Trois types d'arbres sont possibles et ils peuvent être imprimés ou téléchargés.<br />
<br />
Une fois le greffon installé, cette fonction est accessible par le menu {{man menu|Outils -> Analyse et exploration -> Interactive Family Tree…}}<br />
<br />
Plus d'informations sur la page du greffon [[Fr:Interactive Family Tree|Interactive Family Tree]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==Rapports Express==<br />
<br />
Les '''Rapports Express''' sont des rapports sous forme de fenêtre contextuelle disponibles dans les menus contextuels de la plupart des vues et dans certains dialogues de modification. Ils peuvent aussi être créés par les utilisateurs, même si leurs connaissances en programmation sont limitées. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Nouvelle fonctionnalité dans Gramps 5.2.0|Option {{man label|Tout copier}} ajoutée dans le menu contextuel (click droit) des résultats en tableaux pour les rapports express qui en contiennent. Cette option est aussi disponible pour les autres rapports express où le résultat n'est pas en tableau.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:Rapportexpress_menu_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menu contextuel de rapport Express dans la vue de la catégorie Individus]]<br />
<br />
Voir aussi le '''Gramplet''' [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Gramplets#Vue_Express|Vue Express]] qui est paramètrable et permet d'afficher dans la barre inférieure ou la barre latérale le Rapport Express que vous voulez voir. Il sera actualisé à la volée selon l'item avec lequel vous travaillez. <br />
{{-}} <br />
<br />
Les Rapports Express suivant sont disponibles :<br />
* ''Tableau de bord'' - non disponible<br />
** mais vous pouvez utiliser le Gramplet [[Fr:Manuel_wiki_pour_Gramps_5.2_-_Gramplets#Vue_Express|Vue Express]]<br />
* ''Individus'' et ''Dialogue de modification de l'individu''<br />
** Frères et sœurs : liste les frères et sœurs de la personne active avec leur genre, date de naissance et le type de relation de la fratrie.<br />
** Lignée maternelle : liste les femmes ascendantes de la personne active qui correspond à la lignée mtDNA, c'est à dire, qui partagent le même ADN mitochondrial. Il affiche aussi les descendantes féminins.<br />
** Lignée paternelle : liste les hommes ascendants de la personne active qui correspondent à la lignée Y, c'est à dire qui partagent le même chromosome Y. Il affiche aussi les descendants masculins.<br />
** Même nom de famille : liste tous les individus ayant le même nom de famille que la personne active, avec leur date de naissance et l'origine du nom. [[File:Rapportexpress_nomfamil_51_fr.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Exemple de Rapport Express «Même nom de famille» pour la vue Indiviuds, avec menu contextuel]]<br />
** Même prénom : liste les individus dont le prénom inclut celui de la personne active avec leur date de naissance et l'origine de leur nom.<br />
** Relation avec la souche : indique le lien de parenté entre la personne active et la souche puis l'ascendant commun et le chemin détaillé vers cet ascendant commun pour la personne active et pour la souche.<br />
** Références (Individu) : les références enregistrées pour cet individu.<br />
** Tous les évènements : tous les évènements répertoriés pour cet individu.<br />
<br />
* ''Relations'' - '''Non disponible'''<br />
<br />
* ''Familles'' et ''Dialogue de modification de la famille''<br />
** Références : les références enregistrées pour la famille.<br />
** Tous les évènements familiaux : tous les évènements de la famille et des individus qui la composent, parents et enfants.<br />
<br />
* ''Graphiques'' - '''Non disponible'''<br />
<br />
* ''Évènements''<br />
** Ce jour : les évènements du jour de l'évènement sélectionné, ceux du même mois puis de la même année qui sont enregistrés dans votre arbre.<br />
** Références (Évènement) : les individus, familles, etc ayant cet évènement en référence.<br />
<br />
* ''Lieux''<br />
** Références (Lieu) : tous les évènements ayant le lieu sélectionné en référence.<br />
<br />
* ''Géographie'' - '''Non disponible'''<br />
<br />
* ''Sources''<br />
** Références (Source) : tous les items ayant la source sélectionnée en référence.<br />
<br />
* ''Citations''<br />
** Références (Citation) : tous les items ayant la citation sélectionnée en référence.<br />
<br />
* ''Dépôts''<br />
** Références du dépôt : tous les items ayant le dépôt sélectionné en référence.<br />
<br />
* ''Media''<br />
** Références (Media) : tous les items ayant le media sélectionné en référence.<br />
<br />
* ''Notes''<br />
** Références (Note) : tous les items ayant la note sélectionnée en référence.<br />
** Références lien : s'il y a un lien dans la note, les items référencés dans ce lien.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Concevoir votre propre Rapport Express ===<br />
Vous pouvez créer votre propre Rapport Express même avec des connaissances limitées en programmation.<br />
<br />
Beaucoup d'utilisateurs veulent créer rapidement une vue de leurs données pour leurs besoins, mais sont arrêtés par le fait qu'ils ne veulent pas apprendre tout le langage Python, ni les implications complexes d'un programme comme Gramps. <br />
<br />
Ces vues sont des courts rapports textuels que l'utilisateur peut enregistrer dans Gramps pour qu'ils apparaissent dans les menus contextuels. <br />
Pour ce faire, des [https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interface_de_programmation API] pour un [[Simple Access API|accès simple à la base de données]] et une [[Report_API|interface basique]] ont été construits afin de contourner au maximum la complexité.<br />
<br />
Voir [[Quick Views|Quick Views Coding page]] pour créer le vôtre.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index/fr|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets/fr|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1/fr|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual - Reports}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright/fr}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Fr:Documentation|R]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Addon:Plugin_ManagerV2&diff=103290
Addon:Plugin ManagerV2
2024-03-20T15:51:43Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Technical details */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Addon:Plugin ManagerV2}}<br />
{{Third-party plugin}}<br />
{{man warn|Warning this '''Replaces''' the standard built-in [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|original {{man label|Plugin Manager}}]]|If you want to return to the original plugin manager, use '''Plugin Manager Enhanced''' to uninstall itself, listed as "Plugin Manager Enhanced".}}<br />
[[File:PlugInManager-addon-example-52.png|thumb|right|450px|Plugin Manager Enhanced (version 2) - showing example plugins listing]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Plugin Manager Enhanced}} addon provides a single unified dialog that combines the Registered and Loaded plugins with all the available 3rd party plugins replacing the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|original plugin manager]]<br />
<br />
Note: This page is for the manager used with Gramps 5.2, and documents the updates to make it work with Gramps 5.2.<br />
__TOC__<br />
==Usage==<br />
[[File:Menubar-Help-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|200px| Replaces the built-in "Help > Plugin Manager" ]]<br />
Accessed by using the standard menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Help|Help->Plugin Manager]]}}.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the addon in a session, it will connect to the internet and retrieve the current 3rd party addons list.<br />
<br />
==Features==<br />
* Single unified dialog combining Registered and Loaded plugins with all the available 3rd party plugin addons.<br />
* Status column indicates status of Addon, Available, Installed, Built-in, Update Available, and hidden (via strike-through). A Failed addon also displays 'Failed' status in red.<br />
* All of Available, Installed, and Built-in plugins can be hidden from the dialog list, and if installed, hidden from the normal user interface.<br />
* A "Show hidden items" checkbox allows the user to see addons that have been hidden.<br />
* A "Show built-in items" checkbox allows the user to see built-in addons if desired.<br />
* 'Available' and 'Update Available' addons can be installed from Addons pane, the {{man button|Install}} button becomes active when this is possible.<br />
* Installed addons can be un-installed from Addons pane; the {{man button|Uninstall}} appears when this is possible.<br />
* A {{man button|Wiki}} button will launch a wiki page for the Addon/Plugin if one is available.<br />
* The lower pane provides information on all addon types; includes 'Loaded' and failure type and stack traceback, when applicable.<br />
* If Gramps is in 'debug' mode, the {{man button|Load}}, and {{man button|Edit}} buttons appear; load and edit are greyed out when addon is not installed.<br />
* After updates of View mode plugins or Gramplets, or uninstalls, the user is reminded to restart Gramps.<br />
* A '''Search''' box is available which will filter the dialog to only those addons which have a row or filename which include all the search terms.<br />
<br />
== Technical details==<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Plugin Manager Enhanced}} addon uses the the plugin system to replace the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|original plugin manager]]. It installs itself as a "Plugin lib" early in the Gramps startup sequence. It patches itself into the Gramps Help Menu instead of the original [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager...|Addon Manager]].<br />
<br />
Gramps 'debug' mode is started if the optimize option for Python <nowiki>Python -O gramps.py</nowiki> is ommitted.<br />
<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Addon:Plugin_ManagerV2&diff=103289
Addon:Plugin ManagerV2
2024-03-20T15:51:28Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Technical details */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Addon:Plugin ManagerV2}}<br />
{{Third-party plugin}}<br />
{{man warn|Warning this '''Replaces''' the standard built-in [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|original {{man label|Plugin Manager}}]]|If you want to return to the original plugin manager, use '''Plugin Manager Enhanced''' to uninstall itself, listed as "Plugin Manager Enhanced".}}<br />
[[File:PlugInManager-addon-example-52.png|thumb|right|450px|Plugin Manager Enhanced (version 2) - showing example plugins listing]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Plugin Manager Enhanced}} addon provides a single unified dialog that combines the Registered and Loaded plugins with all the available 3rd party plugins replacing the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|original plugin manager]]<br />
<br />
Note: This page is for the manager used with Gramps 5.2, and documents the updates to make it work with Gramps 5.2.<br />
__TOC__<br />
==Usage==<br />
[[File:Menubar-Help-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|200px| Replaces the built-in "Help > Plugin Manager" ]]<br />
Accessed by using the standard menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Help|Help->Plugin Manager]]}}.<br />
<br />
The first time you use the addon in a session, it will connect to the internet and retrieve the current 3rd party addons list.<br />
<br />
==Features==<br />
* Single unified dialog combining Registered and Loaded plugins with all the available 3rd party plugin addons.<br />
* Status column indicates status of Addon, Available, Installed, Built-in, Update Available, and hidden (via strike-through). A Failed addon also displays 'Failed' status in red.<br />
* All of Available, Installed, and Built-in plugins can be hidden from the dialog list, and if installed, hidden from the normal user interface.<br />
* A "Show hidden items" checkbox allows the user to see addons that have been hidden.<br />
* A "Show built-in items" checkbox allows the user to see built-in addons if desired.<br />
* 'Available' and 'Update Available' addons can be installed from Addons pane, the {{man button|Install}} button becomes active when this is possible.<br />
* Installed addons can be un-installed from Addons pane; the {{man button|Uninstall}} appears when this is possible.<br />
* A {{man button|Wiki}} button will launch a wiki page for the Addon/Plugin if one is available.<br />
* The lower pane provides information on all addon types; includes 'Loaded' and failure type and stack traceback, when applicable.<br />
* If Gramps is in 'debug' mode, the {{man button|Load}}, and {{man button|Edit}} buttons appear; load and edit are greyed out when addon is not installed.<br />
* After updates of View mode plugins or Gramplets, or uninstalls, the user is reminded to restart Gramps.<br />
* A '''Search''' box is available which will filter the dialog to only those addons which have a row or filename which include all the search terms.<br />
<br />
== Technical details==<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Plugin Manager Enhanced}} addon uses the the plugin system to replace the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|original plugin manager]]. It installs itself as a "Plugin lib" early in the Gramps startup sequence. It patches itself into the Gramps Help Menu instead of the original [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager...|Addon Manager].<br />
<br />
Gramps 'debug' mode is started if the optimize option for Python <nowiki>Python -O gramps.py</nowiki> is ommitted.<br />
<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=User_talk:Bamaustin&diff=103182
User talk:Bamaustin
2024-03-19T01:45:08Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* improve grammar and clarify Jump to Gramps ID is not just for "Person" */</p>
<hr />
<div>Please be careful with your edits removing categories. [[User:Patsyblefebre|Patsy B Lefebre]] ([[User talk:Patsyblefebre|talk]])<br />
<br />
[[User:Bamaustin|Bamaustin]] ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]]) 18:14, 12 March 2023 (UTC)<br />
Sorry! Must've fat-fingered the mouse click... had an accidental highlight to bottom of page instead of just setting the insert point for the added text in the "See Also" of the "Contact" wiki article. (Took me a while to discover where you had to do the repair.)<br />
<br />
Rolled back edit on "Third-party Addons" page, see [https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Third-party_Addons&action=history history] for why, please be careful. [[User:Patsyblefebre|Patsy B Lefebre]] ([[User talk:Patsyblefebre|talk]]) 20:14, 17 October 2023 (UTC)<br />
<br />
== delete these MediaWiki account ==<br />
Hi Patsy! Are you able to delete these MediaWiki accounts? If so, please delete this "Emyoulation" ... it was a "new user test" account. All my other work is under the earlier "Bamaustin" account and it would be bad if contact attempts via the test account's "Talk" page went unseen. <br />
<br />
Thanks either way<br />
<br />
[[User:Emyoulation|Emyoulation]] ([[User talk:Emyoulation|talk]]) 16:41, 9 December 2023 (UTC)<br />
<br />
seconded!<br />
<br />
[[User:Bamaustin|Bamaustin]] ([[User talk:Bamaustin|talk]])<br />
<br />
: Ok done. But I'm only able to block the account [[User:Patsyblefebre|Patsy B Lefebre]] ([[User talk:Patsyblefebre|talk]]) 23:00, 21 December 2023 (UTC)<br />
<br />
Thank you. Good to know there isn't a delete.<br />
<br />
== improve grammar and clarify Jump to Gramps ID is not just for "Person"==<br />
Thanks for improving my non English grammar. Also I was under the impression you could only us jump for Person but can see I was wrong. If you have a moment can you provide feedback on [this](https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/User:Gioto/sandbox) please? [[User:Gioto|Gioto]] ([[User talk:Gioto|talk]]) 00:53, 19 March 2024 (UTC)<br />
<br />
----<br />
Hi Gioto. The grammar had been unchanged for quite some while. Your edit just attracted attention. (Every time I start to read the Wiki ... instead of just using it for a reference... the missing content distracts me. I am trying to fill in links from the Glossary "Custom Types" to where they are introduced in the wiki.) <br />
<br />
Regarding the sandbox.<br />
<br />
Noticed that the layout is slightly incorrect. The Navigator and Sidebar are taller. The stacked Search Bar, Display and Bottombar together are the same height as those 2.<br />
<br />
You're right. Text representations may be easier than screen captures for Translators. I tried including GIMP templates and gramps.ini files so translators could edit the text... but MediaWiki does not want to manage those filetypes.</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation&diff=103180
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Navigation
2024-03-19T00:41:44Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Jump to by Gramps ID */ improve grammar and clarify Jump to Gramps ID is not just for "Person"</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|10}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
As long as any [[Genealogy_Glossary#family_tree|Family Tree]] database is open, Gramps is focused on a single person usually referred to as an [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]. This allows you to view or modify the data concerning this person, his or her immediate family, etc. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|Navigating in the Family Tree]] database (i.e. moving from person to person) is in fact nothing else but changing the Active Person. <br />
<br />
This section describes many alternative ways to navigate through the database using both the complex and the convenient interfaces Gramps provides. All these ways fundamentally accomplish the same result, but some methods of navigating will be more convenient than others... depending on what you are doing in Gramps at the moment.<br />
<br />
== Using the People Category ==<br />
<br />
The most intuitive way to select an Active Person is to use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People Category]]. When in the People Category, just select the name of the desired person from the list by clicking that list entry. The person you have selected becomes active. The statusbar updates to reflect the change of the active person.<br />
<br />
See also<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Editing information about people]]<br />
<br />
== Using the Relationships Category ==<br />
<br />
When in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]], you can easily navigate between the members of the displayed family as follows:<br />
<br />
Click on the underlined name of the person you want to go to and this person will be the new active person of the Relationships Category.<br />
<br />
The name of the currently active person is not underlined.<br />
<br />
In addition to this, Gramps provides an extensive set of keyboard navigation options. The detailed reference to the key bindings is found in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|Appendix B: Keybindings reference]].<br />
<br />
== Using the Families Category ==<br />
<br />
When in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families Category]], you can easily navigate between the displayed families.<br />
<br />
The Families can be used to visually compare a series of families for possible duplicates and missing data. Sorting on the different columns allows putting similarly named Partners in close proximity allowing Spouses to be compared. You can match by Given name or Nickname by temporarily changing "Name format" in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display tab]] of {{man menu|Edit ▶ Preferences...}} dialog. As an example, a name format of "Given Surname Suffix" would makes the column sort on the nickname name. <br />
<br />
Merging two families will not only combine the Family secondary objects, but also simultaneously merge the two fathers and two mothers. <br />
<br />
The Family view's Filter Gramplet allows searching for Persons in different family roles. So you might look for Families with a father named "John", a mother named "Mary" and a child named "Thomas".<br />
<br />
== Using the Charts [[File:22x22-gramps-pedigree.png]] Category ==<br />
[[File:TimelinePedigreeView-Addon-example-51.png|thumb|right|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Timeline Pedigree View - 3rd Party Addon for Chart Category - context menu example]]<br />
Gramps relies heavily on form-based layouts of linked list items. These imply relationships between records in your family Tree. The '''Charts Category''' provides an alternative, more visual, way of representing those relationships. The positions, shapes, and colors of containers along with their connecting lines &amp; arrows can show an extra depth of interrelation with different factors. Containers can be simple color filled boxes, arcs, ribbons, or many other shapes.<br />
<br />
But the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts Category]] also provides an alternative way to navigate through the family tree. The benefit of this method is that you can see more than one generation of the family tree. So you can jump directly from a great-grandson to a great-grandfather without going through the intermediate generations.<br />
<br />
Note that after changing the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] in the Charts Category, the Chart View is re-adjusted to the newly selected Active Person focus. When in the Charts Category, you can easily navigate between the members of the displayed family tree as follows:<br />
<br />
To make any displayed person the Active Person focus, left-click their corresponding container. Right-clicking the container will invoke a context menu with options appropriate to contents. <br />
<br />
The a context menu for a Person container may contain &#x25B6;sub-menus listing all spouses, siblings, children, and parents of the corresponding Person. The first entry in the context menu will usually be the name of the Person in that container. (It could alternately be an Edit option.) Selecting the Person name will shift focus in the same way as left-clicking the container. You can also change the Active Person focus to any of the spouses, siblings, children, or parents of any displayed person. <br />
<br />
Some charts views have an obvious navigational correlation. Moving through generations intuitively matches moving to the left, right, upwards or downwards in the chart. These may have custom directional navigation buttons to allow navigation by clicking rather than dragging. <br />
<br />
As an example, to change the focus of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Pedigree_View|Pedigree View]]{{icon|ance}} to a child (if any exists) of the current Active Person, click the {{man button|&#x276E;}} (''Left Arrowhead'') button to the left of the Active Person&rsquo;s chart box. If there is only one child, the focus changes immediately. If the Active Person has more than one child, the {{man button|&#x276E;}} (''Left Arrowhead'') button expands with a pop-up menu with a selectable list of the children. (For this particular {{man button|&#x276E;}} (''Left Arrowhead'') button, the pop-up menu list of Children is sorted by that Parent&lsquo;s Marriage order, sub-sorted by Birth order. These [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|orders can be changed]] globally in the Relationships category.) <br />
<br />
{{man tip|Advantages of using context (right-click) menus|Direct access to spouse and siblings. Complete lists of all member of all categories, not only the preferred members.}} <br />
Like containers, buttons may have alternate features accessed by right-clicking and choosing from a contexual pop-up menu. <br />
<br />
Other buttons are less obvious aids to navigating to not People but features of Gramps. Using the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Pedigree_View|Pedigree View]]{{icon|ance}} example again, rolling over the lines between boxes shows a hint with any known basic details about the relationship and double-clicking those lines opens the editor for that Family. And double-clicking the Active Person box opens the editor for that Person. It is well worth reading the detailed documentation on each Chart View to discover these hidden shortcuts to favorite features. <br />
<br />
The built-in Views of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Chart Category]] are introduced in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories|Categories]] reference section. Some are described in greater depth in articles listed at the bottom of the View&rsquo;s introductory section. <br />
<br />
The collection of Views in the Charts Category can be expanded with 3rd Party Addons using the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]] feature of Gramps. The available 3rd Party Addon plug-ins can be found under the '''View''' column of the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|list of Addons]] table. The maintenance of a few 3rd Party Addon Views has been adopted by the Gramps volunteer team over the years. These became 'built-in' after being vetted and then included in the main Gramps distributions. Articles about using each Addon View are linked to the label '''Plugin/Documentation''' column. The quality of documentation varies dramatically for these articles.<br />
<br />
== Using Gramplets ==<br />
<br />
[[File:DashboardCategoryView-example-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dashboard Category view - with example Gramplets shown]]<br />
<br />
On the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#The_split-screen_Sidebar_.26_Bottombar|Sidebar and bottombar]], you can add Gramplets to expand your navigation options beyond a single generation's distance. Some examples are:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Relatives|Relatives]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Descendants|Descendants]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Pedigree|Pedigree]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Fan_Chart|Fan Chart]] <br />
<br />
These examples provide the ability to navigate the Active Person focus with using the perspective of familial relationship... to nearby relatives, descendants or ancestors. Future Gramplets might allow navigating by geographical proximity, [[Addon:DNASegmentMapGramplet|DNA matching]] or some other connection we haven't yet considered. <br />
<br />
The text based Gramplets tend to have names [[#Hotlink_Navigation|hotlinked for navigation]] while the graphical ones may use [[#Contextual_Menu_Navigation|contextual menus]]. <br />
<!--<br />
This paragraph is redundant and convoluted. For users who are not familiar with adding Gramplets or switching between them, the introductory text is linked. <br />
<br />
On the right side of bars are often seen ">" ja "<" buttons which allow navigation between gramplets. Also Arrow down button is possible. By it you can add and remove gramplets and change to default gramplets of category.<br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Setting the Home Person ==<br />
<br />
One (and only one) person in the Family Tree database can be designated as the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]]. Once the Home Person is designated, returning the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] focus to that person becomes a matter of a single click, regardless of which Category is being used at the moment.<br />
<br />
To set the Home Person, first [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigate]] to that person using any method you like. Then choose the People category and select the menu {{man menu|Edit ->Set Home Person}}. Once this is done, you can move to the Home Person from anywhere in the database by simply clicking the Toolbar {{man button|Home}} icon. You can also choose the menu {{man menu|Go ->Home}} or select {{man label|Home}} item from any context menu available on the right click or use the keyboard shortcut {{man key press|Alt|Home}}.<br />
<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|Settings#Setting Home Person]]<br />
* On the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person dialog]] you can select "Make Home Person" from the context menu.<br />
<br />
== Setting the Active Person ==<br />
<br />
The [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] is expected to be the contextual focus of actions, reports and edits. They are the selected item in the Person view or at top of the Relationship view.<br />
<br />
The Active Person focus may be selected directly or "navigated" to indirectly. Methods include:<br />
* clicking on a person's listing in the Person view<br />
* selecting the person from the [[#Bookmark_Navigation|Bookmarks]] menu <br />
* [[#Using_history-based_Navigation|Using history-based Navigation]]<br />
* [[#Hotlink_Navigation|hotlink navigation]]<br />
* [[#Contextual_Menu_Navigation|Context menus]] <br />
* [[#Notes_as_Navigational_Shortcuts|Notes as Navigational Shortcuts]]<br />
<br />
There is a selection highlight as a visual cue of the Active Person in the People View. In the Relationship View, the Active Person is shown in a separate section at the top. All other persons shown below have an immediate (parent, sibling, spouse, child) relationship with the Active Person. Optionally, the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Status Bar may set]] to list the focus Object for the View Category. (The Active Person is the focus for several View Categories.) <br />
<br />
===Hotlink Navigation===<br />
Normally, simply clicking on the hotlinked name of a Person will select that person and shift this Active Person contextual focus.<br />
<br />
[[File:Relationships-category-view-default-52.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Relationships Category view]]Each Person's name in the Person and Relationship category views is a hotlink. Changing the Active Person focus in Person view appears to merely change which record is highlighted. But this also causes Gramplets contents to be updated and the Relationship, Charts & Geography views to be re-focused on the new Active Person. <br />
<br />
Selecting a different hotlinked name in the Relationship category view causes a less subtle change. The perspective of how the family data is represented changes towards that focus. Their details move to the top section and their immediate family are re-arranged below.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Contextual Menu Navigation===<br />
However, hotlinked names in the References tab and Notes (and in some Gramplets) will merely open the Person Editor window ''without'' navigating the Active Person focus to that Person. (These links behave as though you had clicked an {{icon|stock_edit}}{{man button|Edit}} button instead of a hotlinked name.) This facilitates quickly editing Persons around the Active Person without the disorientation of a shifting focus.<br />
<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Context menu on the Person editor]]<br />
The Active Person focus can be set while in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person dialog]] by using the context menu (right-clicking) in the empty space of the header area. The {{Man menu|Make Active Person}} option in that context menu changes the Active Person focus to the Person being edited.<br />
<!-- redundant paragraph<br />
The focus can also be changed to a Recent individual (with the Forward/Back & Go menu selections), a Person who been added to the Bookmark menu, or to the Home Person.<br />
--≥<br />
<!--<br />
These commented out bullet items are confusing. Are they intended as a 'See also' subsection?<br />
<br />
In the 1st bullet, Active Person isn't a 'Category' by Gramps' definition nor MediaWiki's. The linked 'Active Person' section of wiki doesn't seem to be relevant to the section subject of navigating the Active Person focus. The target section header ('Active Person') appears in appropriately named. It should be renamed to disambiguate -- a part of a dialog should NOT be called 'Active Person'.<br />
The 2nd bullet is redundant given the previous paragraph & is a discontinuity. The hotlink COULD be moved to the 1st time the 'Person Editor' is mentioned in the section. <br />
<br />
* Categories: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Active_Person|Active Person]]<br />
* On the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person dialog]] you can select "Make Active Person" from the context menu.<br />
--><br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Using history-based Navigation ===<br />
[[File:History-based-navigation-tools-50.png|thumb|400px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Example of the history based navigation tools]]<br />
<br />
Gramps also features a powerful set of history-based navigation tools. These tools are similar to those commonly used in web browsers.<br />
<br />
They include {{man label|Back}} and {{man label|Forward}} items available from the {{man label|Go}} menu, context menus (available in People, Family, and Pedigree Categories), and the [[File:Gramps_Go-Previous48x48_win.png|text-bottom|20px]][[File:Go-next48x48_win.png|text-bottom|20px]] toolbar buttons. They also include the list of the recent selections available under the {{man label|Go}} menu that allows you to jump directly to any of the recent selections. Finally, right-clicking on the {{man button|< Back}} and {{man button|Forward >}} toolbar buttons invokes the popup menu with corresponding portion of the history. Select any item from the menu to jump directly to it.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bookmark Navigation ===<br />
<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
The Home button on the toolbar is a special case bookmark. It shifts the Active Person focus to the Person currently designated as the [[Gramps_Glossary#Home_Person|Home Person]]. This is so frequently useful that this feature also has a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keybinding]].<br />
<br />
Similar to setting the Home Person, you can bookmark other people from the database to simplify further navigation. To bookmark a person, first navigate to that person, then choose the menu {{man menu|Bookmarks ->Add Bookmark}}. To move to that person elsewhere in the database, choose the menu {{man menu|Bookmarks ->'''Person's name'''}} from the list of bookmarked names shown. The other categories have their own list of Bookmarks.<br />
<br />
[[File:Organizebookmarks-50.png|thumb|350px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Organize Bookmarks]]<br />
<br />
You can manage your bookmarks by choosing the menu {{man menu|Bookmarks ->Organize bookmarks...}} or [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybinding]] {{Man key press|Shift|CTRL|D}}. This opens the {{man label|Organize Bookmarks}} dialog with the list of bookmarks and the controls to modify this list.<br />
<br />
Use the {{man button|Up}} and {{man button|Down}} buttons to change the list sequence. Use the {{man button|Remove}} button to remove a Bookmark. The {{man button|Help}} will bring you to this page, and you close the {{man label|Organize Bookmarks}} window with the {{man button|Close}} button.<br />
<br />
The list of Bookmarked People can be selected through the People Category, as explained above, but is also shared with the Relationships and Charts Categories. <br />
<br />
On a similar basis, separate lists of Bookmarks are maintained in each of the following Categories: Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, and Notes.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Notes as Navigational Shortcuts ===<br />
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]<br />
There are separate Bookmarks lists in several categories. But they are still just simple lists. Long lists of bookmarks quickly become unwieldy. <br />
<br />
Persistent Links can be created in [[Gramps_Glossary#note|Notes]]. Use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]] in Notes to organize navigation links to different types of Gramps records following to your own organization methods. Once a Note has linked text, that linked record can be used like a Bookmark. In Note Gramplets where editing is not active, clicking on the Link open the Object Editor for that link. (It requires an extra modifier in the Noted Editor: navigate to that record by holding the {{Man key press|CTRL}} key and clicking on the Linked Text.) One note be used as a Linked Index to other Notes with different sets of Links. <br />
<br />
An example of a linked note might include an obituary where all the Persons, Places or even the Events are Linked. This makes it easier to navigate to the indirectly related (or even unrelated) pallbearers, funeral [[Gramps_Glossary#officiator|officiators]], or attendees. <br />
<br />
Another note might be the transcribed bibliography for the published original research of another genealogist. As you collect digital copies of those originally cited references, the linked bibliography can be used as a Source acquisition checklist. When completely Linked, the Bibliography can be use to navigate through Sources for each citation while searching for unsupported conclusions, inaccuracies or omissions.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Finding records ==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Finding People|You may want to first apply search filters to reduce the size of the list. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|search bar]] can be used for single term searches when the gramplets sidebar is not enabled. For more complex searches, gain access to the multiple term filter controls by enabling the gramplet sidebar (by choosing the {{man menu|View -> Sidebar}} menu) and choosing the Filter gramplet tab. Select the desired filter and click {{man button|Find}}. For details, see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters]].}}<br />
<br />
[[File:Find-people-list-view-typeahead-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Find people list view using Interactive search type ahead - example]]<br />
<br />
To find a record in one of the category list views, first switch to the appropriate category that provides the list of the desired records: People, Sources, Places, or Media. Select a line in the list to gain focus and then start typing the name of a person or the title of a Source, Place, or Media object that you are looking for, respectively. <br />
<br />
Alternatively, select a line in the list to gain focus and then you may press {{man key press|CTRL|F}} to turn on the search mode textbox. However, simply starting to type is also enough to both open the box and start entering the search term.<br />
<br />
As you type, the first matching record in the sort column of the list will scroll to the center of the list and be selected. As you type more characters, the match will be refined. As long as the search mode text box is visible, pressing the {{man key press|&#11015;}} down arrow cursor key will move to the next match while pressing the {{man key press| &#11014;}} up arrow cursor control key will move to the previous match. The box disappears after it is idle. (When there have been no keystrokes for between 5 and 15 seconds.) Without the Find box active, the cursor control keys revert to moving the records selection up and down the list.<br />
<br />
Changing the sort column (by clicking on the header) also changes the column being matched. Finding in a different sort column works best in Flat List view modes. (People or Place category view modes with hierarchical grouped are less responsive than Flat List view that are already sorted alphabetically.)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Jump to by Gramps ID===<br />
[[File:Jump-to-by-Gramps-ID-dialog-example-52.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} “Jump to by” Gramps ID - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Pressing {{man button|Ctrl + J}} will show the {{man label|“Jump to by” Gramps ID}} dialog allowing you enter the particular [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|Gramps ID]] in the current View you want to go to. <br />
<br />
{{man label|“Jump to by” Gramps ID}} only searches for an exact text match. The Gramps ID can either be generated automatically when the ID field is left blank when adding a record or [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#ID|manually entered]] as an override.<br />
<br />
It is similar to Find, except that it is not interactive and ONLY works on the Gramps ID field rather than the column that currently selected for sorting. And “{{man label|Jump to by Gramps ID}}” can change the focus for the active record in every view category except the Geography and Dashboard categories.<br />
<br />
See:<br />
* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/the-ctrl-j-jump-to-gramps-id-feature/3756 The Ctrl-J “Jump to” Gramps ID feature ] discussion<br />
<!--<br />
* Feature request: {{bug|9825}} "Jump to Gramps ID" Feedback improvements<br />
* Feature request: {{bug|12918}} Make Jump to Gramps ID functionality case-insensitive<br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Using the Clipboard ==<br />
<br />
{{man note|Not your ordinary Clipboard|Note, that the Gramps Clipboard doesn't work anything like a standard computer clipboard. It works like a real clipboard in that you drag things onto it, and drag-copy them off.}}<br />
{{man warn|Warning|{{man label|Clipboard}} storage is persistent within a single Gramps session. Closing the {{man label|Clipboard}} window will not lose the stored records. However, exiting Gramps will.<br><br>{{man menu|If you do need to save items between sessions there is a Third-party Addon [[Addon:Collections_Clipboard_Gramplet|Collections Clipboard Gramplet]] that does.}}}}<br />
<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - dialog - Showing Context menu (right click) example]]<br />
<br />
<br />
For an application like Gramps the {{man label|Clipboard}} is very important as it will help reduce repetitive data entry. <br />
<br />
The {{man label|Clipboard}} tool provides a temporary notepad to store database records for easy reuse during a single Gramps session eg: until you exit Gramps. In short, this is a sort of the copy-and-paste functionality extended from textual objects to other types of records used in Gramps. Clipboard makes extensive use of the [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop''] technique<br />
<br />
To invoke the {{man label|Clipboard}}, either choose the menu {{man menu|Edit->Clipboard}} or click the Toolbar {{man button|Clipboard}} button or use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#8|Keyboard shortcut (accelerator key)]] {{man key press|CTRL|B}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man label|Clipboard}} supports addresses, attributes (both personal and family), events (both personal and family), names, media objects references, citations, URLs, and of course textual information of notes and comments. To store any type of these records, simply drag the existing record on to the {{man label|Clipboard}} Pad from the corresponding editor dialog. To reuse the record, drag it from the Clipboard on to the corresponding place in the editor, e.g. Address tab, Attribute tab, etc.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|Some objects show a link icon in the left column and say 'ref' in the label. This indicates that dragging such selection will produce a reference to a shared object, not link the object itself. All the shared attributes will be replicated.For example, the media object file will not be duplicated. Instead, the reference will be made to an existing media object, which will result in the local gallery entry.}}<br />
=== Clipboard context menu ===<br />
Selecting a record using the the context menu (right click) will show the following three options for each record type:<br />
<br />
* {{man label|See the [RECORD TYPE] details}}<br />
* {{man label|Make the [RECORD TYPE] active}}<br />
* {{man label|Create Filter from the [RECORD TYPE] selected}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
;One example: You find a birth certificate of a person. In this certificate also the witnesses are mentioned. And the birth certificate also determines a source where the information was stored. The best way is to open the clipboard and drag the source you want to work with there. Then use drag and drop to use it in new items you use.<br />
<br />
Now you can finalize the information on the person editor screen. Drag that info also to the Clipboard.<br />
<br />
Now you add two new persons for the witnesses (assuming you do not have them already in your database). Simply drag and drop the birth info to the witness event screen. You are then presented with the screen where you can change the role of the witness to witness for this birth event. You do the same with the other witness.<br />
<br />
This saves you a lot of typing and possible errors.<br />
<br />
<span id="Using the Addon Manager..."></span><!-- Help button target for 5.2.0 Addon Manager --><br />
==Using the Addon Manager==<br />
{{man note|Addon Manager {{new|5.2.0}}|See: <br /> [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1312 Pull Request 1312] for introductory notes about developing the new '''Addon Manager''' feature<br />[https://gramps.discourse.group/t/internal-server-prerequistes-and-the-new-addon-manager/3867/3 Discourse thread about the {{man button|Requires}} button]}}<br />
[[File:AddonManager-example-listing-52.png|Right|thumb|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Addon Manager''' dialog showing the {{man label|Addon}} tab]]<br />
Gramps utilizes built-in and addon (aka "add-on") plugin (aka "[https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]") modules to extend the capabilities of the core application. One of the primary benefits of a plugin framework is that it allows evolution of a specific feature without needing to update the entire program. Addons should not be mistaken for being of lesser utility to basic users than core features or built-in plug-in. Nor does "Third-Party" mean an addon is of lesser quality. However, the addons published to the Gramps-Project GitHub repository have been vetted and will not covertly change your Tree data. <br />
<br />
The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Addon_Manager|Addon Manager]] provides a way to explore which Addons will enhance your personal workflows. And the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager]] (or the [[Addon:Plugin_Manager|Plugin Manager Enhanced]] addon) built-in plugins provide a way to customize Gramps to remove the clutter of features that you do not use. <br />
<br />
<br />
<br />
The {{man menu|Edit -> Addon Manager...}} window {{man label|Addons}} tab will list the third-party addon plugins available from the currently selected items on the {{man label|Projects}} tab. <br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
===Addon Manager===<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Addons====<br />
[[File:AddonManager-default-52.png|Right|thumb|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Addon Manager''' dialog showing default filters while loading the lists of available addons]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Addon Manager}} dialog's {{man label|Addons}} tab will show a list of available Addons. <br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
<br />
* Create [new Addon Manager](https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager) dialog. PR#[1312](https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1312)<br />
* Improve Addon Manager search. Fixes #12955.<br />
* Add project up, down and restore buttons.<br />
* Add help button.<br />
* re-target [Addon Manager](https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager) help link. Fixes #13018.<br />
* Improved organization of the Addon Manager filter lists. Fixes #12958. <br />
* Add installation status filter.<br />
* Update the plugin type names and sort them alphabetically.<br />
* Set the audience list order to: “All audiences”, Everyone, Expert, Developer.<br />
* Reverse the order of the status list.<br />
* Refresh row in [Addon Manager](https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager) after an addon is installed. When an addon is installed there is no need to refresh the addon listing. We just need to update the row. This also keeps the user in the same place in the list. Fixes #13001.<br />
* Invalidate caches after new python modules are installed. This ensures that any new python modules installed will be found by the python import mechanism.<br />
* Allow multiple versions in gi requirements. Enhances the `requires_gi` property in gpr files to allow mutiple versions of a GObject introspection module. e.g. requires_gi=[(“GooCanvas”, “2.0,3.0”)]<br />
* Check for Windows executables in addon requirements. Fixes #12954.<br />
* Add an extra requirements check after installing modules.<br />
<br />
* Fix addon prerequisites install.<br />
* Make the [Addon Manager](https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager) available without a tree loaded.<br />
* Set default project editor window width to 600.<br />
* Update a couple of strings to clarify the [Addon Manager](https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager) UI. Fixes #13019.<br />
* Rename “Upgrade” to “Update”.<br />
* Rename “url” to “URL” in the project editor.<br />
* Rename “Uninstalled” to “Not installed”.<br />
<br />
<br />
--><br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Settings====<br />
[[File:AddonManager-Settings-tab-default-52.png|Right|thumb|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Addon Manager''' dialog showing default {{man label|Settings}} tab]]<br />
<br />
=====General=====<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Allow Gramps to install required python modules}}: Checkbox un-selected by default<br />
<br />
=====Scheduled update checks=====<br />
The following setting only applies to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Available_Gramps_Updates_for_Addons|Available Gramps Updates for Addons]]}} window.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Check for addon updates:}} Select the frequency that Gramps checks for updates to [[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Addons]]. <br />
** ''Never'' - never checks for updates when you start Gramps (''Default'')<br />
** ''Once a month'' - checks for updates when you start Gramps once a month<br />
** '''Once a week''' - checks for updates when you start Gramps once a week<br />
** ''Once a day'' - checks for updates when you start Gramps once a day<br />
** ''Always'' - checks for updates whenever you start Gramps<br />
*{{man label|What to check:}} so when you check for updates, it checks for:<br />
** ''Updated addons only'' - does not check for new addons<br />
** ''New addons only'' - does not check for updated addons (''Default'')<br />
** '''New and updated addons''' - checks for all new and updated addons<br />
*{{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Do not ask about previously notified addons}}: <br />
** {{checkbox|1}} Checked: Means that new/updated addons are only asked about once; afterwards it does not show them to you (''Checkbox selected by default'')<br />
** {{checkbox|0}} Unchecked: Means that new/updated addons are always shown to you.<br />
*{{man button|Check for updated addons now}}: Button assumes you have an '''Internet''' connection and if pressed will force a check for Addons based on the above settings, if Addons are available you will then be presented the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Available_Gramps_Updates_for_Addons|Available Gramps Updates for Addons]]}} window where you choose and install them from.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===== Available Gramps Updates for Addons =====<br />
[[File:AvailableGrampsUpdatesforAddons-example-listing-52.png|Right|thumb|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Available Gramps Updates for Addons''' dialog after checking for updated addons in the {{man label|Settings}} tab]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Available Gramps Updates for Addons}} window you will be shown a list broken down by '''Type''' that you can view by selecting the "Select" column expand out each "Type".<br />
* You can then select the check box of those Addons you want to install.<br />
* Then select the {{man button|Install Selected Addons}} button to download those Addons from the ''Internet''.<br />
* Once downloaded from the {{man label|Done downloading and installing addons}} dialog select the {{man button|Close}} button<br />
* From the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog select {{man button|Close}} button.<br />
* To use the Addons you need to {{man menu|Family Trees>Quit}} and restart Gramps.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Projects====<br />
[[File:AddonManager-Projects-tab-default-52.png|Right|thumb|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Addon Manager''' dialog showing default {{man label|Projects}} tab]]<br />
<br />
Where to check for Addons either the main Gramps Project ''Default'' server:<br />
* {{checkbox|1}} Gramps: <code>https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52</code><br />
<br />
Or any Gramps compatible Addon servers that you have added, the following section shows a list of know external projects.<br />
<br />
Near the bottom left of the Projects tab you have the following options <br />
* "+" - Add a "New Project" allows you to enter the "Project name:" and "URL:" can also be used for local projects.<br />
* "-" - deletes the selected project lines ( default project can not be deleted, but it can be unselected so nothing is check on that server.)<br />
* "^" - move selected project line up list<br />
* "v" - move selected project line down list<br />
* "⏎" - "[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Restore_project_defaults|Restore project defaults]]" dialog - selecting yes removes all other projects.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Other Projects=====<br />
[[File:AddonManager-Projects-tab-populated-52.png|Right|thumb|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Addon Manager''' dialog showing optional projects {{man label|Projects}} tab]]<br />
List of known external projects:<br />
* [[Addon:Isotammi addons|Addon:Isotammi project]]:<br />
:; <code>https://raw.githubusercontent.com/prculley/isotammi-addons/master/addons/gramps52</code><br />
:; <code>https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Taapeli/isotammi-addons/master/addons/gramps52</code><br />
<br />
* GedcomforGeneanet<br />
:; <code>https://raw.githubusercontent.com/grocanar/glopglop-addons/main/gramps52</code><br />
<br />
You can also add local projects see example screenshot.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Restore project defaults=====<br />
[[File:Restore project defaults-dialog-52.png|Right|thumb|550px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Restore projects defaults]]<br />
<br />
If needed you can verify that in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Projects|Project's tab > Where to check]]}} option has the correct URL. To locate the [https://raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52/listings/addons-en.json list of addons] for your current language and version, it should be set to:<br /><code>https&#58;//raw.githubusercontent.com/gramps-project/addons/master/gramps52</code> if not select the {{man button|Restore project defaults}} button.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==Main Menus==<br />
[[File:Menubar-MainMenuOverview-NoFamilyTree-Loaded-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Main Menu Overview - No Family Tree Loaded]]<br />
<br />
The MenuBar shows the available Gramps Menu options. <br />
<br />
Very abbreviated menus will be available before a Tree is loaded. They allow managing Trees; quitting Gramps; editing application-wide Preferences; enabling and disabling sections of the Graphical User Interface (GUI); and Help options.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|"Import" is a '''Family Tree''' menu option that only appears when a Tree has been loaded|Gramps needs to have a prepared place to import genealogical data. Create and load a new, blank Tree to in order to import data exported from another Genealogy tool. (Such as a GEDCOM file.) Data can also be directly imported into a Tree that already has data. ''But [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backing_up_a_Family_Tree|make a backup]] first!''}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:Menubar-MainMenuOverview-FamilyTree-Loaded-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Main Menu Overview - Family Tree Loaded]]<br />
[[File:Menubar-MainMenuOverview-FamilyTree-Loaded-Active-Go-Windows-menus-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Main Menu Overview - Family Tree Loaded showing "Active" and "Windows" menu entries in use]]<br />
After a Tree is loaded, the [[#Family_Trees|Family Trees]], [[#Reports|Reports]], [[#Tools|Tools]] and [[#Help|Help]] menus will always have consistent options. But the availability of options of the other menus is context aware. Options in the [[#Add|Add]], [[#Edit|Edit]] and [[#View|View]] menus change depending on the active Category and some menu items appear 'dimmed' when the selection objects in the view do not permit the action. <br />
<br />
The [[#Go|Go]] and [[#Bookmarks|Bookmarks]] menus are specifically built of navigation links within each view.<br />
<br />
A [[#Windows|Windows]] menu appears when there are any spawned windows or dialogs to be listed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==={{man menu|Family Trees}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-FamilyTrees-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Family Trees" - overview example]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Manage Family Trees...}} - open the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Family_Trees_manager_window|Family Tree Manager Window]]<br />
*{{man menu|Open Recent}} - a shortcut to opening a recently worked on Family Tree<br />
*{{man menu|Close}} - backup and close the current Tree<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|Import...}} - Bring in data from other [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|formats]].<br />''Make a Backup before importing! There are [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|import Preferences]] to mark imported data with timestamped [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] and/or [[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] attributes. These options dramatically slow the Import process but are helpful for the ensuing data cleanup.''<br />
*{{man menu|Export...}} - [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Exporting data]] allows you to share any portion of your Gramps Family Tree with other researchers as well as to enable you to transfer your data to another computer. <br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Export_View|Export View...]]}} - Menu only appears on most Views, if the displayed data can be exported. Gramps will export data on screen according your choice: '''CSV''' or '''Open Document''' spreadsheet format.<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|Make Backup...}} - Allows you to make a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backing_up_a_Family_Tree|Full Gramps XML backup]] of your currently opened Family Tree. Note [[Template:Backup_Omissions|some configuration and Media items are omitted]] from XML backups.<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|Abandon Changes and Quit...}} - <br />
*{{man menu|Quit...}} - <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Add}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-Add-New-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Add Overview]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Add}} - a new [[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|object]]<br />also see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybindings]].<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|Person}} - adds a {{icon|peop}}[[Gramps_Glossary#person|Person]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
*{{man menu|Family}} - adds a {{icon|fami}}[[Gramps_Glossary#family|Family]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])'' - Brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor dialog]]}}<br />
*{{man menu|Event}} - adds an {{icon|even}}[[Gramps_Glossary#event|Event]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
*{{man menu|Place}} - adds a {{icon|plac}}[[Gramps_Glossary#place|Place]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
*{{man menu|Source}} - adds a {{icon|sour}}[[Gramps_Glossary#source|Source]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
*{{man menu|Citation}} - adds a {{icon|cite}}[[Gramps_Glossary#citation|Citation]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
*{{man menu|Repository}} - adds a {{icon|repo}}[[Gramps_Glossary#repository|Repository]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
*{{man menu|Media}} - adds a {{icon|medi}}[[Gramps_Glossary#media|Media]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
*{{man menu|Note}} - adds a {{icon|note}}[[Gramps_Glossary#note|Note]] ''([[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|prim. obj.]])''<br />
<hr><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Edit}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-Edit-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Edit Overview]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Undo}} - <br />
*{{man menu|Redo}} - <br />
*{{man menu|Undo History...}} - Open the {{man label|Undo History}} dialog<br />
<hr><br />
Additional menu options dependent on Category view will appear here.<br />
*{{man menu|Tag}} - See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|Tagging]]<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Clipboard]]}} - The Clipboard tool provides a temporary notepad to store database records for easy reuse.<br />
*{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager...|Addon Manager...]]}} - Third party addons management {{New|Gramps 5.2}}<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences...]]}} - Shows the {{man label|Preferences}} dialog. That allows you to change most settings in Gramps.<br />
* Additional menu options dependent on Category view will appear here.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|View}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-View-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "View" - overview example]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Configure...}} - Allows you to configure the active view. Provides options to hide, reveal & re-arrange elements. The same as clicking the [[File:Gramps-config.png|34px]]{{man button|Configure the active view}} button in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]].<br />
*{{man menu|Navigator...}} - The Navigator is a sidebar container for the Navigator Category icons. When selected (default), the sidebar is shown on the left of the active View. Deselecting hides the Navigator sidebar. If all the Category icons cannot fit in the available vertical space, a hidden scrollbar will be created on the right of the sidebar and be revealed when rolled (hovered) over.<br />Text labels for the icons can be hidden via an option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]] tab of Preferences. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Display modes]] can be selected from the pop-up menu at the bottom of the Navigator sidebar. <br />
*{{man menu|Toolbar}} - show (or hide) a split screen container for (frequently used) action icons above the Category View. The selection of action icons varies to suit the Category view. <br />A [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]] can be installed to supplement the Preferences with a [[Addon:Themes|Theme]] tab providing an option to show Text labels for each Toolbar button.<br />
*{{man menu|Sidebar}} - Show (or hide) a split screen container for Gramplets to the right of the Category View.<br />
*{{man menu|Bottombar}} - Show (or hide) a split screen container for Gramplets at the bottom of the window, just above the Status Bar.<br />
*{{man menu|Full Screen}} - Expand window to use all available screen space while disabling the window dragging & resizing controls. Deselecting restores to previous size while re-enabling the window dragging & resizing controls.<br />
<hr width=25%><br />
* Dependent on which view is active, other option menu items will appear here that can modify how the View organizes data. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Go}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:History-based-navigation-tools-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Go Overview]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Back}} - navigates the selection of the current View backwards to the ''previous'' item in your [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_history-based_Navigation|Navigation history]]<br />
*{{man menu|Forward}} - navigates the selection of the current View forward to the ''next'' item in your [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_history-based_Navigation|Navigation history]]<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|Home}} - navigates the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] focus to the individual [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] as the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]]<br />
<hr><br />
* Dynamic list of the most recent 10 records (People, Families, et cetera) selected, the List is dependent on the Category view being viewed.<br />
{{man tip|You can use the third party RestoreHist [[5.2_Addons|addon]]|So that a portion of the Go menu can be made to persist between restarts of Gramps. If installed then you can manually clear the stored state by finding and deleting /gramps51/plugins/RestoreHist/hist_save.ini file from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|user folder]] (the ~.gramps folder or %Appdata% folder in Windows).}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Bookmarks}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-BookmarksOverview-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Bookmarks Overview]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Add Bookmark}} - Create a bookmark from the currently selected item eg: Person, Family etc..<br />
*{{man menu|Organize Bookmarks...}} - Opens the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Bookmark_Navigation|Organize Bookmarks]] window.<br />
<hr><br />
* Dynamic section where the bookmarks appear<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Reports}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-ReportsOverview-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - Reports Overview]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Books...}} - The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3#Books|Books Report]] allows you to create a custom genealogy book containing a collection of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document (i.e. a Book)<br />
<hr><br />
*{{man menu|Graphs...}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_5#Family_Lines_Graph|Family Lines Graph...]]}} <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_5#Hourglass_Graph|Hourglass Graph...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_5#Relationship_Graph|Relationship Graph...]]}}<br />
*{{man menu|Graphical Reports...}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Ancestor_Tree|Ancestor Tree...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Calendar|Calendar...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Descendant_Tree|Descendant Tree...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Family_Descendant_Tree|Family Descendant Tree...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Fan_Chart|Fan Chart...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Statistics_Charts|Statistics Charts...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_4#Timeline_Chart|Timeline Chart...]]}}<br />
*{{man menu|Text Reports...}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Ahnentafel_Report|Ahnentafel Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Birthday_and_Anniversary_Report|Birthday and Anniversary Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Complete_Individual_Report|Complete Individual Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Database_Summary_Report|Database Summary Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Descendant_Report|Descendant Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Ancestral_Report|Detailed Ancestral Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Detailed_Descendant_Report|Detailed Descendant Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#End_of_Line_Report|End of Line Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Family_Group_Report|Family Group Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Kinship_Report|Kinship Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Number_of_Ancestors_Report|Number of Ancestors Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Place_Report|Places Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Records_Report|Records Report...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report...]]}}<br />
*{{man menu|Web Pages...}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Web_Calendar|Web Calendar...]]}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Tools}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:MenuOverview-Tools-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} <br />
"{{man menu|Tool >...}}" Menubar - Tools Overview]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|Analysis and Exploration}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Compare_Individual_Events|Compare Individual Events...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|Interactive Descendant Browser...}} - <br />
*{{man menu|Debug}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Check_Localized_Date_Displayer_and_Parser|Check Localized Date Display and Parser...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Dump_Gender_Statistics|Dump Gender Statistics...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Generate_Testcases_for_Persons_and_Families|Generate Testcases for Persons and Families...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Populate_Sources_and_Citations|Populate Sources and Citations...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|Python Evaluation Window...}} - moved to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Python_Evaluation|Gramplets]]<br />
**{{man menu|Show Uncollected Objects...}} - moved to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Uncollected_Objects|Gramplets]]<br />
*{{man menu|Family Tree Processing}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Edit_Database_Owner_Information|Edit Database Owner Information...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Extract_Event_Description|Extract Event Descriptions...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Extract_Information_from_Names|Extract Information from Names...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Extract_Place_Data_from_a_Place_Title|Extract Place Data from Place Title...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Find_Possible_Duplicate_People|Find Possible Duplicate People...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Fix_Capitalization_of_Family_Names|Fix Capitalization of Family Names...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Merge_citations|Merge Citations...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rename_Event_Types|Rename Event Types...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Reorder_Gramps_ID|Reorder Gramps IDs...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Sort_Events|Sorts events...]]}}<br />
*{{man menu|Family Tree Repair}} - <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Check_and_Repair_Database|Check and Repair Database...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rebuild_Gender_Statistics|Rebuild Gender Statistics...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rebuild_Reference_Maps|Rebuild Reference Maps...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rebuild_Secondary_Indexes|Rebuild Secondary Indices...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Remove_Unused_Objects|Remove Unused Objects...]]}}<br />
*{{man menu|Utilities}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Not_Related|Not Related...]]}}<br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Relationship_Calculator|Relationship Calculator...]]}} <br />
**{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Verify_the_Data|Verify the Data...]]}} <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Windows}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-Windows-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Windows" - overview example]]<br />
<br />
* {{man menu|Windows}} - This menu provides quick access to opened windows you are working on.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==={{man menu|Help}}===<br />
<br />
[[File:Menubar-Help-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Menubar - "Help" - overview example]]<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|User Manual}} - Direct link to the online Gramps User manual you are viewing right now. Yes, you need an internet connection to consult the Gramps User Manual.<br />
*{{man menu|FAQ}} - A link to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]] about Gramps.<br />
*{{man menu|Key Bindings}} - A link to the [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Keybindings|Keybindings reference]] for Gramps. Also known as Keyboard shortcuts.<br />
*{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Tip_of_the_Day_dialog|Tip of the Day]]}} - Displays a dialog with a random hint about using the Gramps software.<br />
*{{man menu|[[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|Plugin Manager]]}} - From this menu you can manage the built in plugins as well as any [[5.2_Addons|Third-Party Addons]] you may have installed.<br />
*{{man menu|Gramps Home Page}} - This item opens your web browser and connects to the Gramps project web site.<br />
*{{man menu|Gramps Mailing List}} - This item opens your web browser to the Gramps mailing list page. On this page, you can browse the mailing list archives and join the gramps-users mailing list so you can share your experiences with other Gramps user's.<br />
*{{man menu|Report a Bug}} - Choose this item to file a [[Using_the_bug_tracker |bug report]] in the Gramps bug tracking system. (This requires you to have a registered account on the Gramps bug reporting system) (Remember, Gramps is a living project. We want to know about any problems you encounter so we can work to solve them for you and everyone elses benefit.)<br />
*{{man menu|Extra Reports/Tools}} - A link to [[5.2_Addons |Installing Third-Party Addons in Gramps]].<br />
<br />
*{{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_About#About|About]]}} - This item displays a dialog with general information about the Gramps version you are running.<br />
<br />
==Toolbar==<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|right|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The [[Gramps_Glossary#toolbar|Toolbar]] is a horizontal set of button controls located right below the menubar. It gives you access to the most frequently used functions of Gramps.<br />
* The assortment of Tool buttons is "contextual" -- the icons shown depends on which Category [[Gramps_Glossary#view|view]] and [[Gramps_Glossary#view_mode|view mode]] is active<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
* The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Toolbar enhancement in the [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] Third party Addon|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] this [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]] allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The '''Themes''' addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Common Toolbar buttons ===<br />
==== [[File:Gramps.png]] Manage Databases ====<br />
[[File:ManageDatabases-icon-toolbar-51.png|right|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Manage databases - icon and tooltip on toolbar]] The [[File:16x16-gramps-pedigree.png]] button is the same as the {{man menu|Family Trees ▶ Manage Family Trees...}} menu option. The resulting dialog allow switching between Trees (genealogical databases), <br />
{{-}}<br />
==== <big>▼ </big>Connect to a recent database ====<br />
[[File:ConnectToARecentDatabase-icon-toolbar-51.png|right|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Connect to a recent database" toolbar button ]] This <big>▼ </big>button opens {{man menu|Family Trees ▶ Open Recent...}} drop-down menu from the toolbar.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== [[File:Gramps Go-Previous48x48 win.png]] Go to the previous object in the history ====<br />
The [[File:Gramps_Go-Previous48x48_win.png|text-bottom|20px]] toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Go ▶ Back}} menu option, or pressing the ''Back'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. It uses the [[#Using_history-based_Navigation|history based Navigation]] to shift the active object focus to the previously selected object in this category. <br />
==== [[File:Go-next48x48 win.png]] Go to the next object in the history ====<br />
The [[File:Go-next48x48_win.png|text-bottom|20px]] toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Go ▶ Forward}} menu option, or pressing the ''Forward'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. It uses the [[#Using_history-based_Navigation|history based Navigation]] to restore the active object focus shifted with the {{man menu|Go ▶ Back}} feature. <br />
<br />
This button is only available after using the {{man menu|Go ▶ Back}} feature.<br />
==== [[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png]] Go to the home person ====<br />
The [[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]] toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Go ▶ Home}} menu option, or pressing the ''Home'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. It shifts the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]] focus to match the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]]. <br />
<br />
This button is only functional if the Home Person has been set.<br />
==== [[File:Gramps Add48x48 win.png]] Add a new... ====<br />
The {{icon|stock_add}} toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Edit ▶ Add..}} menu option, or pressing the ''Add'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. It opens a blank Object Editor matching the object category of the current view.<br />
<br />
==== {{icon|stock_edit}} Edit the selected... ====<br />
The {{icon|stock_edit}} button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Edit ▶ Edit...}} menu option, or pressing the ''Edit'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. It opens an Object Editor for each selected object in the category view.<br />
<br />
==== [[File:Gramps Remove48x48 win.png]] Delete the selected... ====<br />
The {{icon|stock_remove}} toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Edit ▶ Delete}} menu option, or pressing the ''Delete'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. It opens a Delete confirmation dialog. <br />
<br />
The item that is about to be deleted is identified. If multiple items were selected, a dialog appears for each. A checkbox option offers to "Use this answer for the rest of the items".<br />
<br />
==== [[File:Gramps Merge48x48 win.png]] Merge the selected... ====<br />
This toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Edit ▶ Merge...}} menu option. It opens the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_3#Merging_records|Merge dialog]] for that particular category of records.<br />
<br />
Successful use of the Merge button is only possible if two (and only 2) records are selected in the view.<br />
<br />
==== [[File:gramps-tag.png]] Tag the selected rows ====<br />
This toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Edit ▶ Tag}} submenu. <br />
<br />
The [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] button reveals a pop-up menu with the following [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] options:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#New_Tag_dialog|New tag...]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Organize_Tags_Window|Organize tags...]]<br />
Followed by a list of currently available tags that can be applied to the selected objects in the view.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Usage_of_tags|Tags are used for]] color coding rows in list views, marker swatches on some charts, and persistent markers for filtering and organization.<br />
<br />
==== [[File:Gramps Clipboard48x48 win.png]] Open the Clipboard dialog ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - dialog - showing (right click) Context menu]]<br />
This toolbar button is an alternative to the {{man menu|Edit ▶ Clipboard}} menu option, or pressing the ''Clipboard'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. It opens the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Clipboard]] dialog without adding the selected object to its collection.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== [[File:Gramps-config.png]] Configure the active view ====<br />
This toolbar button is an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View ▶ Configure...}} menu option, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. <br />
<br />
Most Category views have a &#x2699; Configurable Options. Clicking this button opens the dialog with the controls for adjusting those options.<br />
<br />
This option opens a dialog with choices for displaying records in the View. (The dialog will also have tabs for any [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#.E2.9A.99_Configurable_Options_2|Gramplets which have configurable options]] that are active in the view.)<br />
==== [[File:Gramps-reports.png]] Open the reports dialog ====<br />
[[File:ReportSelection-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Report Selection - dialog]]<br />
This is a persistent alternative to using the {{Man menu|Reports}} submenus.<br />
<br />
By presenting the available Reports in a floating dialog, room is available for describing each Report, its status and contributing developer information. The dialog also allows exploration of Reports to be more structured.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== [[File:Gramps-tools.png]] Open the tools dialog ====<br />
[[File:ToolSelection-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tool Selection - dialog]]<br />
This is a persistent alternative to using the {{Man menu|Tools}} submenus.<br />
<br />
By presenting the available Tools in a floating dialog, room is available for describing each Tool, its status and contributing developer information. The dialog also allows exploration of Tools to be more structured.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Open Addon Manager ====<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
* {{man menu|Edit -> [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Addon_Manager...|Addon Manager...]]}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Open Preferences ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
* {{man menu|Edit -> [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F&diff=103147
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - What's new?
2024-03-18T17:33:30Z
<p>Bamaustin: link to 5.2.0 announcement</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Preface|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - What's new?}}<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
<br />
This section gives an overview of changes since the Gramps 5.1 version. This is an 'enhancement' release. So changes include new features as well as bug fixes. These changes are also detailed later in this manual. Users of Gramps upgrading from earlier versions are encouraged to review this section in older [[User_manual|user manuals]] to be sure to take advantage of these new features when they start using version 5.2. Search for the lightning bolt of the "{{new|[https://www.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Template:Releases/5.2.0 5.2.0]}}" tagged sections. <br />
<br />
=== Preliminary change list ===<br />
Since Gramps documentation is created be volunteers, user documentation is published incrementally ''after'' the the release goes public. (For selected key items, the documentation will be marked with "{{new|5.2.0}}''</small>" to make searching easier.) The WikiContributors write not only from their experience exploring the features, but also by looking a development objectives, feature requests, status reports and Pull Request notes. If you are an explorer too, the announcements below are partially linked to those reference documents. Explore freely and share your experience to help guide others. <br />
<br />
{{WikiContributorRecruiting}}<br />
<br />
From the '''[https://gramps.discourse.group/c/gramps-announce/5 Announcements]''' section of the '''[https://gramps.discourse.group/t/welcome-to-the-gramps-discourse-forum/7 Gramps community support Discourse forum]''':<br />
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/releases/tag/v5.2.0 5.2.0] - a new major release, released 2024-02-23.<br />
* [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/releases/tag/v5.2.0-rc1 5.2.0-rc1, a release candidate.] 10 Feb 2024<br />
* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/gramps-v5-2-0-beta2-released/4070 Beta2] frozen 25 Aug 2023<br />
* Beta1 <small>[https://gramps.discourse.group/t/gramps-v5-2-0-beta1-released/3903 summary]</small> frozen 01 Aug 2023<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/citation-formatter/3973/10 Citation Formatter][https://gramps.discourse.group/t/sources-and-citations-some-thoughts/2899/44][https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1402][https://gramps.discourse.group/t/le-nouveau-module-complementaire-enhanced-cite/5101 new "Enhanced" Citation addon]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-highlights-linked-for-feedback/3916 Highlights]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-general-feedback/3919 General]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-reports-linked-for-feedback/3920 Reports]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-gramplets-feedback/3921 Gramplets]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-narrative-web-report-feedback/3922 Narrative Web Report]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-web-calendar-linked-for-feedback/3923 Web Calendar]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-geography-linked-for-feedback/3924 Geography]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-gui-feedback/3925 GUI]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-types-linked-for-feedback/3926 Types]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-gedcom-linked-for-feedback/3927 GEDCOM]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-improvement-in-the-english-manpage-feedback/3928 Improvements in the English manual pages]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-translation-feedback/3929 Translation]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-locale-feedback/3930 Locale]<br />
:* [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/beta1-technical-feedback/3931 Technical]<br />
:* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Verify_the_Data|Verify the Data (tool)]]: [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1550 convert the ListStore to a TreeStore] and [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1574 add 8 more rules]<br />
:* Added option to "[ ]{{man label|Hide LDS tab in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|person]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|family]] editors}}: for Latter Days Saints data.https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=3872 https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/951<br />
* Add Hebrew relationship calculator https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1575 ( [[Handler List]] )<br />
* [https://gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options Show leap day anniversaries] https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=12511 https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1318<br />
<br />
== Before you upgrade ==<br />
<br />
{{man warn| Prevent Data Loss During Upgrades|Creating an archive before upgrading might not be sufficient to safeguard your data.<br/><br/>In the unlikely event that Gramps 5.2 corrupts your database, it could also corrupt the archive. making a backup of your data as outlined in this section is recommended.}}<br />
<br />
'''''Before''''' you upgrade, make sure your family tree data is secure. The best way to do this is:<br />
# Start your existing version of Gramps (Gramps 4.2 or Gramps 5.0 or Gramps 5.1)<br />
# Open your family tree<br />
# Back up the family tree to the ''gramps xml'' format or the ''gramps xml package'' format (the ''gramps xml package'' includes your photographs and other media files associated with your family tree data). Backup your tree via menu {{man menu|Family Trees -> Make Backup...}}.<br />
# Close this family tree and repeat the above steps for any other family trees you have<br />
# Keep the resulting file(s) in a safe place<br />
<br />
For more information, please review [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Backing_up_a_Family_Tree|Backing up a Family Tree]]. Note [[Template:Backup_Omissions|what will not be included during a backup]].<br />
<br />
<br />
After properly safeguarding your data, proceed to install Gramps 5.2 using your operating system's regular installation process. In most cases, this will ensure that the new Gramps 5.2 installation will not clash with your older version of Gramps. However, it may be safer to uninstall Gramps 3.4 before installing Gramps 5.2, or make sure you install Gramps 5.2 in a different location. This is always necessary if you are installing from the source code. For more information on installing Gramps 5.2, please see [[Download|Downloading the latest Gramps]]<br />
<br />
After you install Gramps 5.2, you can open your existing family trees and continue working. In case of problems (e.g., after a complete system upgrade), import the backup file(s) created above to recreate your family tree(s).<br />
<br />
{{man warn| Warning |Once you open a family tree in a newer version of Gramps '''or''' using a newer operating system, you generally should not try to open that database using an older version again. As always, the ''gramps xml'' format is the format to use for the interchange of your data in such cases. There are tools to repair broken databases, but they are for expert users, so avoid needing them by following the steps above before you upgrade your OS or Gramps.}}<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
== Visible changes to the core ==<br />
<br />
Changes visible after the migration: interface, data.<br />
<br />
=== Data Model ===<br />
<br />
Details of changes to the [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]] (if any):<br />
<br />
# No change<br />
<hr><br />
<br />
* A Family Tree '''cannot be opened''' in Gramps 3.4/4.0/4.1/4.2 and Gramps 5.2 without upgrade.<br />
<br />
* A downgrade can only be accomplished by exporting XML and importing to the previous version. <br />
<br />
* A Gramps XML file generated by Gramps 3.4/4.0/4.1 is '''not identical''' to one generated by Gramps 5.2.<br />
<br />
* Gramps 5.2 is now '''python3''' only<br />
<br />
See [[Database_Formats#Detailed_Changes|detailed changes]] for more details on internal database.<br />
<br />
===Primary changes===<br />
* SQLite is now the default database backend rather than BSDDB. You can still choose to use [[Relational_database_comparison|alternative database]] backends. BSDDB remains available as a standard alternative. For power users, PostgreSQL and MongoDB are available as experimental third-party addons.<br />
The developers believe that SQLite may have fewer database corruptions that prevent easy recovery.<br />
<br />
* Options for automatic backup periodically and on exit. The Backup on exit is the default.<br />
* Config: new database-backup-use-compression option<br />
<br />
===GUI===<br />
* New color schemes allow a light and dark choice.<br />
* Additional color indications in graphs for Home person, Unknown Alive, Family, Family divorced.<br />
* Add "within <n> km/miles/degree" filter<br />
* Ability to be able to enter comma separated latitude/longitude pairs<br />
<br />
* Sidebar resizes better, position is remembered<br />
* Person SurName editor is more intuitive to use.<br />
* View Buttons order no longer changes with different startup.<br />
* Better progress indication for long running operations<br />
* Windows remember size/position<br />
* add FanChart2Way<br />
* Add kmls for the geography places view.<br />
<br />
===Place===<br />
* ability to search alternate place names when selecting place<br />
<br />
=== Reports, Tools, Gramplets ===<br />
* new genealogy tree report<br />
* Place format editor and option for many reports<br />
* Date format Editor and option for many reports<br />
* option how to report living people for many reports<br />
<br />
* ReorderIDs tool has been upgraded; can now work around customized IDs (like GetGov IDs).<br />
* Narrative web has additional options and appearance changes.<br />
** Allows output in different language<br />
** Date output option<br />
** Statistics page<br />
** Add option to Include all / unreferenced Media objects<br />
** relationship to central person on individual pages<br />
* Add thumbnail size option to family lines graph<br />
* Enhance the Descendant Report and Detailed Descendant Report<br />
* Complete Individual Report add options<br />
** enable to include or exclude Person and Family Notes<br />
** add option to include or exclude census data<br />
** option to include relationship to center person<br />
** options to include GrampsID, Tags, Attributes<br />
* Include all place types in place report<br />
* Relationship, Family Lines, Hourglass Graphs options how lines are drawn<br />
<br />
* New: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Clean_input_data|Clean input data]] Tool - Removes leading and trailing spaces.<br />
<br />
===Import/Export===<br />
* GEDCOM supports more non-standard 'tags' and additional standard tags<br />
* GEDCOM 5.5.2 Support Custom Event on export<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Gramps_XML_.28family_tree.29_export|XML export new compression option]] ([https://gramps-project.org/bugs/view.php?id=9394 Feature request 9394 Allow Gramps to export a .gramps file, without compression][https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/121 Pull request 121 Add compression option on XML export])<br />
<br />
===New Addons===<br />
* Quilt Chart view: The view shows a quilt chart visualization of a family tree<br />
* Plugin Manager Enhanced: An Addon/Plugin Manager with several additional capabilities<br />
* Sandclock Tree: Sandclock tree using LaTeX genealogytree<br />
* Import and Merge tool: Compares a Gramps XML database with the current one, and allows merging of the differences.<br />
* Check Associations data: Will check the data on Association for people.<br />
--><br />
<br />
<!--<br />
== Under the hood changes ==<br />
<br />
Technical changes.<br />
* Numerous changes relating to support for other database backends (SQLite, PostgreSQL, MongoDB etc.).<br />
* Alerts on certain database corruptions (handles to non-existent objects) that were previously suppressed are now regarded as errors. It may be necessary to run the Check and Repair tool to fix exceptions with a corrupted database.<br />
* Fixes to prevent the user from closing or changing the database during long running operations.<br />
<br />
===Dependencies===<br />
<br />
* Support '''python3''' only. (Python2 support dropped ahead of the Jan. 2020 <ABBR title="End Of Life (discontinuation)">EOL</ABBR> zero hour)<br />
* Need GTK+ 3.10 and PyGObject 3.12 or greater versions<br />
--><br />
<br />
== Further information ==<br />
<br />
=== Miscellaneous ===<br />
<br />
=== Localization ===<br />
* Update translations: <!-- ca, cs, da, de, en_GB, eo, fr, fi, hu, is, it, lt, nb, nl, pt_BR, pt_PT, ru, sk, sl, uk, vi --><br />
=== Roadmap ===<br />
*Explore the Release Notes for [[Previous_releases_of_Gramps|previous releases of Gramps]]<br />
*See projected items related to Gramps [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/roadmap_page.php next version.]<br />
*[[:Category:GEPS|Gramps Enhancement Proposals (GEPS)]] - See '''Released''' column for new items implemented in Gramps 5.2<br />
*[[5.2 Roadmap]] - wiki<br />
<br />
=== Changelog ===<br />
<br />
* See items related to Gramps [https://gramps-project.org/bugs/changelog_page.php 5.2] on the Gramps issue tracker.<br />
<br />
* See additional information see the changelogs for the maintenance releases of Gramps:<br />
** Gramps [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/releases/tag/v5.2.0 5.2.0]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== What Was ''Once'' New ===<br />
The [[Previous_releases_of_Gramps|Previous Release]] page includes links to bullet lists of changes in major releases and maintenance releases over the years. <br />
<br />
However, the '''What's New?''' pages in the superseded version of the wiki manual for each major releases can provide greater detail:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 5.1]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.0_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 5.0]]<br />
* [[Gramps_4.2_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 4.2]]<br />
* [[Gramps_4.1_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 4.1]]<br />
* [[Gramps_4.0_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 4.0]]<br />
* [[Gramps_3.4_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 3.4]]<br />
* [[Gramps_3.3_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 3.3]]<br />
* [[Gramps_3.2_Wiki_Manual_-_What%27s_new%3F|Version 3.2]]<br />
<br />
A compact overview of enhancements was first added to the manual in 2010. For the first 3 years of the wiki, it was necessary to review the entire manual.<br />
* Version 5.1 - downloadable manual <br />
: [[:File:Gramps5.1UserManual.pdf|English 20MiB PDF]]<br />
: [[:File:Gramps5.1UserManual_nl.pdf|Nederlands 16 MiB PDF]] <br />
: [[:File:Gramps5.1UserManual_ru.pdf|русский 16 MiB PDF]]<br />
: [[:File:Gramps5.1UserManual_he.pdf|עברית Hebrew 24 MiB PDF]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Preface|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - What's new?}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets&diff=103116
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets
2024-03-17T21:46:27Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Quick View */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Reports|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|12}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
This page details the functionality of the Gramplets that come with Gramps.<br />
<br />
{{man note|For more Gramplets|that you can extend your Gramps functionality with, see [[Third-party Addons]].<br>For technical details about creating your own Gramplet, please see [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Developers]].}}<br />
<br />
== What is a Gramplet? ==<br />
<span id="definition"><br />
[[File:DashboardCategoryView-example-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dashboard Category view]]<br />
<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#gramplet|Gramplet]] is an expansion to the Gramps program that ''ideally'' works seamlessly as if it was a core feature. They actually become embedded as part of Gramps. But while the core features of a view are needed almost constantly, the bundled Gramplets extend the view in ways that are only needed occasionally. Gramplets provide a supplemental perspective of the Tree data which either: changes dynamically during the navigation of the Gramps Tree, or; provides interactivity to your genealogical data.<br />
<br />
Gramplets are the division of plug-ins (also called [http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Widget_engine widgets], plugins, addons, auxiliary components) that can be found in the '''[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard Category]]''' ... or the '''[[#The_split-screen_Sidebar_.26_Bottombar|Sidebars]]''' and '''[[#The_split-screen_Sidebar_.26_Bottombar|Bottombars]]''' in other Navigator [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View Categories]]. They provide all kinds of functionality that can be useful for the researcher.<br />
<br />
A [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gramplet_List|selection of built-in plugins]] are bundled and pre-installed with Gramps. The Gramps project hosts a [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|selection of add-on plugins]] that might only be of interest to certain audiences. <br />
<br />
There are also third-parties, such as The Taapeli Project in Finland, who hosts their own selection of [[Addon:Isotammi_addons|Isotammi group add-on plug-ins]] developed to tune Gramps for their needs. Members of the Gramps community also share special purpose addons privately or via GitHub repositories. And, of course, users are [[Addons_development#Develop_your_addon|invited to develop their own addons]].</span><br />
<br />
{{Man warn|Performance Drain|<i>'''Gramplets can slow down Gramps and can use a lot of memory.'''</i><br>Close any docked Gramplets that will not be of immediate use. (It is not necessary to uninstall them with the Plugin Manager.) Closed Gramplets can be re-added to a Gramplet Bar or the Dashboard as needed.}}<br />
<br />
=== Aren't all Plugins also Gramplets? ===<br />
What is the difference between Gramplets, reports, quick views, and tools? <br />
<br />
All of these are '''plugin''' types. But Gramplets are subtype of plugins with more emphasis on the user interface. Gramplets add a '''capability''' or a '''different perspective''' to the View. They can be used to improve the workflow of a View. <br />
<br />
The other plugins tend to interrupt the normal workflow to do another task. They also tend to be used more intermittently. A plugin might generate a static (even when hot-linked) snapshot of the data, be a way of doing mass change, or provide an alternative import/export/output system. <br />
<br />
Some common [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager#Plugin_types|Plugin types]] are:<br />
*Reports - provide a static output format of your data, typically for presentation<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick Views]] - provides a typically short, interactive listing derived from your data<br />
*Tools - provide a method of processing your data<br />
*Gramplets - provide a dynamic view and interface to your data.<br />
<br />
A deeper understanding of the different types of plugins can be gained by sorting the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] by '''Type''' and exploring the contrasting '''Descriptions'''. <br />
<br />
Some of the more static types of plugins can be extended to work dynamically as a Gramplet.<br />
<br />
Several plugins have evolved into multiple types. Some plugins are shells which layer extra capabilities around other plugins. The '''Quick View''' Gramplet is not a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|type of Quick View plugin]]. Instead, it is a dockable shell that shows a '''Quick View''' plugin and pushes the plugin to refresh as the context changes.<br />
<br />
{{man tip |Tip: Configure the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View Gramplet]] [[File:Gramps-config.png]]|Use the ''Configure'' button to change which '''Quick View''' plugin will be displayed from the any of the various Navigator categories.}}<br />
<br />
=== Starting with Gramplets ===<br />
When you first start the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard Category]] you will see two default Gramplets; the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Welcome_Gramplet|Welcome to Gramps!]]}}''' Gramplet and the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Top_Surnames_Gramplet|Top Surnames Gramplet]]}}'''.<br />
<br />
The Dashboard and Gramplet Split Bars of the Navigator Categories may have '''common''' and '''specific''' Gramplets. <!-- If the Plugin Registration includes a <code>navtypes</code>, then the Gramplet is limited to Specific categories. Unfortunately, there is no feature in the GUI to make this limitation visible. --> <br />
*Common Gramplets are applicable to any View ... and the data viewpoint is with respect to the Context of the Active Person and/or the Home Person. They can be docked on any Navigator Category View without making that View seem ambiguous. <br />
*Specific Gramplets need the context of particular Views to give context to their perspective of the data. The list in the Dashboard's Add a Gramplet submenu and the {{man button|&or;}} Gramplet Bar Menu will differ according active Category view and Gramplets installed.<br />
<br />
{{Stub}}<br />
This list is leftover from an earlier revision of the wiki. It is unclear where the items fit in this discussion.<br />
* Back references Gramplets - provide immediate visibility to data that tends be viewed occasionally and is buried in the interface... like the {{man label|references}} tab on object Editor. <br />
* Filter Gramplet is like the previous filter sidebar<br />
* Common models for Notes, Gallery, Sources, Citations, Events<br />
* Children Gramplet on Person views (also charts category and relationships category), families view<br />
<br />
=== General Usage and Configuration ===<br />
[[File:WelcomegadgetBlur.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dashboard Welcome Gramplet]]<br />
The container controls for Gramplets are arranged a little differently in the Dashboard category View as opposed to the Sidebar and Bottombar. Being aware of how these Gramplet containers differ (and are similar) will let you focus on getting the high speed performance instead of wondering why it spun out of control.<br />
<br />
Originally added in version 3, Gramplets in Dashboard category View are arranged in a configurable number of columns. The Sidebar and Bottombar [[Split_Views|split panes]] were selected from among later innovations proposed in [[GEPS_019:_Improved_Sidebar_and_Split_Views|GEPS 19]]. They were built on the Filter Sidebar of the 3.3 version. The Filter was converted to a Gramplet'' and pre-docked in the Sidebar. <br />
<br />
[[File:Welcome-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Detached Sidebar Welcome Gramplet]]The split panes provide limited screenspace for docking Gramplets in the other Navigator categories. But, unlike the many columns of the Dashboard View, each new split pane is a single column, filled with a single Gramplet. (The pane still supports holding multiple Gramplets, it just uses Tabs to display them one at a time.)<br />
<br />
The split pane approach reduces the need for flipping between Category Views... and that lightens the demands on the database.<br />
<br />
[[File:DashboardCategory-gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Detached Gramplet in the Dashboard View]]<br />
However, Gramplets can be undocked (detached, torn off) to float free from any of the three containers. When detached, an additional {{man button| Help}} button in the lower left will open the Gramplet's page on this website. Clicking the {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button in the upper right corner will re-docks a detached Gramplet. Clicking the similar {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button of a docked Gramplet will remove it from the pane.<br />
<!-- This is in the WRONG place! We're still talking about how the containers for Gramplets work... not yet to using the Gramplet's themselves.<br />
<br />
{{man button| &or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from <br />
<br />
<br />
==== Hotlinked Gramplet data ====<br />
Gramplet development is not subject to the approval of our [[5.2_Roadmap#Project_governance|benevolent dictator]] and so behaviors more variable.<br />
<br />
If a link in a Gramplet is to a specific person, then clicking the link will change the Active Person. Double-clicking such any link to a specific Gramps item (such as person or family) will bring up the Editor for that item. To edit a linked person without changing the Active Person, right-click on the person link. Depending on the type of entry, double-clicking any row in a Quick View table will either select more specific data (drill down) or bring up the editor.<br />
--><br />
==== The Dashboard Category View ====<br />
<br />
In the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]], you can drag the {{man button|&nbsp;Properties&nbsp;}}&nbsp;button (top left) of each Gramplet to reposition it in the Dashboard View area. You can click the {{man button|&nbsp;Properties&nbsp;}}&nbsp;button to detach (or ''&lsquo;undock&rsquo;'') the Gramplet from Dashboard View and place it in its own window. The window will stay open regardless of page (relationships, charts, etc). Closing the detached view will put it back onto the Dashboard view. If you quit Gramps with a open Gramplet, when you start gramps again, it will open automatically.<br />
<br />
When one or more Gramplets are undocked from the Dashboard View, they remain visible as you change to a different View (such as the People or Charts View). In this way, you can use these Gramplets to supplement a particular View with additional details and functionality provided by the Gramplet.<br />
<br />
You can add new Gramplets by right-clicking on an open space on Dashboard view. Click the {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button above the Gramplet to remove it from the Dashboard.<br />
<br />
===== &#x2699; Configurable Options =====<br />
[[File:Menubar-View-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} View menu]]<br />
You can also change the number of columns by changing a ''Gramplets Layout'' tab setting in ''Configure Dashboard'' window. To open the window, click the [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button, choose {{Man menu|View&nbsp;&#x27a1;&nbsp;Configure...}} from the View menu, or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].<br />
[[File:Whats_next-configure_dashboard-41.png|center|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramplet Configuration tabs]]<br />
Each Gramplet docked in the Dashboard will also have a Configuration tab added. (But the same Gramplet may not have any Configuration options or tab when docked in the Sidebar or Bottombar.) The Dashboard provides extra options for each Gramplet to allow it be renamed, set to a fixed vertical size, or be maximized vertically in its column. The Configuration tab for Gramplets in docked in the Dashboard reflect at least these minimum options. <br />
<br />
Double-clicking the title of a Gramplet docked in the Dashboard Category allows you to change the display title.<br />
<br />
==== The split-screen Sidebar &amp; Bottombar ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramplet split-screens showing [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]] with the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Each of these split screen panes is a container of stacked Gramplet tabs. Like Windows with a tabbed section, each can show only a single tab at a time. But tabs can be added, re-ordered, undocked or disabled in a similar fashion to the Dashboard. However, instead of a Contextual Menu, each split-pane {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} has a ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button to show the same pop-up list of options.<br />
<br />
To add a Gramplet to the stacked tabs, select it from the {{man menu|Gramplet Bar Menu {{man button|&or;}} Add a gramplet}} submenu.<br />
<br />
<span id="undock gramplet">To undock a tab, grab the tab title and drag out of the split-pane. To re-dock, click the Close button or the 'X' button.</span> <br />
<br />
To remove the Gramplet from the stack tabs, select it from the {{man menu|Gramplet Bar Menu {{man button|&or;}} Remove a gramplet}} submenu. (Alternatively, the {{man button|&times;}} Close button will be accessible if the 'Show close button in gramplet tabs' checkbox in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]] tab of Preferences is selected.)<br />
<br />
Curiously, the same Gramplets might be tabs in the different split-screen section of a View but be configured to show information differently. It is important to be aware that each Gramplet (whether stacked as a Tab or floating undocked) bogs down performance of Gramps. Use fewer Gramplets to make Gramps more responsive.<br />
<br />
The lists of Gramplets that can be added to the stack of tabs in a split pane are filtered by those appropriate to that category.<br />
===== &#x2699; Configurable Options =====<br />
<!--<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png]] <br />
<br />
-->[[File:Menubar-View-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} View menu]]<br />
<br />
{{man note|Want Additional Gramplets|To add more Gramplets follow the instructions on [[5.2_Addons|'''Third-Party Addons''']]. Check the list of the available reports [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|'''here''']].}}<br />
<br />
In addition, there are a number of Third party Gramplets that you can easily install and use. These include:<br />
<br />
*Headline News Gramplet - current, breaking news from Gramps<br />
*Data Entry Gramplet - edit active person's name, birth date and place, death date and place, and add people<br />
*Python Gramplet - a Python shell<br />
*FAQ Gramplet - frequently asked questions<br />
*Note Gramplet - see and edit active person's primary Person Note<br />
<br />
and many others. See [[Third-party Addons]] for more details.<br />
<br />
== Summary of Gramplets ==<br />
Summary of all default built-in Gramplets and the view categories in which each gramplet can be used.<br />
<br />
Independently for each Category view mode container, the Gramplets can be added or removed using the following controls:<br />
* In the Dashboard Category, via the right-click context menu.<br />
* In all other Categories, via the drop-down Gramplet selection menus {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) on either the Bottombar or Sidebar.<br />
<br />
''There are no Menu options to add a Gramplet. This is because it would be ambiguous whether the Gramplet was to be added to that view mode's sidebar or bottombar.''<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Gramplet List===<br />
Click a Category header (twice) to sort the list and show that category's menu of available built-in Gramplet choices. (The actual menu will also include installed [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|3rd-party addon]] Gramplets.)<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|-<br />
! Gramplet<br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-gramplet.png]] <small>Dashboard</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-person.png]] <small>People</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-relation.png]] <small>Relationships</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-family.png]] <small>Families</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-pedigree.png]] <small>Charts</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-event.png]] <small>Events</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-place.png]] <small>Places</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-geo.png]] <small>Geography</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-source.png]] <small>Sources</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-citation.png]] <small>Citations</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-repository.png]] <small>Repositories</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-media.png]] <small>Media</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-notes.png]] <small>Notes</small><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="0" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#2-Way_Fan_Chart|2-Way Fan Chart]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="1" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age_Stats|Age Stats]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="2" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age_on_Date|Age on Date]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="3" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Ancestors|Ancestors]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="4" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="5" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Calendar|Calendar]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="6" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="7" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="8" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Descendant_Fan|Descendant Fan]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="9" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Descendants|Descendants]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="10" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="18a" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Encloses|Encloses]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="18b" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="11" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events|Events]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="11a" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events_Coordinates|Events Coordinates]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="12" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#FAQ|FAQ]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="13" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Fan_Chart|Fan Chart]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="14" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="15" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="16" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Given_Name_Cloud|Given Name Cloud]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="17" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Image_Metadata|Image Metadata]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="21" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Media_Preview|Media Preview]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="19" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="20" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Pedigree|Pedigree]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="22" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="23" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Records|Records]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="24" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="25" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Relatives|Relatives]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="26" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Residence|Residence]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="27" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Session_Log|Session Log]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="28" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#SoundEx|SoundEx]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="29" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Statistics|Statistics]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="30" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Surname_Cloud|Surname Cloud]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="31" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="32" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Top_Surnames|Top Surnames]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="33" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Welcome|Welcome to Gramps!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="34" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#What.27s_Next|What's Next?]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="37" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Python Evaluation|Python Evaluation!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big> &#9888;<br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#9888;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="38" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Uncollected Objects|Uncollected Objects!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big> &#9888;<br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#9888;<br />
|-<!-- Copy this section for any new core plugins --><br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="xx" |<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|-<br />
!Symbol<br />
!Meaning<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Warning --> &#9888;<br />
|Dangerous. Available in debug mode only<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Check --> &#x2714;<br />
|listed in gramplet menu for view<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Dashboard Category --> <big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|different container behavior<br />
|-<br />
!<big>&diams; &#x2699;</big> <br />
|category specific configuration options <br />
|-<br />
!<big>&diams;</big> <br />
|category specific interface <br />
|-<br />
!<big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|Content based on active record or category<br />
|}<br />
<br />
For more detailed information on using the installed Gramplets, see [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets#Gramplets|Gramplets]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==Gramplets==<br />
<br />
This following sections describe each Gramplet and its basic functionality.<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{stub}}<!--WIP - need to check from here on eg sort if need into order--><br />
=== 2-Way Fan Chart ===<br />
[[File:2-WayFanChart-detached-gramplet-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} 2-Way Fan Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Age on Date ===<br />
<br />
[[File:AgeOnDate-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age On Date Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Age on Date}} Gramplet allows you to enter a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calendar_date Calendar date] in the {{man label|Date:}} entry field. If you select the {{man button|Run}} the Gramplet will compute the ages for everyone in your Family Tree living on that Date and will show the results in a separate Quick View report dialog. The date must be entered in a calendar format that Gramps accepts eg: YYYY-MM-DD .<br />
<br />
* No configuration options are available for this gramplet.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:AgeOnDate-Gramplet-QuickView-example-result-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age On Date Gramplet - Quick View - result example]]<br />
<br />
From the resulting Quick View report dialog you can sort by the Person, Age or Status columns. Right clicking the row opens a context menu that allows you to ''Copy all'' rows to the clipboard; or to ''See the person details'' in the Person Editor, or ''Make the person active''.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
* You can also drag a date to from [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Calendar|Calendar Gramplet]] to the {{man label|Age on Date}} Gramplets {{man label|Date:}} entry field to enter that date. <br />
* See also the [[Third-party_Addons|Third-party Addon]] [[Addon:DateCalculator|Date Calculator Gramplet]] which allows you to do date math.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Age Stats ===<br />
[[File:AgeStats-Gramplet-detached-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age Stats Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Age Stats}} Gramplet shows statistics in the form of three text graphs grouped in 5 years age span breakdowns (use the vertical scroll bar to see the other two graphs):<br />
* '''Lifespan Age Distribution''' - for all people having valid birth and death dates.<br />
* '''Father - ''Child Age Diff Distribution''''' - shows the age difference between child and father where both individuals have valid birth dates.<br />
* '''Mother - ''Child Age Diff Distribution''''' - shows the age difference between child and mother where both individuals have valid birth dates.<br />
<br />
Rolling over a chart row will display a hint with the count of offspring matching the row's range.<br />
<br />
Double-clicking a row in any of the statistics graphs opens a Quick Report of the offspring categorized by that row. You can sort the Quick Report by the Name, Birth Date and Name Type columns. <br />
<br />
Right-clicking the Quick View report row displays a context menu for copying the list, opening the Person Editor or activating the person.<br />
<br />
=====&#x2699; Configurable Options=====<br />
[[File:AgeStats-Gramplet-configuration-tab-50.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age Stats Gramplet - from Charts Configuration tab defaults]]<br />
Adjustable graph scaling limits<br />
* Maximum Age 1-150; (''110 default'')<br />
* Maximum Age of mother at birth: 1-150; (''40 default'')<br />
* Maximum Age of father at birth: 1-150; (''60 default'')<br />
* Chart Width: 1-150; (''60 default'')<br />
<br />
In the Dashboard View, the Gramplet may be detached by clicking the {{man button|Configure active view}} button.<br />
==== See also ====<br />
* An upgrade has been developed for the 5.2 version of Gramps.See the [[:File:AgeStats-Gramplet-detached-51.png#Summary|screen capture]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Ancestors ===<br />
[[File:Ancestors-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Ancestors Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing active person's ancestors.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Attributes ===<br />
<br />
[[File:Attributes-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attributes Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
The Attributes Gramplet shows all of the attributes for the current, active person. Double click on the name of the attribute, and you will run a Quick View that shows all of the people that have that attribute, and the values for it. You can sort the Quick View by the attribute value by clicking on the column name.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:Atttribute-Gramplet-QuickView-example-result-50.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attributes Gramplet - Quick View example result]]<br />
<br />
In the Quick View, highlight the entry to change the active person (which will then change the Attributes Gramplet), and double-click the Quick View entry to bring up the Edit Person dialog window.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Calendar ===<br />
[[File:Calendar-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Calendar Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The '''Calendar Gramplet''' shows a monthly calendar. <br />
<br />
Surrounding the {{man label|''month''}} label at the top left corner, the {{man button|<}} {{man tooltip|previous}} and {{man button|>}} {{man tooltip|next}} buttons can be used to change the month.<br />
<br />
Surrounding the {{man label|''year''}} label at the top right corner, the {{man button|<}} {{man tooltip|previous}} and {{man button|>}} {{man tooltip|next}} buttons can be used to change the year.<br />
<br />
Double-click a '''day''' to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#On_This_Day|On This Day]]}} Quick View. The Quick View window shows up to 3 table sections, the events (if any exist) of: the exact date, other events on the same month/day in history, and events in that year.<br />
<br />
You can also drag a day from the Calendar to the date fields (such as for the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|Event Editor]] or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age on Date|Age on Date Gramplet]]) to enter that date. Similarly, a calendar day may also be dragged to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Clipboard]] where it will be stored in a plain text format.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Localized Day of the week headers|The customary first day of the week can be shown on calendar and which vary culturally. The calendar adapts to the language setting. <br /><br />The feature will be included in the 5.2 release but can patched manually. ''See the [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/built-in-calendar-gramplet/2080 Discourse forum discussion on the Calendar Gramplet]''}}<br />
<br />
<br />
<!-- Prepared for insertion for version 5.2 <br />
{{man tip|The calendar columns are localized|The customary first day of the week shown on calendars varies culturally. The calendar adapts to the locality. If the first calendar column is for the wrong day of the week, contact the translator for your language and refer them to the [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1319#issuecomment-1002039348 <code>gtk/gtkcalendar</code> translation string].}}<br />
--> <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Children ===<br />
[[File:Children-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Children Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons children.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|How do I change the order of children?]]<br />
Use:<br />
* The Family Editor [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Children|Children]] tab to change the order of children in the family.<br />
* The third party addon [[Addon:BirthOrderTool|Birth Order Tool]] which allows bulk updates of the children order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Children====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]<br />
<br />
Also shows the childs spouse if present.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Family Children====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Citations ===<br />
[[File:Citation-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Citation Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons citations.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Descendant Fan Chart===<br />
[[File:DescendantFan-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Descendant Fan (chart) Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing active person's direct descendants as a fan chart.<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Descendants ===<br />
[[File:Descendants-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Descendants Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Descendants Gramplet shows the direct descendants of the active person. <br />
<br />
The order of the spouses and children is that given in the Gramps editor. To change the order of spouses, click on ''Order'' on the Relationship view. To change the order of children, [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop drag and drop] them in the correct order in the Family edit window.<br />
<br />
This Gramplet is based on the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Descendant_Report|Descendant Report]], available from the Textual Reports.<br />
<br />
The Descendants Gramplet will update when you change the active person, or change family trees. It does not update automatically for edits or additions because this report is time-consuming to run.<br />
<br />
Minimizing a Gramplet will prevent it from updating.<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse over a person will show a tooltip summary which includes the death date.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Details ===<br />
[[File:Details-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Details Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing details of the active person.<br />
<br />
Provides a brief non editable summary of the selected person for example:<br />
* ''Name'': of person<br />
* ''Also Known As:''<br />
* ''Other Name:''<br />
* ''Father:''<br />
* ''Mother:''<br />
* ''Birth:''<br />
* ''Death:''<br />
* ''Burial:''<br />
<br />
* ''Image'': If available the primary image will be shown to the right of the details, otherwise a cross will indicate the image is missing, you may double click the image to open it in an external viewer. To change the primary active image see: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person Editors - Gallery tab]]<br />
<br />
You may highlight and copy the individual text fields.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Place_Encloses"><br />
=== Encloses ===<br />
</span><br />
[[File:Encloses-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Encloses Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the hierarchical locations of a place it encloses over time.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
* See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] tab<br />
<span id="Place_Enclosed_By"><br />
====Encloses Place Locations====<br />
</span><br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Enclosed By===<br />
[[File:EnclosedBy-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Enclosed By Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the locations hierarchically enclosed by a place over time.<br />
<br />
* See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] tab<br />
====Enclosed By Place Locations====<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Encloses|Encloses]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Events ===<br />
[[File:Events-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
Primarily designed as an alternative to opening a Edit Object dialog layout tab . <br />
<br />
Double click a row to edit the event.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events|Events]]<br />
====Family Events====<br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the events for the active Family.<br />
<br />
====Person Events====<br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the events for the active person.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Events Coordinates===<br />
Primarily designed to verify that the key data exists to plot the Events in the Geography view. Beyond the coordinates, a date and event type are needed for some of the animated views. <br />
<br />
Right-click a row to open a context menu to edit the event or place.<br />
<span id="Geography coordinates for Family Events"><br />
==== Family Events Audit ====<br />
</span>[[File:EventsCoordinates-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Coordinates Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet added in the Family category will show the Events for the active Family. <br /><br />
<br />
<span id="Geography_coordinates_for_Person_Events"><br />
====Person Events Audit====<br />
</span><br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the Events for the active person. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Fan Chart ===<br />
[[File:FanChart-detached-gramplet-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fan Chart Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
The Fan Chart Gramplet shows the direct ancestors of the active person in a circular format. It is similar to the Pedigree View, but shown around the center/active person, and further generations spiralling out.<br />
<br />
Click on a parent in the chart and they will expand or contract above their child. Right-click on a person and you can:<br />
<br />
* select that person to be the active person<br />
* edit the person which allows through Person Editor add children to person's families<br />
* select from among the person's relatives to be the active person<br />
* add partners (families) to person<br />
* copy name, birth and death of person into clipboard<br />
<br />
Clicking in an open area (non-person) and dragging the mouse will allow you to rotate the chart about the center. You may also left-click and drag in the center to reposition the fan chart.<br />
<br />
A black edge on the outer radius of the chart indicates more parents for that person. A black circle in the center indicates that the center person has children.<br />
<br />
The Fan Chart Gramplet will update when you change the active person, or change family trees. <br />
<br />
Minimizing a Gramplet will prevent it from updating.<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== FAQ ===<br />
[[File:FAQ-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} FAQ Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|FAQ Gramplet}} (Frequently Asked Questions) shows a list of common questions, and links to their answers from the Gramps Wiki (requires an internet connection).<br />
<br />
This gramplet shows a manually curated list of '''Frequently Asked Questions''' hyperlinked to answers in articles of the Gramps wiki. The list is collated from new user postings to the [[Contact#Mailing_lists|Gramps User maillist]] that must be answered repeatedly. <br />
<br />
The idea is to make the answers to the most common question easier to find, the primary objective is to let new users start using Gramps more quickly.<br />
<br />
====See Also====<br />
* Bug Report {{bug|11742}}: Dashboard FAQ links are obsolete (resolved)<br />
* Bug Report {{bug|11997}}: how to add/update FAQs<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Filter ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
Gramplet providing a filter specific to the Category.<br />
<br />
=====See Also =====<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter]] gramplets<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]<br />
*Isotammi [[Addon:Isotammi_addons#Filter.2B|Filter+ gramplet addon]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Person Filter"></span><br />
====People Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Person-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cname.3E|People with a name matching &lt;text>]]<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_.3Cid.3E|People with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Gender : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Males|Male]] &bull; [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Females|Female]] &bull; [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_unknown_gender|People with unknown gender]]<br />
* Birth date : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cbirth_data.3E|People with the &lt;birth data>]]<br />
* Death date : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cdeath_data.3E|People with the &lt;death data>]]<br />
* Event : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_personal_.3Cevent.3E|People with the personal &lt;event>]]<br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|People having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|People with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|People matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Family Filter"></span><br />
====Families Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Family-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Families - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_having_child_with_id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Families with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Father :[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_father_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with father matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Mother : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_mother_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with mother matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Child : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_child_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with child matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Relationship : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_relationship_type|Families with the relationship type]]<br />
* Family Event : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Cevent.3E|Families with the &lt;event>]]<br />
* Family Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Families having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Families with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Families matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Charts Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Person-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Charts - Filter Gramplet - detached - default (Same as People Filter)]]<br />
The diagrams in Charts need the context of connecting records to define the connections between blocks. So rather than only displaying ''only'' the matching records in the Charts view modes, Filters for the Charts still displays all the records but dims the non-matching ones. <br />
<br />
''Interface is the same as the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#People_Filter|People Filter Gramplet]]''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Event Filter"></span><br />
====Events Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Event-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Events with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Description : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_matching_parameters|Events matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><!-- [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_the_particular_type| Events with the particular type]]--><br />
* Participants : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Date : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Place : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Events having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Events with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Events matching the particular &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Place Filter"></span><br />
====Places Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Place-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Places - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Places with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_matching_parameters|Places matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Places matching parameters''</small><br />
* Code : <small>''Places matching parameters''</small><br />
* Enclosed By : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_enclosed_by_another_place|Places enclosed by another place]]<br />
* Within : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_within_an_area|Places within an area]]<br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Places having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Places with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Places matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Geography Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Place-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Geography - Filter Gramplet - detached - default (Same as Places Filter)]]<br />
''Interface is the same as the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#People_Filter|Places Filter Gramplet]]''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Source Filter"></span><br />
<br />
====Sources Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Source-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sources - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_parameters|Sources matching parameters]]<!--[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_title_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with title containing &lt;text>]]--><br />
* Author : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Abbreviation : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Publication : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Sources matching the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Sources matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Citation Filter"></span><br />
====Citations Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Citation-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Citations - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
<br />
'''Source:'''<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_parameters|Sources matching parameters]]<br />
* Author : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Abbreviation : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Publication : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_having_source_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations having source notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
'''Citation:'''<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Volume/Page : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_matching_parameters|Citations matching parameters]]<br />
* Date : <small>''Citations matching parameters''</small><br />
* Min. Conf. : <small>''Citations matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Citations with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Citations matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Repository Filter"></span><br />
====Repositories Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Repository-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Repositories - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Repositories with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_parameters|Repositories matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* Address : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* URL : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Repositories having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Repositories with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Repositories matching &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Media Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Media-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Media objects with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_matching_parameters|Media objects matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Path : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Date : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Media objects having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Media objects with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Media objects matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Notes-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Notes with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Text : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_matching_parameters|Notes matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Notes matching parameters''</small><br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Notes with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Notes matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Gallery ===<br />
[[File:Gallery-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gallery Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing media objects. The first image is the primary active media object that is used in reports and the Edit Person dialog.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Gallery]] tab for {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person dialog]] }}where you can change which image is the primary active media object for reports etc...<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Given Name Cloud ===<br />
[[File:GivenNameCloud-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Given Name Cloud Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Like the [[#Surname_Cloud|Surname Cloud Gramplet]], the Given Name Cloud Gramplet shows the top most popular given names in your family tree. The size of the name indicates how popular it is. Mouse over the name to see the exact count, and the percent of people in the family tree that have that name.<br />
<br />
The Gramplet splits up given names into words (broken up by spaces). For example "Sarah Elizabeth" would appear under both "Sarah" and "Elizabeth".<br />
<br />
Double-click on the given name to bring up a Quick View of all of the matching people.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Image Metadata ===<br />
[[File:ImageMetadata-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Image Metadata Gramplet - example]]<br />
<br />
The Image Metadata Gramplet offers an interface to look at [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format Image Exif Metadata] from your images (*.jpg, *.png. *.tiff, *.exv, *.nef, *.psd, *.pgf).<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also the third party:<br />
* [[Addon:Edit Image Exif Metadata]]<br />
<br />
==== Prerequisites ====<br />
{{man tip|Special Note|Before being able to use this Gramplet/Addon, you will need to download and install [https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/gexiv2 gexiv2]<br>or install gexiv2 from your local Linux repository.<br>MS-Windows users, this is depends on which installer you used.<br>Ubuntu, use the Universe repository to find gexiv2.'''<br>Also see [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GExiv2_for_Image_metadata|GExiv2 for Image metadata]]}}<br />
<br />
Once you have installed gexiv2, see above for directions to download and install this addon...<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--update for gexiv2--><br />
Pyexiv2 can be used from the command line interface (cli) as well, and from within a python script:<br />
# import the pyexiv2 library<br />
#: from pyexiv2 import ImageMetadata, ExifTag<br />
# specify your image<br />
#: image = ImageMetadata("/home/user/image.jpg")<br />
# read the image<br />
#: image.read()<br />
<br />
Exif, IPTC, XMP metadata reference tags can be found [http://www.exiv2.org/metadata.html here].<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.Artist"] # Artist<br />
:Smith and Johnson's Photography Studio<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.DateTime"] # DateTime<br />
:1826 Apr 12 14:00:00<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.DateTime"] = datetime.datetime.now() # Add DateTime<br />
<br />
:image.write() # write the Metadata<br />
<br />
====Usage scenario====<br />
The preferred way to use this addon is:<br />
# install pyexiv2<br />
# Install this addon<br />
# Restart Gramps<br />
# Click Views from the Menu bar, and select Media Views<br />
# Open the Side Bar<br />
# Slide the available empty right view to about half the screen.<br />
# Right click text to the Side Bar tab, and select Add a Gramplet<br />
# Select Image Metadata Gramplet<br />
# Select an image from the left hand MediaView<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Media Preview ===<br />
[[File:MediaPreview-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Preview Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet shows a preview of a single media object.<br />
{{-}}<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Notes ===<br />
[[File:Notes-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons notes.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Addon:NoteGramplet|Note Gramplet]] - Third party Addon<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Pedigree ===<br />
[[File:Pedigree-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pedigree Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Pedigree Gramplet shows a compressed view of the active person's direct ancestors. It defaults to going back 100 generations. The names can be clicked to change the active person, right-click to edit the person. At the bottom of the Gramplet the number of people per generation is listed. Birth and death dates are shown next to each person's name. Double-click the Generation number to see the matching individuals.<br />
<br />
Using the content of the Pedigree in another program requires a bit of effort Open a contextual pop-up menu by right-clicking anywhere in the gramplet except a hotlink. Or, you can begin a drag selection from the same inert areas. Copy the highlighted text the OS clipboard from that same context menu. (The keybinding for 'Copy' will not work.) When you paste the text into another text editing program, you may need change the font to a non-proportional font to preserve the indentation. Some online services collapse leading spaces when you post a chunk of text. Preserving the indentation for such services may require replacing doubled spaces with doubled placeholder characters... like periods/full stops.<br />
====&#x2699; Configurable Options====<br />
* Maximum generations: 1 to 100 limit; (default: ''100'')<br />
* Show Dates checkbox; (default: ''deselected'')<br />
* Line Type menu: <abbr title="Unicode Transformation Format graphical symbols">UTF</abbr>, <abbr title="American Standard Code for Information Interchange text symbols">ASCII</abbr>; (default: ''UTF'')<br />
=== Python Evaluation ===<br />
{{man warn|Warning! Diagnostic Tool|Do not use this '''Debug''' feature on your working Family Tree. Always create a new empty Family Tree or a copy of your existing Family Tree for testing.<br />This option is only available when Gramps has been started using a developer [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Python_options|mode switch]]. It is not intended for general use and has limited safeguards.}}<br />
[[File:PythonEvaluation-Gramplet-detached-example-52.png|right|thumb|301px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Python Evaluation Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
The {{man label|Python Evaluation}} window tool is intended to test Python scripts with Gramps data.<br />
==== See Also ====<br />
* [[Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet|Python Shell]] addon gramplet<br />
* Debug submenu in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Tools|Tools]] menu before version 4.0.2<br />
* [[Contact#Mailing_lists|Gramps-devel]] maillist: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-devel/thread/524D973D.9000604%40hotmail.com/#msg31477962 Converting tools to gramplets] - Oct 2013<br />
* Where possible, use the [[Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet|Python Shell]] addon gramplet instead. It has extra garbage collection functionality<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Quick View ===<br />
[[File:QuickView-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|312px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Quick View Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Quick View Gramplet allows [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View reports]] to update dynamically as the selected. Instead of a window with a static report, the gramplet updates different active record is selected within the target Category. (When this Gramplet was introduced, it only offered choosing Quick View Reports from the People category. A Configuration pop-up menu to select View categories has since been added.)<br />
<br />
You can run any of the built-in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick Views]] or [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickView-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|thumb|right|318px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Quick View Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
You can change the options by clicking the Option button (top, left hand button of the Gramplet) which will detach the Gramplet and bring it up an a window. Select {{man label|Options}} on the top row, and a list of options will appear. Press {{man button|Save}} to apply the changes to the Quick View. You may then close the window to reattach the Gramplet.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
See the following developer information if you are interested in creating your own:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Making_your_own_Quick_view|Making your own Quick view]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Records ===<br />
[[File:Records-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Records Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Records Gramplet shows a number of interesting facts about the records (mostly age related) from your database. The list shows the top three for each element.<br />
* Person Records:<br />
** Youngest living person<br />
** Oldest living person<br />
** Person died at youngest age<br />
** Person died at oldest age<br />
** Person married at youngest age<br />
** Person married at oldest age<br />
** Person divorced at youngest age<br />
** Person divorced at oldest age<br />
** Youngest father<br />
** Youngest mother<br />
** Oldest father<br />
** Oldest mother<br />
* Family Records<br />
** Couple with most children<br />
** Living couple married most recently<br />
** Living couple married most long ago<br />
** Shortest past marriage<br />
** Longest past marriage<br />
{{-}}<br />
The list is not only interesting on its own, it is also a good sanity check of the data. For some items you have to fill in some additional information. <br />
<br />
This following example shows that there was a marriage event (thus calculation of the offset) but none of the persons had a death event. Even if the date is not known, just enter a death event for one of the partners and the list will be corrected.<br />
<br />
'''Living couple married most long ago'''<br />
# van Dosselaere, Egidius and Rechters, Petronella (382 years, 1 month)<br />
# de Richter, Petrus and Asscericx, Catharina (379 years, 9 months)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
An identical [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Records_Report|Records Report]] is also available.<br />
<br />
=== References ===<br />
[[File:References-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} References Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons References.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person References====<br />
* Person References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a person<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family References====<br />
* Family References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a family<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event References====<br />
* Event References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for an event<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place References====<br />
* Place References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a place<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source References====<br />
* Source References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a source<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation References====<br />
* Citation References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a citation<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository References====<br />
* Repository References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a repository<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media References====<br />
* Media References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a media object<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Note References====<br />
* Note References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a note<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Relatives ===<br />
[[File:Relatives-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Relatives Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
This Gramplet shows all direct relatives of the active person. It's intended use is as a navigation help, an alternative way to move through your family tree in Gramps . If you detach the Gramplet, and place it next to Gramps, it will allow you to use it to easily change the content of the current "Person view".<br />
<br />
If you are working in the charts category Pedigree view, the active person is the left-most person. By clicking a name in the relatives Gramplet, you can easily change the active person, and all person view in the other window will update. As the relatives Gramplet shows all spouses, all children and all parents, this offers an alternative way of navigating your data.<br />
<br />
The names in this Gramplet also allow you to call up the person editor directly, by right-clicking on any of the names.<br />
<br />
The Relatives Gramplet can be added to the following categories:<br />
* People Category<br />
* Relationships Category<br />
* Charts Category<br />
* Geography Category (selected views only)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Residence ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ResidenceGramplet-Person-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person - Residence Gramplet - detached - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing residence events for the active person<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Residence====<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Residence|Residence]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Session Log ===<br />
[[File:SessionLog-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Session Log Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The session log keeps track of activity in this session. It lists selected and edited objects. <br />
<br />
Click a name once to make this person the active person. Double-click on a name or family brings up the {{man label|edit}} page for that object. In addition, if you want to edit a person, but don't want to change the active person, you can right-click on the person's name.<br />
<br />
This Gramplet is handy because you can very quickly change the active person, or edit the object, from the session list. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== SoundEx ===<br />
[[File:SoundEx-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} SoundEx Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
This Gramplet generates SoundEx codes for the names of people in the database. <br />
<br />
From the {{man label|SoundEx Gramplet}} window you can either choose a {{man label|Name:}} from the pop-up menu shown by selecting the down {{man button|&#x25BC;}} arrowhead, (triangle) or you can type a name into the text field.<br />
<br />
The name you type in can be any name... even a name not present in your Family Tree.<br />
<br />
The result is shown automatically eg:&nbsp;The SoundEx code for ''Simpson'' is ''S512''<br />
<br />
A {{man button|Help}} button is available which brings you to this page. With the {{man button|Close}} button (or using the keyboard shortcut {{man key press|Alt|C}}) you dismiss the {{man label|SoundEx Gramplet}} window.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===== Soundex what is this? =====<br />
<br />
Soundex is the most widely known of all [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Phonetic_algorithm phonetic algorithms] which allow indexing of words by their sound, as pronounced in English. Soundex support is included with searching via a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Soundex_match_of_People_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Soundex match of People with the &lt;name>]] Custom Filter rule, a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#SoundEx|Soundex Gramplet]], and as a quality control for matching in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Find_Possible_Duplicate_People|Find Possible Duplicate People]] tool.<br />
<br />
The Soundex equivalent is a coded surname (last name) index based on the way a surname sounds rather than the way it is spelled. Surnames that sound the same, but are spelled differently, like SMITH and SMYTH, have the same code and are filed together. The Soundex coding system was developed so that surnames may be found even when recorded under variant spellings.<br />
<br />
First applied to the 1880 US Census, Soundex is a "sound index", not a strictly alphabetical one. The key feature is that it codes surnames (last names) based on the way a name sounds rather than on how it is spelled. The Soundex phonetic coding system pre-dates computers and was to help researchers find a surname quickly even though it may have received different spellings.<br />
<br />
Those doing census lookups must use the same method to encode and tabulate surnames as the census workers did when they generated the database. <br />
<br />
To search for a particular surname, you must first work out its encoding equivalent.<br />
<br />
*'''Basic Soundex Coding Rule:'''<br />
<br />
Every Soundex code consists of a letter and three numbers, such as W-252. The letter is always the first letter of the surname. The numbers are assigned to the remaining letters of the surname according to the Soundex guide shown below. Zeroes are added at the end if necessary to produce a four-character code. Additional letters are disregarded. Examples:<br />
Washington is coded W-252 (W, 2 for the S, 5 for the N, 2 for the G, remaining letters disregarded).<br />
Lee is coded L-000 (L, 000 added).<br />
<br />
{|{{prettytable}} <br />
!Number<br />
!Represents the Letters<br />
|-<br />
|1<br />
|B, F, P, V<br />
|-<br />
|2<br />
|C, G, J, K, Q, S, X, Z<br />
|-<br />
|3<br />
|D, T<br />
|-<br />
|4<br />
|L<br />
|-<br />
|5<br />
|M, N<br />
|-<br />
|6<br />
|R<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Disregard the letters A, E, I, O, U, H, W, and Y.<br />
<br />
*'''Additional Soundex Coding Rules:'''<br />
** Names With Double Letters: If the surname has any double letters, they should be treated as one letter. For example:<br />
***Gutierrez is coded G-362 (G, 3 for the T, 6 for the first R, second R ignored, 2 for the Z).<br />
** Names with Letters Side-by-Side that have the Same Soundex Code Number: If the surname has different letters side-by-side that have the same number in the Soundex coding guide, they should be treated as one letter. Examples:<br />
*** Pfister is coded as P-236 (P, F ignored, 2 for the S, 3 for the T, 6 for the R).<br />
*** Jackson is coded as J-250 (J, 2 for the C, K ignored, S ignored, 5 for the N, 0 added).<br />
*** Tymczak is coded as T-522 (T, 5 for the M, 2 for the C, Z ignored, 2 for the K). Since the vowel "A" separates the Z and K, the K is coded.<br />
** Names with Prefixes: If a surname has a prefix, such as Van, Con, De, Di, La, or Le, code both with and without the prefix because the surname might be listed under either code. Note, however, that Mc and Mac are not considered prefixes.For example, VanDeusen might be coded two ways:V-532 (V, 5 for N, 3 for D, 2 for S) or D-250 (D, 2 for the S, 5 for the N, 0 added).<br />
** Consonant Separators: If a vowel (A, E, I, O, U) separates two consonants that have the same Soundex code, the consonant to the right of the vowel is coded. Example:Tymczak is coded as T-522 (T, 5 for the M, 2 for the C, Z ignored (see "Side-by-Side" rule above), 2 for the K). Since the vowel "A" separates the Z and K, the K is coded. If "H" or "W" separate two consonants that have the same Soundex code, the consonant to the right of the vowel is not coded. Example: Ashcraft is coded A-261 (A, 2 for the S, C ignored, 6 for the R, 1 for the F). It is not coded A-226.<br />
<br />
Please visit the [http://www.archives.gov/research/census/soundex.html NARA Soundex Indexing page] to learn more about Soundex Indexing System.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Statistics ===<br />
[[File:Statistics-Gramplet-detached-52.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Statistics Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Statistics Gramplet runs a Statistics report. Double-click the phrases to bring up the matching items.<br />
<br />
Following information is provided to you in this Gramplet:<br />
*'''Individuals'''<br />
**Number of individuals<br />
**Males<br />
**Females<br />
**Individuals with other gender {{new|5.2}}<br />
**Individuals with unknown gender<br />
**Incomplete names<br />
**Individuals with missing birth dates<br />
**Disconnected individuals<br />
*'''Family information'''<br />
**Number of families<br />
**Unique surnames<br />
*'''Media objects'''<br />
**Individuals with media objects<br />
**Total numbers of media object references<br />
**Number of unique media objects<br />
**Total size of media objects<br />
**Missing Media Objects<br />
<br />
As with all Gramplets if you click on the left hand side {{man button|Tool}} button you detach the window and if you add persons to your family tree, you will see the amount of individuals change dynamically.<br />
<br />
The information given in this Gramplet is the same as in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Database_Summary_Report|Database Summary Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Surname Cloud ===<br />
[[File:SurnameCloud-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Surname Cloud Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Surname Cloud Gramplet shows the top 100 (by default) used surnames. The name font size is proportional to the amount of people with the same name.<br />
<br />
Double-click a surname to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Same_Surnames|Same Surnames Quick View]]}}. This will open the {{man label|Quick View}} window where you can find all people with a matching or alternate name. Person, birth date and name type are given. <br />
<br />
If you mouse over the name you see the percentage of occurrence and total counts.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:SurnameCloud-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Surname Cloud Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
You can change the number of names displayed by configuring the view for this gramplet.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Person To Do"></span><span id="Family To Do"></span><span id="Event To Do"></span><span id="Place To Do"></span><span id="Source To Do"></span><span id="Citation To Do"></span><span id="Repository To Do"></span><span id="Media To Do"></span><br />
<br />
=== To Do ===<br />
[[File:ToDo-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} To Do Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
The '''To Do Gramplet''' displays a free form text area showing the contents of Note objects of the "To Do" type. The Type of To Do note is filtered to the current category.<br />
<br />
You can use this area to put some notes, remarks, things you should to get your research going. There are several other To Do programs (e.g. Tomboy e.a.) but these Gramplets are useful as the information stays within the Gramps database. <br />
<br />
To Do Gramplets allow you to create notes and attach them to Gramps objects. For example, you can add a Person To Do Gramplet to the sidebar of the Person View. Notes added using this Gramplet will be attached to the currently active person. There is a To Do Gramplet for each Gramps primary object type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also the experimental [[Third-party Addons|Third-party Addon]]: <br />
* [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] available for the Dashboard that lists all To Do notes in the database, together with the object to which they are attached.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Top Surnames ===<br />
[[File:TopSurnames-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Top Surnames Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Top Surnames Gramplet shows the top 10 (by default) used surnames.<br />
<br />
The top ten is presented as follows:<br />
*Surname<br />
*percentage <br />
*occurrences<br />
<br />
The list gives you also the Total unique surnames in the database as well as the total number of people in your database.<br />
<br />
Double-click a surname to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Same_Surnames|Same Surnames Quick View]]}}. This opens the {{man label|Quick View}} window, which gives the people with the surname you double-clicked.<br />
<br />
A table is presented which shows all people with a matching name or alternate name. Person's name, ID, birth date and name type is given. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
Advanced:<br />
* Change the number of names displayed by editing this section in <code>~/.gramps/gramps52/gramplets.ini</code><br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Uncollected Objects ===<br />
{{man warn|Warning! Diagnostic Tool|Do not use this '''Debug''' feature on your working Family Tree. Always create a new empty Family Tree or a copy of your existing Family Tree for testing.<br />This option is only available when Gramps has been started using a developer [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Python_options|mode switch]]. It is not intended for general use and has limited safeguards.}}<br />
[[File:UncollectedObjects-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Uncollected Objects Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Uncollected Objects}} Gramplet is intended to list the low-level Python objects that are left around in memory and cannot be (easily) automatically deleted when they are no longer in use. Developers use it to try to identify the source of memory 'leaks', which cause Gramps to continually use more and more memory, the longer it is used.<br />
<br />
Because the tool is trying to display objects that might still be getting deleted, it sometimes has some trouble.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Welcome ===<br />
[[File:Welcome-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Welcome Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The '''Welcome to Gramps!''' Gramplet gives an introductory message to new users, and some basic instructions.<br />
<br />
The welcome message describes what Gramps is, that the program is Open Source Software and how you start a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees|Family Tree]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== What's Next ===<br />
[[File:WhatsNext-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} What's Next? Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The What's Next Gramplet displays a list of the "most urgent" information gaps in your family tree. It is based on the following assumptions:<br />
* The Home Person defines the focus<br />
* Searches for gaps begin with the Home Person's descendants and work up the tree <br />
* The tree is expected to contain the given name, surname, birth date and place, and death date and place of each person<br />
* You want to know parents, their marriage date and place, and - if divorced - divorce date and place of each family with married parents<br />
* You want to know at least the mother of each family with unmarried parents<br />
* The closer the relationship to the Home Person, the more "urgent" the information gap is.<br />
* The closer the common ancestor is from the main person, the more "urgent" the information is (e.g. nephews are considered more "urgent" than uncles, even though both have a distance of 3 generations, because for nephews the common ancestor is father/mother, while for uncles, the common ancestor is grandfather/grandmother)<br />
* Marriage data and personal data of the spouse is slightly less "urgent" than personal data of the directly related person<br />
* Half-siblings are less "urgent" than siblings<br />
<br />
You may copy the text from inside of this Gramplet by selecting it and pasting into an empty document.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:WhatsNext-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} What's Next? Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
The Gramplet can ignore previously verified events by making use of some custom Tags. The tags are selected in the Gramplets configuration. For example you can tag the following to be ignored:<br />
* that a person is complete<br />
* that a family is complete<br />
* that a person or family should be ignored for shortening lists<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Reports|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets&diff=103115
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets
2024-03-17T21:44:38Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Python Evaluation */ scale dialog</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Reports|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|12}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
This page details the functionality of the Gramplets that come with Gramps.<br />
<br />
{{man note|For more Gramplets|that you can extend your Gramps functionality with, see [[Third-party Addons]].<br>For technical details about creating your own Gramplet, please see [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Developers]].}}<br />
<br />
== What is a Gramplet? ==<br />
<span id="definition"><br />
[[File:DashboardCategoryView-example-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dashboard Category view]]<br />
<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#gramplet|Gramplet]] is an expansion to the Gramps program that ''ideally'' works seamlessly as if it was a core feature. They actually become embedded as part of Gramps. But while the core features of a view are needed almost constantly, the bundled Gramplets extend the view in ways that are only needed occasionally. Gramplets provide a supplemental perspective of the Tree data which either: changes dynamically during the navigation of the Gramps Tree, or; provides interactivity to your genealogical data.<br />
<br />
Gramplets are the division of plug-ins (also called [http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Widget_engine widgets], plugins, addons, auxiliary components) that can be found in the '''[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard Category]]''' ... or the '''[[#The_split-screen_Sidebar_.26_Bottombar|Sidebars]]''' and '''[[#The_split-screen_Sidebar_.26_Bottombar|Bottombars]]''' in other Navigator [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View Categories]]. They provide all kinds of functionality that can be useful for the researcher.<br />
<br />
A [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gramplet_List|selection of built-in plugins]] are bundled and pre-installed with Gramps. The Gramps project hosts a [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|selection of add-on plugins]] that might only be of interest to certain audiences. <br />
<br />
There are also third-parties, such as The Taapeli Project in Finland, who hosts their own selection of [[Addon:Isotammi_addons|Isotammi group add-on plug-ins]] developed to tune Gramps for their needs. Members of the Gramps community also share special purpose addons privately or via GitHub repositories. And, of course, users are [[Addons_development#Develop_your_addon|invited to develop their own addons]].</span><br />
<br />
{{Man warn|Performance Drain|<i>'''Gramplets can slow down Gramps and can use a lot of memory.'''</i><br>Close any docked Gramplets that will not be of immediate use. (It is not necessary to uninstall them with the Plugin Manager.) Closed Gramplets can be re-added to a Gramplet Bar or the Dashboard as needed.}}<br />
<br />
=== Aren't all Plugins also Gramplets? ===<br />
What is the difference between Gramplets, reports, quick views, and tools? <br />
<br />
All of these are '''plugin''' types. But Gramplets are subtype of plugins with more emphasis on the user interface. Gramplets add a '''capability''' or a '''different perspective''' to the View. They can be used to improve the workflow of a View. <br />
<br />
The other plugins tend to interrupt the normal workflow to do another task. They also tend to be used more intermittently. A plugin might generate a static (even when hot-linked) snapshot of the data, be a way of doing mass change, or provide an alternative import/export/output system. <br />
<br />
Some common [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager#Plugin_types|Plugin types]] are:<br />
*Reports - provide a static output format of your data, typically for presentation<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick Views]] - provides a typically short, interactive listing derived from your data<br />
*Tools - provide a method of processing your data<br />
*Gramplets - provide a dynamic view and interface to your data.<br />
<br />
A deeper understanding of the different types of plugins can be gained by sorting the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] by '''Type''' and exploring the contrasting '''Descriptions'''. <br />
<br />
Some of the more static types of plugins can be extended to work dynamically as a Gramplet.<br />
<br />
Several plugins have evolved into multiple types. Some plugins are shells which layer extra capabilities around other plugins. The '''Quick View''' Gramplet is not a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|type of Quick View plugin]]. Instead, it is a dockable shell that shows a '''Quick View''' plugin and pushes the plugin to refresh as the context changes.<br />
<br />
{{man tip |Tip: Configure the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View Gramplet]] [[File:Gramps-config.png]]|Use the ''Configure'' button to change which '''Quick View''' plugin will be displayed from the any of the various Navigator categories.}}<br />
<br />
=== Starting with Gramplets ===<br />
When you first start the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard Category]] you will see two default Gramplets; the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Welcome_Gramplet|Welcome to Gramps!]]}}''' Gramplet and the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Top_Surnames_Gramplet|Top Surnames Gramplet]]}}'''.<br />
<br />
The Dashboard and Gramplet Split Bars of the Navigator Categories may have '''common''' and '''specific''' Gramplets. <!-- If the Plugin Registration includes a <code>navtypes</code>, then the Gramplet is limited to Specific categories. Unfortunately, there is no feature in the GUI to make this limitation visible. --> <br />
*Common Gramplets are applicable to any View ... and the data viewpoint is with respect to the Context of the Active Person and/or the Home Person. They can be docked on any Navigator Category View without making that View seem ambiguous. <br />
*Specific Gramplets need the context of particular Views to give context to their perspective of the data. The list in the Dashboard's Add a Gramplet submenu and the {{man button|&or;}} Gramplet Bar Menu will differ according active Category view and Gramplets installed.<br />
<br />
{{Stub}}<br />
This list is leftover from an earlier revision of the wiki. It is unclear where the items fit in this discussion.<br />
* Back references Gramplets - provide immediate visibility to data that tends be viewed occasionally and is buried in the interface... like the {{man label|references}} tab on object Editor. <br />
* Filter Gramplet is like the previous filter sidebar<br />
* Common models for Notes, Gallery, Sources, Citations, Events<br />
* Children Gramplet on Person views (also charts category and relationships category), families view<br />
<br />
=== General Usage and Configuration ===<br />
[[File:WelcomegadgetBlur.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dashboard Welcome Gramplet]]<br />
The container controls for Gramplets are arranged a little differently in the Dashboard category View as opposed to the Sidebar and Bottombar. Being aware of how these Gramplet containers differ (and are similar) will let you focus on getting the high speed performance instead of wondering why it spun out of control.<br />
<br />
Originally added in version 3, Gramplets in Dashboard category View are arranged in a configurable number of columns. The Sidebar and Bottombar [[Split_Views|split panes]] were selected from among later innovations proposed in [[GEPS_019:_Improved_Sidebar_and_Split_Views|GEPS 19]]. They were built on the Filter Sidebar of the 3.3 version. The Filter was converted to a Gramplet'' and pre-docked in the Sidebar. <br />
<br />
[[File:Welcome-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Detached Sidebar Welcome Gramplet]]The split panes provide limited screenspace for docking Gramplets in the other Navigator categories. But, unlike the many columns of the Dashboard View, each new split pane is a single column, filled with a single Gramplet. (The pane still supports holding multiple Gramplets, it just uses Tabs to display them one at a time.)<br />
<br />
The split pane approach reduces the need for flipping between Category Views... and that lightens the demands on the database.<br />
<br />
[[File:DashboardCategory-gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Detached Gramplet in the Dashboard View]]<br />
However, Gramplets can be undocked (detached, torn off) to float free from any of the three containers. When detached, an additional {{man button| Help}} button in the lower left will open the Gramplet's page on this website. Clicking the {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button in the upper right corner will re-docks a detached Gramplet. Clicking the similar {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button of a docked Gramplet will remove it from the pane.<br />
<!-- This is in the WRONG place! We're still talking about how the containers for Gramplets work... not yet to using the Gramplet's themselves.<br />
<br />
{{man button| &or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from <br />
<br />
<br />
==== Hotlinked Gramplet data ====<br />
Gramplet development is not subject to the approval of our [[5.2_Roadmap#Project_governance|benevolent dictator]] and so behaviors more variable.<br />
<br />
If a link in a Gramplet is to a specific person, then clicking the link will change the Active Person. Double-clicking such any link to a specific Gramps item (such as person or family) will bring up the Editor for that item. To edit a linked person without changing the Active Person, right-click on the person link. Depending on the type of entry, double-clicking any row in a Quick View table will either select more specific data (drill down) or bring up the editor.<br />
--><br />
==== The Dashboard Category View ====<br />
<br />
In the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]], you can drag the {{man button|&nbsp;Properties&nbsp;}}&nbsp;button (top left) of each Gramplet to reposition it in the Dashboard View area. You can click the {{man button|&nbsp;Properties&nbsp;}}&nbsp;button to detach (or ''&lsquo;undock&rsquo;'') the Gramplet from Dashboard View and place it in its own window. The window will stay open regardless of page (relationships, charts, etc). Closing the detached view will put it back onto the Dashboard view. If you quit Gramps with a open Gramplet, when you start gramps again, it will open automatically.<br />
<br />
When one or more Gramplets are undocked from the Dashboard View, they remain visible as you change to a different View (such as the People or Charts View). In this way, you can use these Gramplets to supplement a particular View with additional details and functionality provided by the Gramplet.<br />
<br />
You can add new Gramplets by right-clicking on an open space on Dashboard view. Click the {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button above the Gramplet to remove it from the Dashboard.<br />
<br />
===== &#x2699; Configurable Options =====<br />
[[File:Menubar-View-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} View menu]]<br />
You can also change the number of columns by changing a ''Gramplets Layout'' tab setting in ''Configure Dashboard'' window. To open the window, click the [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button, choose {{Man menu|View&nbsp;&#x27a1;&nbsp;Configure...}} from the View menu, or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].<br />
[[File:Whats_next-configure_dashboard-41.png|center|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramplet Configuration tabs]]<br />
Each Gramplet docked in the Dashboard will also have a Configuration tab added. (But the same Gramplet may not have any Configuration options or tab when docked in the Sidebar or Bottombar.) The Dashboard provides extra options for each Gramplet to allow it be renamed, set to a fixed vertical size, or be maximized vertically in its column. The Configuration tab for Gramplets in docked in the Dashboard reflect at least these minimum options. <br />
<br />
Double-clicking the title of a Gramplet docked in the Dashboard Category allows you to change the display title.<br />
<br />
==== The split-screen Sidebar &amp; Bottombar ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramplet split-screens showing [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]] with the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Each of these split screen panes is a container of stacked Gramplet tabs. Like Windows with a tabbed section, each can show only a single tab at a time. But tabs can be added, re-ordered, undocked or disabled in a similar fashion to the Dashboard. However, instead of a Contextual Menu, each split-pane {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} has a ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button to show the same pop-up list of options.<br />
<br />
To add a Gramplet to the stacked tabs, select it from the {{man menu|Gramplet Bar Menu {{man button|&or;}} Add a gramplet}} submenu.<br />
<br />
<span id="undock gramplet">To undock a tab, grab the tab title and drag out of the split-pane. To re-dock, click the Close button or the 'X' button.</span> <br />
<br />
To remove the Gramplet from the stack tabs, select it from the {{man menu|Gramplet Bar Menu {{man button|&or;}} Remove a gramplet}} submenu. (Alternatively, the {{man button|&times;}} Close button will be accessible if the 'Show close button in gramplet tabs' checkbox in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]] tab of Preferences is selected.)<br />
<br />
Curiously, the same Gramplets might be tabs in the different split-screen section of a View but be configured to show information differently. It is important to be aware that each Gramplet (whether stacked as a Tab or floating undocked) bogs down performance of Gramps. Use fewer Gramplets to make Gramps more responsive.<br />
<br />
The lists of Gramplets that can be added to the stack of tabs in a split pane are filtered by those appropriate to that category.<br />
===== &#x2699; Configurable Options =====<br />
<!--<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png]] <br />
<br />
-->[[File:Menubar-View-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} View menu]]<br />
<br />
{{man note|Want Additional Gramplets|To add more Gramplets follow the instructions on [[5.2_Addons|'''Third-Party Addons''']]. Check the list of the available reports [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|'''here''']].}}<br />
<br />
In addition, there are a number of Third party Gramplets that you can easily install and use. These include:<br />
<br />
*Headline News Gramplet - current, breaking news from Gramps<br />
*Data Entry Gramplet - edit active person's name, birth date and place, death date and place, and add people<br />
*Python Gramplet - a Python shell<br />
*FAQ Gramplet - frequently asked questions<br />
*Note Gramplet - see and edit active person's primary Person Note<br />
<br />
and many others. See [[Third-party Addons]] for more details.<br />
<br />
== Summary of Gramplets ==<br />
Summary of all default built-in Gramplets and the view categories in which each gramplet can be used.<br />
<br />
Independently for each Category view mode container, the Gramplets can be added or removed using the following controls:<br />
* In the Dashboard Category, via the right-click context menu.<br />
* In all other Categories, via the drop-down Gramplet selection menus {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) on either the Bottombar or Sidebar.<br />
<br />
''There are no Menu options to add a Gramplet. This is because it would be ambiguous whether the Gramplet was to be added to that view mode's sidebar or bottombar.''<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Gramplet List===<br />
Click a Category header (twice) to sort the list and show that category's menu of available built-in Gramplet choices. (The actual menu will also include installed [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|3rd-party addon]] Gramplets.)<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|-<br />
! Gramplet<br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-gramplet.png]] <small>Dashboard</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-person.png]] <small>People</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-relation.png]] <small>Relationships</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-family.png]] <small>Families</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-pedigree.png]] <small>Charts</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-event.png]] <small>Events</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-place.png]] <small>Places</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-geo.png]] <small>Geography</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-source.png]] <small>Sources</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-citation.png]] <small>Citations</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-repository.png]] <small>Repositories</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-media.png]] <small>Media</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-notes.png]] <small>Notes</small><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="0" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#2-Way_Fan_Chart|2-Way Fan Chart]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="1" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age_Stats|Age Stats]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="2" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age_on_Date|Age on Date]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="3" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Ancestors|Ancestors]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="4" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="5" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Calendar|Calendar]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="6" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="7" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="8" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Descendant_Fan|Descendant Fan]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="9" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Descendants|Descendants]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="10" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="18a" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Encloses|Encloses]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="18b" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="11" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events|Events]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="11a" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events_Coordinates|Events Coordinates]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="12" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#FAQ|FAQ]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="13" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Fan_Chart|Fan Chart]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="14" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="15" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="16" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Given_Name_Cloud|Given Name Cloud]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="17" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Image_Metadata|Image Metadata]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="21" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Media_Preview|Media Preview]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="19" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="20" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Pedigree|Pedigree]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="22" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="23" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Records|Records]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="24" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="25" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Relatives|Relatives]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="26" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Residence|Residence]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="27" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Session_Log|Session Log]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="28" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#SoundEx|SoundEx]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="29" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Statistics|Statistics]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="30" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Surname_Cloud|Surname Cloud]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="31" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="32" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Top_Surnames|Top Surnames]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="33" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Welcome|Welcome to Gramps!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="34" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#What.27s_Next|What's Next?]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="37" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Python Evaluation|Python Evaluation!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big> &#9888;<br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#9888;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="38" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Uncollected Objects|Uncollected Objects!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big> &#9888;<br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#9888;<br />
|-<!-- Copy this section for any new core plugins --><br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="xx" |<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|-<br />
!Symbol<br />
!Meaning<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Warning --> &#9888;<br />
|Dangerous. Available in debug mode only<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Check --> &#x2714;<br />
|listed in gramplet menu for view<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Dashboard Category --> <big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|different container behavior<br />
|-<br />
!<big>&diams; &#x2699;</big> <br />
|category specific configuration options <br />
|-<br />
!<big>&diams;</big> <br />
|category specific interface <br />
|-<br />
!<big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|Content based on active record or category<br />
|}<br />
<br />
For more detailed information on using the installed Gramplets, see [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets#Gramplets|Gramplets]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==Gramplets==<br />
<br />
This following sections describe each Gramplet and its basic functionality.<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{stub}}<!--WIP - need to check from here on eg sort if need into order--><br />
=== 2-Way Fan Chart ===<br />
[[File:2-WayFanChart-detached-gramplet-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} 2-Way Fan Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Age on Date ===<br />
<br />
[[File:AgeOnDate-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age On Date Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Age on Date}} Gramplet allows you to enter a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calendar_date Calendar date] in the {{man label|Date:}} entry field. If you select the {{man button|Run}} the Gramplet will compute the ages for everyone in your Family Tree living on that Date and will show the results in a separate Quick View report dialog. The date must be entered in a calendar format that Gramps accepts eg: YYYY-MM-DD .<br />
<br />
* No configuration options are available for this gramplet.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:AgeOnDate-Gramplet-QuickView-example-result-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age On Date Gramplet - Quick View - result example]]<br />
<br />
From the resulting Quick View report dialog you can sort by the Person, Age or Status columns. Right clicking the row opens a context menu that allows you to ''Copy all'' rows to the clipboard; or to ''See the person details'' in the Person Editor, or ''Make the person active''.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
* You can also drag a date to from [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Calendar|Calendar Gramplet]] to the {{man label|Age on Date}} Gramplets {{man label|Date:}} entry field to enter that date. <br />
* See also the [[Third-party_Addons|Third-party Addon]] [[Addon:DateCalculator|Date Calculator Gramplet]] which allows you to do date math.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Age Stats ===<br />
[[File:AgeStats-Gramplet-detached-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age Stats Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Age Stats}} Gramplet shows statistics in the form of three text graphs grouped in 5 years age span breakdowns (use the vertical scroll bar to see the other two graphs):<br />
* '''Lifespan Age Distribution''' - for all people having valid birth and death dates.<br />
* '''Father - ''Child Age Diff Distribution''''' - shows the age difference between child and father where both individuals have valid birth dates.<br />
* '''Mother - ''Child Age Diff Distribution''''' - shows the age difference between child and mother where both individuals have valid birth dates.<br />
<br />
Rolling over a chart row will display a hint with the count of offspring matching the row's range.<br />
<br />
Double-clicking a row in any of the statistics graphs opens a Quick Report of the offspring categorized by that row. You can sort the Quick Report by the Name, Birth Date and Name Type columns. <br />
<br />
Right-clicking the Quick View report row displays a context menu for copying the list, opening the Person Editor or activating the person.<br />
<br />
=====&#x2699; Configurable Options=====<br />
[[File:AgeStats-Gramplet-configuration-tab-50.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age Stats Gramplet - from Charts Configuration tab defaults]]<br />
Adjustable graph scaling limits<br />
* Maximum Age 1-150; (''110 default'')<br />
* Maximum Age of mother at birth: 1-150; (''40 default'')<br />
* Maximum Age of father at birth: 1-150; (''60 default'')<br />
* Chart Width: 1-150; (''60 default'')<br />
<br />
In the Dashboard View, the Gramplet may be detached by clicking the {{man button|Configure active view}} button.<br />
==== See also ====<br />
* An upgrade has been developed for the 5.2 version of Gramps.See the [[:File:AgeStats-Gramplet-detached-51.png#Summary|screen capture]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Ancestors ===<br />
[[File:Ancestors-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Ancestors Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing active person's ancestors.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Attributes ===<br />
<br />
[[File:Attributes-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attributes Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
The Attributes Gramplet shows all of the attributes for the current, active person. Double click on the name of the attribute, and you will run a Quick View that shows all of the people that have that attribute, and the values for it. You can sort the Quick View by the attribute value by clicking on the column name.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:Atttribute-Gramplet-QuickView-example-result-50.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attributes Gramplet - Quick View example result]]<br />
<br />
In the Quick View, highlight the entry to change the active person (which will then change the Attributes Gramplet), and double-click the Quick View entry to bring up the Edit Person dialog window.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Calendar ===<br />
[[File:Calendar-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Calendar Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The '''Calendar Gramplet''' shows a monthly calendar. <br />
<br />
Surrounding the {{man label|''month''}} label at the top left corner, the {{man button|<}} {{man tooltip|previous}} and {{man button|>}} {{man tooltip|next}} buttons can be used to change the month.<br />
<br />
Surrounding the {{man label|''year''}} label at the top right corner, the {{man button|<}} {{man tooltip|previous}} and {{man button|>}} {{man tooltip|next}} buttons can be used to change the year.<br />
<br />
Double-click a '''day''' to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#On_This_Day|On This Day]]}} Quick View. The Quick View window shows up to 3 table sections, the events (if any exist) of: the exact date, other events on the same month/day in history, and events in that year.<br />
<br />
You can also drag a day from the Calendar to the date fields (such as for the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|Event Editor]] or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age on Date|Age on Date Gramplet]]) to enter that date. Similarly, a calendar day may also be dragged to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Clipboard]] where it will be stored in a plain text format.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Localized Day of the week headers|The customary first day of the week can be shown on calendar and which vary culturally. The calendar adapts to the language setting. <br /><br />The feature will be included in the 5.2 release but can patched manually. ''See the [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/built-in-calendar-gramplet/2080 Discourse forum discussion on the Calendar Gramplet]''}}<br />
<br />
<br />
<!-- Prepared for insertion for version 5.2 <br />
{{man tip|The calendar columns are localized|The customary first day of the week shown on calendars varies culturally. The calendar adapts to the locality. If the first calendar column is for the wrong day of the week, contact the translator for your language and refer them to the [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1319#issuecomment-1002039348 <code>gtk/gtkcalendar</code> translation string].}}<br />
--> <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Children ===<br />
[[File:Children-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Children Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons children.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|How do I change the order of children?]]<br />
Use:<br />
* The Family Editor [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Children|Children]] tab to change the order of children in the family.<br />
* The third party addon [[Addon:BirthOrderTool|Birth Order Tool]] which allows bulk updates of the children order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Children====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]<br />
<br />
Also shows the childs spouse if present.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Family Children====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Citations ===<br />
[[File:Citation-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Citation Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons citations.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Descendant Fan Chart===<br />
[[File:DescendantFan-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Descendant Fan (chart) Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing active person's direct descendants as a fan chart.<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Descendants ===<br />
[[File:Descendants-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Descendants Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Descendants Gramplet shows the direct descendants of the active person. <br />
<br />
The order of the spouses and children is that given in the Gramps editor. To change the order of spouses, click on ''Order'' on the Relationship view. To change the order of children, [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop drag and drop] them in the correct order in the Family edit window.<br />
<br />
This Gramplet is based on the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Descendant_Report|Descendant Report]], available from the Textual Reports.<br />
<br />
The Descendants Gramplet will update when you change the active person, or change family trees. It does not update automatically for edits or additions because this report is time-consuming to run.<br />
<br />
Minimizing a Gramplet will prevent it from updating.<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse over a person will show a tooltip summary which includes the death date.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Details ===<br />
[[File:Details-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Details Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing details of the active person.<br />
<br />
Provides a brief non editable summary of the selected person for example:<br />
* ''Name'': of person<br />
* ''Also Known As:''<br />
* ''Other Name:''<br />
* ''Father:''<br />
* ''Mother:''<br />
* ''Birth:''<br />
* ''Death:''<br />
* ''Burial:''<br />
<br />
* ''Image'': If available the primary image will be shown to the right of the details, otherwise a cross will indicate the image is missing, you may double click the image to open it in an external viewer. To change the primary active image see: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person Editors - Gallery tab]]<br />
<br />
You may highlight and copy the individual text fields.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Place_Encloses"><br />
=== Encloses ===<br />
</span><br />
[[File:Encloses-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Encloses Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the hierarchical locations of a place it encloses over time.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
* See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] tab<br />
<span id="Place_Enclosed_By"><br />
====Encloses Place Locations====<br />
</span><br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Enclosed By===<br />
[[File:EnclosedBy-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Enclosed By Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the locations hierarchically enclosed by a place over time.<br />
<br />
* See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] tab<br />
====Enclosed By Place Locations====<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Encloses|Encloses]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Events ===<br />
[[File:Events-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
Primarily designed as an alternative to opening a Edit Object dialog layout tab . <br />
<br />
Double click a row to edit the event.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events|Events]]<br />
====Family Events====<br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the events for the active Family.<br />
<br />
====Person Events====<br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the events for the active person.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Events Coordinates===<br />
Primarily designed to verify that the key data exists to plot the Events in the Geography view. Beyond the coordinates, a date and event type are needed for some of the animated views. <br />
<br />
Right-click a row to open a context menu to edit the event or place.<br />
<span id="Geography coordinates for Family Events"><br />
==== Family Events Audit ====<br />
</span>[[File:EventsCoordinates-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Coordinates Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet added in the Family category will show the Events for the active Family. <br /><br />
<br />
<span id="Geography_coordinates_for_Person_Events"><br />
====Person Events Audit====<br />
</span><br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the Events for the active person. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Fan Chart ===<br />
[[File:FanChart-detached-gramplet-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fan Chart Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
The Fan Chart Gramplet shows the direct ancestors of the active person in a circular format. It is similar to the Pedigree View, but shown around the center/active person, and further generations spiralling out.<br />
<br />
Click on a parent in the chart and they will expand or contract above their child. Right-click on a person and you can:<br />
<br />
* select that person to be the active person<br />
* edit the person which allows through Person Editor add children to person's families<br />
* select from among the person's relatives to be the active person<br />
* add partners (families) to person<br />
* copy name, birth and death of person into clipboard<br />
<br />
Clicking in an open area (non-person) and dragging the mouse will allow you to rotate the chart about the center. You may also left-click and drag in the center to reposition the fan chart.<br />
<br />
A black edge on the outer radius of the chart indicates more parents for that person. A black circle in the center indicates that the center person has children.<br />
<br />
The Fan Chart Gramplet will update when you change the active person, or change family trees. <br />
<br />
Minimizing a Gramplet will prevent it from updating.<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== FAQ ===<br />
[[File:FAQ-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} FAQ Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|FAQ Gramplet}} (Frequently Asked Questions) shows a list of common questions, and links to their answers from the Gramps Wiki (requires an internet connection).<br />
<br />
This gramplet shows a manually curated list of '''Frequently Asked Questions''' hyperlinked to answers in articles of the Gramps wiki. The list is collated from new user postings to the [[Contact#Mailing_lists|Gramps User maillist]] that must be answered repeatedly. <br />
<br />
The idea is to make the answers to the most common question easier to find, the primary objective is to let new users start using Gramps more quickly.<br />
<br />
====See Also====<br />
* Bug Report {{bug|11742}}: Dashboard FAQ links are obsolete (resolved)<br />
* Bug Report {{bug|11997}}: how to add/update FAQs<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Filter ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
Gramplet providing a filter specific to the Category.<br />
<br />
=====See Also =====<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter]] gramplets<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]<br />
*Isotammi [[Addon:Isotammi_addons#Filter.2B|Filter+ gramplet addon]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Person Filter"></span><br />
====People Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Person-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cname.3E|People with a name matching &lt;text>]]<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_.3Cid.3E|People with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Gender : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Males|Male]] &bull; [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Females|Female]] &bull; [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_unknown_gender|People with unknown gender]]<br />
* Birth date : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cbirth_data.3E|People with the &lt;birth data>]]<br />
* Death date : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cdeath_data.3E|People with the &lt;death data>]]<br />
* Event : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_personal_.3Cevent.3E|People with the personal &lt;event>]]<br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|People having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|People with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|People matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Family Filter"></span><br />
====Families Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Family-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Families - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_having_child_with_id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Families with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Father :[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_father_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with father matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Mother : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_mother_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with mother matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Child : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_child_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with child matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Relationship : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_relationship_type|Families with the relationship type]]<br />
* Family Event : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Cevent.3E|Families with the &lt;event>]]<br />
* Family Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Families having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Families with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Families matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Charts Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Person-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Charts - Filter Gramplet - detached - default (Same as People Filter)]]<br />
The diagrams in Charts need the context of connecting records to define the connections between blocks. So rather than only displaying ''only'' the matching records in the Charts view modes, Filters for the Charts still displays all the records but dims the non-matching ones. <br />
<br />
''Interface is the same as the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#People_Filter|People Filter Gramplet]]''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Event Filter"></span><br />
====Events Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Event-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Events with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Description : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_matching_parameters|Events matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><!-- [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_the_particular_type| Events with the particular type]]--><br />
* Participants : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Date : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Place : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Events having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Events with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Events matching the particular &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Place Filter"></span><br />
====Places Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Place-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Places - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Places with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_matching_parameters|Places matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Places matching parameters''</small><br />
* Code : <small>''Places matching parameters''</small><br />
* Enclosed By : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_enclosed_by_another_place|Places enclosed by another place]]<br />
* Within : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_within_an_area|Places within an area]]<br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Places having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Places with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Places matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Geography Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Place-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Geography - Filter Gramplet - detached - default (Same as Places Filter)]]<br />
''Interface is the same as the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#People_Filter|Places Filter Gramplet]]''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Source Filter"></span><br />
<br />
====Sources Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Source-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sources - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_parameters|Sources matching parameters]]<!--[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_title_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with title containing &lt;text>]]--><br />
* Author : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Abbreviation : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Publication : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Sources matching the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Sources matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Citation Filter"></span><br />
====Citations Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Citation-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Citations - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
<br />
'''Source:'''<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_parameters|Sources matching parameters]]<br />
* Author : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Abbreviation : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Publication : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_having_source_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations having source notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
'''Citation:'''<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Volume/Page : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_matching_parameters|Citations matching parameters]]<br />
* Date : <small>''Citations matching parameters''</small><br />
* Min. Conf. : <small>''Citations matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Citations with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Citations matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Repository Filter"></span><br />
====Repositories Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Repository-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Repositories - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Repositories with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_parameters|Repositories matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* Address : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* URL : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Repositories having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Repositories with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Repositories matching &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Media Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Media-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Media objects with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_matching_parameters|Media objects matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Path : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Date : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Media objects having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Media objects with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Media objects matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Notes-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Notes with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Text : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_matching_parameters|Notes matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Notes matching parameters''</small><br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Notes with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Notes matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Gallery ===<br />
[[File:Gallery-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gallery Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing media objects. The first image is the primary active media object that is used in reports and the Edit Person dialog.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Gallery]] tab for {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person dialog]] }}where you can change which image is the primary active media object for reports etc...<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Given Name Cloud ===<br />
[[File:GivenNameCloud-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Given Name Cloud Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Like the [[#Surname_Cloud|Surname Cloud Gramplet]], the Given Name Cloud Gramplet shows the top most popular given names in your family tree. The size of the name indicates how popular it is. Mouse over the name to see the exact count, and the percent of people in the family tree that have that name.<br />
<br />
The Gramplet splits up given names into words (broken up by spaces). For example "Sarah Elizabeth" would appear under both "Sarah" and "Elizabeth".<br />
<br />
Double-click on the given name to bring up a Quick View of all of the matching people.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Image Metadata ===<br />
[[File:ImageMetadata-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Image Metadata Gramplet - example]]<br />
<br />
The Image Metadata Gramplet offers an interface to look at [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format Image Exif Metadata] from your images (*.jpg, *.png. *.tiff, *.exv, *.nef, *.psd, *.pgf).<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also the third party:<br />
* [[Addon:Edit Image Exif Metadata]]<br />
<br />
==== Prerequisites ====<br />
{{man tip|Special Note|Before being able to use this Gramplet/Addon, you will need to download and install [https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/gexiv2 gexiv2]<br>or install gexiv2 from your local Linux repository.<br>MS-Windows users, this is depends on which installer you used.<br>Ubuntu, use the Universe repository to find gexiv2.'''<br>Also see [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GExiv2_for_Image_metadata|GExiv2 for Image metadata]]}}<br />
<br />
Once you have installed gexiv2, see above for directions to download and install this addon...<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--update for gexiv2--><br />
Pyexiv2 can be used from the command line interface (cli) as well, and from within a python script:<br />
# import the pyexiv2 library<br />
#: from pyexiv2 import ImageMetadata, ExifTag<br />
# specify your image<br />
#: image = ImageMetadata("/home/user/image.jpg")<br />
# read the image<br />
#: image.read()<br />
<br />
Exif, IPTC, XMP metadata reference tags can be found [http://www.exiv2.org/metadata.html here].<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.Artist"] # Artist<br />
:Smith and Johnson's Photography Studio<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.DateTime"] # DateTime<br />
:1826 Apr 12 14:00:00<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.DateTime"] = datetime.datetime.now() # Add DateTime<br />
<br />
:image.write() # write the Metadata<br />
<br />
====Usage scenario====<br />
The preferred way to use this addon is:<br />
# install pyexiv2<br />
# Install this addon<br />
# Restart Gramps<br />
# Click Views from the Menu bar, and select Media Views<br />
# Open the Side Bar<br />
# Slide the available empty right view to about half the screen.<br />
# Right click text to the Side Bar tab, and select Add a Gramplet<br />
# Select Image Metadata Gramplet<br />
# Select an image from the left hand MediaView<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Media Preview ===<br />
[[File:MediaPreview-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Preview Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet shows a preview of a single media object.<br />
{{-}}<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Notes ===<br />
[[File:Notes-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons notes.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Addon:NoteGramplet|Note Gramplet]] - Third party Addon<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Pedigree ===<br />
[[File:Pedigree-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pedigree Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Pedigree Gramplet shows a compressed view of the active person's direct ancestors. It defaults to going back 100 generations. The names can be clicked to change the active person, right-click to edit the person. At the bottom of the Gramplet the number of people per generation is listed. Birth and death dates are shown next to each person's name. Double-click the Generation number to see the matching individuals.<br />
<br />
Using the content of the Pedigree in another program requires a bit of effort Open a contextual pop-up menu by right-clicking anywhere in the gramplet except a hotlink. Or, you can begin a drag selection from the same inert areas. Copy the highlighted text the OS clipboard from that same context menu. (The keybinding for 'Copy' will not work.) When you paste the text into another text editing program, you may need change the font to a non-proportional font to preserve the indentation. Some online services collapse leading spaces when you post a chunk of text. Preserving the indentation for such services may require replacing doubled spaces with doubled placeholder characters... like periods/full stops.<br />
====&#x2699; Configurable Options====<br />
* Maximum generations: 1 to 100 limit; (default: ''100'')<br />
* Show Dates checkbox; (default: ''deselected'')<br />
* Line Type menu: <abbr title="Unicode Transformation Format graphical symbols">UTF</abbr>, <abbr title="American Standard Code for Information Interchange text symbols">ASCII</abbr>; (default: ''UTF'')<br />
=== Python Evaluation ===<br />
{{man warn|Warning! Diagnostic Tool|Do not use this '''Debug''' feature on your working Family Tree. Always create a new empty Family Tree or a copy of your existing Family Tree for testing.<br />This option is only available when Gramps has been started using a developer [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Python_options|mode switch]]. It is not intended for general use and has limited safeguards.}}<br />
[[File:PythonEvaluation-Gramplet-detached-example-52.png|right|thumb|301px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Python Evaluation Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
The {{man label|Python Evaluation}} window tool is intended to test Python scripts with Gramps data.<br />
==== See Also ====<br />
* [[Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet|Python Shell]] addon gramplet<br />
* Debug submenu in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Tools|Tools]] menu before version 4.0.2<br />
* [[Contact#Mailing_lists|Gramps-devel]] maillist: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-devel/thread/524D973D.9000604%40hotmail.com/#msg31477962 Converting tools to gramplets] - Oct 2013<br />
* Where possible, use the [[Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet|Python Shell]] addon gramplet instead. It has extra garbage collection functionality<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Quick View ===<br />
[[File:QuickView-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Quick View Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Quick View Gramplet allows [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View reports]] to update dynamically as the selected. Instead of a window with a static report, the gramplet updates different active record is selected within the target Category. (When this Gramplet was introduced, it only offered choosing Quick View Reports from the People category. A Configuration pop-up menu to select View categories has since been added.)<br />
<br />
You can run any of the built-in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick Views]] or [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickView-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Quick View Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
You can change the options by clicking the Option button (top, left hand button of the Gramplet) which will detach the Gramplet and bring it up an a window. Select {{man label|Options}} on the top row, and a list of options will appear. Press {{man button|Save}} to apply the changes to the Quick View. You may then close the window to reattach the Gramplet.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
See the following developer information if you are interested in creating your own:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Making_your_own_Quick_view|Making your own Quick view]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Records ===<br />
[[File:Records-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Records Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Records Gramplet shows a number of interesting facts about the records (mostly age related) from your database. The list shows the top three for each element.<br />
* Person Records:<br />
** Youngest living person<br />
** Oldest living person<br />
** Person died at youngest age<br />
** Person died at oldest age<br />
** Person married at youngest age<br />
** Person married at oldest age<br />
** Person divorced at youngest age<br />
** Person divorced at oldest age<br />
** Youngest father<br />
** Youngest mother<br />
** Oldest father<br />
** Oldest mother<br />
* Family Records<br />
** Couple with most children<br />
** Living couple married most recently<br />
** Living couple married most long ago<br />
** Shortest past marriage<br />
** Longest past marriage<br />
{{-}}<br />
The list is not only interesting on its own, it is also a good sanity check of the data. For some items you have to fill in some additional information. <br />
<br />
This following example shows that there was a marriage event (thus calculation of the offset) but none of the persons had a death event. Even if the date is not known, just enter a death event for one of the partners and the list will be corrected.<br />
<br />
'''Living couple married most long ago'''<br />
# van Dosselaere, Egidius and Rechters, Petronella (382 years, 1 month)<br />
# de Richter, Petrus and Asscericx, Catharina (379 years, 9 months)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
An identical [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Records_Report|Records Report]] is also available.<br />
<br />
=== References ===<br />
[[File:References-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} References Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons References.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person References====<br />
* Person References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a person<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family References====<br />
* Family References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a family<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event References====<br />
* Event References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for an event<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place References====<br />
* Place References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a place<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source References====<br />
* Source References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a source<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation References====<br />
* Citation References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a citation<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository References====<br />
* Repository References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a repository<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media References====<br />
* Media References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a media object<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Note References====<br />
* Note References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a note<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Relatives ===<br />
[[File:Relatives-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Relatives Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
This Gramplet shows all direct relatives of the active person. It's intended use is as a navigation help, an alternative way to move through your family tree in Gramps . If you detach the Gramplet, and place it next to Gramps, it will allow you to use it to easily change the content of the current "Person view".<br />
<br />
If you are working in the charts category Pedigree view, the active person is the left-most person. By clicking a name in the relatives Gramplet, you can easily change the active person, and all person view in the other window will update. As the relatives Gramplet shows all spouses, all children and all parents, this offers an alternative way of navigating your data.<br />
<br />
The names in this Gramplet also allow you to call up the person editor directly, by right-clicking on any of the names.<br />
<br />
The Relatives Gramplet can be added to the following categories:<br />
* People Category<br />
* Relationships Category<br />
* Charts Category<br />
* Geography Category (selected views only)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Residence ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ResidenceGramplet-Person-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person - Residence Gramplet - detached - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing residence events for the active person<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Residence====<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Residence|Residence]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Session Log ===<br />
[[File:SessionLog-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Session Log Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The session log keeps track of activity in this session. It lists selected and edited objects. <br />
<br />
Click a name once to make this person the active person. Double-click on a name or family brings up the {{man label|edit}} page for that object. In addition, if you want to edit a person, but don't want to change the active person, you can right-click on the person's name.<br />
<br />
This Gramplet is handy because you can very quickly change the active person, or edit the object, from the session list. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== SoundEx ===<br />
[[File:SoundEx-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} SoundEx Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
This Gramplet generates SoundEx codes for the names of people in the database. <br />
<br />
From the {{man label|SoundEx Gramplet}} window you can either choose a {{man label|Name:}} from the pop-up menu shown by selecting the down {{man button|&#x25BC;}} arrowhead, (triangle) or you can type a name into the text field.<br />
<br />
The name you type in can be any name... even a name not present in your Family Tree.<br />
<br />
The result is shown automatically eg:&nbsp;The SoundEx code for ''Simpson'' is ''S512''<br />
<br />
A {{man button|Help}} button is available which brings you to this page. With the {{man button|Close}} button (or using the keyboard shortcut {{man key press|Alt|C}}) you dismiss the {{man label|SoundEx Gramplet}} window.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===== Soundex what is this? =====<br />
<br />
Soundex is the most widely known of all [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Phonetic_algorithm phonetic algorithms] which allow indexing of words by their sound, as pronounced in English. Soundex support is included with searching via a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Soundex_match_of_People_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Soundex match of People with the &lt;name>]] Custom Filter rule, a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#SoundEx|Soundex Gramplet]], and as a quality control for matching in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Find_Possible_Duplicate_People|Find Possible Duplicate People]] tool.<br />
<br />
The Soundex equivalent is a coded surname (last name) index based on the way a surname sounds rather than the way it is spelled. Surnames that sound the same, but are spelled differently, like SMITH and SMYTH, have the same code and are filed together. The Soundex coding system was developed so that surnames may be found even when recorded under variant spellings.<br />
<br />
First applied to the 1880 US Census, Soundex is a "sound index", not a strictly alphabetical one. The key feature is that it codes surnames (last names) based on the way a name sounds rather than on how it is spelled. The Soundex phonetic coding system pre-dates computers and was to help researchers find a surname quickly even though it may have received different spellings.<br />
<br />
Those doing census lookups must use the same method to encode and tabulate surnames as the census workers did when they generated the database. <br />
<br />
To search for a particular surname, you must first work out its encoding equivalent.<br />
<br />
*'''Basic Soundex Coding Rule:'''<br />
<br />
Every Soundex code consists of a letter and three numbers, such as W-252. The letter is always the first letter of the surname. The numbers are assigned to the remaining letters of the surname according to the Soundex guide shown below. Zeroes are added at the end if necessary to produce a four-character code. Additional letters are disregarded. Examples:<br />
Washington is coded W-252 (W, 2 for the S, 5 for the N, 2 for the G, remaining letters disregarded).<br />
Lee is coded L-000 (L, 000 added).<br />
<br />
{|{{prettytable}} <br />
!Number<br />
!Represents the Letters<br />
|-<br />
|1<br />
|B, F, P, V<br />
|-<br />
|2<br />
|C, G, J, K, Q, S, X, Z<br />
|-<br />
|3<br />
|D, T<br />
|-<br />
|4<br />
|L<br />
|-<br />
|5<br />
|M, N<br />
|-<br />
|6<br />
|R<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Disregard the letters A, E, I, O, U, H, W, and Y.<br />
<br />
*'''Additional Soundex Coding Rules:'''<br />
** Names With Double Letters: If the surname has any double letters, they should be treated as one letter. For example:<br />
***Gutierrez is coded G-362 (G, 3 for the T, 6 for the first R, second R ignored, 2 for the Z).<br />
** Names with Letters Side-by-Side that have the Same Soundex Code Number: If the surname has different letters side-by-side that have the same number in the Soundex coding guide, they should be treated as one letter. Examples:<br />
*** Pfister is coded as P-236 (P, F ignored, 2 for the S, 3 for the T, 6 for the R).<br />
*** Jackson is coded as J-250 (J, 2 for the C, K ignored, S ignored, 5 for the N, 0 added).<br />
*** Tymczak is coded as T-522 (T, 5 for the M, 2 for the C, Z ignored, 2 for the K). Since the vowel "A" separates the Z and K, the K is coded.<br />
** Names with Prefixes: If a surname has a prefix, such as Van, Con, De, Di, La, or Le, code both with and without the prefix because the surname might be listed under either code. Note, however, that Mc and Mac are not considered prefixes.For example, VanDeusen might be coded two ways:V-532 (V, 5 for N, 3 for D, 2 for S) or D-250 (D, 2 for the S, 5 for the N, 0 added).<br />
** Consonant Separators: If a vowel (A, E, I, O, U) separates two consonants that have the same Soundex code, the consonant to the right of the vowel is coded. Example:Tymczak is coded as T-522 (T, 5 for the M, 2 for the C, Z ignored (see "Side-by-Side" rule above), 2 for the K). Since the vowel "A" separates the Z and K, the K is coded. If "H" or "W" separate two consonants that have the same Soundex code, the consonant to the right of the vowel is not coded. Example: Ashcraft is coded A-261 (A, 2 for the S, C ignored, 6 for the R, 1 for the F). It is not coded A-226.<br />
<br />
Please visit the [http://www.archives.gov/research/census/soundex.html NARA Soundex Indexing page] to learn more about Soundex Indexing System.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Statistics ===<br />
[[File:Statistics-Gramplet-detached-52.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Statistics Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Statistics Gramplet runs a Statistics report. Double-click the phrases to bring up the matching items.<br />
<br />
Following information is provided to you in this Gramplet:<br />
*'''Individuals'''<br />
**Number of individuals<br />
**Males<br />
**Females<br />
**Individuals with other gender {{new|5.2}}<br />
**Individuals with unknown gender<br />
**Incomplete names<br />
**Individuals with missing birth dates<br />
**Disconnected individuals<br />
*'''Family information'''<br />
**Number of families<br />
**Unique surnames<br />
*'''Media objects'''<br />
**Individuals with media objects<br />
**Total numbers of media object references<br />
**Number of unique media objects<br />
**Total size of media objects<br />
**Missing Media Objects<br />
<br />
As with all Gramplets if you click on the left hand side {{man button|Tool}} button you detach the window and if you add persons to your family tree, you will see the amount of individuals change dynamically.<br />
<br />
The information given in this Gramplet is the same as in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Database_Summary_Report|Database Summary Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Surname Cloud ===<br />
[[File:SurnameCloud-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Surname Cloud Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Surname Cloud Gramplet shows the top 100 (by default) used surnames. The name font size is proportional to the amount of people with the same name.<br />
<br />
Double-click a surname to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Same_Surnames|Same Surnames Quick View]]}}. This will open the {{man label|Quick View}} window where you can find all people with a matching or alternate name. Person, birth date and name type are given. <br />
<br />
If you mouse over the name you see the percentage of occurrence and total counts.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:SurnameCloud-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Surname Cloud Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
You can change the number of names displayed by configuring the view for this gramplet.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Person To Do"></span><span id="Family To Do"></span><span id="Event To Do"></span><span id="Place To Do"></span><span id="Source To Do"></span><span id="Citation To Do"></span><span id="Repository To Do"></span><span id="Media To Do"></span><br />
<br />
=== To Do ===<br />
[[File:ToDo-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} To Do Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
The '''To Do Gramplet''' displays a free form text area showing the contents of Note objects of the "To Do" type. The Type of To Do note is filtered to the current category.<br />
<br />
You can use this area to put some notes, remarks, things you should to get your research going. There are several other To Do programs (e.g. Tomboy e.a.) but these Gramplets are useful as the information stays within the Gramps database. <br />
<br />
To Do Gramplets allow you to create notes and attach them to Gramps objects. For example, you can add a Person To Do Gramplet to the sidebar of the Person View. Notes added using this Gramplet will be attached to the currently active person. There is a To Do Gramplet for each Gramps primary object type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also the experimental [[Third-party Addons|Third-party Addon]]: <br />
* [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] available for the Dashboard that lists all To Do notes in the database, together with the object to which they are attached.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Top Surnames ===<br />
[[File:TopSurnames-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Top Surnames Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Top Surnames Gramplet shows the top 10 (by default) used surnames.<br />
<br />
The top ten is presented as follows:<br />
*Surname<br />
*percentage <br />
*occurrences<br />
<br />
The list gives you also the Total unique surnames in the database as well as the total number of people in your database.<br />
<br />
Double-click a surname to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Same_Surnames|Same Surnames Quick View]]}}. This opens the {{man label|Quick View}} window, which gives the people with the surname you double-clicked.<br />
<br />
A table is presented which shows all people with a matching name or alternate name. Person's name, ID, birth date and name type is given. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
Advanced:<br />
* Change the number of names displayed by editing this section in <code>~/.gramps/gramps52/gramplets.ini</code><br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Uncollected Objects ===<br />
{{man warn|Warning! Diagnostic Tool|Do not use this '''Debug''' feature on your working Family Tree. Always create a new empty Family Tree or a copy of your existing Family Tree for testing.<br />This option is only available when Gramps has been started using a developer [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Python_options|mode switch]]. It is not intended for general use and has limited safeguards.}}<br />
[[File:UncollectedObjects-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Uncollected Objects Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Uncollected Objects}} Gramplet is intended to list the low-level Python objects that are left around in memory and cannot be (easily) automatically deleted when they are no longer in use. Developers use it to try to identify the source of memory 'leaks', which cause Gramps to continually use more and more memory, the longer it is used.<br />
<br />
Because the tool is trying to display objects that might still be getting deleted, it sometimes has some trouble.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Welcome ===<br />
[[File:Welcome-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Welcome Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The '''Welcome to Gramps!''' Gramplet gives an introductory message to new users, and some basic instructions.<br />
<br />
The welcome message describes what Gramps is, that the program is Open Source Software and how you start a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees|Family Tree]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== What's Next ===<br />
[[File:WhatsNext-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} What's Next? Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The What's Next Gramplet displays a list of the "most urgent" information gaps in your family tree. It is based on the following assumptions:<br />
* The Home Person defines the focus<br />
* Searches for gaps begin with the Home Person's descendants and work up the tree <br />
* The tree is expected to contain the given name, surname, birth date and place, and death date and place of each person<br />
* You want to know parents, their marriage date and place, and - if divorced - divorce date and place of each family with married parents<br />
* You want to know at least the mother of each family with unmarried parents<br />
* The closer the relationship to the Home Person, the more "urgent" the information gap is.<br />
* The closer the common ancestor is from the main person, the more "urgent" the information is (e.g. nephews are considered more "urgent" than uncles, even though both have a distance of 3 generations, because for nephews the common ancestor is father/mother, while for uncles, the common ancestor is grandfather/grandmother)<br />
* Marriage data and personal data of the spouse is slightly less "urgent" than personal data of the directly related person<br />
* Half-siblings are less "urgent" than siblings<br />
<br />
You may copy the text from inside of this Gramplet by selecting it and pasting into an empty document.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:WhatsNext-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} What's Next? Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
The Gramplet can ignore previously verified events by making use of some custom Tags. The tags are selected in the Gramplets configuration. For example you can tag the following to be ignored:<br />
* that a person is complete<br />
* that a family is complete<br />
* that a person or family should be ignored for shortening lists<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Reports|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet&diff=103114
Addon:Python Shell Gramplet
2024-03-17T21:26:14Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* See also */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Third-party plugin}}<br />
<br />
[[File:PythonGramplet-interactive-shell-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Python Shell Gramplet - Interactive shell example output]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Python Shell}} Gramplet brings up an interactive Python Shell for interpreting python expressions.<br />
<br />
==Options==<br />
You can type most any (single line) Python expression. <br />
<br />
In addition, the environment has been populated with some useful variables, including <br />
*'''self''' - (this Python gramplet)<br />
*'''Date''' - a date object constructor, that can be used for date arithmetic.<br />
*'''db''' - Interact with the Database<br />
*'''dbstate''' - Information about the Database<br />
*'''gc''' - the Python "garbage collector" preloaded with the same flags as the Debug Tool.<br />
*'''uistate''' - Interact with the GUI<br />
<br />
When the {{man label|Python Shell}} Gramplet is detached you can select the {{man button|Help}} button to see this page.<br />
<br />
== Usage ==<br />
<br />
Output of print() commands issued in the Python Shell will be directed to the Gramps console window, so be sure to keep that window open.<br />
<br />
Use the [[Using database API|database API]] to retrieve objects and use object library to find the information you require. If you want to write GUI code, then knowledge of Gtk3 is also required.<br />
<br />
==Examples==<br />
<br />
=== Dates ===<br />
<br />
The '''Date''' entry is a date object constructor, and can be used for date arithmetic. For example, you might be interested in questions like:<br />
<br />
What was the date 56 years before a given date:<br />
<br />
> Date(2007, 12, 31) - 56<br />
1951-12-31<br />
<br />
How old was someone on Sept 3, 1955 who was born on June 7, 1922:<br />
<br />
> Date(1955, 9, 3) - Date(1922, 5, 7)<br />
33 years, 3 months<br />
<br />
When did they turn 21 years old?<br />
<br />
> Date(1922, 5, 7) + 21<br />
1943-05-07<br />
<br />
You can also add years, months, and days:<br />
<br />
> Date(1980) + (0, 0, 25)<br />
1980-01-26<br />
<br />
You can convert one date into another calendar, which returns a new date object:<br />
<br />
> Date(1703, 6, 1).to_calendar("hebrew")<br />
5463-10-17 (Hebrew)<br />
<br />
=== Displayers ===<br />
<br />
Use utility code to make things easier. For example, you will probably want to use the name, date and place displayers rather than formatting the data yourself. To print the name of the default person, use the following code:<br />
<br />
> from gramps.gen.display.name import displayer as nd<br />
> person = self.dbstate.db.get_default_person()<br />
> print(nd.display(person))<br />
<br />
To find the type of a variable use:<br />
<br />
> type(person)<br />
<br />
=== Developers ===<br />
<br />
Another use for this Gramplet is for debugging. This gramplet makes a nice interface to the running Gramps system. You can inspect, and alter the system by entering Python commands. As a simple example, you can:<br />
<br />
> self.clear_text() # clear the text in this window<br />
> self.set_wrap(False) # turn word wrap off<br />
> self.set_wrap(True) # turn word wrap on<br />
<br />
The Python Gramplet also has the Python "garbage collector" preloaded with the same flags as the Debug Tool. To use:<br />
<br />
> gc.collect()<br />
23<br />
> gc.garbage[0]<br />
<cell at 0x9f9089c: function object at 0x9f89dbc><br />
> gc.get_referents(self)<br />
[...]<br />
> gc.get_referrers(self)<br />
[...]<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
You can use the Python Shell to interact with people from your database and test Gramps functions:<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse"<br />
! Gramps 3.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> person = db.get_person_from_gramps_id("I01284")<br />
> from Utils import probably_alive<br />
> probably_alive(person, db, Date(1776, 7, 4))<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 4.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> person = db.get_person_from_gramps_id("I01284")<br />
> from gen.utils.alive import probably_alive<br />
> probably_alive(person, db, Date(1776, 7, 4))<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 5.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> person = db.get_person_from_gramps_id("I01284")<br />
> from gramps.gen.utils.alive import probably_alive<br />
> probably_alive(person, db, Date(1776, 7, 4))<br />
</pre><br />
|}<br />
<br />
You can also interact with the GUI:<br />
<br />
This following returns the Gtk Frame of the first Gramplet in the first column.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse"<br />
! Gramps 3.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages<br />
[<DataViews.GrampletView.GrampletView instance at 0xa0bd0ac>, <br />
<DataViews.PersonView.PersonView instance at 0xa8f542c>, <br />
<DataViews.RelationView.RelationshipView instance at 0xa8f562c>, <br />
<DataViews.FamilyList.FamilyListView instance at 0xa8f5f8c>, <br />
<DataViews.PedigreeView.PedigreeView instance at 0xa8fc5cc>, <br />
<DataViews.EventView.EventView instance at 0xa8fc88c>, <br />
<DataViews.SourceView.SourceView instance at 0xa8fcdcc>, <br />
<DataViews.PlaceView.PlaceView instance at 0xa9070ec>, <br />
<DataViews.MediaView.MediaView instance at 0xa9074ac>, <br />
<DataViews.RepositoryView.RepositoryView instance at 0xa9077ac>, <br />
<DataViews.NoteView.NoteView instance at 0xa907d8c>, <br />
<DataViews.GeoView.GeoView instance at 0xa90d0cc>]<br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages[0]<br />
<DataViews.GrampletView.GrampletView instance at 0xa0bd0ac><br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages[0].columns[0].get_children()[0].get_children()[0]<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 4.x<br />
| <pre><br />
<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 5.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages[:]<br />
[<dashboardview.DashboardView object at 0x0000000008c9f4e0>, <persontreeview.PersonTreeView object at 0x0000000000a05748>, <relview.RelationshipView object at 0x000000000b1b6358>]<br />
</pre><br />
|}<br />
<br />
This following returns a reference to a loaded Gramplet object on the Event view - useful when developing Gramplets. Note that the Events view must be navigated first, as main views are lazy loading in Gramps 4.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse"<br />
! Gramps 4.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> evtview = uistate.viewmanager.pages[uistate.viewmanager.page_lookup.get((5,0))]<br />
> # list all TabGramplet objects loaded for Events view<br />
> [child.get_title() for child in evtview.bottombar.get_children()]<br />
['Gallery', 'Citations', 'Notes', 'Attributes', 'References', 'Event PlaceTitle Compare Gramplet']<br />
> # get a reference to my custom Gramplet object<br />
> eptcGramplet = evtview.bottombar.get_children()[5].pui<br />
<br />
</pre><br />
|}<br />
== See also ==<br />
* [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Python_Evaluation|Python Evaluation]] window (debug tool)<br />
[[Category:Addons]]<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Gramplets]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets&diff=103113
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets
2024-03-17T21:25:29Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Python Evaluation */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Reports|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|12}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
This page details the functionality of the Gramplets that come with Gramps.<br />
<br />
{{man note|For more Gramplets|that you can extend your Gramps functionality with, see [[Third-party Addons]].<br>For technical details about creating your own Gramplet, please see [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Developers]].}}<br />
<br />
== What is a Gramplet? ==<br />
<span id="definition"><br />
[[File:DashboardCategoryView-example-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dashboard Category view]]<br />
<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#gramplet|Gramplet]] is an expansion to the Gramps program that ''ideally'' works seamlessly as if it was a core feature. They actually become embedded as part of Gramps. But while the core features of a view are needed almost constantly, the bundled Gramplets extend the view in ways that are only needed occasionally. Gramplets provide a supplemental perspective of the Tree data which either: changes dynamically during the navigation of the Gramps Tree, or; provides interactivity to your genealogical data.<br />
<br />
Gramplets are the division of plug-ins (also called [http://wikipedia.org/wiki/Widget_engine widgets], plugins, addons, auxiliary components) that can be found in the '''[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard Category]]''' ... or the '''[[#The_split-screen_Sidebar_.26_Bottombar|Sidebars]]''' and '''[[#The_split-screen_Sidebar_.26_Bottombar|Bottombars]]''' in other Navigator [[Gramps_Glossary#view|View Categories]]. They provide all kinds of functionality that can be useful for the researcher.<br />
<br />
A [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gramplet_List|selection of built-in plugins]] are bundled and pre-installed with Gramps. The Gramps project hosts a [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|selection of add-on plugins]] that might only be of interest to certain audiences. <br />
<br />
There are also third-parties, such as The Taapeli Project in Finland, who hosts their own selection of [[Addon:Isotammi_addons|Isotammi group add-on plug-ins]] developed to tune Gramps for their needs. Members of the Gramps community also share special purpose addons privately or via GitHub repositories. And, of course, users are [[Addons_development#Develop_your_addon|invited to develop their own addons]].</span><br />
<br />
{{Man warn|Performance Drain|<i>'''Gramplets can slow down Gramps and can use a lot of memory.'''</i><br>Close any docked Gramplets that will not be of immediate use. (It is not necessary to uninstall them with the Plugin Manager.) Closed Gramplets can be re-added to a Gramplet Bar or the Dashboard as needed.}}<br />
<br />
=== Aren't all Plugins also Gramplets? ===<br />
What is the difference between Gramplets, reports, quick views, and tools? <br />
<br />
All of these are '''plugin''' types. But Gramplets are subtype of plugins with more emphasis on the user interface. Gramplets add a '''capability''' or a '''different perspective''' to the View. They can be used to improve the workflow of a View. <br />
<br />
The other plugins tend to interrupt the normal workflow to do another task. They also tend to be used more intermittently. A plugin might generate a static (even when hot-linked) snapshot of the data, be a way of doing mass change, or provide an alternative import/export/output system. <br />
<br />
Some common [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager#Plugin_types|Plugin types]] are:<br />
*Reports - provide a static output format of your data, typically for presentation<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick Views]] - provides a typically short, interactive listing derived from your data<br />
*Tools - provide a method of processing your data<br />
*Gramplets - provide a dynamic view and interface to your data.<br />
<br />
A deeper understanding of the different types of plugins can be gained by sorting the [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|Addon List]] by '''Type''' and exploring the contrasting '''Descriptions'''. <br />
<br />
Some of the more static types of plugins can be extended to work dynamically as a Gramplet.<br />
<br />
Several plugins have evolved into multiple types. Some plugins are shells which layer extra capabilities around other plugins. The '''Quick View''' Gramplet is not a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|type of Quick View plugin]]. Instead, it is a dockable shell that shows a '''Quick View''' plugin and pushes the plugin to refresh as the context changes.<br />
<br />
{{man tip |Tip: Configure the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View Gramplet]] [[File:Gramps-config.png]]|Use the ''Configure'' button to change which '''Quick View''' plugin will be displayed from the any of the various Navigator categories.}}<br />
<br />
=== Starting with Gramplets ===<br />
When you first start the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard Category]] you will see two default Gramplets; the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Welcome_Gramplet|Welcome to Gramps!]]}}''' Gramplet and the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Top_Surnames_Gramplet|Top Surnames Gramplet]]}}'''.<br />
<br />
The Dashboard and Gramplet Split Bars of the Navigator Categories may have '''common''' and '''specific''' Gramplets. <!-- If the Plugin Registration includes a <code>navtypes</code>, then the Gramplet is limited to Specific categories. Unfortunately, there is no feature in the GUI to make this limitation visible. --> <br />
*Common Gramplets are applicable to any View ... and the data viewpoint is with respect to the Context of the Active Person and/or the Home Person. They can be docked on any Navigator Category View without making that View seem ambiguous. <br />
*Specific Gramplets need the context of particular Views to give context to their perspective of the data. The list in the Dashboard's Add a Gramplet submenu and the {{man button|&or;}} Gramplet Bar Menu will differ according active Category view and Gramplets installed.<br />
<br />
{{Stub}}<br />
This list is leftover from an earlier revision of the wiki. It is unclear where the items fit in this discussion.<br />
* Back references Gramplets - provide immediate visibility to data that tends be viewed occasionally and is buried in the interface... like the {{man label|references}} tab on object Editor. <br />
* Filter Gramplet is like the previous filter sidebar<br />
* Common models for Notes, Gallery, Sources, Citations, Events<br />
* Children Gramplet on Person views (also charts category and relationships category), families view<br />
<br />
=== General Usage and Configuration ===<br />
[[File:WelcomegadgetBlur.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Dashboard Welcome Gramplet]]<br />
The container controls for Gramplets are arranged a little differently in the Dashboard category View as opposed to the Sidebar and Bottombar. Being aware of how these Gramplet containers differ (and are similar) will let you focus on getting the high speed performance instead of wondering why it spun out of control.<br />
<br />
Originally added in version 3, Gramplets in Dashboard category View are arranged in a configurable number of columns. The Sidebar and Bottombar [[Split_Views|split panes]] were selected from among later innovations proposed in [[GEPS_019:_Improved_Sidebar_and_Split_Views|GEPS 19]]. They were built on the Filter Sidebar of the 3.3 version. The Filter was converted to a Gramplet'' and pre-docked in the Sidebar. <br />
<br />
[[File:Welcome-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Detached Sidebar Welcome Gramplet]]The split panes provide limited screenspace for docking Gramplets in the other Navigator categories. But, unlike the many columns of the Dashboard View, each new split pane is a single column, filled with a single Gramplet. (The pane still supports holding multiple Gramplets, it just uses Tabs to display them one at a time.)<br />
<br />
The split pane approach reduces the need for flipping between Category Views... and that lightens the demands on the database.<br />
<br />
[[File:DashboardCategory-gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Detached Gramplet in the Dashboard View]]<br />
However, Gramplets can be undocked (detached, torn off) to float free from any of the three containers. When detached, an additional {{man button| Help}} button in the lower left will open the Gramplet's page on this website. Clicking the {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button in the upper right corner will re-docks a detached Gramplet. Clicking the similar {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button of a docked Gramplet will remove it from the pane.<br />
<!-- This is in the WRONG place! We're still talking about how the containers for Gramplets work... not yet to using the Gramplet's themselves.<br />
<br />
{{man button| &or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from <br />
<br />
<br />
==== Hotlinked Gramplet data ====<br />
Gramplet development is not subject to the approval of our [[5.2_Roadmap#Project_governance|benevolent dictator]] and so behaviors more variable.<br />
<br />
If a link in a Gramplet is to a specific person, then clicking the link will change the Active Person. Double-clicking such any link to a specific Gramps item (such as person or family) will bring up the Editor for that item. To edit a linked person without changing the Active Person, right-click on the person link. Depending on the type of entry, double-clicking any row in a Quick View table will either select more specific data (drill down) or bring up the editor.<br />
--><br />
==== The Dashboard Category View ====<br />
<br />
In the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]], you can drag the {{man button|&nbsp;Properties&nbsp;}}&nbsp;button (top left) of each Gramplet to reposition it in the Dashboard View area. You can click the {{man button|&nbsp;Properties&nbsp;}}&nbsp;button to detach (or ''&lsquo;undock&rsquo;'') the Gramplet from Dashboard View and place it in its own window. The window will stay open regardless of page (relationships, charts, etc). Closing the detached view will put it back onto the Dashboard view. If you quit Gramps with a open Gramplet, when you start gramps again, it will open automatically.<br />
<br />
When one or more Gramplets are undocked from the Dashboard View, they remain visible as you change to a different View (such as the People or Charts View). In this way, you can use these Gramplets to supplement a particular View with additional details and functionality provided by the Gramplet.<br />
<br />
You can add new Gramplets by right-clicking on an open space on Dashboard view. Click the {{man button| X}}&nbsp;button above the Gramplet to remove it from the Dashboard.<br />
<br />
===== &#x2699; Configurable Options =====<br />
[[File:Menubar-View-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} View menu]]<br />
You can also change the number of columns by changing a ''Gramplets Layout'' tab setting in ''Configure Dashboard'' window. To open the window, click the [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button, choose {{Man menu|View&nbsp;&#x27a1;&nbsp;Configure...}} from the View menu, or press the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]].<br />
[[File:Whats_next-configure_dashboard-41.png|center|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramplet Configuration tabs]]<br />
Each Gramplet docked in the Dashboard will also have a Configuration tab added. (But the same Gramplet may not have any Configuration options or tab when docked in the Sidebar or Bottombar.) The Dashboard provides extra options for each Gramplet to allow it be renamed, set to a fixed vertical size, or be maximized vertically in its column. The Configuration tab for Gramplets in docked in the Dashboard reflect at least these minimum options. <br />
<br />
Double-clicking the title of a Gramplet docked in the Dashboard Category allows you to change the display title.<br />
<br />
==== The split-screen Sidebar &amp; Bottombar ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramplet split-screens showing [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]] with the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Each of these split screen panes is a container of stacked Gramplet tabs. Like Windows with a tabbed section, each can show only a single tab at a time. But tabs can be added, re-ordered, undocked or disabled in a similar fashion to the Dashboard. However, instead of a Contextual Menu, each split-pane {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} has a ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button to show the same pop-up list of options.<br />
<br />
To add a Gramplet to the stacked tabs, select it from the {{man menu|Gramplet Bar Menu {{man button|&or;}} Add a gramplet}} submenu.<br />
<br />
<span id="undock gramplet">To undock a tab, grab the tab title and drag out of the split-pane. To re-dock, click the Close button or the 'X' button.</span> <br />
<br />
To remove the Gramplet from the stack tabs, select it from the {{man menu|Gramplet Bar Menu {{man button|&or;}} Remove a gramplet}} submenu. (Alternatively, the {{man button|&times;}} Close button will be accessible if the 'Show close button in gramplet tabs' checkbox in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]] tab of Preferences is selected.)<br />
<br />
Curiously, the same Gramplets might be tabs in the different split-screen section of a View but be configured to show information differently. It is important to be aware that each Gramplet (whether stacked as a Tab or floating undocked) bogs down performance of Gramps. Use fewer Gramplets to make Gramps more responsive.<br />
<br />
The lists of Gramplets that can be added to the stack of tabs in a split pane are filtered by those appropriate to that category.<br />
===== &#x2699; Configurable Options =====<br />
<!--<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png]] <br />
<br />
-->[[File:Menubar-View-overview-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} View menu]]<br />
<br />
{{man note|Want Additional Gramplets|To add more Gramplets follow the instructions on [[5.2_Addons|'''Third-Party Addons''']]. Check the list of the available reports [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|'''here''']].}}<br />
<br />
In addition, there are a number of Third party Gramplets that you can easily install and use. These include:<br />
<br />
*Headline News Gramplet - current, breaking news from Gramps<br />
*Data Entry Gramplet - edit active person's name, birth date and place, death date and place, and add people<br />
*Python Gramplet - a Python shell<br />
*FAQ Gramplet - frequently asked questions<br />
*Note Gramplet - see and edit active person's primary Person Note<br />
<br />
and many others. See [[Third-party Addons]] for more details.<br />
<br />
== Summary of Gramplets ==<br />
Summary of all default built-in Gramplets and the view categories in which each gramplet can be used.<br />
<br />
Independently for each Category view mode container, the Gramplets can be added or removed using the following controls:<br />
* In the Dashboard Category, via the right-click context menu.<br />
* In all other Categories, via the drop-down Gramplet selection menus {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) on either the Bottombar or Sidebar.<br />
<br />
''There are no Menu options to add a Gramplet. This is because it would be ambiguous whether the Gramplet was to be added to that view mode's sidebar or bottombar.''<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Gramplet List===<br />
Click a Category header (twice) to sort the list and show that category's menu of available built-in Gramplet choices. (The actual menu will also include installed [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|3rd-party addon]] Gramplets.)<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|-<br />
! Gramplet<br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-gramplet.png]] <small>Dashboard</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-person.png]] <small>People</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-relation.png]] <small>Relationships</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-family.png]] <small>Families</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-pedigree.png]] <small>Charts</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-event.png]] <small>Events</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-place.png]] <small>Places</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-geo.png]] <small>Geography</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-source.png]] <small>Sources</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-citation.png]] <small>Citations</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-repository.png]] <small>Repositories</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-media.png]] <small>Media</small><br />
! [[Image:22x22-gramps-notes.png]] <small>Notes</small><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="0" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#2-Way_Fan_Chart|2-Way Fan Chart]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="1" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age_Stats|Age Stats]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="2" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age_on_Date|Age on Date]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="3" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Ancestors|Ancestors]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="4" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="5" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Calendar|Calendar]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="6" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="7" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="8" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Descendant_Fan|Descendant Fan]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="9" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Descendants|Descendants]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="10" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="18a" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Encloses|Encloses]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="18b" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="11" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events|Events]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="11a" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events_Coordinates|Events Coordinates]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="12" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#FAQ|FAQ]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="13" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Fan_Chart|Fan Chart]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="14" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&diams;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="15" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="16" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Given_Name_Cloud|Given Name Cloud]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="17" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Image_Metadata|Image Metadata]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="21" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Media_Preview|Media Preview]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="19" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="20" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Pedigree|Pedigree]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="22" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&diams; &#x2699;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="23" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Records|Records]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="24" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="25" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Relatives|Relatives]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="26" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Residence|Residence]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="27" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Session_Log|Session Log]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="28" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#SoundEx|SoundEx]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="29" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Statistics|Statistics]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="30" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Surname_Cloud|Surname Cloud]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="31" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="32" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Top_Surnames|Top Surnames]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="33" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Welcome|Welcome to Gramps!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="34" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#What.27s_Next|What's Next?]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#x2714;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="37" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Python Evaluation|Python Evaluation!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big> &#9888;<br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#9888;<br />
|-<br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="38" |{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Uncollected Objects|Uncollected Objects!]]}}<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><big>&#x1F5F9;</big> &#9888;<br />
|<!-- People Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Relationships Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Families Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Charts Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Events Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Places Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Geography Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Sources Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Citations Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Repositories Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Media Category -->&#9888;<br />
|<!-- Notes Category -->&#9888;<br />
|-<!-- Copy this section for any new core plugins --><br />
|<!-- Gramplet --> id="xx" |<br />
|<!-- Dashboard Category --><br />
|<!-- People Category --><br />
|<!-- Relationships Category --><br />
|<!-- Families Category --><br />
|<!-- Charts Category --><br />
|<!-- Events Category --><br />
|<!-- Places Category --><br />
|<!-- Geography Category --><br />
|<!-- Sources Category --><br />
|<!-- Citations Category --><br />
|<!-- Repositories Category --><br />
|<!-- Media Category --><br />
|<!-- Notes Category --><br />
|-<br />
|}<br />
{| class="wikitable sortable"<br />
|-<br />
!Symbol<br />
!Meaning<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Warning --> &#9888;<br />
|Dangerous. Available in debug mode only<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Check --> &#x2714;<br />
|listed in gramplet menu for view<br />
|-<br />
!<!-- Dashboard Category --> <big>&#x1F5F9;</big><br />
|different container behavior<br />
|-<br />
!<big>&diams; &#x2699;</big> <br />
|category specific configuration options <br />
|-<br />
!<big>&diams;</big> <br />
|category specific interface <br />
|-<br />
!<big>&#x2756;</big><br />
|Content based on active record or category<br />
|}<br />
<br />
For more detailed information on using the installed Gramplets, see [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Gramplets#Gramplets|Gramplets]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==Gramplets==<br />
<br />
This following sections describe each Gramplet and its basic functionality.<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{stub}}<!--WIP - need to check from here on eg sort if need into order--><br />
=== 2-Way Fan Chart ===<br />
[[File:2-WayFanChart-detached-gramplet-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} 2-Way Fan Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Age on Date ===<br />
<br />
[[File:AgeOnDate-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age On Date Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Age on Date}} Gramplet allows you to enter a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Calendar_date Calendar date] in the {{man label|Date:}} entry field. If you select the {{man button|Run}} the Gramplet will compute the ages for everyone in your Family Tree living on that Date and will show the results in a separate Quick View report dialog. The date must be entered in a calendar format that Gramps accepts eg: YYYY-MM-DD .<br />
<br />
* No configuration options are available for this gramplet.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:AgeOnDate-Gramplet-QuickView-example-result-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age On Date Gramplet - Quick View - result example]]<br />
<br />
From the resulting Quick View report dialog you can sort by the Person, Age or Status columns. Right clicking the row opens a context menu that allows you to ''Copy all'' rows to the clipboard; or to ''See the person details'' in the Person Editor, or ''Make the person active''.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
* You can also drag a date to from [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Calendar|Calendar Gramplet]] to the {{man label|Age on Date}} Gramplets {{man label|Date:}} entry field to enter that date. <br />
* See also the [[Third-party_Addons|Third-party Addon]] [[Addon:DateCalculator|Date Calculator Gramplet]] which allows you to do date math.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Age Stats ===<br />
[[File:AgeStats-Gramplet-detached-51.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age Stats Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Age Stats}} Gramplet shows statistics in the form of three text graphs grouped in 5 years age span breakdowns (use the vertical scroll bar to see the other two graphs):<br />
* '''Lifespan Age Distribution''' - for all people having valid birth and death dates.<br />
* '''Father - ''Child Age Diff Distribution''''' - shows the age difference between child and father where both individuals have valid birth dates.<br />
* '''Mother - ''Child Age Diff Distribution''''' - shows the age difference between child and mother where both individuals have valid birth dates.<br />
<br />
Rolling over a chart row will display a hint with the count of offspring matching the row's range.<br />
<br />
Double-clicking a row in any of the statistics graphs opens a Quick Report of the offspring categorized by that row. You can sort the Quick Report by the Name, Birth Date and Name Type columns. <br />
<br />
Right-clicking the Quick View report row displays a context menu for copying the list, opening the Person Editor or activating the person.<br />
<br />
=====&#x2699; Configurable Options=====<br />
[[File:AgeStats-Gramplet-configuration-tab-50.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Age Stats Gramplet - from Charts Configuration tab defaults]]<br />
Adjustable graph scaling limits<br />
* Maximum Age 1-150; (''110 default'')<br />
* Maximum Age of mother at birth: 1-150; (''40 default'')<br />
* Maximum Age of father at birth: 1-150; (''60 default'')<br />
* Chart Width: 1-150; (''60 default'')<br />
<br />
In the Dashboard View, the Gramplet may be detached by clicking the {{man button|Configure active view}} button.<br />
==== See also ====<br />
* An upgrade has been developed for the 5.2 version of Gramps.See the [[:File:AgeStats-Gramplet-detached-51.png#Summary|screen capture]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Ancestors ===<br />
[[File:Ancestors-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Ancestors Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing active person's ancestors.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Attributes ===<br />
<br />
[[File:Attributes-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attributes Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
The Attributes Gramplet shows all of the attributes for the current, active person. Double click on the name of the attribute, and you will run a Quick View that shows all of the people that have that attribute, and the values for it. You can sort the Quick View by the attribute value by clicking on the column name.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:Atttribute-Gramplet-QuickView-example-result-50.png|right|350px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attributes Gramplet - Quick View example result]]<br />
<br />
In the Quick View, highlight the entry to change the active person (which will then change the Attributes Gramplet), and double-click the Quick View entry to bring up the Edit Person dialog window.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Attributes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Attributes|Attributes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Calendar ===<br />
[[File:Calendar-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Calendar Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The '''Calendar Gramplet''' shows a monthly calendar. <br />
<br />
Surrounding the {{man label|''month''}} label at the top left corner, the {{man button|<}} {{man tooltip|previous}} and {{man button|>}} {{man tooltip|next}} buttons can be used to change the month.<br />
<br />
Surrounding the {{man label|''year''}} label at the top right corner, the {{man button|<}} {{man tooltip|previous}} and {{man button|>}} {{man tooltip|next}} buttons can be used to change the year.<br />
<br />
Double-click a '''day''' to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#On_This_Day|On This Day]]}} Quick View. The Quick View window shows up to 3 table sections, the events (if any exist) of: the exact date, other events on the same month/day in history, and events in that year.<br />
<br />
You can also drag a day from the Calendar to the date fields (such as for the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|Event Editor]] or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Age on Date|Age on Date Gramplet]]) to enter that date. Similarly, a calendar day may also be dragged to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Clipboard]] where it will be stored in a plain text format.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Localized Day of the week headers|The customary first day of the week can be shown on calendar and which vary culturally. The calendar adapts to the language setting. <br /><br />The feature will be included in the 5.2 release but can patched manually. ''See the [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/built-in-calendar-gramplet/2080 Discourse forum discussion on the Calendar Gramplet]''}}<br />
<br />
<br />
<!-- Prepared for insertion for version 5.2 <br />
{{man tip|The calendar columns are localized|The customary first day of the week shown on calendars varies culturally. The calendar adapts to the locality. If the first calendar column is for the wrong day of the week, contact the translator for your language and refer them to the [https://github.com/gramps-project/gramps/pull/1319#issuecomment-1002039348 <code>gtk/gtkcalendar</code> translation string].}}<br />
--> <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Children ===<br />
[[File:Children-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Children Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons children.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|How do I change the order of children?]]<br />
Use:<br />
* The Family Editor [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Children|Children]] tab to change the order of children in the family.<br />
* The third party addon [[Addon:BirthOrderTool|Birth Order Tool]] which allows bulk updates of the children order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Children====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]<br />
<br />
Also shows the childs spouse if present.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Family Children====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Children|Children]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Citations ===<br />
[[File:Citation-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Citation Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons citations.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Citations====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Citations|Citations]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Descendant Fan Chart===<br />
[[File:DescendantFan-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Descendant Fan (chart) Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing active person's direct descendants as a fan chart.<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Descendants ===<br />
[[File:Descendants-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Descendants Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Descendants Gramplet shows the direct descendants of the active person. <br />
<br />
The order of the spouses and children is that given in the Gramps editor. To change the order of spouses, click on ''Order'' on the Relationship view. To change the order of children, [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop drag and drop] them in the correct order in the Family edit window.<br />
<br />
This Gramplet is based on the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Descendant_Report|Descendant Report]], available from the Textual Reports.<br />
<br />
The Descendants Gramplet will update when you change the active person, or change family trees. It does not update automatically for edits or additions because this report is time-consuming to run.<br />
<br />
Minimizing a Gramplet will prevent it from updating.<br />
<br />
Moving the mouse over a person will show a tooltip summary which includes the death date.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Details ===<br />
[[File:Details-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Details Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing details of the active person.<br />
<br />
Provides a brief non editable summary of the selected person for example:<br />
* ''Name'': of person<br />
* ''Also Known As:''<br />
* ''Other Name:''<br />
* ''Father:''<br />
* ''Mother:''<br />
* ''Birth:''<br />
* ''Death:''<br />
* ''Burial:''<br />
<br />
* ''Image'': If available the primary image will be shown to the right of the details, otherwise a cross will indicate the image is missing, you may double click the image to open it in an external viewer. To change the primary active image see: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person Editors - Gallery tab]]<br />
<br />
You may highlight and copy the individual text fields.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository Details====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Place_Encloses"><br />
=== Encloses ===<br />
</span><br />
[[File:Encloses-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Encloses Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the hierarchical locations of a place it encloses over time.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
* See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] tab<br />
<span id="Place_Enclosed_By"><br />
====Encloses Place Locations====<br />
</span><br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Enclosed By===<br />
[[File:EnclosedBy-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Enclosed By Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the locations hierarchically enclosed by a place over time.<br />
<br />
* See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] tab<br />
====Enclosed By Place Locations====<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Encloses|Encloses]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Events ===<br />
[[File:Events-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
Primarily designed as an alternative to opening a Edit Object dialog layout tab . <br />
<br />
Double click a row to edit the event.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Events|Events]]<br />
====Family Events====<br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the events for the active Family.<br />
<br />
====Person Events====<br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the events for the active person.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Events Coordinates===<br />
Primarily designed to verify that the key data exists to plot the Events in the Geography view. Beyond the coordinates, a date and event type are needed for some of the animated views. <br />
<br />
Right-click a row to open a context menu to edit the event or place.<br />
<span id="Geography coordinates for Family Events"><br />
==== Family Events Audit ====<br />
</span>[[File:EventsCoordinates-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Coordinates Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet added in the Family category will show the Events for the active Family. <br /><br />
<br />
<span id="Geography_coordinates_for_Person_Events"><br />
====Person Events Audit====<br />
</span><br />
Gramplet added in the Person category will show the Events for the active person. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Fan Chart ===<br />
[[File:FanChart-detached-gramplet-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Fan Chart Gramplet]]<br />
<br />
The Fan Chart Gramplet shows the direct ancestors of the active person in a circular format. It is similar to the Pedigree View, but shown around the center/active person, and further generations spiralling out.<br />
<br />
Click on a parent in the chart and they will expand or contract above their child. Right-click on a person and you can:<br />
<br />
* select that person to be the active person<br />
* edit the person which allows through Person Editor add children to person's families<br />
* select from among the person's relatives to be the active person<br />
* add partners (families) to person<br />
* copy name, birth and death of person into clipboard<br />
<br />
Clicking in an open area (non-person) and dragging the mouse will allow you to rotate the chart about the center. You may also left-click and drag in the center to reposition the fan chart.<br />
<br />
A black edge on the outer radius of the chart indicates more parents for that person. A black circle in the center indicates that the center person has children.<br />
<br />
The Fan Chart Gramplet will update when you change the active person, or change family trees. <br />
<br />
Minimizing a Gramplet will prevent it from updating.<br />
<br />
'''See also:'''<br />
{{fan_charts}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== FAQ ===<br />
[[File:FAQ-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} FAQ Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|FAQ Gramplet}} (Frequently Asked Questions) shows a list of common questions, and links to their answers from the Gramps Wiki (requires an internet connection).<br />
<br />
This gramplet shows a manually curated list of '''Frequently Asked Questions''' hyperlinked to answers in articles of the Gramps wiki. The list is collated from new user postings to the [[Contact#Mailing_lists|Gramps User maillist]] that must be answered repeatedly. <br />
<br />
The idea is to make the answers to the most common question easier to find, the primary objective is to let new users start using Gramps more quickly.<br />
<br />
====See Also====<br />
* Bug Report {{bug|11742}}: Dashboard FAQ links are obsolete (resolved)<br />
* Bug Report {{bug|11997}}: how to add/update FAQs<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Filter ===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
Gramplet providing a filter specific to the Category.<br />
<br />
=====See Also =====<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter]] gramplets<br />
*[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]<br />
*Isotammi [[Addon:Isotammi_addons#Filter.2B|Filter+ gramplet addon]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Person Filter"></span><br />
====People Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Person-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cname.3E|People with a name matching &lt;text>]]<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_.3Cid.3E|People with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Gender : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Males|Male]] &bull; [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Females|Female]] &bull; [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_unknown_gender|People with unknown gender]]<br />
* Birth date : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cbirth_data.3E|People with the &lt;birth data>]]<br />
* Death date : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_.3Cdeath_data.3E|People with the &lt;death data>]]<br />
* Event : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_the_personal_.3Cevent.3E|People with the personal &lt;event>]]<br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|People having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|People with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|People matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Family Filter"></span><br />
====Families Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Family-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Families - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_having_child_with_id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Families with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Father :[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_father_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with father matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Mother : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_mother_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with mother matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Child : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_child_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Families with child matching the &lt;regex_name>]]<br />
* Relationship : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_relationship_type|Families with the relationship type]]<br />
* Family Event : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Cevent.3E|Families with the &lt;event>]]<br />
* Family Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Families having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Families with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Families_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Families matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Charts Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Person-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Charts - Filter Gramplet - detached - default (Same as People Filter)]]<br />
The diagrams in Charts need the context of connecting records to define the connections between blocks. So rather than only displaying ''only'' the matching records in the Charts view modes, Filters for the Charts still displays all the records but dims the non-matching ones. <br />
<br />
''Interface is the same as the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#People_Filter|People Filter Gramplet]]''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Event Filter"></span><br />
====Events Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Event-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Events with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Description : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_matching_parameters|Events matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><!-- [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_the_particular_type| Events with the particular type]]--><br />
* Participants : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Date : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Place : <small>''Events matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Events having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Events with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Events_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Events matching the particular &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Place Filter"></span><br />
====Places Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Place-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Places - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Places with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_matching_parameters|Places matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Places matching parameters''</small><br />
* Code : <small>''Places matching parameters''</small><br />
* Enclosed By : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_enclosed_by_another_place|Places enclosed by another place]]<br />
* Within : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_within_an_area|Places within an area]]<br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Places having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Places with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Places_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Places matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Geography Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Place-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Geography - Filter Gramplet - detached - default (Same as Places Filter)]]<br />
''Interface is the same as the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#People_Filter|Places Filter Gramplet]]''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Source Filter"></span><br />
<br />
====Sources Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Source-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Sources - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_parameters|Sources matching parameters]]<!--[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_title_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with title containing &lt;text>]]--><br />
* Author : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Abbreviation : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Publication : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Sources matching the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Sources matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Citation Filter"></span><br />
====Citations Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Citation-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Citations - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
<br />
'''Source:'''<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Sources with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Sources_matching_parameters|Sources matching parameters]]<br />
* Author : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Abbreviation : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Publication : <small>''Sources matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_having_source_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations having source notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
'''Citation:'''<br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Volume/Page : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_matching_parameters|Citations matching parameters]]<br />
* Date : <small>''Citations matching parameters''</small><br />
* Min. Conf. : <small>''Citations matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Citations having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Citations with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Citations_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Citations matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<span id="Repository Filter"></span><br />
====Repositories Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Repository-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Repositories - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Repositories with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Name : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_parameters|Repositories matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* Address : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* URL : <small>''Repositories matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Repositories having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Repositories with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Repositories matching &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Media Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Media-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Media objects with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Title : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_matching_parameters|Media objects matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Path : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Date : <small>''Media objects matching parameters''</small><br />
* Note : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_having_notes_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Media objects having notes containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Media objects with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Media_objects_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Media objects matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes Filter====<br />
[[File:FilterGramplet-Notes-detached-default-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes - Filter Gramplet - detached - default]]<br />
Equivalent to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#toc|built-in Custom Filter rules]]: <br />
* ID : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_with_Id_containing_.3Ctext.3E|Notes with Id containing &lt;text>]]<br />
* Text : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_matching_parameters|Notes matching parameters]]<br />
* Type : <small>''Notes matching parameters''</small><br />
* Tag : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_with_the_.3Ctag.3E|Notes with the &lt;tag>]]<br />
* Custom filter : [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Notes_matching_the_.3Cfilter.3E|Notes matching the &lt;filter>]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Gallery ===<br />
[[File:Gallery-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gallery Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing media objects. The first image is the primary active media object that is used in reports and the Edit Person dialog.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Gallery]] tab for {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person dialog]] }}where you can change which image is the primary active media object for reports etc...<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Gallery====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Gallery|Gallery]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Given Name Cloud ===<br />
[[File:GivenNameCloud-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Given Name Cloud Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Like the [[#Surname_Cloud|Surname Cloud Gramplet]], the Given Name Cloud Gramplet shows the top most popular given names in your family tree. The size of the name indicates how popular it is. Mouse over the name to see the exact count, and the percent of people in the family tree that have that name.<br />
<br />
The Gramplet splits up given names into words (broken up by spaces). For example "Sarah Elizabeth" would appear under both "Sarah" and "Elizabeth".<br />
<br />
Double-click on the given name to bring up a Quick View of all of the matching people.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Image Metadata ===<br />
[[File:ImageMetadata-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Image Metadata Gramplet - example]]<br />
<br />
The Image Metadata Gramplet offers an interface to look at [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format Image Exif Metadata] from your images (*.jpg, *.png. *.tiff, *.exv, *.nef, *.psd, *.pgf).<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also the third party:<br />
* [[Addon:Edit Image Exif Metadata]]<br />
<br />
==== Prerequisites ====<br />
{{man tip|Special Note|Before being able to use this Gramplet/Addon, you will need to download and install [https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/gexiv2 gexiv2]<br>or install gexiv2 from your local Linux repository.<br>MS-Windows users, this is depends on which installer you used.<br>Ubuntu, use the Universe repository to find gexiv2.'''<br>Also see [[GEPS_029:_GTK3-GObject_introspection_Conversion#GExiv2_for_Image_metadata|GExiv2 for Image metadata]]}}<br />
<br />
Once you have installed gexiv2, see above for directions to download and install this addon...<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--update for gexiv2--><br />
Pyexiv2 can be used from the command line interface (cli) as well, and from within a python script:<br />
# import the pyexiv2 library<br />
#: from pyexiv2 import ImageMetadata, ExifTag<br />
# specify your image<br />
#: image = ImageMetadata("/home/user/image.jpg")<br />
# read the image<br />
#: image.read()<br />
<br />
Exif, IPTC, XMP metadata reference tags can be found [http://www.exiv2.org/metadata.html here].<br />
<br />
Example:<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.Artist"] # Artist<br />
:Smith and Johnson's Photography Studio<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.DateTime"] # DateTime<br />
:1826 Apr 12 14:00:00<br />
<br />
:image["Exif.Image.DateTime"] = datetime.datetime.now() # Add DateTime<br />
<br />
:image.write() # write the Metadata<br />
<br />
====Usage scenario====<br />
The preferred way to use this addon is:<br />
# install pyexiv2<br />
# Install this addon<br />
# Restart Gramps<br />
# Click Views from the Menu bar, and select Media Views<br />
# Open the Side Bar<br />
# Slide the available empty right view to about half the screen.<br />
# Right click text to the Side Bar tab, and select Add a Gramplet<br />
# Select Image Metadata Gramplet<br />
# Select an image from the left hand MediaView<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Media Preview ===<br />
[[File:MediaPreview-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Preview Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet shows a preview of a single media object.<br />
{{-}}<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Notes ===<br />
[[File:Notes-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons notes.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Addon:NoteGramplet|Note Gramplet]] - Third party Addon<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media Notes====<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Notes|Notes]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Pedigree ===<br />
[[File:Pedigree-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Pedigree Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Pedigree Gramplet shows a compressed view of the active person's direct ancestors. It defaults to going back 100 generations. The names can be clicked to change the active person, right-click to edit the person. At the bottom of the Gramplet the number of people per generation is listed. Birth and death dates are shown next to each person's name. Double-click the Generation number to see the matching individuals.<br />
<br />
Using the content of the Pedigree in another program requires a bit of effort Open a contextual pop-up menu by right-clicking anywhere in the gramplet except a hotlink. Or, you can begin a drag selection from the same inert areas. Copy the highlighted text the OS clipboard from that same context menu. (The keybinding for 'Copy' will not work.) When you paste the text into another text editing program, you may need change the font to a non-proportional font to preserve the indentation. Some online services collapse leading spaces when you post a chunk of text. Preserving the indentation for such services may require replacing doubled spaces with doubled placeholder characters... like periods/full stops.<br />
====&#x2699; Configurable Options====<br />
* Maximum generations: 1 to 100 limit; (default: ''100'')<br />
* Show Dates checkbox; (default: ''deselected'')<br />
* Line Type menu: <abbr title="Unicode Transformation Format graphical symbols">UTF</abbr>, <abbr title="American Standard Code for Information Interchange text symbols">ASCII</abbr>; (default: ''UTF'')<br />
=== Python Evaluation ===<br />
{{man warn|Warning! Diagnostic Tool|Do not use this '''Debug''' feature on your working Family Tree. Always create a new empty Family Tree or a copy of your existing Family Tree for testing.<br />This option is only available when Gramps has been started using a developer [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Python_options|mode switch]]. It is not intended for general use and has limited safeguards.}}<br />
[[File:PythonEvaluation-Gramplet-detached-example-52.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Python Evaluation Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
The {{man label|Python Evaluation}} window tool is intended to test Python scripts with Gramps data.<br />
==== See Also ====<br />
* [[Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet|Python Shell]] addon gramplet<br />
* Debug submenu in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Tools|Tools]] menu before version 4.0.2<br />
* [[Contact#Mailing_lists|Gramps-devel]] maillist: [https://sourceforge.net/p/gramps/mailman/gramps-devel/thread/524D973D.9000604%40hotmail.com/#msg31477962 Converting tools to gramplets] - Oct 2013<br />
* Where possible, use the [[Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet|Python Shell]] addon gramplet instead. It has extra garbage collection functionality<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Quick View ===<br />
[[File:QuickView-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Quick View Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Quick View Gramplet allows [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View reports]] to update dynamically as the selected. Instead of a window with a static report, the gramplet updates different active record is selected within the target Category. (When this Gramplet was introduced, it only offered choosing Quick View Reports from the People category. A Configuration pop-up menu to select View categories has since been added.)<br />
<br />
You can run any of the built-in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick Views]] or [[5.2_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickView-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Quick View Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
You can change the options by clicking the Option button (top, left hand button of the Gramplet) which will detach the Gramplet and bring it up an a window. Select {{man label|Options}} on the top row, and a list of options will appear. Press {{man button|Save}} to apply the changes to the Quick View. You may then close the window to reattach the Gramplet.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
See the following developer information if you are interested in creating your own:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Making_your_own_Quick_view|Making your own Quick view]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Records ===<br />
[[File:Records-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Records Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Records Gramplet shows a number of interesting facts about the records (mostly age related) from your database. The list shows the top three for each element.<br />
* Person Records:<br />
** Youngest living person<br />
** Oldest living person<br />
** Person died at youngest age<br />
** Person died at oldest age<br />
** Person married at youngest age<br />
** Person married at oldest age<br />
** Person divorced at youngest age<br />
** Person divorced at oldest age<br />
** Youngest father<br />
** Youngest mother<br />
** Oldest father<br />
** Oldest mother<br />
* Family Records<br />
** Couple with most children<br />
** Living couple married most recently<br />
** Living couple married most long ago<br />
** Shortest past marriage<br />
** Longest past marriage<br />
{{-}}<br />
The list is not only interesting on its own, it is also a good sanity check of the data. For some items you have to fill in some additional information. <br />
<br />
This following example shows that there was a marriage event (thus calculation of the offset) but none of the persons had a death event. Even if the date is not known, just enter a death event for one of the partners and the list will be corrected.<br />
<br />
'''Living couple married most long ago'''<br />
# van Dosselaere, Egidius and Rechters, Petronella (382 years, 1 month)<br />
# de Richter, Petrus and Asscericx, Catharina (379 years, 9 months)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
An identical [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Records_Report|Records Report]] is also available.<br />
<br />
=== References ===<br />
[[File:References-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} References Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
Gramplet showing the active persons References.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person References====<br />
* Person References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a person<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Family References====<br />
* Family References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a family<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Event References====<br />
* Event References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for an event<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Place References====<br />
* Place References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a place<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Source References====<br />
* Source References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a source<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation References====<br />
* Citation References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a citation<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Repository References====<br />
* Repository References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a repository<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Media References====<br />
* Media References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a media object<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Note References====<br />
* Note References : Gramplet showing the backlink references for a note<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#References|References]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Relatives ===<br />
[[File:Relatives-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Relatives Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
This Gramplet shows all direct relatives of the active person. It's intended use is as a navigation help, an alternative way to move through your family tree in Gramps . If you detach the Gramplet, and place it next to Gramps, it will allow you to use it to easily change the content of the current "Person view".<br />
<br />
If you are working in the charts category Pedigree view, the active person is the left-most person. By clicking a name in the relatives Gramplet, you can easily change the active person, and all person view in the other window will update. As the relatives Gramplet shows all spouses, all children and all parents, this offers an alternative way of navigating your data.<br />
<br />
The names in this Gramplet also allow you to call up the person editor directly, by right-clicking on any of the names.<br />
<br />
The Relatives Gramplet can be added to the following categories:<br />
* People Category<br />
* Relationships Category<br />
* Charts Category<br />
* Geography Category (selected views only)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Residence ===<br />
<br />
[[File:ResidenceGramplet-Person-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person - Residence Gramplet - detached - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramplet showing residence events for the active person<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Person Residence====<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Residence|Residence]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Session Log ===<br />
[[File:SessionLog-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Session Log Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The session log keeps track of activity in this session. It lists selected and edited objects. <br />
<br />
Click a name once to make this person the active person. Double-click on a name or family brings up the {{man label|edit}} page for that object. In addition, if you want to edit a person, but don't want to change the active person, you can right-click on the person's name.<br />
<br />
This Gramplet is handy because you can very quickly change the active person, or edit the object, from the session list. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== SoundEx ===<br />
[[File:SoundEx-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} SoundEx Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
This Gramplet generates SoundEx codes for the names of people in the database. <br />
<br />
From the {{man label|SoundEx Gramplet}} window you can either choose a {{man label|Name:}} from the pop-up menu shown by selecting the down {{man button|&#x25BC;}} arrowhead, (triangle) or you can type a name into the text field.<br />
<br />
The name you type in can be any name... even a name not present in your Family Tree.<br />
<br />
The result is shown automatically eg:&nbsp;The SoundEx code for ''Simpson'' is ''S512''<br />
<br />
A {{man button|Help}} button is available which brings you to this page. With the {{man button|Close}} button (or using the keyboard shortcut {{man key press|Alt|C}}) you dismiss the {{man label|SoundEx Gramplet}} window.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===== Soundex what is this? =====<br />
<br />
Soundex is the most widely known of all [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Phonetic_algorithm phonetic algorithms] which allow indexing of words by their sound, as pronounced in English. Soundex support is included with searching via a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Soundex_match_of_People_with_the_.3Cname.3E|Soundex match of People with the &lt;name>]] Custom Filter rule, a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#SoundEx|Soundex Gramplet]], and as a quality control for matching in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Find_Possible_Duplicate_People|Find Possible Duplicate People]] tool.<br />
<br />
The Soundex equivalent is a coded surname (last name) index based on the way a surname sounds rather than the way it is spelled. Surnames that sound the same, but are spelled differently, like SMITH and SMYTH, have the same code and are filed together. The Soundex coding system was developed so that surnames may be found even when recorded under variant spellings.<br />
<br />
First applied to the 1880 US Census, Soundex is a "sound index", not a strictly alphabetical one. The key feature is that it codes surnames (last names) based on the way a name sounds rather than on how it is spelled. The Soundex phonetic coding system pre-dates computers and was to help researchers find a surname quickly even though it may have received different spellings.<br />
<br />
Those doing census lookups must use the same method to encode and tabulate surnames as the census workers did when they generated the database. <br />
<br />
To search for a particular surname, you must first work out its encoding equivalent.<br />
<br />
*'''Basic Soundex Coding Rule:'''<br />
<br />
Every Soundex code consists of a letter and three numbers, such as W-252. The letter is always the first letter of the surname. The numbers are assigned to the remaining letters of the surname according to the Soundex guide shown below. Zeroes are added at the end if necessary to produce a four-character code. Additional letters are disregarded. Examples:<br />
Washington is coded W-252 (W, 2 for the S, 5 for the N, 2 for the G, remaining letters disregarded).<br />
Lee is coded L-000 (L, 000 added).<br />
<br />
{|{{prettytable}} <br />
!Number<br />
!Represents the Letters<br />
|-<br />
|1<br />
|B, F, P, V<br />
|-<br />
|2<br />
|C, G, J, K, Q, S, X, Z<br />
|-<br />
|3<br />
|D, T<br />
|-<br />
|4<br />
|L<br />
|-<br />
|5<br />
|M, N<br />
|-<br />
|6<br />
|R<br />
|}<br />
<br />
Disregard the letters A, E, I, O, U, H, W, and Y.<br />
<br />
*'''Additional Soundex Coding Rules:'''<br />
** Names With Double Letters: If the surname has any double letters, they should be treated as one letter. For example:<br />
***Gutierrez is coded G-362 (G, 3 for the T, 6 for the first R, second R ignored, 2 for the Z).<br />
** Names with Letters Side-by-Side that have the Same Soundex Code Number: If the surname has different letters side-by-side that have the same number in the Soundex coding guide, they should be treated as one letter. Examples:<br />
*** Pfister is coded as P-236 (P, F ignored, 2 for the S, 3 for the T, 6 for the R).<br />
*** Jackson is coded as J-250 (J, 2 for the C, K ignored, S ignored, 5 for the N, 0 added).<br />
*** Tymczak is coded as T-522 (T, 5 for the M, 2 for the C, Z ignored, 2 for the K). Since the vowel "A" separates the Z and K, the K is coded.<br />
** Names with Prefixes: If a surname has a prefix, such as Van, Con, De, Di, La, or Le, code both with and without the prefix because the surname might be listed under either code. Note, however, that Mc and Mac are not considered prefixes.For example, VanDeusen might be coded two ways:V-532 (V, 5 for N, 3 for D, 2 for S) or D-250 (D, 2 for the S, 5 for the N, 0 added).<br />
** Consonant Separators: If a vowel (A, E, I, O, U) separates two consonants that have the same Soundex code, the consonant to the right of the vowel is coded. Example:Tymczak is coded as T-522 (T, 5 for the M, 2 for the C, Z ignored (see "Side-by-Side" rule above), 2 for the K). Since the vowel "A" separates the Z and K, the K is coded. If "H" or "W" separate two consonants that have the same Soundex code, the consonant to the right of the vowel is not coded. Example: Ashcraft is coded A-261 (A, 2 for the S, C ignored, 6 for the R, 1 for the F). It is not coded A-226.<br />
<br />
Please visit the [http://www.archives.gov/research/census/soundex.html NARA Soundex Indexing page] to learn more about Soundex Indexing System.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Statistics ===<br />
[[File:Statistics-Gramplet-detached-52.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Statistics Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Statistics Gramplet runs a Statistics report. Double-click the phrases to bring up the matching items.<br />
<br />
Following information is provided to you in this Gramplet:<br />
*'''Individuals'''<br />
**Number of individuals<br />
**Males<br />
**Females<br />
**Individuals with other gender {{new|5.2}}<br />
**Individuals with unknown gender<br />
**Incomplete names<br />
**Individuals with missing birth dates<br />
**Disconnected individuals<br />
*'''Family information'''<br />
**Number of families<br />
**Unique surnames<br />
*'''Media objects'''<br />
**Individuals with media objects<br />
**Total numbers of media object references<br />
**Number of unique media objects<br />
**Total size of media objects<br />
**Missing Media Objects<br />
<br />
As with all Gramplets if you click on the left hand side {{man button|Tool}} button you detach the window and if you add persons to your family tree, you will see the amount of individuals change dynamically.<br />
<br />
The information given in this Gramplet is the same as in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Database_Summary_Report|Database Summary Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Surname Cloud ===<br />
[[File:SurnameCloud-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Surname Cloud Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Surname Cloud Gramplet shows the top 100 (by default) used surnames. The name font size is proportional to the amount of people with the same name.<br />
<br />
Double-click a surname to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Same_Surnames|Same Surnames Quick View]]}}. This will open the {{man label|Quick View}} window where you can find all people with a matching or alternate name. Person, birth date and name type are given. <br />
<br />
If you mouse over the name you see the percentage of occurrence and total counts.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:SurnameCloud-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Surname Cloud Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
You can change the number of names displayed by configuring the view for this gramplet.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Person To Do"></span><span id="Family To Do"></span><span id="Event To Do"></span><span id="Place To Do"></span><span id="Source To Do"></span><span id="Citation To Do"></span><span id="Repository To Do"></span><span id="Media To Do"></span><br />
<br />
=== To Do ===<br />
[[File:ToDo-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} To Do Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
The '''To Do Gramplet''' displays a free form text area showing the contents of Note objects of the "To Do" type. The Type of To Do note is filtered to the current category.<br />
<br />
You can use this area to put some notes, remarks, things you should to get your research going. There are several other To Do programs (e.g. Tomboy e.a.) but these Gramplets are useful as the information stays within the Gramps database. <br />
<br />
To Do Gramplets allow you to create notes and attach them to Gramps objects. For example, you can add a Person To Do Gramplet to the sidebar of the Person View. Notes added using this Gramplet will be attached to the currently active person. There is a To Do Gramplet for each Gramps primary object type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also the experimental [[Third-party Addons|Third-party Addon]]: <br />
* [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] available for the Dashboard that lists all To Do notes in the database, together with the object to which they are attached.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Top Surnames ===<br />
[[File:TopSurnames-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Top Surnames Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The Top Surnames Gramplet shows the top 10 (by default) used surnames.<br />
<br />
The top ten is presented as follows:<br />
*Surname<br />
*percentage <br />
*occurrences<br />
<br />
The list gives you also the Total unique surnames in the database as well as the total number of people in your database.<br />
<br />
Double-click a surname to run the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Same_Surnames|Same Surnames Quick View]]}}. This opens the {{man label|Quick View}} window, which gives the people with the surname you double-clicked.<br />
<br />
A table is presented which shows all people with a matching name or alternate name. Person's name, ID, birth date and name type is given. <br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
Advanced:<br />
* Change the number of names displayed by editing this section in <code>~/.gramps/gramps52/gramplets.ini</code><br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Uncollected Objects ===<br />
{{man warn|Warning! Diagnostic Tool|Do not use this '''Debug''' feature on your working Family Tree. Always create a new empty Family Tree or a copy of your existing Family Tree for testing.<br />This option is only available when Gramps has been started using a developer [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Command_Line#Python_options|mode switch]]. It is not intended for general use and has limited safeguards.}}<br />
[[File:UncollectedObjects-Gramplet-detached-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Uncollected Objects Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Uncollected Objects}} Gramplet is intended to list the low-level Python objects that are left around in memory and cannot be (easily) automatically deleted when they are no longer in use. Developers use it to try to identify the source of memory 'leaks', which cause Gramps to continually use more and more memory, the longer it is used.<br />
<br />
Because the tool is trying to display objects that might still be getting deleted, it sometimes has some trouble.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Welcome ===<br />
[[File:Welcome-Gramplet-detached-50.png|thumb|right|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Welcome Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The '''Welcome to Gramps!''' Gramplet gives an introductory message to new users, and some basic instructions.<br />
<br />
The welcome message describes what Gramps is, that the program is Open Source Software and how you start a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees|Family Tree]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== What's Next ===<br />
[[File:WhatsNext-Gramplet-detached-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} What's Next? Gramplet - detached example]]<br />
<br />
The What's Next Gramplet displays a list of the "most urgent" information gaps in your family tree. It is based on the following assumptions:<br />
* The Home Person defines the focus<br />
* Searches for gaps begin with the Home Person's descendants and work up the tree <br />
* The tree is expected to contain the given name, surname, birth date and place, and death date and place of each person<br />
* You want to know parents, their marriage date and place, and - if divorced - divorce date and place of each family with married parents<br />
* You want to know at least the mother of each family with unmarried parents<br />
* The closer the relationship to the Home Person, the more "urgent" the information gap is.<br />
* The closer the common ancestor is from the main person, the more "urgent" the information is (e.g. nephews are considered more "urgent" than uncles, even though both have a distance of 3 generations, because for nephews the common ancestor is father/mother, while for uncles, the common ancestor is grandfather/grandmother)<br />
* Marriage data and personal data of the spouse is slightly less "urgent" than personal data of the directly related person<br />
* Half-siblings are less "urgent" than siblings<br />
<br />
You may copy the text from inside of this Gramplet by selecting it and pasting into an empty document.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:WhatsNext-Gramplet-Configuration-tab-50.png|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} What's Next? Gramplet - Configuration tab shown]]<br />
<br />
The Gramplet can ignore previously verified events by making use of some custom Tags. The tags are selected in the Gramplets configuration. For example you can tag the following to be ignored:<br />
* that a person is complete<br />
* that a family is complete<br />
* that a person or family should be ignored for shortening lists<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Plugin Manager|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Reports|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Addon:Python_Shell_Gramplet&diff=103112
Addon:Python Shell Gramplet
2024-03-17T21:24:02Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Examples */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Third-party plugin}}<br />
<br />
[[File:PythonGramplet-interactive-shell-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Python Shell Gramplet - Interactive shell example output]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Python Shell}} Gramplet brings up an interactive Python Shell for interpreting python expressions.<br />
<br />
==Options==<br />
You can type most any (single line) Python expression. <br />
<br />
In addition, the environment has been populated with some useful variables, including <br />
*'''self''' - (this Python gramplet)<br />
*'''Date''' - a date object constructor, that can be used for date arithmetic.<br />
*'''db''' - Interact with the Database<br />
*'''dbstate''' - Information about the Database<br />
*'''gc''' - the Python "garbage collector" preloaded with the same flags as the Debug Tool.<br />
*'''uistate''' - Interact with the GUI<br />
<br />
When the {{man label|Python Shell}} Gramplet is detached you can select the {{man button|Help}} button to see this page.<br />
<br />
== Usage ==<br />
<br />
Output of print() commands issued in the Python Shell will be directed to the Gramps console window, so be sure to keep that window open.<br />
<br />
Use the [[Using database API|database API]] to retrieve objects and use object library to find the information you require. If you want to write GUI code, then knowledge of Gtk3 is also required.<br />
<br />
==Examples==<br />
<br />
=== Dates ===<br />
<br />
The '''Date''' entry is a date object constructor, and can be used for date arithmetic. For example, you might be interested in questions like:<br />
<br />
What was the date 56 years before a given date:<br />
<br />
> Date(2007, 12, 31) - 56<br />
1951-12-31<br />
<br />
How old was someone on Sept 3, 1955 who was born on June 7, 1922:<br />
<br />
> Date(1955, 9, 3) - Date(1922, 5, 7)<br />
33 years, 3 months<br />
<br />
When did they turn 21 years old?<br />
<br />
> Date(1922, 5, 7) + 21<br />
1943-05-07<br />
<br />
You can also add years, months, and days:<br />
<br />
> Date(1980) + (0, 0, 25)<br />
1980-01-26<br />
<br />
You can convert one date into another calendar, which returns a new date object:<br />
<br />
> Date(1703, 6, 1).to_calendar("hebrew")<br />
5463-10-17 (Hebrew)<br />
<br />
=== Displayers ===<br />
<br />
Use utility code to make things easier. For example, you will probably want to use the name, date and place displayers rather than formatting the data yourself. To print the name of the default person, use the following code:<br />
<br />
> from gramps.gen.display.name import displayer as nd<br />
> person = self.dbstate.db.get_default_person()<br />
> print(nd.display(person))<br />
<br />
To find the type of a variable use:<br />
<br />
> type(person)<br />
<br />
=== Developers ===<br />
<br />
Another use for this Gramplet is for debugging. This gramplet makes a nice interface to the running Gramps system. You can inspect, and alter the system by entering Python commands. As a simple example, you can:<br />
<br />
> self.clear_text() # clear the text in this window<br />
> self.set_wrap(False) # turn word wrap off<br />
> self.set_wrap(True) # turn word wrap on<br />
<br />
The Python Gramplet also has the Python "garbage collector" preloaded with the same flags as the Debug Tool. To use:<br />
<br />
> gc.collect()<br />
23<br />
> gc.garbage[0]<br />
<cell at 0x9f9089c: function object at 0x9f89dbc><br />
> gc.get_referents(self)<br />
[...]<br />
> gc.get_referrers(self)<br />
[...]<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
You can use the Python Shell to interact with people from your database and test Gramps functions:<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse"<br />
! Gramps 3.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> person = db.get_person_from_gramps_id("I01284")<br />
> from Utils import probably_alive<br />
> probably_alive(person, db, Date(1776, 7, 4))<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 4.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> person = db.get_person_from_gramps_id("I01284")<br />
> from gen.utils.alive import probably_alive<br />
> probably_alive(person, db, Date(1776, 7, 4))<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 5.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> person = db.get_person_from_gramps_id("I01284")<br />
> from gramps.gen.utils.alive import probably_alive<br />
> probably_alive(person, db, Date(1776, 7, 4))<br />
</pre><br />
|}<br />
<br />
You can also interact with the GUI:<br />
<br />
This following returns the Gtk Frame of the first Gramplet in the first column.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse"<br />
! Gramps 3.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages<br />
[<DataViews.GrampletView.GrampletView instance at 0xa0bd0ac>, <br />
<DataViews.PersonView.PersonView instance at 0xa8f542c>, <br />
<DataViews.RelationView.RelationshipView instance at 0xa8f562c>, <br />
<DataViews.FamilyList.FamilyListView instance at 0xa8f5f8c>, <br />
<DataViews.PedigreeView.PedigreeView instance at 0xa8fc5cc>, <br />
<DataViews.EventView.EventView instance at 0xa8fc88c>, <br />
<DataViews.SourceView.SourceView instance at 0xa8fcdcc>, <br />
<DataViews.PlaceView.PlaceView instance at 0xa9070ec>, <br />
<DataViews.MediaView.MediaView instance at 0xa9074ac>, <br />
<DataViews.RepositoryView.RepositoryView instance at 0xa9077ac>, <br />
<DataViews.NoteView.NoteView instance at 0xa907d8c>, <br />
<DataViews.GeoView.GeoView instance at 0xa90d0cc>]<br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages[0]<br />
<DataViews.GrampletView.GrampletView instance at 0xa0bd0ac><br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages[0].columns[0].get_children()[0].get_children()[0]<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 4.x<br />
| <pre><br />
<br />
</pre><br />
|-<br />
! Gramps 5.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> uistate.viewmanager.pages[:]<br />
[<dashboardview.DashboardView object at 0x0000000008c9f4e0>, <persontreeview.PersonTreeView object at 0x0000000000a05748>, <relview.RelationshipView object at 0x000000000b1b6358>]<br />
</pre><br />
|}<br />
<br />
This following returns a reference to a loaded Gramplet object on the Event view - useful when developing Gramplets. Note that the Events view must be navigated first, as main views are lazy loading in Gramps 4.<br />
<br />
{| border="1" style="border-collapse:collapse"<br />
! Gramps 4.x<br />
| <pre><br />
> evtview = uistate.viewmanager.pages[uistate.viewmanager.page_lookup.get((5,0))]<br />
> # list all TabGramplet objects loaded for Events view<br />
> [child.get_title() for child in evtview.bottombar.get_children()]<br />
['Gallery', 'Citations', 'Notes', 'Attributes', 'References', 'Event PlaceTitle Compare Gramplet']<br />
> # get a reference to my custom Gramplet object<br />
> eptcGramplet = evtview.bottombar.get_children()[5].pui<br />
<br />
</pre><br />
|}<br />
== See also ==<br />
* [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Python_Evaluation|Python Evaluation]] debug gramplet<br />
[[Category:Addons]]<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Gramplets]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters&diff=103110
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters
2024-03-17T19:33:39Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Repositories matching parameters */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - FAQ|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|16}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
[[File:DefineFilter-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Define_Filter_dialog|Define filter]]}} - dialog - default]]<br />
Filters allow Gramps to limit operations to a smaller part of a family Tree. The filtered part of the Trees shares a certain characteristic in common. (e.g., females born in France between the years 1550 and 1575.) The filter specifies which characteristics are important and allows choosing values for which to look. (In the example, the Filter looks for People of a particular sex who have an Event in specific Place during a small timespan.)<br />
<br />
Database queries can be a challenge to compose without errors in syntax. So Filters provide structured and pre-tested database queries that hide most of the syntax complexity while providing some safety nets to avoid routine mistakes. Common characteristics used for filtering are normally presented as "parameter" fields in a form. Then the form composes a properly written query around the parameter. Forms with multiple parameter fields will compound complex queries. <br />
<br />
Lists of all the filtering query rules currently defined in Gramps. Each of these rules is available for use when creating custom filters. <br />
<br />
The rules are listed by their [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|categories]].<br />
<br />
== Filter vs. Search ==<br />
<br />
There are two primary ways to find data in Gramps: Search and Filter.<br />
<br />
* Search uses the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] above a listing View (such as People, Families, etc). <br />The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] only appears when the entire sidebar is closed. You can show or hide the Gramplet bars through changing the selection of the {{man menu|View &#x27a1; &#x2611;Sidebar}} or {{man menu|View &#x27a1; &#x2611;Bottombar}} menus.<br />
* Custom Filters are selected from pop-up menus in the Filter Gramplet, export option and in some reports. They can be used in combination with Search, or stand-alone in the sidebar/bottombar Gramplets. Custom Filters are created or edited from the filter Gramplet or {{man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Filter Editor}} menu.<br />
<br />
(There is also a basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for navigating the active record focus within list view and object selector lists.)<br />
<br />
<br />
{{man note|Name filtering behavior has [[Rule_expansions#Gramps_5.2.0_.28Aug._2019.29|changed {{new|5.2}}]]|In prior versions of Gramps, the name portion of the Filter Gramplet would try to match on any single name field (given, surname, prefix, etc) of all names (primary and alternate) but only field per name &mdash; you couldn't match the given field and surname field in the same name. You could match surname, but simultaneously matching surname and given in the same query wasn't possible. For example, if you Filter on "John", you would get matches of people with firstname "John" but also those with surname "Johnson". More complex search required use of the regular expressions pattern matching options or custom filters.<br /><br />This constraint has been removed and simultaneous search of multiple terms is now the default behavior.}}<br />
Search and Filter work completely differently and it is useful to understand these differences:<br />
<br />
*''Search'' - the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] looks through the database as it appears in the rows and columns on the screen. The Search functionality is probably the one you want to use most of the time, as it is fast and most straightforward. But speed and simplicity imposes some limitations (see below).<br />
:For example, if you have the Name Display in Preferences set to show "Surname, Given" then you can match names such as "Smith, J" and all of the correct rows will match. If you change the way that names are displayed (in Preferences) then you can match that format (for example, "John Smith"). <br />
<br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]]]]<br />
<br />
*''Filter'' - Filters use a more elaborate system. It is not limited to what you see on the screen, but looks at the actual data in all name fields, rather than just what is showing in the View. Entering multiple words does phrase matching for most text fields. However, the Name filter line is far more powerful. Each word in the Name search is handled separately as though it was a sub-search on the records found with the previous search word. And it simultaneously searches '''''all''''' the Name fields. <br />
:e.g. a name search of "geo&nbsp;r." in the [[Example.gramps|example tree]] database finds 5 people: with a variety 'Jr.' & 'Sr.' as the suffix and 'George's as first & middle names. Or searching "garn&nbsp;ski&nbsp;ph" finds Phoebe Emily who has a birth surname of Zieliński and alternate married surname of Garner. <br />
<br />
[[File:Sidebar-PeopleTreeView-Filter-TagDropDownList-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Filter SideBar for People view - [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] pop-up menu example]]<br />
<br />
Filters can be created and controlled from the menu {{man menu| Edit &#x27a1; Filter Editor}}, or from a special sidebar/bottombar Gramplet. The Filter Gramplets allow for some quick filters that are similar to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]], but all Filters follow the distinction outlined here.<br />
<br />
Some additional points:<br />
<br />
* The Filter will search alternative & multiple names too; the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] only looks in the primary name... the one showing in the People view. That is why doing a Filter on "Smith" might list people that superficially don't appear to match. But if you drill down into that person's details with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]], you might see that they have an alternate name containing "smith".<br />
* The Filter allows "regular expressions". So you can find all of the names that start with "B" and end in "ship": "B.*ship". You can't do that with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]].<br />
* The Search will only match what is visible. If a name or text is too big to see in listing below [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]], then you won't find it. This is something to keep in mind when Searching through Notes. Best to use Filter for notes and other long text fields.<br />
* All Filters default to use case-insensitive matching; "Ship" will match "ship", "SHIP", or "ShIp". As explained below under Regular Expressions, using Regular Expressions does not currently give a means of changing from the default.<br />
<br />
=== See also ===<br />
* [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|Filter]] - a definition<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters introduction]] in the Gramps Manual<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]<br />
* [[Filter|Filter]]<br />
* [[Example filters]] - Multi-stage filters<br />
* [[Gramps_Glossary#rule|Rules]] - a definition<br />
* [[5.2 Addons#Addon_List|Addon list - Rules]]<br />
* [[Rule expansions|Expanding the Filter rulebook]] with Addons<br />
* [[:Category:Filters|Category: Filters]]<br />
* [[Template:Backup Omissions|Custom Filter migration]] - backing up a Gramps Tree does not include any filter customizations<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Regular Expressions ==<br />
<br />
[https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression Regular Expressions](aka ''regex'', ''regexp'', or sometimes ''rational expression'') are a condensed, precise and powerful way to describe text that matches a pattern. <br />
<br />
Designing a effective search pattern can be formulaic. Like math formulas, a search pattern can be quickly composed which finds a subset of records but does so very crudely and slowly. Elegant and efficient RegEx phrases are collected by optimization experts in data manipulations. There are many resources (books, websites, professional training) for RegEx design and strategy. <br />
<br />
Gramps uses RegEx as a matching option that may be enabled for Custom Filters and in the Filter Gramplets of each Category view. <br />
<br />
RegEx pattern matching is an advanced feature and so its checkbox is not selected by default. For Custom Filters, each individual Rule has a {{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Use regular expressions}} option check box in its Edit Rule dialog. The Filter Gramplets also have {{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Use regular expressions}} option check boxes to allow regexp expression to be used directly for matching strings in their text boxes.<br />
<br />
For example, if you were looking for a surname that started with a "B", and ended with "ship" then you could use regular expressions to describe that pattern. That would be '''<code>^B.*ship</code>''':<br />
<br />
* The '''<code>^B</code>''' indicates text that starts with B<br />
* The '''<code>.</code>''' indicates any single character (letter, number, or anything)<br />
* The '''<code>*</code>''' indicates zero or more of the previous (in this case, any single character)<br />
* The '''<code>ship</code>''' matches the exact letters s, h, i, p in that order.<br />
<br />
Regular expressions are quite powerful, and there are many options. We use the [https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html Python Regular Expression] system, and we will document that here. In addition, you can use any Python Regular Expression resource.<br />
<br />
Gramps is currently implemented to make all string matching case-insensitive (which is the opposite of the usual default in Python). There is no easy way at present to override this behaviour for the relatively uncommon purpose of matching strings that have been entered into the database in a particular case format. Regular expressions in Gramps currently give identical results regardless of whether the target string is entered in upper case, title case, lower case or some mixture.<br />
<br />
''whitespace'' - The term "whitespace" is used below to mean one or more character that you don't see. For example, whitespace includes tabs, spaces, and newlines.<br />
<br />
There are some characters that have special meaning with regular expressions. They are:<br />
* '''<code>. ^ $ * + ? { } [ ] \ | ( )</code>''' <br/>decimal point (full stop), caret, dollar sign, asterisk, plus sign, question mark, left and right curly braces, left and right square brackets, backslash, vertical bar (pipe), left and right parentheses<br />
<br />
<br />
They can be used as described:<br />
<br />
* '<code>.</code>' matches any character (letter, number, or other)<br />
* '<code>^</code>' matches beginning of text<br />
* '<code>$</code>' matches end of text<br />
* '<code>*</code>' matches zero or more of the previous item<br />
* '<code>+</code>' matches one or more of the previous item<br />
* '<code>?</code>' matches zero or one of the previous item (makes it optional)<br />
* '<code>{</code>' - defines a number of matches<br />
* '<code>}</code>' - ends number of matches<br />
* '<code>[</code>' - beginning of set<br />
* '<code>]</code>' - end of set<br />
* '<code>\</code>' - next character is special sequence<br />
* '<code>|</code>' - or<br />
* '<code>(</code>' - beginning of a group<br />
* '<code>)</code>' - ending of a group<br />
<br />
Some of the special sequences beginning with '<code>\</code>' represent predefined sets of characters that are often useful, such as the set of digits, the set of letters, or the set of anything that isn't whitespace. The following predefined special sequences are a subset of those available.<br />
<br />
* <code>\d</code> Matches any decimal digit; this is equivalent to the class <code>[0-9]</code>.<br />
* <code>\D</code> Matches any non-digit character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^0-9]</code>.<br />
* <code>\s</code> Matches any whitespace character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[ \t\n\r\f\v]</code>.<br />
* <code>\S</code> Matches any non-whitespace character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^ \t\n\r\f\v]</code>.<br />
* <code>\w</code> Matches any alphanumeric character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[a-zA-Z0-9_]</code>.<br />
* <code>\W</code> Matches any non-alphanumeric character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^a-zA-Z0-9_]</code>.<br />
<br />
The most complicated repeated qualifier is <code>{m,n}</code>, where <code>m</code> and <code>n</code> are decimal integers. This qualifier means there must be at least <code>m</code> repetitions, and at most <code>n</code>.<br />
<br />
=== Find all defined values or blanks ===<br />
<span id="regex_all">To find all values, <code>(.|\s)*</code> will match: any character or any whitespace character; and zero or more repetitions of those.</span> <br />
<br />
<span id="regex_null">To find empty (blank or null) strings, <code>^.{0}$</code> looks from the start of the match <code>^</code> for any character (except newline) <code>.</code> occurring precisely zero times <code>{0}</code> before the end of the match <code>$</code></span><br />
<br />
=== Groups and Sets ===<br />
<br />
Groups are marked by the '<code>('</code>, '<code>)</code>' metacharacters. '<code>(</code>' and '<code>)</code>' have much the same meaning as they do in mathematical expressions; they group together the expressions contained inside them, and you can repeat the contents of a group with a repeating qualifier, such as <code>*, +, ?, or {m,n}</code>. For example, <code>(ab)*</code> will match zero or more repetitions of <code>ab</code>.<br />
<br />
Sets are marked by the '<code>[</code>' and '<code>]</code>' metacharacters.<br />
<br />
You can think of groups as a list of alternatives separated by the '<code>|</code>' metacharacter, where each alternative consists of one, several or zero characters and sets as a list of alternatives where each alternative is a single character.<br />
<br />
=== Examples ===<br />
<br />
* '''<code>^B.*ship$</code>''' - matches all text that starts with a '<code>B</code>', followed by anything, ending with '<code>ship</code>'.<br />
** matches: '''<code>Blankenship</code>''', '''<code>Blueship</code>''', '''<code>Beeship</code>'''<br />
** does not match: '''<code>Blankenships</code>'''<br />
* '''<code>^B.*ship</code>''' - matches all text that starts with a '<code>B</code>', followed by anything, followed by '<code>ship</code>' (could be followed by more).<br />
** matches: '''<code>Blankenship</code>''', '''<code>Blankenships</code>''', '''<code>Blueship</code>''', '''<code>Blueshipman</code>''', '''<code>Beeship</code>''', '''<code>Beeshipness</code>'''<br />
** does not match: '''<code>Blankenschips</code>'''<br />
<br />
====Common variations of a surname====<br />
<br />
;Example 1: Using the expression '''<code>Eri(ch|ck|k|c)(ss|s)on</code>''' the following are matched:<br />
<pre><br />
Erikson<br />
Eriksson<br />
Ericson<br />
Ericsson<br />
Erickson<br />
Ericksson<br />
Erichson<br />
Erichsson<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
'''Explanation''': Because of the following<br />
* '''<code>Eri</code>''' = Eri<br />
* '''<code>(ch|ck|k|c)</code>''' = group matching '''<code>ch</code>''', '''<code>ck</code>''', '''<code>k</code>''' or '''<code>c</code>'''. It tries to make the longest match first<br />
* '''<code>(ss|s)</code>''' = group matching '''<code>ss</code>''' or '''<code>s</code>'''. It tries to make the longest match first<br />
* '''<code>on</code>''' = on<br />
<br />
<hr><br />
<br />
;Example 2: Using the expression '''<code>Ba(in|yn|m|n)bri(dge|cke|g(g|e|))</code>''' the following are matched:<br />
<pre><br />
Bainbricke<br />
Bainbridge<br />
Bainbrig<br />
Bainbrigg<br />
Bambridge<br />
Banbrig<br />
Banbrige<br />
Baynbrige<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
'''Explanation:''' Because of the following<br />
* '''<code>Ba</code>''' = Ba<br />
* '''<code>(in|yn|m|n)</code>''' = group matching '''in''', '''yn''', '''m''' or '''n'''. It tries to make the longest match first.<br />
* '''<code>bri</code>''' = bri<br />
* '''<code>(dge|cke|g(g|e|))</code>''' = group matching '''dge''', '''cke''' or ('''g''' with '''g''', '''g''' with '''e''' or '''g''' with nothing)<br />
<br />
<hr><br />
<br />
;Example 3: Using the expression '''<code>n(es|oua|oai|o[iya]|a[iy])r(r|)(on|((e|)au(x|t|d|lt|)))</code>''' the following are matched:<br />
<pre><br />
nairaud<br />
nairault<br />
naireaud<br />
nayrault<br />
nesrau <br />
nesrault<br />
nesreau<br />
nesreaud<br />
noirau<br />
noiraud<br />
noirauld<br />
noirault<br />
noiraut<br />
noiraux<br />
noireau<br />
noireaud<br />
noireault<br />
noireaut<br />
noirraux<br />
noirreau<br />
noirreaud<br />
nouarault<br />
noyraud<br />
noyrault <br />
</pre><br />
<br />
'''Explanation:''' Because of the following<br />
* '''<code>n</code>''' = n<br />
* '''<code>(es|oua|oai|set1|set2)</code>''' = group matching '''es''', '''oua''', '''oai''', '''set1''' or '''set2'''<br />
* '''<code>set1</code>''' is '''<code>o[iya]</code>''' = set matching '''o''' AND '''i''', '''y''' or '''a'''. In other words '''oi''', '''oy''' or '''oa'''<br />
* '''<code>set2</code>''' is '''<code>a[iy]</code>''' = set matching '''a''' AND '''i''' or '''y'''. In other words '''ai''' or '''ay'''<br />
* '''<code>r</code>''' = r<br />
* '''<code>(r|)</code>''' = group matching '''r''' or nothing<br />
* '''<code>(on|(subgroup1)</code>''' = group matching '''on''' or '''subgroup1'''.<br />
* '''subgroup1''' is group matching ('''subgroup2 au subgroup3''')<br />
* '''subgroup2''' is '''(e|)''' = group matching '''e''' or nothing<br />
* '''<code>au</code>''' = au<br />
* '''subgroup3''' is '''(x|t|d|lt)''' = group matching '''x''', '''t''', '''d''' or '''lt'''<br />
<br />
====Testing regular expressions====<br />
<br />
Regular Expression testers can be found online through Google. https://www.regexr.com/ is simple and convenient<br />
<br />
{{Man warn|Regular Expression 'dialect' noted and Repaired|In Gramps 5.2, the sidebar filter inappropriately evaluated parameters containing spaces... attempting to re-interpret a single Regular Expression as a sequence of separate expressions. The Gramps 5.2.1 resolution for Bug {{Bug|0011321}} handles Regular Expressions more literally.}}<br />
<br />
=== See Also ===<br />
Regular expressions have been in wide use across the computer industry since the 1950s. But they are "expert tools" designed for power and efficiency rather than intuitiveness. As a result, many resources have been developed on the web. <br />
<br />
Some of these resources have excellent tutorials. Some have cheat sheets. Some have “sand boxes” where regular expressions can be explored in real-time.<br />
<br />
A sampling of RegEx reference websites:<br />
* [http://rexegg.com/ rexegg.com] (tutorials) <br />
* [https://www.regular-expressions.info/ RegexBuddy] <br />
* [https://regex101.com/ regex101.com] (sandbox with feedback)<br />
<br />
==Custom Filters==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Custom Filter migration|Keep your collection of custom filters through a minor updates of Gramps (e.g., from version 5.0.x to 5.2.x) by manually copying your ''custom_filter.xml'' from [[Gramps User Directory]] to the corresponding directory in new ''gramps_version_number''. <br /><br />Even minor upgrades (e.g., from a 5.0.x to a 5.2.x version) may include format changes since the recent innovation of addon rules are causing rapid evolution in Filters. So porting filters in this manner requires verification that the XML definitions haven't changed. Also, Addon rules may have to be installed in the new upgrade before copied custom filters will work safely.}}<br />
<br />
You can carry out a considerable amount of selection of persons, events, places, etc., just using the Filter Sidebar in Person, Event, Place,etc. Views; but note, however, that the 'Use regular expressions' option '''only works with particular fields''' in each View.<br />
<br />
If the Filter Sidebar is inadequate for your purpose, you will need to build custom filters.<br />
{{man tip|Building a quick Custom Filter for an object|The clipboard has a Custom Filter generation shortcut. Copy any View object to the Clipboard (by drag'n'drop or by selecting and pressing the {{man key press|Ctrl|C}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybinding]]), then select the object on the Clipboard and right-click to reveal the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Clipboard_context_menu|Clipboard's contextual pop-up menu]]. The bottom menu item will offer to create a Filter for the selected object.}}<br />
<span id="CategoryName Filters dialog"></span><br />
===<category> Filters editor dialog===<br />
There is a {{man label|'<category>' Filter Editor}} option in the {{man label|Edit}} menu for each category. (i.e., The '<category>' is a placeholder. We mean it stands for the Person, Event, Sources or other categories that is currently active.) This dialog shows a list all the Custom Filters specific to the current category and allows you to manage those Custom Filters. (Similar to the way the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Organize_Tags_Window|Organize Tags dialog]] allows managing Tags.) There is no option to simultaneously organize the custom filters in all categories.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note:Changes on filters |2=The changes made to the filters only take effect after you use the {{man button|Close}} button from this window.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:PersonFilters-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Filters - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
To create new or show previously created custom filters use the {{man label|''<category>'' Filters}} editor dialog list where the ''<category>'' name changes based on the category currently selected in the Navigator:<br />
* {{icon|peop}}&nbsp;Person Filters<br />
* {{icon|fami}}&nbsp;Family Filters<br />
* {{icon|even}}&nbsp;Event Filters<br />
* {{icon|plac}}&nbsp;Place Filters<br />
* {{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;Source Filters<br />
* {{icon|cite}}&nbsp;Citation Filters<br />
* {{icon|repo}}&nbsp;Repository Filters<br />
* {{icon|medi}}&nbsp;Media Filters<br />
* {{icon|note}}&nbsp;Note Filters<br />
<br />
When in the {{man label|''CategoryName'' Filters}} dialog you have the following options from the right hand side icons:<br />
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_add}}}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Add a new filter}}<br />
:shows the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog and adds a new (as yet unnamed) custom filter framework.<br />
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_edit}}}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Edit the selected filter}}<br />
:opens the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog and loads your existing custom filter for editing.<br />
* {{man button|Clone}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Clone the selected filter}}<br />
:makes an exact copy of the selected filter<br />
* {{man button|Test}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Test the selected filter}}<br />
:brings up the {{man label|Filter Test}} results dialog containing a list of matches following a successful test. If the filter test is invalid, an error may be shown instead.<br />
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_remove}}}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Delete the selected filter}}:<br />
:removes the selected filter from the Gramps collection of custom filters.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Filter Test dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:FilterTest-results-for-TestTheSelectedFilter-button-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Test - results list example from Person Filters]]<br />
<br />
The results list of a successful {{man label|Filter Test}} dialog might be empty, a valid custom filter might not match any records.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Define Filter dialog===<br />
{{man tip|Addon Rules for custom filters are available|Filter Rules can be expanded through the addons interface starting with the Aug.2019 version.<br />''See: '''[[Example filters]]''', '''[[#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]]''' and '''[[Rule_expansions|Addon Rules]]'''''}}<br />
<br />
[[File:DefineFilter-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Define filter - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Define filter}} dialog allow you to build custom filters that can be used to select people included in reports, exports, and other tools and utilities. This is in fact a very powerful tool in genealogical analysis.<br />
<br />
To list all the filters (if any) previously defined by you, access the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog from:<br />
* The Sidebar/Bottombar Filters <br />
* In most categories via the menu {{man menu|Edit > ''CategoryName'' Filter Editor}} which will bring up the {{man label|''CategoryName'' Filters}} dialog where you can select the {{man button|+ (Add another rule to filter)}} button or {{man button|Edit the selected filter}} button.<br />
<br />
In the '''Definition''' section type the {{man label|Name:}} for your new filter and add a {{man label|Comment:}} that would help you identify this filter in the future. Add as many rules to the {{man label|Rule list}} as you would like to your filter using {{man button|+}} button. <br />
<br />
<span ID="multiple_rule_options">If the filter has more than one rule, select one of the {{man label|Options}} from the drop down list which allows you to choose whether<br />
* '''All rules must apply'''(default)<br />
* At least one rule must apply<br />
* Exactly one rule must apply<br />
in order for the filter to generate a match. If your filter has only one rule, this selection has no effect.<br />
<br />
*Select {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Return values that do not match the filter rules}} to invert the filter rule. For example, inverting '''"has a common ancestor with I1"''' rule will match everyone who does not have a common ancestor with that person). (Check box unchecked by default)</span><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Add Rule dialog===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| A filter you have already designed may be used as a rule parameter for another filter.|This gives you nearly infinite flexibility in custom-tailoring your selection criteria that can be later used in most of the exports, reports, and some of the tools (such as comparing individual events).<br />''See: '''[[Example filters]]''', '''[[#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]]''' and '''[[Rule_expansions|Addon Rules]]'''''}}<br />
<br />
[[File:AddRule-selector-dialog-PersonFilters-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Add Rule - selector dialog - available for Person filters - example]]<br />
<br />
To define a new filter click the {{man button|+ (Add another rule to filter)}} button from the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog as this invokes the {{man label|Add Rule}} dialog<br />
<br />
The pane on the left-hand side displays available filter rules arranged by their categories in an expandable tree. <br />
<br />
For detailed filter rule reference you can either, use the search box to find the rule, or:<br />
* Click on the {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows to fold/unfold the appropriate category. <br />
* Select the rule from the tree by clicking on its name. The right-hand side displays the name, the description, and the values for the currently selected rule. <br />
{{man tip|Finding a rule|It can be hard to remember which filter grouping contains a rule. And, since the "[[Rule_expansions|addon rule]]" is a recent innovation, there can be too many rules to peruse easily. So you can narrow down the rule list -- based on keywords from the rule titles.<br /><br />Type a keyword by using the search box (box with the magnifying glass) and only the groupings with matches will be expanded.}}<br />
Once you are satisfied with your rule selection and its values, click {{man button|OK}} to add this rule to the rule list of the currently edited filter. Clicking {{man button|Cancel}} will abort adding the rule to the filter.<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Which filters in which Category?"><br />
<br />
== Which filter rules in which Category? ==<br />
<br />
Depending on the used [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories|Category]], you will get a different set of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|filter]] rules. Also see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|Summary of Gramplets]].<br />
<br />
*; Dashboard Category: no filter rules available<br />
<br />
*; People, Relationships and Charts Category: rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]].<br />
<br />
*; Families Category: rules for [[#Child filters|Child filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Father filters|Father filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Mother filters|Mother filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Charts Category: rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Events, and Media Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], and [[#General_filters|General filters]]. <br />
<br />
*; Places Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Position filters|Position filters]].<br />
<br />
*; Geography Category: rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]].<br />
<br />
*; Sources, Repositories, and Notes Category: rules for only [[#General_filters|General filters]] available<br />
<br />
*; Citations Category: rules for [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Source filters|Source filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Repositories Category: rules for [[#General_filters|General filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Media Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], and [[#General_filters|General filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Notes Category: rules for [[#General_filters|General filters]]<br />
<br />
== Ancestral filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category includes the following rules that match people based on their ancestral relations to other people:<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <person>===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own ancestor (useful for building reports). You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <person> at least <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandparents, great-grandparents, etc., but not the parents of the specified person.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <person> not more than <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match parents and grandparents, but not great-grandparents, etc., of the specified person.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of bookmarked people not more than <N> generations away===<br />
Matches however many generations Ancestors (defined by <n>) for each person on the bookmark list.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of the default person not more than <N> generations away===<br />
<br />
The ”default person” is the individual that has been defined as the ”Home Person”. (The ”default” is a legacy term in Gramps that caused minor confusion she nice the word is used in so many different parts of the wiki to describe different things.)<br />
<br />
===Duplicate ancestors of <person>===<br />
Matches people that are ancestors twice or more of a specified person<br />
<br />
===People with a common ancestor with <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people who have common ancestors with someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===People with a common ancestor with <person>===<br />
This rule matches people who have common ancestors with the specified person.<br />
<br />
== Child filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds families having children that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Families having child with id containing <text>===<br />
Matches families where child has a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Families with child with the <name>===<br />
Matches families where child has a specified (partial) name<br />
<br />
===Families with twins===<br />
Matches families with two (or more) children having a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|'Birth' role for the Relationship to the Mother]] and the same birthdate.<br />
<br />
== Citation/source filters ==<br />
<br />
These filter rules are view dependent<br />
<br />
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category|People-, and Relationships Category]]<br />
* [[#Families_Category|Families Category]]<br />
* [[#Events_Category|Events Category]]<br />
* [[#Places_Category|Places Category]]<br />
* [[#Media_Category|Media Category]]<br />
<br />
=== People-, and Relationships Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====People with <count> source====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with the <citation>====<br />
Matches people with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====People with the <source>====<br />
Matches people who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
====Person with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches persons who have a Citation attached directly to the Person object. Citations to the Family, or secondary objects such as Events are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
=== Families Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Families with <count> sources====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches families who have a Citation attached directly to the Family object. Citations to the Person, or secondary objects such as Events are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Families with the <citation>====<br />
Matches families with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Families with the <source>====<br />
Matches families who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
=== Events Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Events with <count> source====<br />
Matches events with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Events with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches events which have a Citation attached directly to the Event object. Citations to the Family, or secondary objects such as Notes are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Events with source matching the <source filter>====<br />
Matches events with any source (or citation under a Source) which matches a specified source fileter and is directly attached to the Event object. Sources attache to Event's media or attributes are ignored.<br />
<br />
====Events with the <citation>====<br />
Matches events with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
=== Places Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Place with <count> sources====<br />
Matches places with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Place with a direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches places which have a Citation attached directly to the Place object. Citations to secondary objects such as Notes are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Place with the <citation>====<br />
Matches places with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Places with the <source>====<br />
Matches places who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
=== Media Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Media with <count> sources====<br />
Matches media with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Media with a direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches media which have a Citation attached directly to the Media object. Citations to the secondary objects such as Events are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Media with the <citation>====<br />
Matches media with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Media with the <source>====<br />
Matches media who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
== Descendant filters ==<br />
<br />
This descendant filters category include the following rules that match people based on their descendant relations to other people:<br />
<br />
===Descendant family member of <filter> match===<br />
Matches people that are descendants or the spouse of anybody matched by a filter<br />
<br />
===Descendant family member of <person>===<br />
This rule not only matches people who are descendants of the specified person, but also those descendants' spouses.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <person>===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own descendant (useful for building reports). You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking {{man button| Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <person> at least <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandchildren, great-grandchildren, etc., but not the children of the specified person.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <person> not more than <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match children and grandchildren, but not great-grandchildren, etc., of the specified person.<br />
<br />
== Event filters ==<br />
<br />
=== Events matching parameters ===<br />
General filters rule that matches Events with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Event type}}<br />
* {{man label|Date}}<br />
* {{man label|Place}}<br />
* {{man label|Description}}<br />
* {{man label|Main Participants}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
=== These filter rules are view dependent ===<br />
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category_2|People-, and Relationships Category]]<br />
* [[#Families_Category_2|Families Category]]<br />
<br />
=== People-, and Relationships Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match people based on their recorded events:<br />
<br />
====Families with incomplete events====<br />
This rule matches people missing date or place in any family event of any of their families.<br />
<br />
====People with incomplete events====<br />
This rule matches people missing date or place in any personal event.<br />
<br />
====People with the <birth data>====<br />
This rule matches people whose birth event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's birth event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone born in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value "sw" for the Place. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's birth. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====People with the <death data>====<br />
This rule matches people whose death event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's death event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who died in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value "sw" for the Place. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's death. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====People with the family <event>====<br />
This rule matches people that have a family event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value "sw" for the Place. The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====People with the personal <event>====<br />
This rule matches people that have a personal event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who graduated in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Graduation event and the value "sw" for the Place. The personal events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====Persons with events matching the <event filter>====<br />
Matches persons who have events that match a certain event filter. Values: Event filter name.<br />
<br />
====Witnesses====<br />
This rule matches people who are present as a witness in the event. If the personal or family event type is specified, only the events of this type will be searched.<br />
<br />
=== Families Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match families based on their recorded events:<br />
<br />
====Families with the <event>====<br />
This rule matches families that have a event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value "sw" for the Place. The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
== Family filters ==<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match people based on their family relationships:<br />
<br />
===Adopted people===<br />
This rule matches adopted people.<br />
<br />
===Children of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people for whom either parent is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Parents of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people whose child is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===People missing parents===<br />
Matches people that are children in a family with less than two parents or are not children in any family.<br />
<br />
===People with children===<br />
This rule matches people with children.<br />
<br />
===People with multiple marriage records===<br />
This rule matches people with more than one spouse.<br />
<br />
===People with no marriage records===<br />
This rule matches people with no spouses.<br />
<br />
===People with the <relationships>===<br />
This rule matches people with a particular relationship. The relationship must match the type selected from the menu. Optionally, the number of relationships and the number of children can be specified. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's relationship. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
===Siblings of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people whose sibling is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Spouses of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people married to someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
== Father filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds families having fathers that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Families having father with Id containing <text>===<br />
Matches families whose father has a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Families with father with the <name>===<br />
Matches families whose father has a specified (partial) name<br />
<br />
== General filters ==<br />
<br />
These filter rules are view dependent<br />
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category_3|People-, and Relationships Category]]<br />
* [[#Families_Category_3|Families Category]]<br />
* [[#Events_Category_2|Events Category]]<br />
* [[#Places_Category_2|Places Category]]<br />
* [[#Sources_Category|Sources Category]]<br />
* [[#Citations_Category|Citations Category]]<br />
* [[#Repositories_Category|Repositories Category]]<br />
* [[#Media_Category_2|Media Category]]<br />
* [[#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]<br />
<br />
=== People-, and Relationships Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Bookmarked people====<br />
Matches the people on the bookmark list.<br />
<br />
<span id="Default person"><br />
====Home person====<br />
</span><br />
Matches the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]].<br />
<br />
====Disconnected People====<br />
Matches people that have no family relationships to any other person in the database.<br />
<br />
====Everyone====<br />
Matches everyone in the family tree database.<br />
<br />
====Females====<br />
Matches all females.<br />
<br />
====Males====<br />
Matches all males.<br />
<br />
====People having <count> notes====<br />
Matches people having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches people whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====People marked private====<br />
Matches people that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====People matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches people matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====People not marked private====<br />
Matches people that are not indicated as private<br />
<br />
====People probably alive====<br />
Matches people without indications of death by a specified date. If the specified "On Date" value is blank then compare to "today()". The probably alive considers the date approximations and lifespan lengths set in the Preferences. <br />
<br />
For more detailed information about this calculation, read the "[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]]" section. <br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive#Probably_Alive_Filter|Probably Alive Filter]]<br />
<br />
====People with <count> LDS events====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of LDS events. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with <count> addresses====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of personal addresses. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with <count> associations====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of associations. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with <count> media====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with id containing <text>====<br />
Matches people whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====People with a nickname====<br />
Matches people with a nickname<br />
<br />
====People with an alternate name====<br />
Matches people with an alternate name<br />
<br />
====People with incomplete names====<br />
Matches people with first-name or last-name missing.<br />
<br />
====People with records containing <substring>====<br />
Matches people whose records contain text matching a substring. Values: Substring -- Case Sensitive or not -- Regular-Expression matching or not<br />
<br />
====People with the <Name type>====<br />
Matches people with a type of name<br />
<br />
====People with the <Surname origin type>====<br />
Matches people with a surname origin<br />
<br />
====People with the <name>====<br />
Matches people with a specified (partial) name. Values: Given Name -- Family Name -- Suffix -- Title -- Prefix -- Patronymic -- Call Name<br />
<br />
====People with <tag>====<br />
Matches people with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====People with the family <attribute>====<br />
Matches people with the family attribute of a particular value. Use RegEx pattern matching to search for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_all|all values]] or attributes that have been [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_null|left blank]]. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====People with the personal <attribute>====<br />
Matches people with the personal attribute of a particular value. Use RegEx pattern matching to search for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_all|all values]] or attributes that have been [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_null|left blank]]. Values: Personal Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====People with unknown gender====<br />
Matches all people with unknown gender.<br />
<br />
====People without a known birth date====<br />
This General filter in the People category will matches people without a known birth date. <br />
<br />
This rule includes both Persons without any birth-type event and Persons with undated Birth-type events.<br />
<br />
====People without a known death date====<br />
Matches people without a known death date.<br />
<br />
====People with <id>====<br />
Matches people with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====People changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches person records changed during a particular time period. Used to identify records that were imported or modified during particular work-sessions. <br />
<br />
Filtering based on specified date and timestamp being after a particular timestamp in the format <code>yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss</code>. This filter rules will look for records modified within a date range, if a second date-time is given. <br />
<br />
Values: <br />
Changed after: <br />
but before: <br />
<br />
Values must be after January 1st, 1970 at UTC. Future dates until <code>3001-01-01 01:59:59</code> are valid.<br />
<br />
The {{man menu|People changed after <date time>}} filter rules are available in the {{man menu|General filters}} section for custom rules in the People, Relationships, Charts, and Geography views. <br />
<br />
Equivalent rules exist for records of the corresponding category type in People, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, and Notes category views.<br />
<br />
====Soundex match of People with the <name>====<br />
Soundex Match of people with a specified name. First name, Surname, Call name, and Nickname are searched in primary and alternate names. <br />
<br />
This rule compares names of People against a phonetic pattern. It uses the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Soundex_what_is_this.3F|Soundex]] phonetic algorithm for indexing names by sound, as pronounced in English.<br />
<br />
Match criteria can be a Soundex code (which can be found with the Soundex Gramplet) consisting of of a letter followed by three numerical digits: the letter is the first letter of the name, and the digits encode the remaining consonants. But if the match criteria is not a valid Soundex code, the filter will simply generate Soundex code for the word entered. <br />
<br />
All name fields (and the separate words within those fields) are searched individually against the Soundex code.<br />
<br />
=== Families Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Ancestor families of <family>====<br />
Matches families who are ancestor families of the partners in a specified Family. There is an option to include specified Family in the results. Included blended families and non-birth relationship families.<br />
<br />
====Bookmarked families====<br />
Matches the families on the bookmark list.<br />
<br />
====Descendant families of <family>====<br />
Matches the Family object descended from a specific Family. (No person objects are included.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* Descendant family member of <filter> match<br />
* Descendant family member of <person><br />
<br />
====Every family====<br />
Matches every family in the database.<br />
<br />
====Families changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches families records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Families having <count> notes====<br />
Matches families having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches families whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Families marked private====<br />
Matches families that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Families matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches families matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Families with <count> LDS events====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of LDS events. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Families with <count> media====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families with id containing <text>====<br />
Matches families whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Families with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families with the <tag>====<br />
Matches families with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Families with the family <attribute>====<br />
Matches families with the family attribute of a particular value. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====Families with the relationship type====<br />
Matches families with the relationship type of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Families with <id>====<br />
Matches families with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
=== Events Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Event with <id>====<br />
Matches events with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Events changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches events records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Events having <count> notes====<br />
Matches events having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Events having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches events whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Events marked private====<br />
Matches events that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Events matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches events matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Events occurring on a particular day of the week====<br />
Matches events occurring on a particular day of the week<br />
<br />
====Events of persons matching the <person filter>====<br />
Matches events of person matched by the specified person filter name<br />
<br />
====Events of places matching the <place filter>====<br />
Matches events that occurred at places that match the specified place filter name<br />
<br />
====Events with <count> media====<br />
Matches events with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Events with &lt;data>====<br />
Matches events with data of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Events with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches events whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Events with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches events with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Events with the <tag>====<br />
Matches events with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Events with the attribute <attribute>====<br />
Matches events with the attribute of a particular value. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====Events with the particular type====<br />
Matches events with the particular type<br />
<br />
====Every event====<br />
Matches every event in the database.<br />
<br />
=== Places Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every place====<br />
Matches every place in the database.<br />
<br />
====Place with <Id>====<br />
Matches places with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Places changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches places records changed after a specified date-time (yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Places enclosed by another place====<br />
Matches Places under the Hierarchical structure of a Specified place. Does not include the Enclosing Place and ignores dates.<br />
<br />
====Places having <count> notes====<br />
Matches places having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Places having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches places whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Places marked private====<br />
Matches places that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Places matching a title====<br />
Matches places with a particular title<br />
<br />
====Places matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Places with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Name}}<br />
* {{man label|Place type}}<br />
* {{man label|Code}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Places matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches places matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Places of events matching the <event filter>====<br />
Matches places where events happened that match the specified event filter name<br />
<br />
====Places with <count> media====<br />
Matches places with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Places with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches places whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Places with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches places with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Places with the <tag>====<br />
Matches places with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
=== Sources Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every source====<br />
Matches every source in the database.<br />
<br />
====Source with <Id>====<br />
Matches sources with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Sources changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches sources records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Sources having <count> notes====<br />
Matches sources having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Sources having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches sources whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Sources marked private====<br />
Matches sources that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Sources matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches sources matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Sources with <count> Repository references====<br />
Matches sources with a certain number of repository references<br />
<br />
====Sources with <count> media====<br />
Matches sources with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Sources with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches sources whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Sources with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches sources with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Sources with repository reference containing <text> in "Call Number"====<br />
Matches sources with a repository reference containing a substring in 'Call Number'<br />
<br />
====Sources with repository reference matching the <repository filter>====<br />
Matches sources with a repository reference that match a certain repository filter<br />
<br />
====Sources with the <tag>====<br />
Matches sources with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Sources with title containing <text>====<br />
Matches sources whose title contains a certain substring<br />
<br />
=== Citations Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Citation with <Id>====<br />
Matches citations with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Citations changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches citations records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Citations having <count> notes====<br />
Matches citations having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Citations having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches citations whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Citations marked private====<br />
Matches citations that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Citations matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Citations with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Volume/Page}}<br />
* {{man label|Date}}<br />
* {{man label|Confidence level}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Citations matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches citations matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Citations with <count> media====<br />
Matches citations with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Citations with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches citations whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Citations with Volume/Page containing <text>====<br />
Matches citations whose Volume/Page contains a certain substring<br />
<br />
====Citations with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches citations with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Citations with a source with a repository reference matching the <repository filter>====<br />
Matches citations with a source with a repository reference that match a certain repository filter<br />
<br />
====Citations with source matching the <source filter>====<br />
Matches citations with sources that match the specified source filter name<br />
<br />
====Citations with the <tag>====<br />
Matches citations with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Every citation====<br />
Matches every citation in the database.<br />
<br />
=== Repositories Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every repository====<br />
Matches every repository in the database.<br />
<br />
====Repositories changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches repository records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Repositories having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches repositories whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Repositories marked private====<br />
Matches repositories that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Repositories matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Repositories with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Name}}<br />
* {{man label|Type}}<br />
* {{man label|Address}} : searches all text fields in all mailing addresses<br />
* {{man label|URL}} : searches all text fields in all URLs (See Bug {{bug|13225}})<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Repositories matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches repositories matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Repositories with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches repositories whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Repositories with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches repositories with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Repositories with name containing <text>====<br />
Matches repositories whose name contains substring<br />
<br />
====Repositories with the <tag>====<br />
Matches repositories with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Repository with <Id>====<br />
Matches repositories with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
=== Media Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every media object====<br />
Matches every media object in the database.<br />
<br />
====Media object with <Id>====<br />
Matches media objects with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Media objects changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches media object records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Media objects having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches media objects whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Media objects marked private====<br />
Matches media objects that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Media objects matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Media objects with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Text}}<br />
* {{man label|Media type}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Media objects matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches media objects matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Media objects with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches media objects whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Media objects with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches media objects with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Media objects with the <tag>====<br />
Matches media objects with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Media objects with the attribute <attribute>====<br />
Matches media objects with the attribute of a particular value<br />
<br />
=== Notes Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every note====<br />
Matches every note in the database.<br />
<br />
====Note with <Id>====<br />
Matches notes with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Notes changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches notes records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Notes marked private====<br />
Matches notes that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Notes matching parameters====<br />
Matches Notes with particular parameters <br />
* {{man label|Text}}<br />
* {{man label|Note type}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Notes matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches notes matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Notes with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches notes whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Notes with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches notes with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Notes with the <tag>====<br />
Matches notes with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Notes with the particular type====<br />
Matches notes with the particular type<br />
<br />
== Mother filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds families having mothers that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Families having mother with Id containing <text>===<br />
Matches families whose mother has a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Families with mother with the <name>===<br />
Matches families whose mother has a specified (partial) name<br />
<br />
==Position filters==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds Places by their Global Positioning System coordinates proximity:<br />
<br />
===Places in neighborhood of given position===<br />
Matches places with latitude or longitude position in a rectangle of given height and width (in degrees), and with middle point the given latitude and longitude.<br />
<br />
===Places with no latitude or longitude given===<br />
Matches places with empty latitude or longitude<br />
<br />
===Places within an area===<br />
Matches places within a given distance of a specified place.<br />
<br />
After selecting a place (which must have a valid set of coordinates), match any place whose coordinates lie within a circle on the globe (an ellipse on a flatten map) centered on those coordinates of a specified radius.<br />
<br />
The units of distance can be selected: kilometers (linear measure), degrees (angular measure), and miles (linear measure).<br />
<br />
== Source filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds Citations that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Citation with Source <Id>===<br />
Matches a citation with a source with a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Citations having source notes containing <text>===<br />
Matches citations whose source notes contain a substring or match a regular expression<br />
<br />
===Citations with Source Id containing <text>===<br />
Matches citations whose source has a Gramps ID that matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
===Sources matching parameters===<br />
General filters rule that matches Sources with a source of a particular value: <br />
* {{man label|Title}}<br />
* {{man label|Author}}<br />
* {{man label|Abbreviation}}<br />
* {{man label|Publication}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
== Relationship filters ==<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match people based on their mutual relationship:<br />
<br />
===People related to <Person>===<br />
Matches people related to a specified person<br />
<br />
===Relationship path between <person> and people matching <filter>===<br />
Searches over the database starting from a specified person and returns everyone between that person and a set of target people specified with a filter. This produces a set of relationship paths (including by marriage) between the specified person and the target people. Each path is not necessarily the shortest path.<br />
<br />
===Relationship path between <persons>===<br />
This rule matches all ancestors of both people back to their common ancestors (if exist). This produces the "relationship path" between these two people, through their common ancestors. You can either enter the ID of each person into the appropriate text entry fields, or select people from the list by clicking their {{man button|Select...}} buttons. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
===Relationship path between bookmarked persons===<br />
Matches the ancestors of bookmarked individuals back to common ancestors, producing the relationship path(s) between bookmarked persons.<br />
<br />
== Tagging ==<br />
{{stub}}<!--reorganise this /moved from navigation as unrelated--><br />
<br />
The concept of tagging for most people using ''gmail'' or ''thunderbird'', the [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] feature will seem quite familiar. Instead of classifying emails into folders like in ''Outlook'' (Windows) or ''Evolution'' (Linux), emails are classified by assigning tags to them. So instead of having a disjoint N:1 classification (a email can be in one and only one folder, and a folder can contain many emails), in ''gmail'' or ''thunderbird'' there is a N:M classification (where a email can have several tags, and a tag can be applied to several emails)<br />
<br />
Likewise, when you have a big tree, you might want to make subsets of the tree, and these subsets might be overlapping. For example, the subsets of your fathers family and your mothers family, some subset of your family that emigrated to Australia.<br />
<br />
[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]The idea is to assign a different tag to each subset: ''Paternal'', ''Maternal'', ''Australia'' and ''ToDo'' for example.<br />
<br />
The differences with Gramps previous '''Markers''' are like the folders for emails. A person can be given at most one marker. Tags are thus are like multiple-valued markers.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Go to the Menu {{man menu|Edit ->Tag}}.<br />
<br />
[[File:Menu-Edit-Tag-Options-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tag actions from Edit menu]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Or click the Toolbar [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]]{{man button|Tag}} button.<br />
<br />
[[File:Toolbar-TagSelectedRows-Icon-DropDownMenu-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Available Tag actions from "Tag selected rows" Toolbar icon - drop down menu overview - example]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
===New Tag dialog===<br />
[[File:NewTag-dialog-ShowingMultipleListSelection-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attaching a "New Tag" to multiple list entry selections - example with "New Tag" dialog]]<br />
<br />
You are able to add a new tag either a single or multiple list entries from any of the list views, by making the selection and then using the New Tag dialog.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===== Tagging a selection of objects =====<br />
<br />
<!-- merge with above? --><br />
Due to the '''static''' nature of tags, it might be useful to add a tag to a selection of objects. For example one should be able to select a number of person in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|Person View]], and add them a new tag or an existing one.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Organize Tags Window===<br />
<br />
[[File:MenuEditTag-OrganizeTags-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Organize Tags - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The order in the {{man label|Organize Tags}} dialog defines the priority for coloring rows in the category views.<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Tag selection dialog===<br />
[[File:EditPersonEditor-TagSelectionWindow-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tag selection in the Person Editor]]<br />
<br />
When you use [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]]{{man button|Edit the tag list}} button from any of the Editor dialogs like {{man label|Person Edit}} the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tag_selection_dialog|Tag selection]]}} dialog list is shown that lets you remove or assign existing custom tags. The tags are shown in alphabetical order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Usage of tags ===<br />
<br />
Here are a some ideas of operations that can be done with tags<br />
<br />
==== Filtering ====<br />
<br />
[[File:Sidebar-PeopleTreeView-Filter-TagDropDownList-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Filter SideBar - Tag list example]]<br />
<br />
The most obvious use is that of filtering.<br />
* Tags and filters both create subsets of the tree. However they have practical differences in usage.<br />
<br />
Specifying your fathers family using filters is an easy thing; there are already filters based on some logic's that do it. On the other hand, specifying the people that emigrated to the USA is harder, while for the famous people in your family it is simply impossible as there is no logical rule. Tags are much more practical here.<br />
<br />
However filters have the advantage of being '''dynamical'''. If you add an ancestor of your father in the database, it will be automatically added to the filter. <br />
<br />
On the other hand, tags are '''static'''. When adding a famous person in the tree, you have to explicitly tag them as ''FAMOUS''. <br />
<br />
* The most immediate object that comes to mind are the individuals, and that is also the most useful. However, other objects could be tagged:<br />
** Places: For example "places to visit",<br />
** Source: For example "sources in german",<br />
** Notes: For example "notes in progess", or "notes in german",<br />
** Media: For example "Picture belonging to Uncle Alfred". <br />
<br />
Tags are available to use with '''all primary objects'''.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Tags Column ====<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleListView-ExampleTagColoredRows-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People (List) View - Showing "Tag" column and colored tag rows - example]]<br />
<br />
To easily see your tags, you can use the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} to add the {{man label|Tags}} column to the list views of objects. The content is then displayed as a comma-separated list of the tags of the objects.<br />
==== Tags Usage Report ====<br />
The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Usage Report]] lists [[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|primary objects]] (person, family, notes) having the selected Tag.<br />
===See also===<br />
* [[Tags in Gramps]] - an introduction<br />
* Automatic [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|Import timestamp Tags]]<br />
* filtered [[Addon:RemoveTagTool|Add/Remove Tag Tool]] (Third party addon for Gramps)<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - FAQ|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Filters]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters&diff=103085
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Filters
2024-03-17T01:06:42Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Repositories matching parameters */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - FAQ|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|16}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
[[File:DefineFilter-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Define_Filter_dialog|Define filter]]}} - dialog - default]]<br />
Filters allow Gramps to limit operations to a smaller part of a family Tree. The filtered part of the Trees shares a certain characteristic in common. (e.g., females born in France between the years 1550 and 1575.) The filter specifies which characteristics are important and allows choosing values for which to look. (In the example, the Filter looks for People of a particular sex who have an Event in specific Place during a small timespan.)<br />
<br />
Database queries can be a challenge to compose without errors in syntax. So Filters provide structured and pre-tested database queries that hide most of the syntax complexity while providing some safety nets to avoid routine mistakes. Common characteristics used for filtering are normally presented as "parameter" fields in a form. Then the form composes a properly written query around the parameter. Forms with multiple parameter fields will compound complex queries. <br />
<br />
Lists of all the filtering query rules currently defined in Gramps. Each of these rules is available for use when creating custom filters. <br />
<br />
The rules are listed by their [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|categories]].<br />
<br />
== Filter vs. Search ==<br />
<br />
There are two primary ways to find data in Gramps: Search and Filter.<br />
<br />
* Search uses the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] above a listing View (such as People, Families, etc). <br />The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] only appears when the entire sidebar is closed. You can show or hide the Gramplet bars through changing the selection of the {{man menu|View &#x27a1; &#x2611;Sidebar}} or {{man menu|View &#x27a1; &#x2611;Bottombar}} menus.<br />
* Custom Filters are selected from pop-up menus in the Filter Gramplet, export option and in some reports. They can be used in combination with Search, or stand-alone in the sidebar/bottombar Gramplets. Custom Filters are created or edited from the filter Gramplet or {{man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Filter Editor}} menu.<br />
<br />
(There is also a basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for navigating the active record focus within list view and object selector lists.)<br />
<br />
<br />
{{man note|Name filtering behavior has [[Rule_expansions#Gramps_5.2.0_.28Aug._2019.29|changed {{new|5.2}}]]|In prior versions of Gramps, the name portion of the Filter Gramplet would try to match on any single name field (given, surname, prefix, etc) of all names (primary and alternate) but only field per name &mdash; you couldn't match the given field and surname field in the same name. You could match surname, but simultaneously matching surname and given in the same query wasn't possible. For example, if you Filter on "John", you would get matches of people with firstname "John" but also those with surname "Johnson". More complex search required use of the regular expressions pattern matching options or custom filters.<br /><br />This constraint has been removed and simultaneous search of multiple terms is now the default behavior.}}<br />
Search and Filter work completely differently and it is useful to understand these differences:<br />
<br />
*''Search'' - the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] looks through the database as it appears in the rows and columns on the screen. The Search functionality is probably the one you want to use most of the time, as it is fast and most straightforward. But speed and simplicity imposes some limitations (see below).<br />
:For example, if you have the Name Display in Preferences set to show "Surname, Given" then you can match names such as "Smith, J" and all of the correct rows will match. If you change the way that names are displayed (in Preferences) then you can match that format (for example, "John Smith"). <br />
<br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]]]]<br />
<br />
*''Filter'' - Filters use a more elaborate system. It is not limited to what you see on the screen, but looks at the actual data in all name fields, rather than just what is showing in the View. Entering multiple words does phrase matching for most text fields. However, the Name filter line is far more powerful. Each word in the Name search is handled separately as though it was a sub-search on the records found with the previous search word. And it simultaneously searches '''''all''''' the Name fields. <br />
:e.g. a name search of "geo&nbsp;r." in the [[Example.gramps|example tree]] database finds 5 people: with a variety 'Jr.' & 'Sr.' as the suffix and 'George's as first & middle names. Or searching "garn&nbsp;ski&nbsp;ph" finds Phoebe Emily who has a birth surname of Zieliński and alternate married surname of Garner. <br />
<br />
[[File:Sidebar-PeopleTreeView-Filter-TagDropDownList-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Filter SideBar for People view - [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] pop-up menu example]]<br />
<br />
Filters can be created and controlled from the menu {{man menu| Edit &#x27a1; Filter Editor}}, or from a special sidebar/bottombar Gramplet. The Filter Gramplets allow for some quick filters that are similar to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]], but all Filters follow the distinction outlined here.<br />
<br />
Some additional points:<br />
<br />
* The Filter will search alternative & multiple names too; the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]] only looks in the primary name... the one showing in the People view. That is why doing a Filter on "Smith" might list people that superficially don't appear to match. But if you drill down into that person's details with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]], you might see that they have an alternate name containing "smith".<br />
* The Filter allows "regular expressions". So you can find all of the names that start with "B" and end in "ship": "B.*ship". You can't do that with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]].<br />
* The Search will only match what is visible. If a name or text is too big to see in listing below [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_bar|Search Bar]], then you won't find it. This is something to keep in mind when Searching through Notes. Best to use Filter for notes and other long text fields.<br />
* All Filters default to use case-insensitive matching; "Ship" will match "ship", "SHIP", or "ShIp". As explained below under Regular Expressions, using Regular Expressions does not currently give a means of changing from the default.<br />
<br />
=== See also ===<br />
* [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|Filter]] - a definition<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters introduction]] in the Gramps Manual<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]<br />
* [[Filter|Filter]]<br />
* [[Example filters]] - Multi-stage filters<br />
* [[Gramps_Glossary#rule|Rules]] - a definition<br />
* [[5.2 Addons#Addon_List|Addon list - Rules]]<br />
* [[Rule expansions|Expanding the Filter rulebook]] with Addons<br />
* [[:Category:Filters|Category: Filters]]<br />
* [[Template:Backup Omissions|Custom Filter migration]] - backing up a Gramps Tree does not include any filter customizations<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Regular Expressions ==<br />
<br />
[https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression Regular Expressions](aka ''regex'', ''regexp'', or sometimes ''rational expression'') are a condensed, precise and powerful way to describe text that matches a pattern. <br />
<br />
Designing a effective search pattern can be formulaic. Like math formulas, a search pattern can be quickly composed which finds a subset of records but does so very crudely and slowly. Elegant and efficient RegEx phrases are collected by optimization experts in data manipulations. There are many resources (books, websites, professional training) for RegEx design and strategy. <br />
<br />
Gramps uses RegEx as a matching option that may be enabled for Custom Filters and in the Filter Gramplets of each Category view. <br />
<br />
RegEx pattern matching is an advanced feature and so its checkbox is not selected by default. For Custom Filters, each individual Rule has a {{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Use regular expressions}} option check box in its Edit Rule dialog. The Filter Gramplets also have {{checkbox|1}}{{man label|Use regular expressions}} option check boxes to allow regexp expression to be used directly for matching strings in their text boxes.<br />
<br />
For example, if you were looking for a surname that started with a "B", and ended with "ship" then you could use regular expressions to describe that pattern. That would be '''<code>^B.*ship</code>''':<br />
<br />
* The '''<code>^B</code>''' indicates text that starts with B<br />
* The '''<code>.</code>''' indicates any single character (letter, number, or anything)<br />
* The '''<code>*</code>''' indicates zero or more of the previous (in this case, any single character)<br />
* The '''<code>ship</code>''' matches the exact letters s, h, i, p in that order.<br />
<br />
Regular expressions are quite powerful, and there are many options. We use the [https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html Python Regular Expression] system, and we will document that here. In addition, you can use any Python Regular Expression resource.<br />
<br />
Gramps is currently implemented to make all string matching case-insensitive (which is the opposite of the usual default in Python). There is no easy way at present to override this behaviour for the relatively uncommon purpose of matching strings that have been entered into the database in a particular case format. Regular expressions in Gramps currently give identical results regardless of whether the target string is entered in upper case, title case, lower case or some mixture.<br />
<br />
''whitespace'' - The term "whitespace" is used below to mean one or more character that you don't see. For example, whitespace includes tabs, spaces, and newlines.<br />
<br />
There are some characters that have special meaning with regular expressions. They are:<br />
* '''<code>. ^ $ * + ? { } [ ] \ | ( )</code>''' <br/>decimal point (full stop), caret, dollar sign, asterisk, plus sign, question mark, left and right curly braces, left and right square brackets, backslash, vertical bar (pipe), left and right parentheses<br />
<br />
<br />
They can be used as described:<br />
<br />
* '<code>.</code>' matches any character (letter, number, or other)<br />
* '<code>^</code>' matches beginning of text<br />
* '<code>$</code>' matches end of text<br />
* '<code>*</code>' matches zero or more of the previous item<br />
* '<code>+</code>' matches one or more of the previous item<br />
* '<code>?</code>' matches zero or one of the previous item (makes it optional)<br />
* '<code>{</code>' - defines a number of matches<br />
* '<code>}</code>' - ends number of matches<br />
* '<code>[</code>' - beginning of set<br />
* '<code>]</code>' - end of set<br />
* '<code>\</code>' - next character is special sequence<br />
* '<code>|</code>' - or<br />
* '<code>(</code>' - beginning of a group<br />
* '<code>)</code>' - ending of a group<br />
<br />
Some of the special sequences beginning with '<code>\</code>' represent predefined sets of characters that are often useful, such as the set of digits, the set of letters, or the set of anything that isn't whitespace. The following predefined special sequences are a subset of those available.<br />
<br />
* <code>\d</code> Matches any decimal digit; this is equivalent to the class <code>[0-9]</code>.<br />
* <code>\D</code> Matches any non-digit character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^0-9]</code>.<br />
* <code>\s</code> Matches any whitespace character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[ \t\n\r\f\v]</code>.<br />
* <code>\S</code> Matches any non-whitespace character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^ \t\n\r\f\v]</code>.<br />
* <code>\w</code> Matches any alphanumeric character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[a-zA-Z0-9_]</code>.<br />
* <code>\W</code> Matches any non-alphanumeric character; this is equivalent to the class <code>[^a-zA-Z0-9_]</code>.<br />
<br />
The most complicated repeated qualifier is <code>{m,n}</code>, where <code>m</code> and <code>n</code> are decimal integers. This qualifier means there must be at least <code>m</code> repetitions, and at most <code>n</code>.<br />
<br />
=== Find all defined values or blanks ===<br />
<span id="regex_all">To find all values, <code>(.|\s)*</code> will match: any character or any whitespace character; and zero or more repetitions of those.</span> <br />
<br />
<span id="regex_null">To find empty (blank or null) strings, <code>^.{0}$</code> looks from the start of the match <code>^</code> for any character (except newline) <code>.</code> occurring precisely zero times <code>{0}</code> before the end of the match <code>$</code></span><br />
<br />
=== Groups and Sets ===<br />
<br />
Groups are marked by the '<code>('</code>, '<code>)</code>' metacharacters. '<code>(</code>' and '<code>)</code>' have much the same meaning as they do in mathematical expressions; they group together the expressions contained inside them, and you can repeat the contents of a group with a repeating qualifier, such as <code>*, +, ?, or {m,n}</code>. For example, <code>(ab)*</code> will match zero or more repetitions of <code>ab</code>.<br />
<br />
Sets are marked by the '<code>[</code>' and '<code>]</code>' metacharacters.<br />
<br />
You can think of groups as a list of alternatives separated by the '<code>|</code>' metacharacter, where each alternative consists of one, several or zero characters and sets as a list of alternatives where each alternative is a single character.<br />
<br />
=== Examples ===<br />
<br />
* '''<code>^B.*ship$</code>''' - matches all text that starts with a '<code>B</code>', followed by anything, ending with '<code>ship</code>'.<br />
** matches: '''<code>Blankenship</code>''', '''<code>Blueship</code>''', '''<code>Beeship</code>'''<br />
** does not match: '''<code>Blankenships</code>'''<br />
* '''<code>^B.*ship</code>''' - matches all text that starts with a '<code>B</code>', followed by anything, followed by '<code>ship</code>' (could be followed by more).<br />
** matches: '''<code>Blankenship</code>''', '''<code>Blankenships</code>''', '''<code>Blueship</code>''', '''<code>Blueshipman</code>''', '''<code>Beeship</code>''', '''<code>Beeshipness</code>'''<br />
** does not match: '''<code>Blankenschips</code>'''<br />
<br />
====Common variations of a surname====<br />
<br />
;Example 1: Using the expression '''<code>Eri(ch|ck|k|c)(ss|s)on</code>''' the following are matched:<br />
<pre><br />
Erikson<br />
Eriksson<br />
Ericson<br />
Ericsson<br />
Erickson<br />
Ericksson<br />
Erichson<br />
Erichsson<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
'''Explanation''': Because of the following<br />
* '''<code>Eri</code>''' = Eri<br />
* '''<code>(ch|ck|k|c)</code>''' = group matching '''<code>ch</code>''', '''<code>ck</code>''', '''<code>k</code>''' or '''<code>c</code>'''. It tries to make the longest match first<br />
* '''<code>(ss|s)</code>''' = group matching '''<code>ss</code>''' or '''<code>s</code>'''. It tries to make the longest match first<br />
* '''<code>on</code>''' = on<br />
<br />
<hr><br />
<br />
;Example 2: Using the expression '''<code>Ba(in|yn|m|n)bri(dge|cke|g(g|e|))</code>''' the following are matched:<br />
<pre><br />
Bainbricke<br />
Bainbridge<br />
Bainbrig<br />
Bainbrigg<br />
Bambridge<br />
Banbrig<br />
Banbrige<br />
Baynbrige<br />
</pre><br />
<br />
'''Explanation:''' Because of the following<br />
* '''<code>Ba</code>''' = Ba<br />
* '''<code>(in|yn|m|n)</code>''' = group matching '''in''', '''yn''', '''m''' or '''n'''. It tries to make the longest match first.<br />
* '''<code>bri</code>''' = bri<br />
* '''<code>(dge|cke|g(g|e|))</code>''' = group matching '''dge''', '''cke''' or ('''g''' with '''g''', '''g''' with '''e''' or '''g''' with nothing)<br />
<br />
<hr><br />
<br />
;Example 3: Using the expression '''<code>n(es|oua|oai|o[iya]|a[iy])r(r|)(on|((e|)au(x|t|d|lt|)))</code>''' the following are matched:<br />
<pre><br />
nairaud<br />
nairault<br />
naireaud<br />
nayrault<br />
nesrau <br />
nesrault<br />
nesreau<br />
nesreaud<br />
noirau<br />
noiraud<br />
noirauld<br />
noirault<br />
noiraut<br />
noiraux<br />
noireau<br />
noireaud<br />
noireault<br />
noireaut<br />
noirraux<br />
noirreau<br />
noirreaud<br />
nouarault<br />
noyraud<br />
noyrault <br />
</pre><br />
<br />
'''Explanation:''' Because of the following<br />
* '''<code>n</code>''' = n<br />
* '''<code>(es|oua|oai|set1|set2)</code>''' = group matching '''es''', '''oua''', '''oai''', '''set1''' or '''set2'''<br />
* '''<code>set1</code>''' is '''<code>o[iya]</code>''' = set matching '''o''' AND '''i''', '''y''' or '''a'''. In other words '''oi''', '''oy''' or '''oa'''<br />
* '''<code>set2</code>''' is '''<code>a[iy]</code>''' = set matching '''a''' AND '''i''' or '''y'''. In other words '''ai''' or '''ay'''<br />
* '''<code>r</code>''' = r<br />
* '''<code>(r|)</code>''' = group matching '''r''' or nothing<br />
* '''<code>(on|(subgroup1)</code>''' = group matching '''on''' or '''subgroup1'''.<br />
* '''subgroup1''' is group matching ('''subgroup2 au subgroup3''')<br />
* '''subgroup2''' is '''(e|)''' = group matching '''e''' or nothing<br />
* '''<code>au</code>''' = au<br />
* '''subgroup3''' is '''(x|t|d|lt)''' = group matching '''x''', '''t''', '''d''' or '''lt'''<br />
<br />
====Testing regular expressions====<br />
<br />
Regular Expression testers can be found online through Google. https://www.regexr.com/ is simple and convenient<br />
<br />
{{Man warn|Regular Expression 'dialect' noted and Repaired|In Gramps 5.2, the sidebar filter inappropriately evaluated parameters containing spaces... attempting to re-interpret a single Regular Expression as a sequence of separate expressions. The Gramps 5.2.1 resolution for Bug {{Bug|0011321}} handles Regular Expressions more literally.}}<br />
<br />
=== See Also ===<br />
Regular expressions have been in wide use across the computer industry since the 1950s. But they are "expert tools" designed for power and efficiency rather than intuitiveness. As a result, many resources have been developed on the web. <br />
<br />
Some of these resources have excellent tutorials. Some have cheat sheets. Some have “sand boxes” where regular expressions can be explored in real-time.<br />
<br />
A sampling of RegEx reference websites:<br />
* [http://rexegg.com/ rexegg.com] (tutorials) <br />
* [https://www.regular-expressions.info/ RegexBuddy] <br />
* [https://regex101.com/ regex101.com] (sandbox with feedback)<br />
<br />
==Custom Filters==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Custom Filter migration|Keep your collection of custom filters through a minor updates of Gramps (e.g., from version 5.0.x to 5.2.x) by manually copying your ''custom_filter.xml'' from [[Gramps User Directory]] to the corresponding directory in new ''gramps_version_number''. <br /><br />Even minor upgrades (e.g., from a 5.0.x to a 5.2.x version) may include format changes since the recent innovation of addon rules are causing rapid evolution in Filters. So porting filters in this manner requires verification that the XML definitions haven't changed. Also, Addon rules may have to be installed in the new upgrade before copied custom filters will work safely.}}<br />
<br />
You can carry out a considerable amount of selection of persons, events, places, etc., just using the Filter Sidebar in Person, Event, Place,etc. Views; but note, however, that the 'Use regular expressions' option '''only works with particular fields''' in each View.<br />
<br />
If the Filter Sidebar is inadequate for your purpose, you will need to build custom filters.<br />
{{man tip|Building a quick Custom Filter for an object|The clipboard has a Custom Filter generation shortcut. Copy any View object to the Clipboard (by drag'n'drop or by selecting and pressing the {{man key press|Ctrl|C}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings|keybinding]]), then select the object on the Clipboard and right-click to reveal the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Clipboard_context_menu|Clipboard's contextual pop-up menu]]. The bottom menu item will offer to create a Filter for the selected object.}}<br />
<span id="CategoryName Filters dialog"></span><br />
===<category> Filters editor dialog===<br />
There is a {{man label|'<category>' Filter Editor}} option in the {{man label|Edit}} menu for each category. (i.e., The '<category>' is a placeholder. We mean it stands for the Person, Event, Sources or other categories that is currently active.) This dialog shows a list all the Custom Filters specific to the current category and allows you to manage those Custom Filters. (Similar to the way the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Organize_Tags_Window|Organize Tags dialog]] allows managing Tags.) There is no option to simultaneously organize the custom filters in all categories.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note:Changes on filters |2=The changes made to the filters only take effect after you use the {{man button|Close}} button from this window.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:PersonFilters-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Filters - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
To create new or show previously created custom filters use the {{man label|''<category>'' Filters}} editor dialog list where the ''<category>'' name changes based on the category currently selected in the Navigator:<br />
* {{icon|peop}}&nbsp;Person Filters<br />
* {{icon|fami}}&nbsp;Family Filters<br />
* {{icon|even}}&nbsp;Event Filters<br />
* {{icon|plac}}&nbsp;Place Filters<br />
* {{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;Source Filters<br />
* {{icon|cite}}&nbsp;Citation Filters<br />
* {{icon|repo}}&nbsp;Repository Filters<br />
* {{icon|medi}}&nbsp;Media Filters<br />
* {{icon|note}}&nbsp;Note Filters<br />
<br />
When in the {{man label|''CategoryName'' Filters}} dialog you have the following options from the right hand side icons:<br />
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_add}}}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Add a new filter}}<br />
:shows the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog and adds a new (as yet unnamed) custom filter framework.<br />
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_edit}}}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Edit the selected filter}}<br />
:opens the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog and loads your existing custom filter for editing.<br />
* {{man button|Clone}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Clone the selected filter}}<br />
:makes an exact copy of the selected filter<br />
* {{man button|Test}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Test the selected filter}}<br />
:brings up the {{man label|Filter Test}} results dialog containing a list of matches following a successful test. If the filter test is invalid, an error may be shown instead.<br />
* {{man button| {{icon|stock_remove}}}}&nbsp;{{man tooltip|Delete the selected filter}}:<br />
:removes the selected filter from the Gramps collection of custom filters.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Filter Test dialog====<br />
<br />
[[File:FilterTest-results-for-TestTheSelectedFilter-button-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Test - results list example from Person Filters]]<br />
<br />
The results list of a successful {{man label|Filter Test}} dialog might be empty, a valid custom filter might not match any records.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Define Filter dialog===<br />
{{man tip|Addon Rules for custom filters are available|Filter Rules can be expanded through the addons interface starting with the Aug.2019 version.<br />''See: '''[[Example filters]]''', '''[[#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]]''' and '''[[Rule_expansions|Addon Rules]]'''''}}<br />
<br />
[[File:DefineFilter-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Define filter - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Define filter}} dialog allow you to build custom filters that can be used to select people included in reports, exports, and other tools and utilities. This is in fact a very powerful tool in genealogical analysis.<br />
<br />
To list all the filters (if any) previously defined by you, access the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog from:<br />
* The Sidebar/Bottombar Filters <br />
* In most categories via the menu {{man menu|Edit > ''CategoryName'' Filter Editor}} which will bring up the {{man label|''CategoryName'' Filters}} dialog where you can select the {{man button|+ (Add another rule to filter)}} button or {{man button|Edit the selected filter}} button.<br />
<br />
In the '''Definition''' section type the {{man label|Name:}} for your new filter and add a {{man label|Comment:}} that would help you identify this filter in the future. Add as many rules to the {{man label|Rule list}} as you would like to your filter using {{man button|+}} button. <br />
<br />
<span ID="multiple_rule_options">If the filter has more than one rule, select one of the {{man label|Options}} from the drop down list which allows you to choose whether<br />
* '''All rules must apply'''(default)<br />
* At least one rule must apply<br />
* Exactly one rule must apply<br />
in order for the filter to generate a match. If your filter has only one rule, this selection has no effect.<br />
<br />
*Select {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Return values that do not match the filter rules}} to invert the filter rule. For example, inverting '''"has a common ancestor with I1"''' rule will match everyone who does not have a common ancestor with that person). (Check box unchecked by default)</span><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Add Rule dialog===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| A filter you have already designed may be used as a rule parameter for another filter.|This gives you nearly infinite flexibility in custom-tailoring your selection criteria that can be later used in most of the exports, reports, and some of the tools (such as comparing individual events).<br />''See: '''[[Example filters]]''', '''[[#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]]''' and '''[[Rule_expansions|Addon Rules]]'''''}}<br />
<br />
[[File:AddRule-selector-dialog-PersonFilters-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Add Rule - selector dialog - available for Person filters - example]]<br />
<br />
To define a new filter click the {{man button|+ (Add another rule to filter)}} button from the {{man label|Define filter}} dialog as this invokes the {{man label|Add Rule}} dialog<br />
<br />
The pane on the left-hand side displays available filter rules arranged by their categories in an expandable tree. <br />
<br />
For detailed filter rule reference you can either, use the search box to find the rule, or:<br />
* Click on the {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows to fold/unfold the appropriate category. <br />
* Select the rule from the tree by clicking on its name. The right-hand side displays the name, the description, and the values for the currently selected rule. <br />
{{man tip|Finding a rule|It can be hard to remember which filter grouping contains a rule. And, since the "[[Rule_expansions|addon rule]]" is a recent innovation, there can be too many rules to peruse easily. So you can narrow down the rule list -- based on keywords from the rule titles.<br /><br />Type a keyword by using the search box (box with the magnifying glass) and only the groupings with matches will be expanded.}}<br />
Once you are satisfied with your rule selection and its values, click {{man button|OK}} to add this rule to the rule list of the currently edited filter. Clicking {{man button|Cancel}} will abort adding the rule to the filter.<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filters_in_which_Category.3F|Which filters in which Category?]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Which filters in which Category?"><br />
<br />
== Which filter rules in which Category? ==<br />
<br />
Depending on the used [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories|Category]], you will get a different set of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|filter]] rules. Also see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|Summary of Gramplets]].<br />
<br />
*; Dashboard Category: no filter rules available<br />
<br />
*; People, Relationships and Charts Category: rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]].<br />
<br />
*; Families Category: rules for [[#Child filters|Child filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Father filters|Father filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Mother filters|Mother filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Charts Category: rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Events, and Media Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], and [[#General_filters|General filters]]. <br />
<br />
*; Places Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Position filters|Position filters]].<br />
<br />
*; Geography Category: rules for [[#Ancestral_filters|Ancestral filters]], [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], [[#Descendant_filters|Descendant filters]], [[#Event_filters|Event filters]], [[#Family_filters|Family filters]], [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Relationship filters|Relationship Filters]].<br />
<br />
*; Sources, Repositories, and Notes Category: rules for only [[#General_filters|General filters]] available<br />
<br />
*; Citations Category: rules for [[#General_filters|General filters]], and [[#Source filters|Source filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Repositories Category: rules for [[#General_filters|General filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Media Category: rules for [[#Citation/source filters|Citation/source filters]], and [[#General_filters|General filters]]<br />
<br />
*; Notes Category: rules for [[#General_filters|General filters]]<br />
<br />
== Ancestral filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category includes the following rules that match people based on their ancestral relations to other people:<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <person>===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own ancestor (useful for building reports). You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <person> at least <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandparents, great-grandparents, etc., but not the parents of the specified person.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of <person> not more than <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are ancestors of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match parents and grandparents, but not great-grandparents, etc., of the specified person.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of bookmarked people not more than <N> generations away===<br />
Matches however many generations Ancestors (defined by <n>) for each person on the bookmark list.<br />
<br />
===Ancestor of the default person not more than <N> generations away===<br />
<br />
The ”default person” is the individual that has been defined as the ”Home Person”. (The ”default” is a legacy term in Gramps that caused minor confusion she nice the word is used in so many different parts of the wiki to describe different things.)<br />
<br />
===Duplicate ancestors of <person>===<br />
Matches people that are ancestors twice or more of a specified person<br />
<br />
===People with a common ancestor with <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people who have common ancestors with someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===People with a common ancestor with <person>===<br />
This rule matches people who have common ancestors with the specified person.<br />
<br />
== Child filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds families having children that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Families having child with id containing <text>===<br />
Matches families where child has a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Families with child with the <name>===<br />
Matches families where child has a specified (partial) name<br />
<br />
===Families with twins===<br />
Matches families with two (or more) children having a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|'Birth' role for the Relationship to the Mother]] and the same birthdate.<br />
<br />
== Citation/source filters ==<br />
<br />
These filter rules are view dependent<br />
<br />
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category|People-, and Relationships Category]]<br />
* [[#Families_Category|Families Category]]<br />
* [[#Events_Category|Events Category]]<br />
* [[#Places_Category|Places Category]]<br />
* [[#Media_Category|Media Category]]<br />
<br />
=== People-, and Relationships Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====People with <count> source====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with the <citation>====<br />
Matches people with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====People with the <source>====<br />
Matches people who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
====Person with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches persons who have a Citation attached directly to the Person object. Citations to the Family, or secondary objects such as Events are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
=== Families Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Families with <count> sources====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches families who have a Citation attached directly to the Family object. Citations to the Person, or secondary objects such as Events are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Families with the <citation>====<br />
Matches families with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Families with the <source>====<br />
Matches families who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
=== Events Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Events with <count> source====<br />
Matches events with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Events with at least one direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches events which have a Citation attached directly to the Event object. Citations to the Family, or secondary objects such as Notes are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Events with source matching the <source filter>====<br />
Matches events with any source (or citation under a Source) which matches a specified source fileter and is directly attached to the Event object. Sources attache to Event's media or attributes are ignored.<br />
<br />
====Events with the <citation>====<br />
Matches events with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
=== Places Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Place with <count> sources====<br />
Matches places with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Place with a direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches places which have a Citation attached directly to the Place object. Citations to secondary objects such as Notes are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Place with the <citation>====<br />
Matches places with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Places with the <source>====<br />
Matches places who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
=== Media Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following citation and source rules:<br />
<br />
====Media with <count> sources====<br />
Matches media with a certain number of items in the source. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Media with a direct source >= <confidence level>====<br />
Matches media which have a Citation attached directly to the Media object. Citations to the secondary objects such as Events are ignored.<br />
<br />
The minimum acceptable confidence threshold is selectable:<br />
Very Low, Low, Normal, High, Very High<br />
<br />
====Media with the <citation>====<br />
Matches media with a citation of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Media with the <source>====<br />
Matches media who have a particular source. values: Source ID<br />
<br />
== Descendant filters ==<br />
<br />
This descendant filters category include the following rules that match people based on their descendant relations to other people:<br />
<br />
===Descendant family member of <filter> match===<br />
Matches people that are descendants or the spouse of anybody matched by a filter<br />
<br />
===Descendant family member of <person>===<br />
This rule not only matches people who are descendants of the specified person, but also those descendants' spouses.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <person>===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person. The Inclusive option determines whether the specified person should be considered his/her own descendant (useful for building reports). You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select a person from the list by clicking {{man button| Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <person> at least <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are at least N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match grandchildren, great-grandchildren, etc., but not the children of the specified person.<br />
<br />
===Descendant of <person> not more than <N> generations away===<br />
This rule matches people who are descendants of the specified person and are no more than N generations away from that person in their lineage. For example, using this rule with the value of 2 for the number of generations will match children and grandchildren, but not great-grandchildren, etc., of the specified person.<br />
<br />
== Event filters ==<br />
<br />
=== Events matching parameters ===<br />
General filters rule that matches Events with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Event type}}<br />
* {{man label|Date}}<br />
* {{man label|Place}}<br />
* {{man label|Description}}<br />
* {{man label|Main Participants}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
=== These filter rules are view dependent ===<br />
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category_2|People-, and Relationships Category]]<br />
* [[#Families_Category_2|Families Category]]<br />
<br />
=== People-, and Relationships Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match people based on their recorded events:<br />
<br />
====Families with incomplete events====<br />
This rule matches people missing date or place in any family event of any of their families.<br />
<br />
====People with incomplete events====<br />
This rule matches people missing date or place in any personal event.<br />
<br />
====People with the <birth data>====<br />
This rule matches people whose birth event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's birth event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone born in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value "sw" for the Place. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's birth. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====People with the <death data>====<br />
This rule matches people whose death event matches specified values for Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's death event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who died in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the value "sw" for the Place. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's death. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====People with the family <event>====<br />
This rule matches people that have a family event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value "sw" for the Place. The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====People with the personal <event>====<br />
This rule matches people that have a personal event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who graduated in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Graduation event and the value "sw" for the Place. The personal events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
====Persons with events matching the <event filter>====<br />
Matches persons who have events that match a certain event filter. Values: Event filter name.<br />
<br />
====Witnesses====<br />
This rule matches people who are present as a witness in the event. If the personal or family event type is specified, only the events of this type will be searched.<br />
<br />
=== Families Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match families based on their recorded events:<br />
<br />
====Families with the <event>====<br />
This rule matches families that have a event matching specified values for the Event type, Date, Place, and Description. The rule returns a match even if the person's event matches the value partially. The matching rules are case-insensitive. For example, anyone who was married in Sweden will be matched by the rule using the Marriage event and the value "sw" for the Place. The family events should be selected from a pull-down menu. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by the personal event. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
== Family filters ==<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match people based on their family relationships:<br />
<br />
===Adopted people===<br />
This rule matches adopted people.<br />
<br />
===Children of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people for whom either parent is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Parents of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people whose child is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===People missing parents===<br />
Matches people that are children in a family with less than two parents or are not children in any family.<br />
<br />
===People with children===<br />
This rule matches people with children.<br />
<br />
===People with multiple marriage records===<br />
This rule matches people with more than one spouse.<br />
<br />
===People with no marriage records===<br />
This rule matches people with no spouses.<br />
<br />
===People with the <relationships>===<br />
This rule matches people with a particular relationship. The relationship must match the type selected from the menu. Optionally, the number of relationships and the number of children can be specified. The rule returns a match if, and only if, all non-empty values are (partially) matched by a person's relationship. To use just one value, leave the other values empty.<br />
<br />
===Siblings of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people whose sibling is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
===Spouses of <filter> match===<br />
This rule matches people married to someone who is matched by the specified filter. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
== Father filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds families having fathers that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Families having father with Id containing <text>===<br />
Matches families whose father has a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Families with father with the <name>===<br />
Matches families whose father has a specified (partial) name<br />
<br />
== General filters ==<br />
<br />
These filter rules are view dependent<br />
* [[#People-.2C_and_Relationships_Category_3|People-, and Relationships Category]]<br />
* [[#Families_Category_3|Families Category]]<br />
* [[#Events_Category_2|Events Category]]<br />
* [[#Places_Category_2|Places Category]]<br />
* [[#Sources_Category|Sources Category]]<br />
* [[#Citations_Category|Citations Category]]<br />
* [[#Repositories_Category|Repositories Category]]<br />
* [[#Media_Category_2|Media Category]]<br />
* [[#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]<br />
<br />
=== People-, and Relationships Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Bookmarked people====<br />
Matches the people on the bookmark list.<br />
<br />
<span id="Default person"><br />
====Home person====<br />
</span><br />
Matches the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|Home Person]].<br />
<br />
====Disconnected People====<br />
Matches people that have no family relationships to any other person in the database.<br />
<br />
====Everyone====<br />
Matches everyone in the family tree database.<br />
<br />
====Females====<br />
Matches all females.<br />
<br />
====Males====<br />
Matches all males.<br />
<br />
====People having <count> notes====<br />
Matches people having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches people whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====People marked private====<br />
Matches people that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====People matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches people matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====People not marked private====<br />
Matches people that are not indicated as private<br />
<br />
====People probably alive====<br />
Matches people without indications of death by a specified date. If the specified "On Date" value is blank then compare to "today()". The probably alive considers the date approximations and lifespan lengths set in the Preferences. <br />
<br />
For more detailed information about this calculation, read the "[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]]" section. <br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive#Probably_Alive_Filter|Probably Alive Filter]]<br />
<br />
====People with <count> LDS events====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of LDS events. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with <count> addresses====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of personal addresses. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with <count> associations====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of associations. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with <count> media====<br />
Matches people with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====People with id containing <text>====<br />
Matches people whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====People with a nickname====<br />
Matches people with a nickname<br />
<br />
====People with an alternate name====<br />
Matches people with an alternate name<br />
<br />
====People with incomplete names====<br />
Matches people with first-name or last-name missing.<br />
<br />
====People with records containing <substring>====<br />
Matches people whose records contain text matching a substring. Values: Substring -- Case Sensitive or not -- Regular-Expression matching or not<br />
<br />
====People with the <Name type>====<br />
Matches people with a type of name<br />
<br />
====People with the <Surname origin type>====<br />
Matches people with a surname origin<br />
<br />
====People with the <name>====<br />
Matches people with a specified (partial) name. Values: Given Name -- Family Name -- Suffix -- Title -- Prefix -- Patronymic -- Call Name<br />
<br />
====People with <tag>====<br />
Matches people with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====People with the family <attribute>====<br />
Matches people with the family attribute of a particular value. Use RegEx pattern matching to search for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_all|all values]] or attributes that have been [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_null|left blank]]. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====People with the personal <attribute>====<br />
Matches people with the personal attribute of a particular value. Use RegEx pattern matching to search for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_all|all values]] or attributes that have been [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#regex_null|left blank]]. Values: Personal Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====People with unknown gender====<br />
Matches all people with unknown gender.<br />
<br />
====People without a known birth date====<br />
This General filter in the People category will matches people without a known birth date. <br />
<br />
This rule includes both Persons without any birth-type event and Persons with undated Birth-type events.<br />
<br />
====People without a known death date====<br />
Matches people without a known death date.<br />
<br />
====People with <id>====<br />
Matches people with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====People changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches person records changed during a particular time period. Used to identify records that were imported or modified during particular work-sessions. <br />
<br />
Filtering based on specified date and timestamp being after a particular timestamp in the format <code>yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss</code>. This filter rules will look for records modified within a date range, if a second date-time is given. <br />
<br />
Values: <br />
Changed after: <br />
but before: <br />
<br />
Values must be after January 1st, 1970 at UTC. Future dates until <code>3001-01-01 01:59:59</code> are valid.<br />
<br />
The {{man menu|People changed after <date time>}} filter rules are available in the {{man menu|General filters}} section for custom rules in the People, Relationships, Charts, and Geography views. <br />
<br />
Equivalent rules exist for records of the corresponding category type in People, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, and Notes category views.<br />
<br />
====Soundex match of People with the <name>====<br />
Soundex Match of people with a specified name. First name, Surname, Call name, and Nickname are searched in primary and alternate names. <br />
<br />
This rule compares names of People against a phonetic pattern. It uses the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Soundex_what_is_this.3F|Soundex]] phonetic algorithm for indexing names by sound, as pronounced in English.<br />
<br />
Match criteria can be a Soundex code (which can be found with the Soundex Gramplet) consisting of of a letter followed by three numerical digits: the letter is the first letter of the name, and the digits encode the remaining consonants. But if the match criteria is not a valid Soundex code, the filter will simply generate Soundex code for the word entered. <br />
<br />
All name fields (and the separate words within those fields) are searched individually against the Soundex code.<br />
<br />
=== Families Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Ancestor families of <family>====<br />
Matches families who are ancestor families of the partners in a specified Family. There is an option to include specified Family in the results. Included blended families and non-birth relationship families.<br />
<br />
====Bookmarked families====<br />
Matches the families on the bookmark list.<br />
<br />
====Descendant families of <family>====<br />
Matches the Family object descended from a specific Family. (No person objects are included.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* Descendant family member of <filter> match<br />
* Descendant family member of <person><br />
<br />
====Every family====<br />
Matches every family in the database.<br />
<br />
====Families changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches families records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Families having <count> notes====<br />
Matches families having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches families whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Families marked private====<br />
Matches families that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Families matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches families matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Families with <count> LDS events====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of LDS events. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Families with <count> media====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families with id containing <text>====<br />
Matches families whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Families with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches families with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Families with the <tag>====<br />
Matches families with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Families with the family <attribute>====<br />
Matches families with the family attribute of a particular value. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====Families with the relationship type====<br />
Matches families with the relationship type of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Families with <id>====<br />
Matches families with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
=== Events Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Event with <id>====<br />
Matches events with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Events changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches events records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Events having <count> notes====<br />
Matches events having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Events having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches events whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Events marked private====<br />
Matches events that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Events matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches events matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Events occurring on a particular day of the week====<br />
Matches events occurring on a particular day of the week<br />
<br />
====Events of persons matching the <person filter>====<br />
Matches events of person matched by the specified person filter name<br />
<br />
====Events of places matching the <place filter>====<br />
Matches events that occurred at places that match the specified place filter name<br />
<br />
====Events with <count> media====<br />
Matches events with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Events with &lt;data>====<br />
Matches events with data of a particular value<br />
<br />
====Events with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches events whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Events with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches events with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Events with the <tag>====<br />
Matches events with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Events with the attribute <attribute>====<br />
Matches events with the attribute of a particular value. Values: Family Attribute: Identification Number -- Age ...<br />
<br />
====Events with the particular type====<br />
Matches events with the particular type<br />
<br />
====Every event====<br />
Matches every event in the database.<br />
<br />
=== Places Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every place====<br />
Matches every place in the database.<br />
<br />
====Place with <Id>====<br />
Matches places with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Places changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches places records changed after a specified date-time (yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Places enclosed by another place====<br />
Matches Places under the Hierarchical structure of a Specified place. Does not include the Enclosing Place and ignores dates.<br />
<br />
====Places having <count> notes====<br />
Matches places having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Places having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches places whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Places marked private====<br />
Matches places that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Places matching a title====<br />
Matches places with a particular title<br />
<br />
====Places matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Places with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Name}}<br />
* {{man label|Place type}}<br />
* {{man label|Code}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Places matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches places matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Places of events matching the <event filter>====<br />
Matches places where events happened that match the specified event filter name<br />
<br />
====Places with <count> media====<br />
Matches places with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Places with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches places whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Places with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches places with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Places with the <tag>====<br />
Matches places with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
=== Sources Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every source====<br />
Matches every source in the database.<br />
<br />
====Source with <Id>====<br />
Matches sources with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Sources changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches sources records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Sources having <count> notes====<br />
Matches sources having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Sources having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches sources whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Sources marked private====<br />
Matches sources that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Sources matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches sources matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Sources with <count> Repository references====<br />
Matches sources with a certain number of repository references<br />
<br />
====Sources with <count> media====<br />
Matches sources with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Sources with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches sources whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Sources with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches sources with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Sources with repository reference containing <text> in "Call Number"====<br />
Matches sources with a repository reference containing a substring in 'Call Number'<br />
<br />
====Sources with repository reference matching the <repository filter>====<br />
Matches sources with a repository reference that match a certain repository filter<br />
<br />
====Sources with the <tag>====<br />
Matches sources with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Sources with title containing <text>====<br />
Matches sources whose title contains a certain substring<br />
<br />
=== Citations Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Citation with <Id>====<br />
Matches citations with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Citations changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches citations records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Citations having <count> notes====<br />
Matches citations having a certain number of notes: Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to <br />
<br />
====Citations having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches citations whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Citations marked private====<br />
Matches citations that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Citations matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Citations with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Volume/Page}}<br />
* {{man label|Date}}<br />
* {{man label|Confidence level}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Citations matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches citations matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Citations with <count> media====<br />
Matches citations with a certain number of items in the gallery. Values: Number of instances -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Citations with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches citations whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Citations with Volume/Page containing <text>====<br />
Matches citations whose Volume/Page contains a certain substring<br />
<br />
====Citations with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches citations with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Citations with a source with a repository reference matching the <repository filter>====<br />
Matches citations with a source with a repository reference that match a certain repository filter<br />
<br />
====Citations with source matching the <source filter>====<br />
Matches citations with sources that match the specified source filter name<br />
<br />
====Citations with the <tag>====<br />
Matches citations with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Every citation====<br />
Matches every citation in the database.<br />
<br />
=== Repositories Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every repository====<br />
Matches every repository in the database.<br />
<br />
====Repositories changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches repository records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Repositories having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches repositories whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Repositories marked private====<br />
Matches repositories that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Repositories matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Repositories with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Name}}<br />
* {{man label|Type}}<br />
* {{man label|Address}}<br />
* {{man label|URL}} (really the "Description". Use Address for the URL. See Bug {{bug|13225}})<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Repositories matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches repositories matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Repositories with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches repositories whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Repositories with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches repositories with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Repositories with name containing <text>====<br />
Matches repositories whose name contains substring<br />
<br />
====Repositories with the <tag>====<br />
Matches repositories with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Repository with <Id>====<br />
Matches repositories with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
=== Media Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every media object====<br />
Matches every media object in the database.<br />
<br />
====Media object with <Id>====<br />
Matches media objects with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Media objects changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches media object records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Media objects having notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches media objects whose notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Media objects marked private====<br />
Matches media objects that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Media objects matching parameters====<br />
General filters rule that matches Media objects with particular parameters: <br />
* {{man label|Text}}<br />
* {{man label|Media type}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Media objects matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches media objects matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Media objects with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches media objects whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Media objects with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches media objects with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Media objects with the <tag>====<br />
Matches media objects with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Media objects with the attribute <attribute>====<br />
Matches media objects with the attribute of a particular value<br />
<br />
=== Notes Category===<br />
<br />
This category includes the following general rules:<br />
<br />
====Every note====<br />
Matches every note in the database.<br />
<br />
====Note with <Id>====<br />
Matches notes with Gramps ID. The rule returns a match only if the ID is matched exactly. You can either enter the ID into a text entry field, or select an object from the list by clicking {{man button|Select...}} button. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
====Notes changed after <date time>====<br />
Matches notes records changed after a specified date-time (yyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss) or in the range, if a second date-time is given: Values: Changed after: -- but before:.<br />
<br />
====Notes containing <text>====<br />
Matches notes contain text matching a regular expression<br />
<br />
====Notes marked private====<br />
Matches notes that are indicated as private.<br />
<br />
====Notes matching parameters====<br />
Matches Notes with particular parameters <br />
* {{man label|Text}}<br />
* {{man label|Note type}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
====Notes matching the <filter>====<br />
Matches notes matched by the specified filter name. Values: Filter name. The specified filter name should be selected from the menu.<br />
<br />
====Notes with Id containing <text>====<br />
Matches notes whose Gramps ID matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
====Notes with a reference count of <count>====<br />
Matches notes with a certain number of references. Values: Number of references -- Number must be greater than/lesser/equal to<br />
<br />
====Notes with the <tag>====<br />
Matches notes with a tag of a particular value. Values: Tag name.<br />
<br />
====Notes with the particular type====<br />
Matches notes with the particular type<br />
<br />
== Mother filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds families having mothers that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Families having mother with Id containing <text>===<br />
Matches families whose mother has a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Families with mother with the <name>===<br />
Matches families whose mother has a specified (partial) name<br />
<br />
==Position filters==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds Places by their Global Positioning System coordinates proximity:<br />
<br />
===Places in neighborhood of given position===<br />
Matches places with latitude or longitude position in a rectangle of given height and width (in degrees), and with middle point the given latitude and longitude.<br />
<br />
===Places with no latitude or longitude given===<br />
Matches places with empty latitude or longitude<br />
<br />
===Places within an area===<br />
Matches places within a given distance of a specified place.<br />
<br />
After selecting a place (which must have a valid set of coordinates), match any place whose coordinates lie within a circle on the globe (an ellipse on a flatten map) centered on those coordinates of a specified radius.<br />
<br />
The units of distance can be selected: kilometers (linear measure), degrees (angular measure), and miles (linear measure).<br />
<br />
== Source filters ==<br />
<br />
This rule category finds Citations that match the rule:<br />
<br />
===Citation with Source <Id>===<br />
Matches a citation with a source with a specified Gramps ID<br />
<br />
===Citations having source notes containing <text>===<br />
Matches citations whose source notes contain a substring or match a regular expression<br />
<br />
===Citations with Source Id containing <text>===<br />
Matches citations whose source has a Gramps ID that matches the regular expression<br />
<br />
===Sources matching parameters===<br />
General filters rule that matches Sources with a source of a particular value: <br />
* {{man label|Title}}<br />
* {{man label|Author}}<br />
* {{man label|Abbreviation}}<br />
* {{man label|Publication}}<br />
Also offers the option to {{man label|Use regular expression}}.<br />
<br />
== Relationship filters ==<br />
<br />
This category includes the following rules that match people based on their mutual relationship:<br />
<br />
===People related to <Person>===<br />
Matches people related to a specified person<br />
<br />
===Relationship path between <person> and people matching <filter>===<br />
Searches over the database starting from a specified person and returns everyone between that person and a set of target people specified with a filter. This produces a set of relationship paths (including by marriage) between the specified person and the target people. Each path is not necessarily the shortest path.<br />
<br />
===Relationship path between <persons>===<br />
This rule matches all ancestors of both people back to their common ancestors (if exist). This produces the "relationship path" between these two people, through their common ancestors. You can either enter the ID of each person into the appropriate text entry fields, or select people from the list by clicking their {{man button|Select...}} buttons. In the latter case, the ID will appear in the text field after the selection was made.<br />
<br />
===Relationship path between bookmarked persons===<br />
Matches the ancestors of bookmarked individuals back to common ancestors, producing the relationship path(s) between bookmarked persons.<br />
<br />
== Tagging ==<br />
{{stub}}<!--reorganise this /moved from navigation as unrelated--><br />
<br />
The concept of tagging for most people using ''gmail'' or ''thunderbird'', the [[Gramps_Glossary#tag|Tag]] feature will seem quite familiar. Instead of classifying emails into folders like in ''Outlook'' (Windows) or ''Evolution'' (Linux), emails are classified by assigning tags to them. So instead of having a disjoint N:1 classification (a email can be in one and only one folder, and a folder can contain many emails), in ''gmail'' or ''thunderbird'' there is a N:M classification (where a email can have several tags, and a tag can be applied to several emails)<br />
<br />
Likewise, when you have a big tree, you might want to make subsets of the tree, and these subsets might be overlapping. For example, the subsets of your fathers family and your mothers family, some subset of your family that emigrated to Australia.<br />
<br />
[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]The idea is to assign a different tag to each subset: ''Paternal'', ''Maternal'', ''Australia'' and ''ToDo'' for example.<br />
<br />
The differences with Gramps previous '''Markers''' are like the folders for emails. A person can be given at most one marker. Tags are thus are like multiple-valued markers.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Go to the Menu {{man menu|Edit ->Tag}}.<br />
<br />
[[File:Menu-Edit-Tag-Options-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tag actions from Edit menu]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Or click the Toolbar [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]]{{man button|Tag}} button.<br />
<br />
[[File:Toolbar-TagSelectedRows-Icon-DropDownMenu-overview-example-50.png|thumb|right|300px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Available Tag actions from "Tag selected rows" Toolbar icon - drop down menu overview - example]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
===New Tag dialog===<br />
[[File:NewTag-dialog-ShowingMultipleListSelection-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Attaching a "New Tag" to multiple list entry selections - example with "New Tag" dialog]]<br />
<br />
You are able to add a new tag either a single or multiple list entries from any of the list views, by making the selection and then using the New Tag dialog.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===== Tagging a selection of objects =====<br />
<br />
<!-- merge with above? --><br />
Due to the '''static''' nature of tags, it might be useful to add a tag to a selection of objects. For example one should be able to select a number of person in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|Person View]], and add them a new tag or an existing one.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Organize Tags Window===<br />
<br />
[[File:MenuEditTag-OrganizeTags-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Organize Tags - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The order in the {{man label|Organize Tags}} dialog defines the priority for coloring rows in the category views.<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Tag selection dialog===<br />
[[File:EditPersonEditor-TagSelectionWindow-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tag selection in the Person Editor]]<br />
<br />
When you use [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]]{{man button|Edit the tag list}} button from any of the Editor dialogs like {{man label|Person Edit}} the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tag_selection_dialog|Tag selection]]}} dialog list is shown that lets you remove or assign existing custom tags. The tags are shown in alphabetical order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Usage of tags ===<br />
<br />
Here are a some ideas of operations that can be done with tags<br />
<br />
==== Filtering ====<br />
<br />
[[File:Sidebar-PeopleTreeView-Filter-TagDropDownList-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Filter SideBar - Tag list example]]<br />
<br />
The most obvious use is that of filtering.<br />
* Tags and filters both create subsets of the tree. However they have practical differences in usage.<br />
<br />
Specifying your fathers family using filters is an easy thing; there are already filters based on some logic's that do it. On the other hand, specifying the people that emigrated to the USA is harder, while for the famous people in your family it is simply impossible as there is no logical rule. Tags are much more practical here.<br />
<br />
However filters have the advantage of being '''dynamical'''. If you add an ancestor of your father in the database, it will be automatically added to the filter. <br />
<br />
On the other hand, tags are '''static'''. When adding a famous person in the tree, you have to explicitly tag them as ''FAMOUS''. <br />
<br />
* The most immediate object that comes to mind are the individuals, and that is also the most useful. However, other objects could be tagged:<br />
** Places: For example "places to visit",<br />
** Source: For example "sources in german",<br />
** Notes: For example "notes in progess", or "notes in german",<br />
** Media: For example "Picture belonging to Uncle Alfred". <br />
<br />
Tags are available to use with '''all primary objects'''.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Tags Column ====<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleListView-ExampleTagColoredRows-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People (List) View - Showing "Tag" column and colored tag rows - example]]<br />
<br />
To easily see your tags, you can use the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]]}} to add the {{man label|Tags}} column to the list views of objects. The content is then displayed as a comma-separated list of the tags of the objects.<br />
==== Tags Usage Report ====<br />
The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Usage Report]] lists [[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|primary objects]] (person, family, notes) having the selected Tag.<br />
===See also===<br />
* [[Tags in Gramps]] - an introduction<br />
* Automatic [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General_Gramps_settings|Import timestamp Tags]]<br />
* filtered [[Addon:RemoveTagTool|Add/Remove Tag Tool]] (Third party addon for Gramps)<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Settings|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - FAQ|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Filters]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1&diff=103074
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1
2024-03-17T00:24:50Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Internet */ cross reference the 3 categories of an Internet tab.</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
The section expands on the [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief|brief overview]] of how to enter and edit data in Gramps.<br />
<br />
Gramps offers you a series of Views. Each of these Views gives you opportunities to enter and edit information. In fact, you can often get to the same information from different Views.<br />
<br />
In Gramps, information is entered and edited through what we call dialogs. Since we use that term frequently, we should define what we mean by it:<br />
<br />
A dialog is a pop-up window that provides one or more forms for entering and editing data that fits a certain category. Examples in Gramps include the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog and the {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog, among many others.<br />
<br />
A dialog often includes a series of "notebook tabs" that group the information into subcategories. For example, the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog has notebook tabs for subcategories such as Events, Attributes, Addresses, and Notes, among others.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Add, Remove, and Edit buttons|2=In most cases, Gramps uses a {{man button|+}} to correspond to {{man button|Add+}} , a {{man button|-}} correspond to {{man button|Remove}} , and an icon of a pen on a sheet of paper to denote {{man button|Edit}}. We will continue referring to the latter as the {{man button|Edit+}} button, while using {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} to denote the two former buttons.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about people ==<br />
<br />
Information about people is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog. This dialog can be invoked from different Views in the following ways:<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_People_Category|People Category]]: <br />
::Double-click the name of the person whose data you would like to edit<br />
::Select the name by single click and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar.<br />
::Select the name and then press '''Enter''' .<br />
::Select Edit... from the Edit menu of Gramps<br />
::Select Edit from the context menu that appears upon right-click on the name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: To edit the Active Person's data, click on the {{man button|Edit}} button next to the Active Person's name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: Double-click in the box having the name of the person whose data you want to edit.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Edit Person dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-new-person-50.png|450px|right|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Person - window - Default New empty editor]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-example-existing-person-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing example person]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog is where you either add a new persons information or edit an existing person.<br />
<br />
The top of the window has two parts: The basic information about the {{man label|Preferred name}} of the person, and a section {{man label|General}} with the privacy button (to set the record as private), the gender selector, an ID you can give this record, and a marker you can assign to the person indicating the state of the record (complete, TODO, uncertain, ....) which will give this record a specific color in the person view.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing the Quick View context submenu]]<br />
By using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window eg:near the "Preferred Name" field, you will be present with a context menu for three options:<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|Make Active Person]]}} -<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Make Home Person]]}} - <br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]]}} reports are available.<br />
<br />
Below this top section, there are several "[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_tab_pages|tabs]]" containing different categories of available information. Click any tab to view and edit its contents. <br />
<br />
Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at the bottom will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:SaveChanges-alert-dialog-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Save Changes?" - alert dialog]]<br />
<br />
If any data in any tabs were modified, an {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Save Changes?]]}} alert window will appear, prompting you to choose from the following options:<br />
* ''Close the without saving'' - changes.<br />
* '''Cancel'''(default) - the initial cancel request.<br />
* ''Save'' - the changes.<br />
as well as a checkbox to indicate ''Do not ask again''. Also can be disabled from {{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Preferences > Warnings]] dialog.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. There is no need for a Save operation, since all changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred name section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Preferred name" section (Highlighted in yellow) of "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The preferred or default name is the name that will be used in Gramps for the '[[Names_in_Gramps|name]]' of the person. You can set in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Gramps Preferences]] how a name is displayed, and generally you will only the need to put data in fields shown in the preferred name section. <br />
<br />
Only detailed reports (textual and Narrative Web site generator) show also the alternate names. Note however that searching on a name will search in all names attached to a person, not only the preferred name.<br />
<br />
The preferred name section contains the typical name information you will edit upon creation of a person. To reduce clutter, the less frequently needed fields (for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternate Names]]) are hidden by default. To expand the section for Multiple Surnames, click the {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. To see the full range of data you can store about a name, click the {{icon|Stock_edit}}&nbsp;{{man button|Edit}} button in the lower right corner the {{man label|Preferred name}} section or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. This will show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]].<br />
<br />
The name fields of the preferred name in the {{man label|Person Editor}} are:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type}} of the name. Predefined types include: Also Known As, '''Birth Name'''&nbsp;''(default)'', Married Name, Unknown. You can also type over in this entry field to create your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] (eg nick name, short name, etc.). <br />
:It is advisable that the preferred name be a registered birth name or other name with legal standing. Those are names that will be found most often on citable documents. You may choose to store other name types in the {{man label|Name}} tab of the {{man label|Person Editor}}.<br />
*{{man label|Given name}}, the person's given name(s)<br />
*{{man label|Suffix}}, an optional suffix to the name, such as ''Jr.'' or ''III''<br />
*{{man label|Surname}}, the part of a person's name indicating the family to which the person belongs.<br />
** Selecting the {{man button|Use Multiple Surnames}} {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button, will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]]}} section entry box, allowing you to enter compound surnames (for example for patronymics, or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names)<br />
*{{man label|Surname prefix}}, an optional prefix for the family name that is not used in sorting, such as ''de'' or ''van'' <br />
*{{man label|Origin}}, the [[Gramps_Glossary#name_origin|origin]] type of the name identifies the cultural naming system that specifies how a particular surname was elected. This is meta information about the surname which can be important in genealogical research.<br />
*{{man label|Title}}, which is a title (typically in abbreviated form) used to refer to the person such as ''Dr.'' or ''Rev.'', selector, <br />
*{{man label|Nick Name}}, is a descriptive name given in place of or in addition to the official given name. If a Nick name is a full name construct, use a specific name type ''Also known as'' instead of the Nick field.<br />
*{{man label|Call name}}, officially this is the part of the given name that is the normally used name. Eg, a person can have 3 given names as in ''Jean Baptiste Jules'', where in reality only ''Baptiste'' is used. In Germany and some other places, it was customary to underline the callname among the different given names, see also [[Names_in_Gramps#Call_Name|here]]. Some people will try to use this field also for nickname, or changes to the Given name (like Cristy for Cristina), but this is not the intended use. A call name is a proper legal name. For nick names, or short name variants, you should create an alternative name with a different type.<br />
<br />
<br />
On the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]] an extra field is available: {{man label|Family Nickname}}. This is a unofficial name given to a family splinter group to distinguish them from people with the same family surname. Often referred to as Farm name and typically references a location where the splinter group resides or originates. (aka sept, sect, camp)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Origin}} and {{man label|Type}} fields provide an "autocompletion" feature: as you type in these fields, a menu appears below the field containing database entries that match your partial input. This gives you a shortcut by letting you select an entry that already exists in the database rather than having to type it all out. You can select the entry using your mouse or using your arrow and '''Enter''' keys.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Multiple Surnames===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Multiple Surnames" section (Highlighted in Blue) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When the add {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (Use Multiple Surnames) button has been pressed at the far right of the {{man label|Surname:}} row in the {{man label|Edit Person}} window, a new {{man label|Multiple Surnames}} section entry box will be shown, allowing compound surnames to be entered. Alternately, the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|Add button's Editor keybinding]] can be used. <br />
<br />
The height of the multiple surname box can be customized in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|{{man label|Display}} tab]] of the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences...}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2010/11/final-multiple-surnames/ Multiple Surnames feature] might be used for patronymics or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names. Another variation would be a Scandinavian name like ‘Syver Ericksen Skotterud’ where the full name is composed of a forename (Syver), a reference to his father (Ericksen or son of Erick) together with a village or locality name. In such a case, you can add 'Ericksen' with an [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|Origin]] of "Patronymic" and expand to a Multiple Surnames by adding 'Skotterud' with an Origin of "Location".<br />
<br />
If you do not add any information in this section then, on the next open of the Edit Person dialog, it will be hidden. Any empty rows will not be saved.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===General section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-General-section-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "General" section of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The General section has the following options you can change Gender, ID, Tags, Privacy.<br />
====Gender====<br />
* The {{man label|Gender}} menu offers the choice of person's gender :<br />
** {{man label|female}}<br />
** {{man label|male}}<br />
** {{man label|unknown}} (Default)<br />
** {{man label|other}} {{new|5.2}}<br />
<br />
If the gender is left as {{man label|unknown}} then the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Unknown_gender_specified_dialog|Unknown gender specified]]}} dialog is shown.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rebuild_Gender_Statistics|Rebuild Gender Statistics]] tool and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Dump_Gender_Statistics|Dump Gender Statistics]] debug.<br />
<br />
=====Unknown gender specified dialog=====<br />
<br />
{{man warn|Unknown gender specified|The gender of the person is currently unknown. Usually, this is a mistake. Please specify the gender.}}<br />
<br />
====ID====<br />
* The {{man label|ID}} field displays the Gramps ID number which identifies the user in the Family tree uniquely. This value helps you distinguish between people who have the same name. You may enter any unique value you want. If you do not provide a value, Gramps will automatically select a value for you.<br />
<br />
====Tags====<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} area show the your custom assigned tags that specify some basic information on the status of your research.<br />
** The {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tag_selection_dialog|Tag selection]]}} dialog list that lets you remove or assign existing custom tags.<br />
<br />
====Privacy====<br />
* The {{man label|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the person's record is considered private.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred image===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Image" section (Highlighted in Red) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
<br />
If any images exist the person editor will show an additional area in the top left region (otherwise it is hidden). This {{man label|Image}} area shows the first image available in the {{man label|Gallery}} of this person.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Edit Person tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs reflect the following categories of personal data:<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Events-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Events" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit any events relevant to the person. The bottom part of the window lists all such events stored in the database and displays the following columns: <code>Type, Description, Date, Place, Main Participants, Private(lock icon), Role, ID, Age</code>. The top part shows the details of the currently selected event in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to add, modify, and remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:When you use the {{man button|Share an existing event}} button the {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog is shown allowing you to select an already existing event and edit it in the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
:When you add a new event or edit an existing event, the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is invoked. The {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_event_references|Event Reference section]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Event selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectEvent-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Event - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing event and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Type(default sort for list), Main Participants, Date, Place, Description, ID, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Type contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Main Participants contains''<br />
* ''Main Participants does not contain''<br />
* ''Date contains''<br />
* ''Date does not contain''<br />
* ''Place contains''<br />
* ''Place does not contain''<br />
* ''Description contains''<br />
* ''Description does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Names====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Names-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Names" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Names}} tab lets you view and edit any alternative names the person may have. The name shown in the top of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]] dialog is the {{man label|Preferred name}} and is usually (but not necessarily) the Birth Name. {{man label|Alternative names}} might be other [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|Name Types]] for aliases ('Also Known As' name type) for adopted names, pennames, stagenames or legal name changes. (Because it is so common, there is a separate alias Name type for "Married Name".) If alternative names exist, date ranges can be set for each. So a "Birth Name" may use one range (before the date of adoption) and a "Also known as" will have another range (after the date of adoption). Alternative names can also be spelling variants, including anglicized versions of the birth name and common misspellings.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all alternate names for the person stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (add), {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit), and {{man button|{{icon|stock_remove}}}} (remove) allow the addition, modification, and removal of an alternate name from the database. Double-clicking a row is the same as selecting and clicking the {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit) button. Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} buttons become available only when an alternate name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:Any row in the Alternative names may be set to the Preferred name from the context menu. Right-click the Alternative name and choose the {{man label|Set as default name}} menu choice. That Alternative names row will be swapped into the Preferred name section and the previous Preferred name will be demoted to the bottom of the Alternative names list.<br />
<br />
:When adding a new name or editing an existing name, the {{man label|Name Editor}} dialog is invoked. This Names dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor section]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-SourceCitations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Source Citations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab allows you to view and document the source citations for the information you collect.<br />
<br />
:These might be general sources that do not describe a specific event, but which nevertheless yield information about the person. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention her great-grandson Paul, the researcher may assume that this Paul actually existed and cite Aunt Martha's memoirs as the source that justifies this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=Sources which document specific events are best recorded as sources of the event (under the {{man label|Events}} tab) instead of as a source of the person. The person's {{man label|Citations}} tab is best used for any sources not specifically connected to any other data.}}<br />
<br />
:The central part displays the list of all source references stored in the database in relation to the person. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this person. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:On edit you can change the data in the citation (unique to this person), as well as the shared source object, see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Editing Citations]].<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Attributes-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Attributes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and assign attributes to the person. You have complete freedom to define and use attributes. For example, attributes might be assigned to describe the person's physical characteristics or personality traits.<br />
<br />
:Note that each attribute listed in the {{man label|Attribute}} dialog consists of two parts: the Attribute itself and a Value associated with that Attribute. This so-called "Parameter-Value" pairing can help you organize and systematize your research. For example, if you define "Hair color" as an Attribute for a person, "Hair Color" will become a selectable Attribute for all other people. The Value of Hair Color for person A might be red, and brown for person B. In similar fashion, you might define an Attribute like "Generosity" and use the Value of "Enormous" to describe a particularly generous person.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the dialog window displays the list of all Attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an attribute record from the database. Note that the '''Edit''' and '''-''' buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
:If you edit an attribute the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Attributes|Attribute Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
{{man note|GEDCOM|Several predefined attributes refer to values present in the GEDCOM standard.<br>See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Reading_the_report|Reading the GEDCOM report]]}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Addresses-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Addresses" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various mailing addresses of the person. You are advised to use a residence event to store information of residency of a person. The address tab is offered mainly for compatibility with the GEDCOM standard where the rationale of addresses is mailing only.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists addresses stored for that person in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
::If you edit an address the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Addresses|Address Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
:Some reports allow you to restrict data on living people. In particular, that option will omit their addresses.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Notes-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Notes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record various items about the person that do not fit neatly into other categories, as well as text excerpts you want to add to the family tree. You can share notes between different records in Gramps. The iconbar in this tabpage offers the usual buttons: {{man button|Create and add a new note}}, {{man button|Add an existing note}}, {{man button|Edit the selected note}}, {{man button|Remove the existing note}}, and reorder buttons to change the order of the notes<br />
<br />
: If you edit a note, you obtain the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Note Editor]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Note selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectNote-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Note - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Note}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing note.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Preview(default sort for list), ID, Type, Tags, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Preview contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Preview does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Tags contains''<br />
* ''Tags does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=The first available image in the {{man label|Gallery}} tab will be also displayed in the {{man label|Image}} area in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]}} tab on People list views.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Gallery-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Gallery" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you view and store photos, videos, and other media objects that are associated with the person. The central part of the window lists all such media objects. Any object in the form of a valid image file will result in the display of a thumbnail view of the image. For other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., a corresponding file type icon is displayed instead.<br />
<br />
:The following options are available:<br />
* {{man button|+}} - allows you to add a new media object from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}.<br />
* {{man button|Share}} - brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object]]}} selector dialog allowing you to link to an already existing media object.<br />
* {{man button|Edit}} - allows you to modify the select media object in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
* {{man button|-}} - remove the selected media object from the person's gallery. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
You can change the order of the primary (active) image by selecting the image and dragging it to the first position.<br />
<br />
If you select a media object a context menu (right-click) is available with the following options:<br />
* View<br />
* Open Containing_folder<br />
* Make Active Media<br />
* Add<br />
* Share<br />
* Edit<br />
* Remove<br />
<br />
{{man note| Note |Removing a media object from a person's gallery does not remove it from the database. It only removes the reference to that object from this person's record.}}<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Select Media Object selector=====<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectMediaObject-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Media Object - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Media Object}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing media object and once the image is selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
Once you select an media object from the list a preview will be shown if possible in the top section.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Title(default sort for list), ID, Type, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title Contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Title does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contains''<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Select_a_media_object_selector|Select a media object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Internet-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet|Person]], [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Internet|Place]], or [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Internet_2|Repository]]. A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing. Type of internet address as needed to navigate to it, eg. http://gramps-project.org, E-mail, Web Page, ...<br />
<br />
:The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+ Create and add a new web address}} , {{man button|Edit the selected web address}} opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]}} dialog to add or edit and the {{man button|-}} removes the selected Internet address. The "Jump to" button opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit the selected web address}}, and {{man button|- Remove the existing web address}} buttons become available only when an web address is selected from the list.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Internet Address Editor=====<br />
<br />
[[File:InternetAddressEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet Address Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Internet Address Editor}} dialog allows you to add an new Internet address or modify selected Internet address.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} Type of internet address:<br />
** ''E-mail''<br />
** '''Unknown''' <small>(default)</small><br />
** ''FTP''<br />
** ''Web Home''<br />
** ''Web Search''<br />
*{{man button|Record is public/private}} toggle the privacy status of the record.<br />
*{{man label|Web address:}} The internet address as needed to navigate to it eg: https://gramps-project.org<br />
**{{man button|Jump to}} open the web address in the default browser<br />
*{{man label|Description:}} A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing.<br />
<br />
See also<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
* Search for a Person's Internet Address (Type, Web address, or Description) data with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_records_containing_.3Csubstring.3E|People with records containing <substring>]] custom filter rule<br />
* Search for a Repository's Internet Address (Type, Web address, or Description) data with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_parameters|Repositories matching parameters]] custom filter rule<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Associations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Associations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Associations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Associations}} tab lets you view and edit relationship role information about two persons explicitly associated in the database. <br />
<br />
The associations tend to be roles that cannot be inferred from being connected in normal (or blended) family structure or through shared event roles. For instance, cousin or sibling relationships are apparent through how marriages connect the people. Relationships such as Godparents (a participant in a Christening), an organ donor (participant in a medical procedure), pall bearer (participant in a Burial), and Guardian (participant in a Probate or mentioned in a will) may be Roles created by sharing an event created for the Primary role person. <br />
<br />
So Association roles are less obvious. They might be family friends, an eponym (the person honored by a namesake), a coworker, a penpal, or any other type of associations you may wish to record. If the closest relation is 'Godparent', then this would indicate that the Godparent of the person (being edited) is the person whose name is shown in the Associations tab. <br />
<br />
The [http://wiki-en.genealogy.net/GEDCOM/ASSO-Tag ''Associates'' (ASSO) tag in the GEDCOM standard] says that "a person's relation or association is the person being pointed to." You might choose to put a reciprocal Association in that other person's Associations tab.<br />
<br />
In the association shown from [[Example.gramps|example.gramps]], Lewis Garner's Godfather is Anderson Garner. Use Events instead for relations connected to specific time frames or occasions. Events can be shared between people, each indicating their [[Gramps_Glossary#role|role]] in the event.<br />
<br />
The button {{man button|+ Create and add a new association}} opens the {{man label|[[#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} dialog to add. The {{man button|Edit the selected association}} button allows you to edit and the {{man button|- Remove the existing association}} removes the selected association. The other buttons {{man button|^ Move the selected association upwards}} or {{man button|^ Move the selected association downwards}} move the selected entry position in the list only.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Roles, Relationships & Associations]]<br />
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Person Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PersonReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Person Reference Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The{{man label|Person Reference Editor}} lets you add and edit Association entries. You can access it from the {{man label|Edit Person}}s dialog {{man label|[[#Associations|Associations]]}} tab.<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Person:}}<br />
** {{man button|Select a person that has an association to the edited person.}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Person_selector|Select Person]]}} selector dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Association:}} ''Godfather'' (Default) you can over type the default entry with anything you choose.<br />
** {{man button|Privacy lock:}} record is public (Default)<br />
<br />
*Source Citations tab<br />
<br />
*Notes tab<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Select Person selector======<br />
[[File:SelectPerson-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Select Person" - selector dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-LDS-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab lets you view and edit information about LDS ordinances of the person. This information is inherited from GEDCOM specification. The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
:These are LDS Baptism, Endowment, and Sealed to Parents ordinances, as labeled inside the tab. Each ordinance is described by its date, LDS temple, and Place where it happened.<br />
<br />
:An additional pop-up menu, "Parents," is available for the Sealed to Parents ordinance. Each ordinance can be further described through the selections available in the Status pop-up menu. It can also be include notes and references to sources through the corresponding {{man button|Sources...}} and {{man button|Note}} buttons.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====LDS Ordinance Editor=====<br />
[[File:LDSOrdinanceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS Ordinance Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
Use the {{icon| stock_add}}{{man tooltip|Create and add a new LDS ordinance}} or {{icon| stock_edit}}{{man tooltip|Edit the selected LDS ordinance}} buttons to bring up the {{man label|LDS Ordinance Editor}} dialog where you can add or edit existing LDS ordinances of the person.<br />
<br />
<br />
* See [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Ordinance_(Latter_Day_Saints) Ordinance (Latter Day Saints)] on [https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Wikipedia#Etymology Wikipedia].<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
[[File:EditPerson-References-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "References" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|[[References#definition|References]]}} tab<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about relationships ==<br />
<br />
Information about relationships is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog. <br />
<br />
This dialog may be invoked in a number of ways:<br />
<br />
* From the {{man menu|Edit}} menu: select {{man menu|Add a Family}} or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#xx|Keybinding]].<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: click on an {{man button|Edit}} button in the family that you want to edit. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} select: {{man menu|Add new parents}}, {{man menu|Add existing parents}}, or {{man menu|Add Partner}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families Category]]: select the family in the list and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the Toolbar, or double-click on the family. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} menu, select {{man menu|Add...}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: point your mouse over the black line connecting the spouses, right-click and select {{man label|Edit}} from the context menu, or double-click on the black line.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Family Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog]]<br />
<br />
The top section of the window shows the names of the people whose relationship is being edited, as well as their birth and death information. <br />
*{{man label|Father/partner1}}<br />
*{{man label|Mother/partner2}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]] reports are available by using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section displays three fields and a number of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_tab_pages|notebook tabs]] representing different categories of information about the relationship. Click any tab to view or edit the information it contains. The bottom part has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button at any time will close the window without applying any changes. If any of the data in any tab is modified, an alert window will appear that will prompt you choose between closing the dialog without saving changes, canceling the initial cancel request, or saving the changes.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section fields have the basic description of the relationship. The {{man label|ID}} field displays the ID number which labels this relationship in the database, leave this field empty to have Gramps generate a unique ID number. You can choose from the drop-down {{man label|Type:}} list the available types of family relationships such as <code>Civil Union</code>, <code>Married</code>, '''<code>Unknown</code>'''(default), <code>Unmarried</code>, etc.)<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Indicate_a_divorce|How do I represent a divorce?]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Tags:}} displays shows the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|tags]] you have created to show some basic information on the status of your research. You can add additional tags by selecting the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|Edit the tag list]]}} button.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. Gramps does not have a separate saving function, all changes are immediate.}}<br />
=====Select Father selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectFather-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Father - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Father}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Father.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Select Mother selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectMother-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Mother - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Mother}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Mother.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Family Editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of relationship data:<br />
<br />
====Children====<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-Children-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Children" tab from "Family Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Children}} tab lets you view and edit the list of children who are part of this relationship. The {{man button|+}} button allows entering a new person to the database and adding that person as a child in this relationship. The {{man button|Select}} button lets you select an existing person to be a child in the relationship. The {{man button|Edit}} button opens the {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog that allows for editing the relations between the selected child and the parents. Finally, the {{man button|-}} lets you remove the selected child from the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a child is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing a child from the list does not delete that child from the database. It only removes the child from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip |Use arrows (up/down) or [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop''] for setting children order into the family.}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|How do I change the order of children?]]<br />
Use:<br />
* This [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Children|Children]] tab in the Family Editor to change the order of children in the family.<br />
* The third party addon [[Addon:BirthOrderTool|Birth Order Tool]] which allows bulk updates of the children order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Child selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectChild-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Child - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Child}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing child and once selected will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Name(default sort for list), ID, Gender, Birth Date, Birth Place, Death Date, Death Place, Spouse, Last Change.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Child Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:ChildReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Child reference editor]]<br />
The {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog allows editing of the relationship between the selected child and the parents in a Family. The dialog appears when initially committing a Person as offspring in a Family. The final step of using the {{icon|share}}Share button, the {{icon|stock_add}} (Create an new person) button or using "drag and drop" to add someone to the family is to confirm the Relationship. <br />
<br />
The Relationships may also be edited for existing children of shown in the Edit Family dialog. Double-clicking on an existing child in a Family or selecting the {{man label|Edit relationships}} context menu item will open the Child Reference Editor for the selected child. (Selecting the {{man label|Edit Child}} context menu item will open the Edit Person dialog instead.)<br />
<br />
While a Person will only have a Birth relationship to both parents in a traditional Birth family, they might also be part of multiple blended families. In those families, a birth parent re-marries and the other spouse can have a more complex relationship withe children of a previous marriage. But it they are part of the household, those children should be added to the new Family with the appropriate relationship.<br />
<br />
The following options are available:<br />
* {{man label|Name Child:}} The name of the child<br />
** {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man label|Open [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|person editor]] of this child}} button.<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Father:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Mother:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man button|Record is Public/Private}} privacy toggle for this relationship.<br />
{{-}}<br />
Also the following tabs are available.<br />
======Source Citations tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit the list of events relevant to the relationship. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing an event from the list does not delete that event from the database. It simply removes the event reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit a list of references to the sources that provide evidence for the relationship. These might be documents that refer to the relationship, but which do not necessarily document it officially. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention that her great-grandson Paul was married, the researcher may take this as evidence of the relationship between Paul and his wife existed and cite the memoirs as the source for this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Sources that document specific events such as marriages or divorces are better filed in relation to those events, under the Events tab.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow let you add, modify, and remove a source reference to this relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Removing an entry from the list does not delete that source from the database. It simply removes the source reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the relationship that can be expressed as attributes. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab lets you view and edit any [[Gramps_Glossary#note|Note]] associated with the relationship. These could be any comments which do not naturally fit into the "Parameter-Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Format}} option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select Flowed, the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored.<br />
<br />
If you select the Preformatted option, the text in reports and web pages will appear exactly as you enter it in the {{man label|Notes}} dialog.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with the relationship. The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
[[File:EditFamily-LDS-tab-example-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance editor of "Edit Family" - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab of the Family Editor only displays information about the LDS '''Sealed to Spouse''' {{man label|Ordinance}}. (The ordinances related to individuals can be recorded in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS tab of the '''Person''' Editor]].) The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
The data can also include {{man label|LDS temple}}, {{man label|Status}}, {{man label|date}}, and {{man label|Place}}.<br />
<br />
Each ordinance record can also be annotated in the corresponding {{man label|Sources}} and {{man label|Note}} tabs.<br />
The status of the ordinance can be described through the options available in the {{man label|Status}} pop-up menu.<br />
:The status states for the '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance are:<br />
:*'''<No Status>''' ''(default)''<br />
:*Canceled<br />
:*Cleared<br />
:*Completed<br />
:*Do not seal<br />
:*Pre-1970<br />
:*Qualified<br />
:*Do not seal/Cancel<br />
:*Submitted<br />
:*Uncleared<br />
<br />
To edit Source or Note annotation data, switch to the corresponding LDS Ordination Editor tab and select the desired entry in the list of records. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} icon on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|Source Editor dialog:}}<br />
<br />
The main part of the Family Editor&rsquo;s {{man label|LDS}} tab displays a table of the five different kids of data in a each record. Click a column header to row or double-click a row to edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately commit changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type and has an icon to the left of the label, this means it contains data records. If not, that tab has no data of that kind records.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing dates ==<br />
<br />
This section describes how to enter and modify dates. Since dates are so important in genealogical research, Gramps takes special care to preserve and use any date information available.<br />
<br />
Information can be entered into a date field by directly typing it or by invoking the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_selection_dialog|Date selection]]}} dialog by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button next to any {{man label|Date:}} entry field.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]<br />
* {{man menu|Menu -> Edit -> Preferences -> [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}} - To change the default values for the typical ages at birth, between generations, etc.<br />
<br />
=== Date selection dialog===<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-defaults-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Date selection}} - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
While the above parsing rules provide a guide for you to type in most common dates, you can also use {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. The dialog is particularly useful for building a complex date or for simply insuring that your information is entered in a way Gramps will understand.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Calendar:}} Choose alternate [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|calendar type]].<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Gregorian_calendar '''Gregorian'''](default)<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Julian_and_Gregorian_Calendars Julian] (including [[Dates#Dual_Dated|Mixed]]/[[#Dual-dated dates|Dual]] dates)<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_calendar Hebrew]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/French_Republican_Calendar French Republican]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Iranian_calendars#Old_Persian_calendar Persian]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamic_calendar Islamic]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Sweden_Feast_Day_Calendars Swedish]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Dual dated}} This field is select-able with the matching {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Alternate_new_year_day|New Year begins:]]}} field if the alternate {{man label|Calendar:}} supports [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Dual-dated_dates|dual dating]]. (checkbox unchecked by default)<br />
** {{man label|New Year begins:}} (Empty text field by default)<br />
* {{man label|Quality:}} Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|date quality]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default)<br />
** Estimated<br />
** Calculated<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} Set the interval precision or time frame [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_formats_and_parsing_rules|date type]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default) - the interval spanning a specific day, month or year (without regard to time zone)<br />
** Before<br />
** After<br />
** About<br />
** Range<br />
** From {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** To {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** Span<br />
** Text only<br />
* {{man label|Date}} Select the {{man label|Year}}, {{man label|Month}} and the {{man label|Day}}. <br />
* {{man label|Second date:}} If your date {{man label|Type:}} is ''Range'' or ''Span'', this option will be available to set a date.<br />
* {{man label|Text comment:}} text entry field allows storing an arbitrary text string along with the date.<br />
<br />
{{man warn|1=Important comment about a date |2=If you have an important annotation regarding a date, it is better to do so in a Note or the Description that corresponds to the event, instead of in the Text comment field of the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. This is recommended for the following reason: If you enter a date by typing it directly into the date field (that is, not via the {{man label|Date selector}} dialog), your entry will be copied and stored as the text comment string when Gramps parses the entered text. Thus, any comment that may have been there prior to the parsing will be overwritten. }}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Date validity indicators ===<br />
<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Date selection dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramps uses a date validator.<br />
<br />
While partial dates do not uniquely define the day, they allow at least for some type of comparisons between the dates.<br />
<br />
The date field will highlight in red and display a red symbol (such as a stop sign or cross) to indicate the entered date is not recognized as a recognized and valid format for a date. <br />
<br />
Examples of common date references that are not recognizable Gramps formats might be "Christmas week of '61", "Fall 1782", or "the summer when I had surgery". In such a case, the date will be stored as string and marked as ''Text only'' type. Any dates of this Type will not be compared to other dates. Wherever possible, it is preferable to avoid such ''Text Only'' date entries. It might be better, for example, to enter a date of "December 1961" and then to add the Description annotation "Christmas week of '61." It would be more precise to check a calendar for December 1961 then key in the actual date span... but still include the annotation. The annotation is needed because you cannot assume that 'Christmas week' means the same span of days to you as to your source. There could be culture bias to color the interpretation. It could mean the calendar row containing Christmas day. But American & European calendar rows start on different days of the week. Or, it could mean the 7 days starting with Christmas or even the 7 days leading up to Christmas. So the span allows searches and comparisons but the annotation shows that actual interval is subject to interpretation.<br />
<br />
In the various views (such as the {{man label|Person View}}), unrecognized dates will be displayed in '''bold''' by default. The text markup (formatting style) for unrecognized dates can be modified by changing the {{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|{{man label|Dates}} tab]] of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]].<br />
<br />
When a Birth or Death date is missing for a Person, the dates of existing fallback Events in the same category may be shown (and indicated with italics with an abbreviated title) rather leaving the display blank. So, a Burial or Cremation date will be shown if a Death date has not yet been recorded.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Date Quality ===<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one with an explicit day, month, or year. <br />
<br />
*Estimated: An "estimated" date is one based on average interval assumptions offset from a known reference date. (Such as the average number of years between generations, maximum lifespan, or length of sea voyage.) <br />
<br />
*Calculated: A "calculated" date is one based on a known interval from a reference date but without a source explicitly mentioning the date. (Such as a gravestone engraved with both a date of death and a precise age at death.)<br />
<br />
Census data is unusual in that it seems to a candidate for a Calculated date but is not. The census often explicitly defines the interval (age) and the reference date (census polling date) but that age is often estimated or rounded. <br />
<br />
===Date Type===<br />
<br />
To the right of the {{man label|Quality:}} should appear the {{man label|Type:}} pop-up menu. <br />
<br />
Dates in Gramps are classified according to the following types of precision (scale) of interval or time frame:<br />
<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one which includes an interval spanning a specific day, month, or year. It can be complete (or 'fully qualified' for a 24 hour interval like June 6, 1990) or partial (like omitting the day for a 1 month interval like July 1977 or omitting the day and month for a 1 year interval).<br />
<br />
*Before: A "before" date is one that can only be identified as occurring (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|preferences-defined long interval]]) prior to a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*To {{new|5.2.0}}: A "to" date is one that is an open-ended span as that occurs prior to a certain day, month, or year. Unlike a "before" Date type, the span is unlimited into the past. <br />
<br />
*From {{new|5.2.0}}: A "from" date is one that is an open-ended span that following a certain day, month, or year. Unlike an "after" Date type, the span is unlimited into the future.<br />
<br />
*After: An "after" date is one that occurs (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|2nd preferences-defined long interval]]) following a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*About: An "about" (circa) date is one that occurs (in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|yet another preferences-defined ±years interval]]) before '''or''' after a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is ±50 years.)'' <br />
<br />
*Range: A "range" describes a time period during in which the event occurred. It could be recurrent event during the interval or a single instance believed to have occurred between known boundary dates. <br />
: For example, "between January 1932 and March 1932."<br />
<br />
*Span: A "span" describes an inclusive time period during which a condition continually existed. <br />
: For example, "from May 12, 2000 to February 2, 2002."<br />
<br />
===Date formats and parsing rules===<br />
<br />
The Date Selection dialog just helps layout a date in the standard format that Gramps knows how to parse. It is useful while you're unfamiliar with the options, need to use an alternative calendar or specify a New Year begins date. <br />
<br />
Gramps recognizes dates entered in a variety of formats. The default numeric format is that which is conventional for the environment is which Gramps is operating; that is, DD.MM.YYYY for most European countries, MM/DD/YYYY for the U.S., and so on. A way to avoid this ambiguity is to always choose a d&nbsp;mmm&nbsp;yyyy or mmmnbsp;d&nbsp;yyyy format.<br />
<br />
Besides exact dates, Gramps recognizes many date types that are not regular: before, to, from, after, about, ranges and spans. It also understands the quality: estimated or calculated. Finally, it supports partial dates and many alternative calendars. Below is the list of date entry rules to allow precise date parsing.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Date parsing rules |2=The list only applies to the English version of Gramps. If you are using localized version of Gramps, your version may or may not provide a localized date parser. A list of the available localized parsers can be found on the [[Handler List]] some existing Date Handlers are available for French, German, Russian, Finnish, Dutch, Spanish, Slovak and Swedish languages.<br>If the localized parser is available for your version, chances are that other rules are in effect. If there is no manual in your language yet, you may try following your instincts and try the common ways of denoting dates in your language. If all else fails, use the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog described above. The date that the dialog generates will show how the localized parser expects the different Date Quality and Type values to be typed.}}<br />
<br />
'''Regular single dates''' can be entered just as you would write them. And typing a slash after the year followed by a value 1 year later creates a Julian dual-dated entry.<br />
:Examples: "May 24, 1961" ; "31 Dec 1858/9" or "January 1, 2004".<br />
<br />
'''Before the Common Era''' (BCE, BC and B.C.E.) and are notations for the Gregorian or Julian calendars. "Common Era" and "Before the Common Era" are religiously neutral alternatives to the familiar Anno Domini (AD) and Before Christ (BC) notations used for the same calendar era. The notation will be harmonized to the "B.C.E." form.<br />
:Examples: "c. 25 Dec 32 BC Julian" becomes "about 25 Dec 32 B.C.E. (Julian)"<br />
<br />
'''Partial dates''' are entered simply by omitting unknown information.<br />
:Examples: May 1961 and 2004.<br />
<br />
Dates that are not Regular {{man label|Quality}} should start with the {{man label|Quality:}} keywords of ''Estimated'' or ''Calculated'' , if applicable.<br />
:Example: est. 1961, or calc 2005. (Note that a {{man label|Quality}} does not need to be specified for regular dates.)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Type:}} menu options can also be set to ''Before'', ''To'', ''From'' ''After'', or ''About'' by simply typing "before", "to", "from", "after" or "about" before a single date in the Event Editing dialog. <br />
<br />
If the desired {{man label|Type:}} is a range, write "between DATE and DATE", and if the {{man label|Type:}} is a span, write "from DATE to DATE". <br />
:Examples: est from 2001 to 2003, before June 1975, est circa 2000, calc between May 1900 and January 1, 1990.<br />
<br />
<br />
Here are a couple examples to try: <br />
:Captain John Smith has been stationed in the 1st Grenadier regiment between 1888-5-13 and 1902-10-24 according to his military record (words "between" and "and" intentionally used as this is the way we talk in day-to-day life); Then date should be coded "from … to …" because this is the duration of his duty.<br />
<br />
: Captain John Smith's regiment was posted to the Escaut river at Valenciennes the week before the Armistice.<br> ''Then this can be recorded as a "Military Service" Event type with a date of "between Nov 4 1918 and 11 Nov 1918" (Gramps will convert to a standard date format despite 2 formats being used for entry) at River Escaut, Valenciennes, Noord department, France... because the actual date for this "instantaneous" event is not known in the source.''<br />
<br />
===Calendars===<br />
<br />
Alternate calendars are calendars other than the Gregorian calendar. Currently, Gramps supports Hebrew, French Republican, Julian, Islamic, Persian, and Swedish alternate calendars. To specify the calendar other than the default Gregorian, append the name of the calendar to the date string, e.g. "January 9, 1905 (julian)" or use the drop down menu.<br />
<br />
====Swedish calendar====<br />
<br />
The [[Swedish_kings|Swedish king]], Karl XII, decided that Sweden should start using the Gregorian calendar. However, it was planned to take place gradually by skipping 11 leap days starting 1700-02-29 and end by 1744. So 1700-02-28 was followed by 1700-03-01. This took place during the Great Nordic War and the leap days were kept 1704 and 1708. In January 1711 the same king decided that Sweden should return to the Julian Calendar by 1712-03-01. In order to be in phase, an extra day was inserted on 1712-02-30. And that was the end of the Swedish Calendar. Sweden converted to Gregorian in 1753-03-01, by skipping dates between 1752-02-18 and 1753-02-28.<br />
In Gramps you can only enter valid dates for the Swedish Calendar from 1700-03-01 to 1712-02-30. All other dates are flagged as not valid and has to be corrected.<br />
<br />
===Dual-dated dates===<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates (also called "double dating", "slash dates", and sometimes "Old Style/New Style" dates) appear like "Jan 23, 1735/6". Often mistaken as a year uncertainty, this actually has a specific historic meaning. The dual dated date represents a time when an area was in a transition between moving to January 1 as the beginning of the new year. Thus Jan 23, 1735/6 is an indication to make it clear what date is being referred to. In this example, "Jan 23, 1736" might have occurred after "Jun 23, 1736".<br />
<br />
England and the American colonies didn't officially accept the "Jan 1" as the new year date until 1752. Before 1752, the English government still officially observed March 25 as the first of the year, whereas most of the English population observed January 1 as the first of the year. Many people therefore wrote dates falling between January 1 and March 25 in the dual-dated format.<br />
<br />
Sometimes, a dual date may appear as a fraction, as in this grave stone (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704):<br />
<br />
[[Image:Gravestone.jpg|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gravestone showing <br />
dual date as a fraction (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704)]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Marking a date as dual dated can be done by simply putting a slash between the years. For example:<br />
<br />
* 1721/2<br />
* 1719/20<br />
* 1799/800 <br />
<br />
These slash-years can appear anywhere in a date that a regular year can appear.<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates are currently represented in the Julian calendar so their month and day will be the same as that in the textual representation. <br />
<br />
====Alternate new year day====<br />
<br />
With dual-dated dates (and other dates) you may know that the new year was celebrated on a day other than January 1. To indicate this in Gramps, put the month/day code in parentheses, after the calendar (if one). For example:<br />
<br />
* Jan 20, 1865 (Mar25)<br />
* Jan 20, 1750 (Julian,Mar1)<br />
* Feb 23, 1710/1 (Mar25) <br />
<br />
To indicate the beginning of a year that is different from that of January 1, you use the following codes:<br />
<br />
* Jan1<br />
* Mar1<br />
* Mar25<br />
* Sep1 <br />
<br />
You can put that as the only item in parenthesis, or right after a calendar name (comma, and no space). <br />
<br />
Note that if new year's day is not Jan 1, then January will come after December that year. Dates with new year day codes will be sorted appropriately. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and Editing Data:_Detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1&diff=103073
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1
2024-03-17T00:20:55Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Internet Address Editor */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
The section expands on the [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief|brief overview]] of how to enter and edit data in Gramps.<br />
<br />
Gramps offers you a series of Views. Each of these Views gives you opportunities to enter and edit information. In fact, you can often get to the same information from different Views.<br />
<br />
In Gramps, information is entered and edited through what we call dialogs. Since we use that term frequently, we should define what we mean by it:<br />
<br />
A dialog is a pop-up window that provides one or more forms for entering and editing data that fits a certain category. Examples in Gramps include the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog and the {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog, among many others.<br />
<br />
A dialog often includes a series of "notebook tabs" that group the information into subcategories. For example, the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog has notebook tabs for subcategories such as Events, Attributes, Addresses, and Notes, among others.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Add, Remove, and Edit buttons|2=In most cases, Gramps uses a {{man button|+}} to correspond to {{man button|Add+}} , a {{man button|-}} correspond to {{man button|Remove}} , and an icon of a pen on a sheet of paper to denote {{man button|Edit}}. We will continue referring to the latter as the {{man button|Edit+}} button, while using {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} to denote the two former buttons.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about people ==<br />
<br />
Information about people is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog. This dialog can be invoked from different Views in the following ways:<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_People_Category|People Category]]: <br />
::Double-click the name of the person whose data you would like to edit<br />
::Select the name by single click and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar.<br />
::Select the name and then press '''Enter''' .<br />
::Select Edit... from the Edit menu of Gramps<br />
::Select Edit from the context menu that appears upon right-click on the name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: To edit the Active Person's data, click on the {{man button|Edit}} button next to the Active Person's name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: Double-click in the box having the name of the person whose data you want to edit.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Edit Person dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-new-person-50.png|450px|right|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Person - window - Default New empty editor]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-example-existing-person-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing example person]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog is where you either add a new persons information or edit an existing person.<br />
<br />
The top of the window has two parts: The basic information about the {{man label|Preferred name}} of the person, and a section {{man label|General}} with the privacy button (to set the record as private), the gender selector, an ID you can give this record, and a marker you can assign to the person indicating the state of the record (complete, TODO, uncertain, ....) which will give this record a specific color in the person view.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing the Quick View context submenu]]<br />
By using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window eg:near the "Preferred Name" field, you will be present with a context menu for three options:<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|Make Active Person]]}} -<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Make Home Person]]}} - <br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]]}} reports are available.<br />
<br />
Below this top section, there are several "[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_tab_pages|tabs]]" containing different categories of available information. Click any tab to view and edit its contents. <br />
<br />
Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at the bottom will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:SaveChanges-alert-dialog-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Save Changes?" - alert dialog]]<br />
<br />
If any data in any tabs were modified, an {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Save Changes?]]}} alert window will appear, prompting you to choose from the following options:<br />
* ''Close the without saving'' - changes.<br />
* '''Cancel'''(default) - the initial cancel request.<br />
* ''Save'' - the changes.<br />
as well as a checkbox to indicate ''Do not ask again''. Also can be disabled from {{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Preferences > Warnings]] dialog.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. There is no need for a Save operation, since all changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred name section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Preferred name" section (Highlighted in yellow) of "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The preferred or default name is the name that will be used in Gramps for the '[[Names_in_Gramps|name]]' of the person. You can set in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Gramps Preferences]] how a name is displayed, and generally you will only the need to put data in fields shown in the preferred name section. <br />
<br />
Only detailed reports (textual and Narrative Web site generator) show also the alternate names. Note however that searching on a name will search in all names attached to a person, not only the preferred name.<br />
<br />
The preferred name section contains the typical name information you will edit upon creation of a person. To reduce clutter, the less frequently needed fields (for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternate Names]]) are hidden by default. To expand the section for Multiple Surnames, click the {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. To see the full range of data you can store about a name, click the {{icon|Stock_edit}}&nbsp;{{man button|Edit}} button in the lower right corner the {{man label|Preferred name}} section or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. This will show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]].<br />
<br />
The name fields of the preferred name in the {{man label|Person Editor}} are:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type}} of the name. Predefined types include: Also Known As, '''Birth Name'''&nbsp;''(default)'', Married Name, Unknown. You can also type over in this entry field to create your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] (eg nick name, short name, etc.). <br />
:It is advisable that the preferred name be a registered birth name or other name with legal standing. Those are names that will be found most often on citable documents. You may choose to store other name types in the {{man label|Name}} tab of the {{man label|Person Editor}}.<br />
*{{man label|Given name}}, the person's given name(s)<br />
*{{man label|Suffix}}, an optional suffix to the name, such as ''Jr.'' or ''III''<br />
*{{man label|Surname}}, the part of a person's name indicating the family to which the person belongs.<br />
** Selecting the {{man button|Use Multiple Surnames}} {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button, will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]]}} section entry box, allowing you to enter compound surnames (for example for patronymics, or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names)<br />
*{{man label|Surname prefix}}, an optional prefix for the family name that is not used in sorting, such as ''de'' or ''van'' <br />
*{{man label|Origin}}, the [[Gramps_Glossary#name_origin|origin]] type of the name identifies the cultural naming system that specifies how a particular surname was elected. This is meta information about the surname which can be important in genealogical research.<br />
*{{man label|Title}}, which is a title (typically in abbreviated form) used to refer to the person such as ''Dr.'' or ''Rev.'', selector, <br />
*{{man label|Nick Name}}, is a descriptive name given in place of or in addition to the official given name. If a Nick name is a full name construct, use a specific name type ''Also known as'' instead of the Nick field.<br />
*{{man label|Call name}}, officially this is the part of the given name that is the normally used name. Eg, a person can have 3 given names as in ''Jean Baptiste Jules'', where in reality only ''Baptiste'' is used. In Germany and some other places, it was customary to underline the callname among the different given names, see also [[Names_in_Gramps#Call_Name|here]]. Some people will try to use this field also for nickname, or changes to the Given name (like Cristy for Cristina), but this is not the intended use. A call name is a proper legal name. For nick names, or short name variants, you should create an alternative name with a different type.<br />
<br />
<br />
On the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]] an extra field is available: {{man label|Family Nickname}}. This is a unofficial name given to a family splinter group to distinguish them from people with the same family surname. Often referred to as Farm name and typically references a location where the splinter group resides or originates. (aka sept, sect, camp)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Origin}} and {{man label|Type}} fields provide an "autocompletion" feature: as you type in these fields, a menu appears below the field containing database entries that match your partial input. This gives you a shortcut by letting you select an entry that already exists in the database rather than having to type it all out. You can select the entry using your mouse or using your arrow and '''Enter''' keys.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Multiple Surnames===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Multiple Surnames" section (Highlighted in Blue) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When the add {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (Use Multiple Surnames) button has been pressed at the far right of the {{man label|Surname:}} row in the {{man label|Edit Person}} window, a new {{man label|Multiple Surnames}} section entry box will be shown, allowing compound surnames to be entered. Alternately, the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|Add button's Editor keybinding]] can be used. <br />
<br />
The height of the multiple surname box can be customized in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|{{man label|Display}} tab]] of the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences...}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2010/11/final-multiple-surnames/ Multiple Surnames feature] might be used for patronymics or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names. Another variation would be a Scandinavian name like ‘Syver Ericksen Skotterud’ where the full name is composed of a forename (Syver), a reference to his father (Ericksen or son of Erick) together with a village or locality name. In such a case, you can add 'Ericksen' with an [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|Origin]] of "Patronymic" and expand to a Multiple Surnames by adding 'Skotterud' with an Origin of "Location".<br />
<br />
If you do not add any information in this section then, on the next open of the Edit Person dialog, it will be hidden. Any empty rows will not be saved.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===General section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-General-section-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "General" section of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The General section has the following options you can change Gender, ID, Tags, Privacy.<br />
====Gender====<br />
* The {{man label|Gender}} menu offers the choice of person's gender :<br />
** {{man label|female}}<br />
** {{man label|male}}<br />
** {{man label|unknown}} (Default)<br />
** {{man label|other}} {{new|5.2}}<br />
<br />
If the gender is left as {{man label|unknown}} then the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Unknown_gender_specified_dialog|Unknown gender specified]]}} dialog is shown.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rebuild_Gender_Statistics|Rebuild Gender Statistics]] tool and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Dump_Gender_Statistics|Dump Gender Statistics]] debug.<br />
<br />
=====Unknown gender specified dialog=====<br />
<br />
{{man warn|Unknown gender specified|The gender of the person is currently unknown. Usually, this is a mistake. Please specify the gender.}}<br />
<br />
====ID====<br />
* The {{man label|ID}} field displays the Gramps ID number which identifies the user in the Family tree uniquely. This value helps you distinguish between people who have the same name. You may enter any unique value you want. If you do not provide a value, Gramps will automatically select a value for you.<br />
<br />
====Tags====<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} area show the your custom assigned tags that specify some basic information on the status of your research.<br />
** The {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tag_selection_dialog|Tag selection]]}} dialog list that lets you remove or assign existing custom tags.<br />
<br />
====Privacy====<br />
* The {{man label|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the person's record is considered private.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred image===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Image" section (Highlighted in Red) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
<br />
If any images exist the person editor will show an additional area in the top left region (otherwise it is hidden). This {{man label|Image}} area shows the first image available in the {{man label|Gallery}} of this person.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Edit Person tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs reflect the following categories of personal data:<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Events-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Events" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit any events relevant to the person. The bottom part of the window lists all such events stored in the database and displays the following columns: <code>Type, Description, Date, Place, Main Participants, Private(lock icon), Role, ID, Age</code>. The top part shows the details of the currently selected event in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to add, modify, and remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:When you use the {{man button|Share an existing event}} button the {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog is shown allowing you to select an already existing event and edit it in the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
:When you add a new event or edit an existing event, the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is invoked. The {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_event_references|Event Reference section]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Event selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectEvent-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Event - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing event and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Type(default sort for list), Main Participants, Date, Place, Description, ID, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Type contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Main Participants contains''<br />
* ''Main Participants does not contain''<br />
* ''Date contains''<br />
* ''Date does not contain''<br />
* ''Place contains''<br />
* ''Place does not contain''<br />
* ''Description contains''<br />
* ''Description does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Names====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Names-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Names" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Names}} tab lets you view and edit any alternative names the person may have. The name shown in the top of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]] dialog is the {{man label|Preferred name}} and is usually (but not necessarily) the Birth Name. {{man label|Alternative names}} might be other [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|Name Types]] for aliases ('Also Known As' name type) for adopted names, pennames, stagenames or legal name changes. (Because it is so common, there is a separate alias Name type for "Married Name".) If alternative names exist, date ranges can be set for each. So a "Birth Name" may use one range (before the date of adoption) and a "Also known as" will have another range (after the date of adoption). Alternative names can also be spelling variants, including anglicized versions of the birth name and common misspellings.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all alternate names for the person stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (add), {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit), and {{man button|{{icon|stock_remove}}}} (remove) allow the addition, modification, and removal of an alternate name from the database. Double-clicking a row is the same as selecting and clicking the {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit) button. Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} buttons become available only when an alternate name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:Any row in the Alternative names may be set to the Preferred name from the context menu. Right-click the Alternative name and choose the {{man label|Set as default name}} menu choice. That Alternative names row will be swapped into the Preferred name section and the previous Preferred name will be demoted to the bottom of the Alternative names list.<br />
<br />
:When adding a new name or editing an existing name, the {{man label|Name Editor}} dialog is invoked. This Names dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor section]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-SourceCitations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Source Citations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab allows you to view and document the source citations for the information you collect.<br />
<br />
:These might be general sources that do not describe a specific event, but which nevertheless yield information about the person. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention her great-grandson Paul, the researcher may assume that this Paul actually existed and cite Aunt Martha's memoirs as the source that justifies this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=Sources which document specific events are best recorded as sources of the event (under the {{man label|Events}} tab) instead of as a source of the person. The person's {{man label|Citations}} tab is best used for any sources not specifically connected to any other data.}}<br />
<br />
:The central part displays the list of all source references stored in the database in relation to the person. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this person. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:On edit you can change the data in the citation (unique to this person), as well as the shared source object, see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Editing Citations]].<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Attributes-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Attributes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and assign attributes to the person. You have complete freedom to define and use attributes. For example, attributes might be assigned to describe the person's physical characteristics or personality traits.<br />
<br />
:Note that each attribute listed in the {{man label|Attribute}} dialog consists of two parts: the Attribute itself and a Value associated with that Attribute. This so-called "Parameter-Value" pairing can help you organize and systematize your research. For example, if you define "Hair color" as an Attribute for a person, "Hair Color" will become a selectable Attribute for all other people. The Value of Hair Color for person A might be red, and brown for person B. In similar fashion, you might define an Attribute like "Generosity" and use the Value of "Enormous" to describe a particularly generous person.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the dialog window displays the list of all Attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an attribute record from the database. Note that the '''Edit''' and '''-''' buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
:If you edit an attribute the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Attributes|Attribute Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
{{man note|GEDCOM|Several predefined attributes refer to values present in the GEDCOM standard.<br>See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Reading_the_report|Reading the GEDCOM report]]}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Addresses-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Addresses" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various mailing addresses of the person. You are advised to use a residence event to store information of residency of a person. The address tab is offered mainly for compatibility with the GEDCOM standard where the rationale of addresses is mailing only.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists addresses stored for that person in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
::If you edit an address the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Addresses|Address Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
:Some reports allow you to restrict data on living people. In particular, that option will omit their addresses.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Notes-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Notes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record various items about the person that do not fit neatly into other categories, as well as text excerpts you want to add to the family tree. You can share notes between different records in Gramps. The iconbar in this tabpage offers the usual buttons: {{man button|Create and add a new note}}, {{man button|Add an existing note}}, {{man button|Edit the selected note}}, {{man button|Remove the existing note}}, and reorder buttons to change the order of the notes<br />
<br />
: If you edit a note, you obtain the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Note Editor]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Note selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectNote-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Note - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Note}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing note.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Preview(default sort for list), ID, Type, Tags, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Preview contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Preview does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Tags contains''<br />
* ''Tags does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=The first available image in the {{man label|Gallery}} tab will be also displayed in the {{man label|Image}} area in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]}} tab on People list views.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Gallery-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Gallery" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you view and store photos, videos, and other media objects that are associated with the person. The central part of the window lists all such media objects. Any object in the form of a valid image file will result in the display of a thumbnail view of the image. For other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., a corresponding file type icon is displayed instead.<br />
<br />
:The following options are available:<br />
* {{man button|+}} - allows you to add a new media object from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}.<br />
* {{man button|Share}} - brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object]]}} selector dialog allowing you to link to an already existing media object.<br />
* {{man button|Edit}} - allows you to modify the select media object in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
* {{man button|-}} - remove the selected media object from the person's gallery. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
You can change the order of the primary (active) image by selecting the image and dragging it to the first position.<br />
<br />
If you select a media object a context menu (right-click) is available with the following options:<br />
* View<br />
* Open Containing_folder<br />
* Make Active Media<br />
* Add<br />
* Share<br />
* Edit<br />
* Remove<br />
<br />
{{man note| Note |Removing a media object from a person's gallery does not remove it from the database. It only removes the reference to that object from this person's record.}}<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Select Media Object selector=====<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectMediaObject-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Media Object - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Media Object}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing media object and once the image is selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
Once you select an media object from the list a preview will be shown if possible in the top section.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Title(default sort for list), ID, Type, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title Contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Title does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contains''<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Select_a_media_object_selector|Select a media object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Internet-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the person. A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing. Type of internet address as needed to navigate to it, eg. http://gramps-project.org, E-mail, Web Page, ...<br />
<br />
:The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+ Create and add a new web address}} , {{man button|Edit the selected web address}} opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]}} dialog to add or edit and the {{man button|-}} removes the selected Internet address. The "Jump to" button opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit the selected web address}} , and {{man button|- Remove the existing web address}} buttons become available only when an web address is selected from the list.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Internet Address Editor=====<br />
<br />
[[File:InternetAddressEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet Address Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Internet Address Editor}} dialog allows you to add an new Internet address or modify selected Internet address.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} Type of internet address:<br />
** ''E-mail''<br />
** '''Unknown''' <small>(default)</small><br />
** ''FTP''<br />
** ''Web Home''<br />
** ''Web Search''<br />
*{{man button|Record is public/private}} toggle the privacy status of the record.<br />
*{{man label|Web address:}} The internet address as needed to navigate to it eg: https://gramps-project.org<br />
**{{man button|Jump to}} open the web address in the default browser<br />
*{{man label|Description:}} A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing.<br />
<br />
See also<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
* Search for a Person's Internet Address (Type, Web address, or Description) data with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_records_containing_.3Csubstring.3E|People with records containing <substring>]] custom filter rule<br />
* Search for a Repository's Internet Address (Type, Web address, or Description) data with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_parameters|Repositories matching parameters]] custom filter rule<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Associations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Associations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Associations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Associations}} tab lets you view and edit relationship role information about two persons explicitly associated in the database. <br />
<br />
The associations tend to be roles that cannot be inferred from being connected in normal (or blended) family structure or through shared event roles. For instance, cousin or sibling relationships are apparent through how marriages connect the people. Relationships such as Godparents (a participant in a Christening), an organ donor (participant in a medical procedure), pall bearer (participant in a Burial), and Guardian (participant in a Probate or mentioned in a will) may be Roles created by sharing an event created for the Primary role person. <br />
<br />
So Association roles are less obvious. They might be family friends, an eponym (the person honored by a namesake), a coworker, a penpal, or any other type of associations you may wish to record. If the closest relation is 'Godparent', then this would indicate that the Godparent of the person (being edited) is the person whose name is shown in the Associations tab. <br />
<br />
The [http://wiki-en.genealogy.net/GEDCOM/ASSO-Tag ''Associates'' (ASSO) tag in the GEDCOM standard] says that "a person's relation or association is the person being pointed to." You might choose to put a reciprocal Association in that other person's Associations tab.<br />
<br />
In the association shown from [[Example.gramps|example.gramps]], Lewis Garner's Godfather is Anderson Garner. Use Events instead for relations connected to specific time frames or occasions. Events can be shared between people, each indicating their [[Gramps_Glossary#role|role]] in the event.<br />
<br />
The button {{man button|+ Create and add a new association}} opens the {{man label|[[#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} dialog to add. The {{man button|Edit the selected association}} button allows you to edit and the {{man button|- Remove the existing association}} removes the selected association. The other buttons {{man button|^ Move the selected association upwards}} or {{man button|^ Move the selected association downwards}} move the selected entry position in the list only.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Roles, Relationships & Associations]]<br />
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Person Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PersonReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Person Reference Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The{{man label|Person Reference Editor}} lets you add and edit Association entries. You can access it from the {{man label|Edit Person}}s dialog {{man label|[[#Associations|Associations]]}} tab.<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Person:}}<br />
** {{man button|Select a person that has an association to the edited person.}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Person_selector|Select Person]]}} selector dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Association:}} ''Godfather'' (Default) you can over type the default entry with anything you choose.<br />
** {{man button|Privacy lock:}} record is public (Default)<br />
<br />
*Source Citations tab<br />
<br />
*Notes tab<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Select Person selector======<br />
[[File:SelectPerson-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Select Person" - selector dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-LDS-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab lets you view and edit information about LDS ordinances of the person. This information is inherited from GEDCOM specification. The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
:These are LDS Baptism, Endowment, and Sealed to Parents ordinances, as labeled inside the tab. Each ordinance is described by its date, LDS temple, and Place where it happened.<br />
<br />
:An additional pop-up menu, "Parents," is available for the Sealed to Parents ordinance. Each ordinance can be further described through the selections available in the Status pop-up menu. It can also be include notes and references to sources through the corresponding {{man button|Sources...}} and {{man button|Note}} buttons.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====LDS Ordinance Editor=====<br />
[[File:LDSOrdinanceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS Ordinance Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
Use the {{icon| stock_add}}{{man tooltip|Create and add a new LDS ordinance}} or {{icon| stock_edit}}{{man tooltip|Edit the selected LDS ordinance}} buttons to bring up the {{man label|LDS Ordinance Editor}} dialog where you can add or edit existing LDS ordinances of the person.<br />
<br />
<br />
* See [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Ordinance_(Latter_Day_Saints) Ordinance (Latter Day Saints)] on [https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Wikipedia#Etymology Wikipedia].<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
[[File:EditPerson-References-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "References" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|[[References#definition|References]]}} tab<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about relationships ==<br />
<br />
Information about relationships is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog. <br />
<br />
This dialog may be invoked in a number of ways:<br />
<br />
* From the {{man menu|Edit}} menu: select {{man menu|Add a Family}} or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#xx|Keybinding]].<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: click on an {{man button|Edit}} button in the family that you want to edit. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} select: {{man menu|Add new parents}}, {{man menu|Add existing parents}}, or {{man menu|Add Partner}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families Category]]: select the family in the list and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the Toolbar, or double-click on the family. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} menu, select {{man menu|Add...}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: point your mouse over the black line connecting the spouses, right-click and select {{man label|Edit}} from the context menu, or double-click on the black line.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Family Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog]]<br />
<br />
The top section of the window shows the names of the people whose relationship is being edited, as well as their birth and death information. <br />
*{{man label|Father/partner1}}<br />
*{{man label|Mother/partner2}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]] reports are available by using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section displays three fields and a number of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_tab_pages|notebook tabs]] representing different categories of information about the relationship. Click any tab to view or edit the information it contains. The bottom part has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button at any time will close the window without applying any changes. If any of the data in any tab is modified, an alert window will appear that will prompt you choose between closing the dialog without saving changes, canceling the initial cancel request, or saving the changes.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section fields have the basic description of the relationship. The {{man label|ID}} field displays the ID number which labels this relationship in the database, leave this field empty to have Gramps generate a unique ID number. You can choose from the drop-down {{man label|Type:}} list the available types of family relationships such as <code>Civil Union</code>, <code>Married</code>, '''<code>Unknown</code>'''(default), <code>Unmarried</code>, etc.)<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Indicate_a_divorce|How do I represent a divorce?]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Tags:}} displays shows the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|tags]] you have created to show some basic information on the status of your research. You can add additional tags by selecting the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|Edit the tag list]]}} button.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. Gramps does not have a separate saving function, all changes are immediate.}}<br />
=====Select Father selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectFather-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Father - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Father}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Father.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Select Mother selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectMother-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Mother - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Mother}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Mother.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Family Editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of relationship data:<br />
<br />
====Children====<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-Children-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Children" tab from "Family Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Children}} tab lets you view and edit the list of children who are part of this relationship. The {{man button|+}} button allows entering a new person to the database and adding that person as a child in this relationship. The {{man button|Select}} button lets you select an existing person to be a child in the relationship. The {{man button|Edit}} button opens the {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog that allows for editing the relations between the selected child and the parents. Finally, the {{man button|-}} lets you remove the selected child from the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a child is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing a child from the list does not delete that child from the database. It only removes the child from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip |Use arrows (up/down) or [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop''] for setting children order into the family.}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|How do I change the order of children?]]<br />
Use:<br />
* This [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Children|Children]] tab in the Family Editor to change the order of children in the family.<br />
* The third party addon [[Addon:BirthOrderTool|Birth Order Tool]] which allows bulk updates of the children order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Child selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectChild-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Child - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Child}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing child and once selected will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Name(default sort for list), ID, Gender, Birth Date, Birth Place, Death Date, Death Place, Spouse, Last Change.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Child Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:ChildReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Child reference editor]]<br />
The {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog allows editing of the relationship between the selected child and the parents in a Family. The dialog appears when initially committing a Person as offspring in a Family. The final step of using the {{icon|share}}Share button, the {{icon|stock_add}} (Create an new person) button or using "drag and drop" to add someone to the family is to confirm the Relationship. <br />
<br />
The Relationships may also be edited for existing children of shown in the Edit Family dialog. Double-clicking on an existing child in a Family or selecting the {{man label|Edit relationships}} context menu item will open the Child Reference Editor for the selected child. (Selecting the {{man label|Edit Child}} context menu item will open the Edit Person dialog instead.)<br />
<br />
While a Person will only have a Birth relationship to both parents in a traditional Birth family, they might also be part of multiple blended families. In those families, a birth parent re-marries and the other spouse can have a more complex relationship withe children of a previous marriage. But it they are part of the household, those children should be added to the new Family with the appropriate relationship.<br />
<br />
The following options are available:<br />
* {{man label|Name Child:}} The name of the child<br />
** {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man label|Open [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|person editor]] of this child}} button.<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Father:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Mother:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man button|Record is Public/Private}} privacy toggle for this relationship.<br />
{{-}}<br />
Also the following tabs are available.<br />
======Source Citations tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit the list of events relevant to the relationship. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing an event from the list does not delete that event from the database. It simply removes the event reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit a list of references to the sources that provide evidence for the relationship. These might be documents that refer to the relationship, but which do not necessarily document it officially. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention that her great-grandson Paul was married, the researcher may take this as evidence of the relationship between Paul and his wife existed and cite the memoirs as the source for this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Sources that document specific events such as marriages or divorces are better filed in relation to those events, under the Events tab.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow let you add, modify, and remove a source reference to this relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Removing an entry from the list does not delete that source from the database. It simply removes the source reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the relationship that can be expressed as attributes. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab lets you view and edit any [[Gramps_Glossary#note|Note]] associated with the relationship. These could be any comments which do not naturally fit into the "Parameter-Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Format}} option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select Flowed, the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored.<br />
<br />
If you select the Preformatted option, the text in reports and web pages will appear exactly as you enter it in the {{man label|Notes}} dialog.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with the relationship. The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
[[File:EditFamily-LDS-tab-example-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance editor of "Edit Family" - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab of the Family Editor only displays information about the LDS '''Sealed to Spouse''' {{man label|Ordinance}}. (The ordinances related to individuals can be recorded in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS tab of the '''Person''' Editor]].) The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
The data can also include {{man label|LDS temple}}, {{man label|Status}}, {{man label|date}}, and {{man label|Place}}.<br />
<br />
Each ordinance record can also be annotated in the corresponding {{man label|Sources}} and {{man label|Note}} tabs.<br />
The status of the ordinance can be described through the options available in the {{man label|Status}} pop-up menu.<br />
:The status states for the '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance are:<br />
:*'''<No Status>''' ''(default)''<br />
:*Canceled<br />
:*Cleared<br />
:*Completed<br />
:*Do not seal<br />
:*Pre-1970<br />
:*Qualified<br />
:*Do not seal/Cancel<br />
:*Submitted<br />
:*Uncleared<br />
<br />
To edit Source or Note annotation data, switch to the corresponding LDS Ordination Editor tab and select the desired entry in the list of records. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} icon on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|Source Editor dialog:}}<br />
<br />
The main part of the Family Editor&rsquo;s {{man label|LDS}} tab displays a table of the five different kids of data in a each record. Click a column header to row or double-click a row to edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately commit changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type and has an icon to the left of the label, this means it contains data records. If not, that tab has no data of that kind records.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing dates ==<br />
<br />
This section describes how to enter and modify dates. Since dates are so important in genealogical research, Gramps takes special care to preserve and use any date information available.<br />
<br />
Information can be entered into a date field by directly typing it or by invoking the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_selection_dialog|Date selection]]}} dialog by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button next to any {{man label|Date:}} entry field.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]<br />
* {{man menu|Menu -> Edit -> Preferences -> [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}} - To change the default values for the typical ages at birth, between generations, etc.<br />
<br />
=== Date selection dialog===<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-defaults-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Date selection}} - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
While the above parsing rules provide a guide for you to type in most common dates, you can also use {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. The dialog is particularly useful for building a complex date or for simply insuring that your information is entered in a way Gramps will understand.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Calendar:}} Choose alternate [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|calendar type]].<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Gregorian_calendar '''Gregorian'''](default)<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Julian_and_Gregorian_Calendars Julian] (including [[Dates#Dual_Dated|Mixed]]/[[#Dual-dated dates|Dual]] dates)<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_calendar Hebrew]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/French_Republican_Calendar French Republican]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Iranian_calendars#Old_Persian_calendar Persian]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamic_calendar Islamic]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Sweden_Feast_Day_Calendars Swedish]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Dual dated}} This field is select-able with the matching {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Alternate_new_year_day|New Year begins:]]}} field if the alternate {{man label|Calendar:}} supports [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Dual-dated_dates|dual dating]]. (checkbox unchecked by default)<br />
** {{man label|New Year begins:}} (Empty text field by default)<br />
* {{man label|Quality:}} Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|date quality]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default)<br />
** Estimated<br />
** Calculated<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} Set the interval precision or time frame [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_formats_and_parsing_rules|date type]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default) - the interval spanning a specific day, month or year (without regard to time zone)<br />
** Before<br />
** After<br />
** About<br />
** Range<br />
** From {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** To {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** Span<br />
** Text only<br />
* {{man label|Date}} Select the {{man label|Year}}, {{man label|Month}} and the {{man label|Day}}. <br />
* {{man label|Second date:}} If your date {{man label|Type:}} is ''Range'' or ''Span'', this option will be available to set a date.<br />
* {{man label|Text comment:}} text entry field allows storing an arbitrary text string along with the date.<br />
<br />
{{man warn|1=Important comment about a date |2=If you have an important annotation regarding a date, it is better to do so in a Note or the Description that corresponds to the event, instead of in the Text comment field of the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. This is recommended for the following reason: If you enter a date by typing it directly into the date field (that is, not via the {{man label|Date selector}} dialog), your entry will be copied and stored as the text comment string when Gramps parses the entered text. Thus, any comment that may have been there prior to the parsing will be overwritten. }}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Date validity indicators ===<br />
<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Date selection dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramps uses a date validator.<br />
<br />
While partial dates do not uniquely define the day, they allow at least for some type of comparisons between the dates.<br />
<br />
The date field will highlight in red and display a red symbol (such as a stop sign or cross) to indicate the entered date is not recognized as a recognized and valid format for a date. <br />
<br />
Examples of common date references that are not recognizable Gramps formats might be "Christmas week of '61", "Fall 1782", or "the summer when I had surgery". In such a case, the date will be stored as string and marked as ''Text only'' type. Any dates of this Type will not be compared to other dates. Wherever possible, it is preferable to avoid such ''Text Only'' date entries. It might be better, for example, to enter a date of "December 1961" and then to add the Description annotation "Christmas week of '61." It would be more precise to check a calendar for December 1961 then key in the actual date span... but still include the annotation. The annotation is needed because you cannot assume that 'Christmas week' means the same span of days to you as to your source. There could be culture bias to color the interpretation. It could mean the calendar row containing Christmas day. But American & European calendar rows start on different days of the week. Or, it could mean the 7 days starting with Christmas or even the 7 days leading up to Christmas. So the span allows searches and comparisons but the annotation shows that actual interval is subject to interpretation.<br />
<br />
In the various views (such as the {{man label|Person View}}), unrecognized dates will be displayed in '''bold''' by default. The text markup (formatting style) for unrecognized dates can be modified by changing the {{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|{{man label|Dates}} tab]] of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]].<br />
<br />
When a Birth or Death date is missing for a Person, the dates of existing fallback Events in the same category may be shown (and indicated with italics with an abbreviated title) rather leaving the display blank. So, a Burial or Cremation date will be shown if a Death date has not yet been recorded.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Date Quality ===<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one with an explicit day, month, or year. <br />
<br />
*Estimated: An "estimated" date is one based on average interval assumptions offset from a known reference date. (Such as the average number of years between generations, maximum lifespan, or length of sea voyage.) <br />
<br />
*Calculated: A "calculated" date is one based on a known interval from a reference date but without a source explicitly mentioning the date. (Such as a gravestone engraved with both a date of death and a precise age at death.)<br />
<br />
Census data is unusual in that it seems to a candidate for a Calculated date but is not. The census often explicitly defines the interval (age) and the reference date (census polling date) but that age is often estimated or rounded. <br />
<br />
===Date Type===<br />
<br />
To the right of the {{man label|Quality:}} should appear the {{man label|Type:}} pop-up menu. <br />
<br />
Dates in Gramps are classified according to the following types of precision (scale) of interval or time frame:<br />
<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one which includes an interval spanning a specific day, month, or year. It can be complete (or 'fully qualified' for a 24 hour interval like June 6, 1990) or partial (like omitting the day for a 1 month interval like July 1977 or omitting the day and month for a 1 year interval).<br />
<br />
*Before: A "before" date is one that can only be identified as occurring (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|preferences-defined long interval]]) prior to a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*To {{new|5.2.0}}: A "to" date is one that is an open-ended span as that occurs prior to a certain day, month, or year. Unlike a "before" Date type, the span is unlimited into the past. <br />
<br />
*From {{new|5.2.0}}: A "from" date is one that is an open-ended span that following a certain day, month, or year. Unlike an "after" Date type, the span is unlimited into the future.<br />
<br />
*After: An "after" date is one that occurs (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|2nd preferences-defined long interval]]) following a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*About: An "about" (circa) date is one that occurs (in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|yet another preferences-defined ±years interval]]) before '''or''' after a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is ±50 years.)'' <br />
<br />
*Range: A "range" describes a time period during in which the event occurred. It could be recurrent event during the interval or a single instance believed to have occurred between known boundary dates. <br />
: For example, "between January 1932 and March 1932."<br />
<br />
*Span: A "span" describes an inclusive time period during which a condition continually existed. <br />
: For example, "from May 12, 2000 to February 2, 2002."<br />
<br />
===Date formats and parsing rules===<br />
<br />
The Date Selection dialog just helps layout a date in the standard format that Gramps knows how to parse. It is useful while you're unfamiliar with the options, need to use an alternative calendar or specify a New Year begins date. <br />
<br />
Gramps recognizes dates entered in a variety of formats. The default numeric format is that which is conventional for the environment is which Gramps is operating; that is, DD.MM.YYYY for most European countries, MM/DD/YYYY for the U.S., and so on. A way to avoid this ambiguity is to always choose a d&nbsp;mmm&nbsp;yyyy or mmmnbsp;d&nbsp;yyyy format.<br />
<br />
Besides exact dates, Gramps recognizes many date types that are not regular: before, to, from, after, about, ranges and spans. It also understands the quality: estimated or calculated. Finally, it supports partial dates and many alternative calendars. Below is the list of date entry rules to allow precise date parsing.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Date parsing rules |2=The list only applies to the English version of Gramps. If you are using localized version of Gramps, your version may or may not provide a localized date parser. A list of the available localized parsers can be found on the [[Handler List]] some existing Date Handlers are available for French, German, Russian, Finnish, Dutch, Spanish, Slovak and Swedish languages.<br>If the localized parser is available for your version, chances are that other rules are in effect. If there is no manual in your language yet, you may try following your instincts and try the common ways of denoting dates in your language. If all else fails, use the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog described above. The date that the dialog generates will show how the localized parser expects the different Date Quality and Type values to be typed.}}<br />
<br />
'''Regular single dates''' can be entered just as you would write them. And typing a slash after the year followed by a value 1 year later creates a Julian dual-dated entry.<br />
:Examples: "May 24, 1961" ; "31 Dec 1858/9" or "January 1, 2004".<br />
<br />
'''Before the Common Era''' (BCE, BC and B.C.E.) and are notations for the Gregorian or Julian calendars. "Common Era" and "Before the Common Era" are religiously neutral alternatives to the familiar Anno Domini (AD) and Before Christ (BC) notations used for the same calendar era. The notation will be harmonized to the "B.C.E." form.<br />
:Examples: "c. 25 Dec 32 BC Julian" becomes "about 25 Dec 32 B.C.E. (Julian)"<br />
<br />
'''Partial dates''' are entered simply by omitting unknown information.<br />
:Examples: May 1961 and 2004.<br />
<br />
Dates that are not Regular {{man label|Quality}} should start with the {{man label|Quality:}} keywords of ''Estimated'' or ''Calculated'' , if applicable.<br />
:Example: est. 1961, or calc 2005. (Note that a {{man label|Quality}} does not need to be specified for regular dates.)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Type:}} menu options can also be set to ''Before'', ''To'', ''From'' ''After'', or ''About'' by simply typing "before", "to", "from", "after" or "about" before a single date in the Event Editing dialog. <br />
<br />
If the desired {{man label|Type:}} is a range, write "between DATE and DATE", and if the {{man label|Type:}} is a span, write "from DATE to DATE". <br />
:Examples: est from 2001 to 2003, before June 1975, est circa 2000, calc between May 1900 and January 1, 1990.<br />
<br />
<br />
Here are a couple examples to try: <br />
:Captain John Smith has been stationed in the 1st Grenadier regiment between 1888-5-13 and 1902-10-24 according to his military record (words "between" and "and" intentionally used as this is the way we talk in day-to-day life); Then date should be coded "from … to …" because this is the duration of his duty.<br />
<br />
: Captain John Smith's regiment was posted to the Escaut river at Valenciennes the week before the Armistice.<br> ''Then this can be recorded as a "Military Service" Event type with a date of "between Nov 4 1918 and 11 Nov 1918" (Gramps will convert to a standard date format despite 2 formats being used for entry) at River Escaut, Valenciennes, Noord department, France... because the actual date for this "instantaneous" event is not known in the source.''<br />
<br />
===Calendars===<br />
<br />
Alternate calendars are calendars other than the Gregorian calendar. Currently, Gramps supports Hebrew, French Republican, Julian, Islamic, Persian, and Swedish alternate calendars. To specify the calendar other than the default Gregorian, append the name of the calendar to the date string, e.g. "January 9, 1905 (julian)" or use the drop down menu.<br />
<br />
====Swedish calendar====<br />
<br />
The [[Swedish_kings|Swedish king]], Karl XII, decided that Sweden should start using the Gregorian calendar. However, it was planned to take place gradually by skipping 11 leap days starting 1700-02-29 and end by 1744. So 1700-02-28 was followed by 1700-03-01. This took place during the Great Nordic War and the leap days were kept 1704 and 1708. In January 1711 the same king decided that Sweden should return to the Julian Calendar by 1712-03-01. In order to be in phase, an extra day was inserted on 1712-02-30. And that was the end of the Swedish Calendar. Sweden converted to Gregorian in 1753-03-01, by skipping dates between 1752-02-18 and 1753-02-28.<br />
In Gramps you can only enter valid dates for the Swedish Calendar from 1700-03-01 to 1712-02-30. All other dates are flagged as not valid and has to be corrected.<br />
<br />
===Dual-dated dates===<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates (also called "double dating", "slash dates", and sometimes "Old Style/New Style" dates) appear like "Jan 23, 1735/6". Often mistaken as a year uncertainty, this actually has a specific historic meaning. The dual dated date represents a time when an area was in a transition between moving to January 1 as the beginning of the new year. Thus Jan 23, 1735/6 is an indication to make it clear what date is being referred to. In this example, "Jan 23, 1736" might have occurred after "Jun 23, 1736".<br />
<br />
England and the American colonies didn't officially accept the "Jan 1" as the new year date until 1752. Before 1752, the English government still officially observed March 25 as the first of the year, whereas most of the English population observed January 1 as the first of the year. Many people therefore wrote dates falling between January 1 and March 25 in the dual-dated format.<br />
<br />
Sometimes, a dual date may appear as a fraction, as in this grave stone (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704):<br />
<br />
[[Image:Gravestone.jpg|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gravestone showing <br />
dual date as a fraction (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704)]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Marking a date as dual dated can be done by simply putting a slash between the years. For example:<br />
<br />
* 1721/2<br />
* 1719/20<br />
* 1799/800 <br />
<br />
These slash-years can appear anywhere in a date that a regular year can appear.<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates are currently represented in the Julian calendar so their month and day will be the same as that in the textual representation. <br />
<br />
====Alternate new year day====<br />
<br />
With dual-dated dates (and other dates) you may know that the new year was celebrated on a day other than January 1. To indicate this in Gramps, put the month/day code in parentheses, after the calendar (if one). For example:<br />
<br />
* Jan 20, 1865 (Mar25)<br />
* Jan 20, 1750 (Julian,Mar1)<br />
* Feb 23, 1710/1 (Mar25) <br />
<br />
To indicate the beginning of a year that is different from that of January 1, you use the following codes:<br />
<br />
* Jan1<br />
* Mar1<br />
* Mar25<br />
* Sep1 <br />
<br />
You can put that as the only item in parenthesis, or right after a calendar name (comma, and no space). <br />
<br />
Note that if new year's day is not Jan 1, then January will come after December that year. Dates with new year day codes will be sorted appropriately. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and Editing Data:_Detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1&diff=103072
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1
2024-03-17T00:19:53Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Internet Address Editor */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
The section expands on the [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief|brief overview]] of how to enter and edit data in Gramps.<br />
<br />
Gramps offers you a series of Views. Each of these Views gives you opportunities to enter and edit information. In fact, you can often get to the same information from different Views.<br />
<br />
In Gramps, information is entered and edited through what we call dialogs. Since we use that term frequently, we should define what we mean by it:<br />
<br />
A dialog is a pop-up window that provides one or more forms for entering and editing data that fits a certain category. Examples in Gramps include the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog and the {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog, among many others.<br />
<br />
A dialog often includes a series of "notebook tabs" that group the information into subcategories. For example, the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog has notebook tabs for subcategories such as Events, Attributes, Addresses, and Notes, among others.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Add, Remove, and Edit buttons|2=In most cases, Gramps uses a {{man button|+}} to correspond to {{man button|Add+}} , a {{man button|-}} correspond to {{man button|Remove}} , and an icon of a pen on a sheet of paper to denote {{man button|Edit}}. We will continue referring to the latter as the {{man button|Edit+}} button, while using {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} to denote the two former buttons.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about people ==<br />
<br />
Information about people is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog. This dialog can be invoked from different Views in the following ways:<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_People_Category|People Category]]: <br />
::Double-click the name of the person whose data you would like to edit<br />
::Select the name by single click and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar.<br />
::Select the name and then press '''Enter''' .<br />
::Select Edit... from the Edit menu of Gramps<br />
::Select Edit from the context menu that appears upon right-click on the name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: To edit the Active Person's data, click on the {{man button|Edit}} button next to the Active Person's name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: Double-click in the box having the name of the person whose data you want to edit.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Edit Person dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-new-person-50.png|450px|right|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Person - window - Default New empty editor]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-example-existing-person-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing example person]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog is where you either add a new persons information or edit an existing person.<br />
<br />
The top of the window has two parts: The basic information about the {{man label|Preferred name}} of the person, and a section {{man label|General}} with the privacy button (to set the record as private), the gender selector, an ID you can give this record, and a marker you can assign to the person indicating the state of the record (complete, TODO, uncertain, ....) which will give this record a specific color in the person view.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing the Quick View context submenu]]<br />
By using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window eg:near the "Preferred Name" field, you will be present with a context menu for three options:<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|Make Active Person]]}} -<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Make Home Person]]}} - <br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]]}} reports are available.<br />
<br />
Below this top section, there are several "[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_tab_pages|tabs]]" containing different categories of available information. Click any tab to view and edit its contents. <br />
<br />
Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at the bottom will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:SaveChanges-alert-dialog-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Save Changes?" - alert dialog]]<br />
<br />
If any data in any tabs were modified, an {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Save Changes?]]}} alert window will appear, prompting you to choose from the following options:<br />
* ''Close the without saving'' - changes.<br />
* '''Cancel'''(default) - the initial cancel request.<br />
* ''Save'' - the changes.<br />
as well as a checkbox to indicate ''Do not ask again''. Also can be disabled from {{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Preferences > Warnings]] dialog.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. There is no need for a Save operation, since all changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred name section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Preferred name" section (Highlighted in yellow) of "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The preferred or default name is the name that will be used in Gramps for the '[[Names_in_Gramps|name]]' of the person. You can set in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Gramps Preferences]] how a name is displayed, and generally you will only the need to put data in fields shown in the preferred name section. <br />
<br />
Only detailed reports (textual and Narrative Web site generator) show also the alternate names. Note however that searching on a name will search in all names attached to a person, not only the preferred name.<br />
<br />
The preferred name section contains the typical name information you will edit upon creation of a person. To reduce clutter, the less frequently needed fields (for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternate Names]]) are hidden by default. To expand the section for Multiple Surnames, click the {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. To see the full range of data you can store about a name, click the {{icon|Stock_edit}}&nbsp;{{man button|Edit}} button in the lower right corner the {{man label|Preferred name}} section or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. This will show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]].<br />
<br />
The name fields of the preferred name in the {{man label|Person Editor}} are:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type}} of the name. Predefined types include: Also Known As, '''Birth Name'''&nbsp;''(default)'', Married Name, Unknown. You can also type over in this entry field to create your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] (eg nick name, short name, etc.). <br />
:It is advisable that the preferred name be a registered birth name or other name with legal standing. Those are names that will be found most often on citable documents. You may choose to store other name types in the {{man label|Name}} tab of the {{man label|Person Editor}}.<br />
*{{man label|Given name}}, the person's given name(s)<br />
*{{man label|Suffix}}, an optional suffix to the name, such as ''Jr.'' or ''III''<br />
*{{man label|Surname}}, the part of a person's name indicating the family to which the person belongs.<br />
** Selecting the {{man button|Use Multiple Surnames}} {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button, will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]]}} section entry box, allowing you to enter compound surnames (for example for patronymics, or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names)<br />
*{{man label|Surname prefix}}, an optional prefix for the family name that is not used in sorting, such as ''de'' or ''van'' <br />
*{{man label|Origin}}, the [[Gramps_Glossary#name_origin|origin]] type of the name identifies the cultural naming system that specifies how a particular surname was elected. This is meta information about the surname which can be important in genealogical research.<br />
*{{man label|Title}}, which is a title (typically in abbreviated form) used to refer to the person such as ''Dr.'' or ''Rev.'', selector, <br />
*{{man label|Nick Name}}, is a descriptive name given in place of or in addition to the official given name. If a Nick name is a full name construct, use a specific name type ''Also known as'' instead of the Nick field.<br />
*{{man label|Call name}}, officially this is the part of the given name that is the normally used name. Eg, a person can have 3 given names as in ''Jean Baptiste Jules'', where in reality only ''Baptiste'' is used. In Germany and some other places, it was customary to underline the callname among the different given names, see also [[Names_in_Gramps#Call_Name|here]]. Some people will try to use this field also for nickname, or changes to the Given name (like Cristy for Cristina), but this is not the intended use. A call name is a proper legal name. For nick names, or short name variants, you should create an alternative name with a different type.<br />
<br />
<br />
On the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]] an extra field is available: {{man label|Family Nickname}}. This is a unofficial name given to a family splinter group to distinguish them from people with the same family surname. Often referred to as Farm name and typically references a location where the splinter group resides or originates. (aka sept, sect, camp)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Origin}} and {{man label|Type}} fields provide an "autocompletion" feature: as you type in these fields, a menu appears below the field containing database entries that match your partial input. This gives you a shortcut by letting you select an entry that already exists in the database rather than having to type it all out. You can select the entry using your mouse or using your arrow and '''Enter''' keys.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Multiple Surnames===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Multiple Surnames" section (Highlighted in Blue) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When the add {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (Use Multiple Surnames) button has been pressed at the far right of the {{man label|Surname:}} row in the {{man label|Edit Person}} window, a new {{man label|Multiple Surnames}} section entry box will be shown, allowing compound surnames to be entered. Alternately, the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|Add button's Editor keybinding]] can be used. <br />
<br />
The height of the multiple surname box can be customized in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|{{man label|Display}} tab]] of the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences...}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2010/11/final-multiple-surnames/ Multiple Surnames feature] might be used for patronymics or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names. Another variation would be a Scandinavian name like ‘Syver Ericksen Skotterud’ where the full name is composed of a forename (Syver), a reference to his father (Ericksen or son of Erick) together with a village or locality name. In such a case, you can add 'Ericksen' with an [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|Origin]] of "Patronymic" and expand to a Multiple Surnames by adding 'Skotterud' with an Origin of "Location".<br />
<br />
If you do not add any information in this section then, on the next open of the Edit Person dialog, it will be hidden. Any empty rows will not be saved.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===General section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-General-section-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "General" section of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The General section has the following options you can change Gender, ID, Tags, Privacy.<br />
====Gender====<br />
* The {{man label|Gender}} menu offers the choice of person's gender :<br />
** {{man label|female}}<br />
** {{man label|male}}<br />
** {{man label|unknown}} (Default)<br />
** {{man label|other}} {{new|5.2}}<br />
<br />
If the gender is left as {{man label|unknown}} then the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Unknown_gender_specified_dialog|Unknown gender specified]]}} dialog is shown.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rebuild_Gender_Statistics|Rebuild Gender Statistics]] tool and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Dump_Gender_Statistics|Dump Gender Statistics]] debug.<br />
<br />
=====Unknown gender specified dialog=====<br />
<br />
{{man warn|Unknown gender specified|The gender of the person is currently unknown. Usually, this is a mistake. Please specify the gender.}}<br />
<br />
====ID====<br />
* The {{man label|ID}} field displays the Gramps ID number which identifies the user in the Family tree uniquely. This value helps you distinguish between people who have the same name. You may enter any unique value you want. If you do not provide a value, Gramps will automatically select a value for you.<br />
<br />
====Tags====<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} area show the your custom assigned tags that specify some basic information on the status of your research.<br />
** The {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tag_selection_dialog|Tag selection]]}} dialog list that lets you remove or assign existing custom tags.<br />
<br />
====Privacy====<br />
* The {{man label|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the person's record is considered private.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred image===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Image" section (Highlighted in Red) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
<br />
If any images exist the person editor will show an additional area in the top left region (otherwise it is hidden). This {{man label|Image}} area shows the first image available in the {{man label|Gallery}} of this person.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Edit Person tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs reflect the following categories of personal data:<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Events-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Events" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit any events relevant to the person. The bottom part of the window lists all such events stored in the database and displays the following columns: <code>Type, Description, Date, Place, Main Participants, Private(lock icon), Role, ID, Age</code>. The top part shows the details of the currently selected event in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to add, modify, and remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:When you use the {{man button|Share an existing event}} button the {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog is shown allowing you to select an already existing event and edit it in the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
:When you add a new event or edit an existing event, the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is invoked. The {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_event_references|Event Reference section]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Event selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectEvent-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Event - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing event and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Type(default sort for list), Main Participants, Date, Place, Description, ID, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Type contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Main Participants contains''<br />
* ''Main Participants does not contain''<br />
* ''Date contains''<br />
* ''Date does not contain''<br />
* ''Place contains''<br />
* ''Place does not contain''<br />
* ''Description contains''<br />
* ''Description does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Names====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Names-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Names" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Names}} tab lets you view and edit any alternative names the person may have. The name shown in the top of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]] dialog is the {{man label|Preferred name}} and is usually (but not necessarily) the Birth Name. {{man label|Alternative names}} might be other [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|Name Types]] for aliases ('Also Known As' name type) for adopted names, pennames, stagenames or legal name changes. (Because it is so common, there is a separate alias Name type for "Married Name".) If alternative names exist, date ranges can be set for each. So a "Birth Name" may use one range (before the date of adoption) and a "Also known as" will have another range (after the date of adoption). Alternative names can also be spelling variants, including anglicized versions of the birth name and common misspellings.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all alternate names for the person stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (add), {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit), and {{man button|{{icon|stock_remove}}}} (remove) allow the addition, modification, and removal of an alternate name from the database. Double-clicking a row is the same as selecting and clicking the {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit) button. Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} buttons become available only when an alternate name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:Any row in the Alternative names may be set to the Preferred name from the context menu. Right-click the Alternative name and choose the {{man label|Set as default name}} menu choice. That Alternative names row will be swapped into the Preferred name section and the previous Preferred name will be demoted to the bottom of the Alternative names list.<br />
<br />
:When adding a new name or editing an existing name, the {{man label|Name Editor}} dialog is invoked. This Names dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor section]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-SourceCitations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Source Citations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab allows you to view and document the source citations for the information you collect.<br />
<br />
:These might be general sources that do not describe a specific event, but which nevertheless yield information about the person. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention her great-grandson Paul, the researcher may assume that this Paul actually existed and cite Aunt Martha's memoirs as the source that justifies this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=Sources which document specific events are best recorded as sources of the event (under the {{man label|Events}} tab) instead of as a source of the person. The person's {{man label|Citations}} tab is best used for any sources not specifically connected to any other data.}}<br />
<br />
:The central part displays the list of all source references stored in the database in relation to the person. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this person. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:On edit you can change the data in the citation (unique to this person), as well as the shared source object, see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Editing Citations]].<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Attributes-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Attributes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and assign attributes to the person. You have complete freedom to define and use attributes. For example, attributes might be assigned to describe the person's physical characteristics or personality traits.<br />
<br />
:Note that each attribute listed in the {{man label|Attribute}} dialog consists of two parts: the Attribute itself and a Value associated with that Attribute. This so-called "Parameter-Value" pairing can help you organize and systematize your research. For example, if you define "Hair color" as an Attribute for a person, "Hair Color" will become a selectable Attribute for all other people. The Value of Hair Color for person A might be red, and brown for person B. In similar fashion, you might define an Attribute like "Generosity" and use the Value of "Enormous" to describe a particularly generous person.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the dialog window displays the list of all Attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an attribute record from the database. Note that the '''Edit''' and '''-''' buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
:If you edit an attribute the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Attributes|Attribute Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
{{man note|GEDCOM|Several predefined attributes refer to values present in the GEDCOM standard.<br>See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Reading_the_report|Reading the GEDCOM report]]}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Addresses-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Addresses" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various mailing addresses of the person. You are advised to use a residence event to store information of residency of a person. The address tab is offered mainly for compatibility with the GEDCOM standard where the rationale of addresses is mailing only.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists addresses stored for that person in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
::If you edit an address the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Addresses|Address Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
:Some reports allow you to restrict data on living people. In particular, that option will omit their addresses.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Notes-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Notes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record various items about the person that do not fit neatly into other categories, as well as text excerpts you want to add to the family tree. You can share notes between different records in Gramps. The iconbar in this tabpage offers the usual buttons: {{man button|Create and add a new note}}, {{man button|Add an existing note}}, {{man button|Edit the selected note}}, {{man button|Remove the existing note}}, and reorder buttons to change the order of the notes<br />
<br />
: If you edit a note, you obtain the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Note Editor]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Note selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectNote-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Note - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Note}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing note.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Preview(default sort for list), ID, Type, Tags, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Preview contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Preview does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Tags contains''<br />
* ''Tags does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=The first available image in the {{man label|Gallery}} tab will be also displayed in the {{man label|Image}} area in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]}} tab on People list views.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Gallery-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Gallery" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you view and store photos, videos, and other media objects that are associated with the person. The central part of the window lists all such media objects. Any object in the form of a valid image file will result in the display of a thumbnail view of the image. For other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., a corresponding file type icon is displayed instead.<br />
<br />
:The following options are available:<br />
* {{man button|+}} - allows you to add a new media object from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}.<br />
* {{man button|Share}} - brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object]]}} selector dialog allowing you to link to an already existing media object.<br />
* {{man button|Edit}} - allows you to modify the select media object in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
* {{man button|-}} - remove the selected media object from the person's gallery. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
You can change the order of the primary (active) image by selecting the image and dragging it to the first position.<br />
<br />
If you select a media object a context menu (right-click) is available with the following options:<br />
* View<br />
* Open Containing_folder<br />
* Make Active Media<br />
* Add<br />
* Share<br />
* Edit<br />
* Remove<br />
<br />
{{man note| Note |Removing a media object from a person's gallery does not remove it from the database. It only removes the reference to that object from this person's record.}}<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Select Media Object selector=====<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectMediaObject-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Media Object - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Media Object}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing media object and once the image is selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
Once you select an media object from the list a preview will be shown if possible in the top section.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Title(default sort for list), ID, Type, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title Contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Title does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contains''<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Select_a_media_object_selector|Select a media object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Internet-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the person. A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing. Type of internet address as needed to navigate to it, eg. http://gramps-project.org, E-mail, Web Page, ...<br />
<br />
:The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+ Create and add a new web address}} , {{man button|Edit the selected web address}} opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]}} dialog to add or edit and the {{man button|-}} removes the selected Internet address. The "Jump to" button opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit the selected web address}} , and {{man button|- Remove the existing web address}} buttons become available only when an web address is selected from the list.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Internet Address Editor=====<br />
<br />
[[File:InternetAddressEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet Address Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Internet Address Editor}} dialog allows you to add an new Internet address or modify selected Internet address.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} Type of internet address:<br />
** ''E-mail''<br />
** '''Unknown''' <small>(default)</small><br />
** ''FTP''<br />
** ''Web Home''<br />
** ''Web Search''<br />
*{{man button|Record is public/private}} toggle the privacy status of the record.<br />
*{{man label|Web address:}} The internet address as needed to navigate to it eg: https://gramps-project.org<br />
**{{man button|Jump to}} open the web address in the default browser<br />
*{{man label|Description:}} A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing.<br />
<br />
See also<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
* Search for a Person's Internet Address (Type, Web address, or Description) data with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_records_containing_.3Csubstring.3E|People with records containing <substring>]] custom filter rule<br />
* Search for a Repository's Internet Address (Type, Web address, or Description) data with the [[https://www.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php/Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Repositories_matching_parameters|Repositories matching parameters]] custom filter rule<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Associations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Associations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Associations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Associations}} tab lets you view and edit relationship role information about two persons explicitly associated in the database. <br />
<br />
The associations tend to be roles that cannot be inferred from being connected in normal (or blended) family structure or through shared event roles. For instance, cousin or sibling relationships are apparent through how marriages connect the people. Relationships such as Godparents (a participant in a Christening), an organ donor (participant in a medical procedure), pall bearer (participant in a Burial), and Guardian (participant in a Probate or mentioned in a will) may be Roles created by sharing an event created for the Primary role person. <br />
<br />
So Association roles are less obvious. They might be family friends, an eponym (the person honored by a namesake), a coworker, a penpal, or any other type of associations you may wish to record. If the closest relation is 'Godparent', then this would indicate that the Godparent of the person (being edited) is the person whose name is shown in the Associations tab. <br />
<br />
The [http://wiki-en.genealogy.net/GEDCOM/ASSO-Tag ''Associates'' (ASSO) tag in the GEDCOM standard] says that "a person's relation or association is the person being pointed to." You might choose to put a reciprocal Association in that other person's Associations tab.<br />
<br />
In the association shown from [[Example.gramps|example.gramps]], Lewis Garner's Godfather is Anderson Garner. Use Events instead for relations connected to specific time frames or occasions. Events can be shared between people, each indicating their [[Gramps_Glossary#role|role]] in the event.<br />
<br />
The button {{man button|+ Create and add a new association}} opens the {{man label|[[#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} dialog to add. The {{man button|Edit the selected association}} button allows you to edit and the {{man button|- Remove the existing association}} removes the selected association. The other buttons {{man button|^ Move the selected association upwards}} or {{man button|^ Move the selected association downwards}} move the selected entry position in the list only.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Roles, Relationships & Associations]]<br />
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Person Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PersonReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Person Reference Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The{{man label|Person Reference Editor}} lets you add and edit Association entries. You can access it from the {{man label|Edit Person}}s dialog {{man label|[[#Associations|Associations]]}} tab.<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Person:}}<br />
** {{man button|Select a person that has an association to the edited person.}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Person_selector|Select Person]]}} selector dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Association:}} ''Godfather'' (Default) you can over type the default entry with anything you choose.<br />
** {{man button|Privacy lock:}} record is public (Default)<br />
<br />
*Source Citations tab<br />
<br />
*Notes tab<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Select Person selector======<br />
[[File:SelectPerson-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Select Person" - selector dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-LDS-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab lets you view and edit information about LDS ordinances of the person. This information is inherited from GEDCOM specification. The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
:These are LDS Baptism, Endowment, and Sealed to Parents ordinances, as labeled inside the tab. Each ordinance is described by its date, LDS temple, and Place where it happened.<br />
<br />
:An additional pop-up menu, "Parents," is available for the Sealed to Parents ordinance. Each ordinance can be further described through the selections available in the Status pop-up menu. It can also be include notes and references to sources through the corresponding {{man button|Sources...}} and {{man button|Note}} buttons.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====LDS Ordinance Editor=====<br />
[[File:LDSOrdinanceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS Ordinance Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
Use the {{icon| stock_add}}{{man tooltip|Create and add a new LDS ordinance}} or {{icon| stock_edit}}{{man tooltip|Edit the selected LDS ordinance}} buttons to bring up the {{man label|LDS Ordinance Editor}} dialog where you can add or edit existing LDS ordinances of the person.<br />
<br />
<br />
* See [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Ordinance_(Latter_Day_Saints) Ordinance (Latter Day Saints)] on [https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Wikipedia#Etymology Wikipedia].<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
[[File:EditPerson-References-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "References" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|[[References#definition|References]]}} tab<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about relationships ==<br />
<br />
Information about relationships is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog. <br />
<br />
This dialog may be invoked in a number of ways:<br />
<br />
* From the {{man menu|Edit}} menu: select {{man menu|Add a Family}} or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#xx|Keybinding]].<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: click on an {{man button|Edit}} button in the family that you want to edit. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} select: {{man menu|Add new parents}}, {{man menu|Add existing parents}}, or {{man menu|Add Partner}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families Category]]: select the family in the list and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the Toolbar, or double-click on the family. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} menu, select {{man menu|Add...}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: point your mouse over the black line connecting the spouses, right-click and select {{man label|Edit}} from the context menu, or double-click on the black line.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Family Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog]]<br />
<br />
The top section of the window shows the names of the people whose relationship is being edited, as well as their birth and death information. <br />
*{{man label|Father/partner1}}<br />
*{{man label|Mother/partner2}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]] reports are available by using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section displays three fields and a number of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_tab_pages|notebook tabs]] representing different categories of information about the relationship. Click any tab to view or edit the information it contains. The bottom part has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button at any time will close the window without applying any changes. If any of the data in any tab is modified, an alert window will appear that will prompt you choose between closing the dialog without saving changes, canceling the initial cancel request, or saving the changes.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section fields have the basic description of the relationship. The {{man label|ID}} field displays the ID number which labels this relationship in the database, leave this field empty to have Gramps generate a unique ID number. You can choose from the drop-down {{man label|Type:}} list the available types of family relationships such as <code>Civil Union</code>, <code>Married</code>, '''<code>Unknown</code>'''(default), <code>Unmarried</code>, etc.)<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Indicate_a_divorce|How do I represent a divorce?]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Tags:}} displays shows the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|tags]] you have created to show some basic information on the status of your research. You can add additional tags by selecting the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|Edit the tag list]]}} button.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. Gramps does not have a separate saving function, all changes are immediate.}}<br />
=====Select Father selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectFather-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Father - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Father}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Father.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Select Mother selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectMother-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Mother - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Mother}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Mother.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Family Editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of relationship data:<br />
<br />
====Children====<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-Children-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Children" tab from "Family Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Children}} tab lets you view and edit the list of children who are part of this relationship. The {{man button|+}} button allows entering a new person to the database and adding that person as a child in this relationship. The {{man button|Select}} button lets you select an existing person to be a child in the relationship. The {{man button|Edit}} button opens the {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog that allows for editing the relations between the selected child and the parents. Finally, the {{man button|-}} lets you remove the selected child from the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a child is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing a child from the list does not delete that child from the database. It only removes the child from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip |Use arrows (up/down) or [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop''] for setting children order into the family.}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|How do I change the order of children?]]<br />
Use:<br />
* This [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Children|Children]] tab in the Family Editor to change the order of children in the family.<br />
* The third party addon [[Addon:BirthOrderTool|Birth Order Tool]] which allows bulk updates of the children order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Child selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectChild-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Child - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Child}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing child and once selected will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Name(default sort for list), ID, Gender, Birth Date, Birth Place, Death Date, Death Place, Spouse, Last Change.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Child Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:ChildReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Child reference editor]]<br />
The {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog allows editing of the relationship between the selected child and the parents in a Family. The dialog appears when initially committing a Person as offspring in a Family. The final step of using the {{icon|share}}Share button, the {{icon|stock_add}} (Create an new person) button or using "drag and drop" to add someone to the family is to confirm the Relationship. <br />
<br />
The Relationships may also be edited for existing children of shown in the Edit Family dialog. Double-clicking on an existing child in a Family or selecting the {{man label|Edit relationships}} context menu item will open the Child Reference Editor for the selected child. (Selecting the {{man label|Edit Child}} context menu item will open the Edit Person dialog instead.)<br />
<br />
While a Person will only have a Birth relationship to both parents in a traditional Birth family, they might also be part of multiple blended families. In those families, a birth parent re-marries and the other spouse can have a more complex relationship withe children of a previous marriage. But it they are part of the household, those children should be added to the new Family with the appropriate relationship.<br />
<br />
The following options are available:<br />
* {{man label|Name Child:}} The name of the child<br />
** {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man label|Open [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|person editor]] of this child}} button.<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Father:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Mother:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man button|Record is Public/Private}} privacy toggle for this relationship.<br />
{{-}}<br />
Also the following tabs are available.<br />
======Source Citations tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit the list of events relevant to the relationship. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing an event from the list does not delete that event from the database. It simply removes the event reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit a list of references to the sources that provide evidence for the relationship. These might be documents that refer to the relationship, but which do not necessarily document it officially. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention that her great-grandson Paul was married, the researcher may take this as evidence of the relationship between Paul and his wife existed and cite the memoirs as the source for this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Sources that document specific events such as marriages or divorces are better filed in relation to those events, under the Events tab.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow let you add, modify, and remove a source reference to this relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Removing an entry from the list does not delete that source from the database. It simply removes the source reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the relationship that can be expressed as attributes. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab lets you view and edit any [[Gramps_Glossary#note|Note]] associated with the relationship. These could be any comments which do not naturally fit into the "Parameter-Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Format}} option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select Flowed, the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored.<br />
<br />
If you select the Preformatted option, the text in reports and web pages will appear exactly as you enter it in the {{man label|Notes}} dialog.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with the relationship. The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
[[File:EditFamily-LDS-tab-example-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance editor of "Edit Family" - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab of the Family Editor only displays information about the LDS '''Sealed to Spouse''' {{man label|Ordinance}}. (The ordinances related to individuals can be recorded in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS tab of the '''Person''' Editor]].) The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
The data can also include {{man label|LDS temple}}, {{man label|Status}}, {{man label|date}}, and {{man label|Place}}.<br />
<br />
Each ordinance record can also be annotated in the corresponding {{man label|Sources}} and {{man label|Note}} tabs.<br />
The status of the ordinance can be described through the options available in the {{man label|Status}} pop-up menu.<br />
:The status states for the '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance are:<br />
:*'''<No Status>''' ''(default)''<br />
:*Canceled<br />
:*Cleared<br />
:*Completed<br />
:*Do not seal<br />
:*Pre-1970<br />
:*Qualified<br />
:*Do not seal/Cancel<br />
:*Submitted<br />
:*Uncleared<br />
<br />
To edit Source or Note annotation data, switch to the corresponding LDS Ordination Editor tab and select the desired entry in the list of records. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} icon on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|Source Editor dialog:}}<br />
<br />
The main part of the Family Editor&rsquo;s {{man label|LDS}} tab displays a table of the five different kids of data in a each record. Click a column header to row or double-click a row to edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately commit changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type and has an icon to the left of the label, this means it contains data records. If not, that tab has no data of that kind records.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing dates ==<br />
<br />
This section describes how to enter and modify dates. Since dates are so important in genealogical research, Gramps takes special care to preserve and use any date information available.<br />
<br />
Information can be entered into a date field by directly typing it or by invoking the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_selection_dialog|Date selection]]}} dialog by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button next to any {{man label|Date:}} entry field.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]<br />
* {{man menu|Menu -> Edit -> Preferences -> [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}} - To change the default values for the typical ages at birth, between generations, etc.<br />
<br />
=== Date selection dialog===<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-defaults-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Date selection}} - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
While the above parsing rules provide a guide for you to type in most common dates, you can also use {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. The dialog is particularly useful for building a complex date or for simply insuring that your information is entered in a way Gramps will understand.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Calendar:}} Choose alternate [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|calendar type]].<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Gregorian_calendar '''Gregorian'''](default)<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Julian_and_Gregorian_Calendars Julian] (including [[Dates#Dual_Dated|Mixed]]/[[#Dual-dated dates|Dual]] dates)<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_calendar Hebrew]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/French_Republican_Calendar French Republican]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Iranian_calendars#Old_Persian_calendar Persian]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamic_calendar Islamic]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Sweden_Feast_Day_Calendars Swedish]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Dual dated}} This field is select-able with the matching {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Alternate_new_year_day|New Year begins:]]}} field if the alternate {{man label|Calendar:}} supports [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Dual-dated_dates|dual dating]]. (checkbox unchecked by default)<br />
** {{man label|New Year begins:}} (Empty text field by default)<br />
* {{man label|Quality:}} Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|date quality]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default)<br />
** Estimated<br />
** Calculated<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} Set the interval precision or time frame [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_formats_and_parsing_rules|date type]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default) - the interval spanning a specific day, month or year (without regard to time zone)<br />
** Before<br />
** After<br />
** About<br />
** Range<br />
** From {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** To {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** Span<br />
** Text only<br />
* {{man label|Date}} Select the {{man label|Year}}, {{man label|Month}} and the {{man label|Day}}. <br />
* {{man label|Second date:}} If your date {{man label|Type:}} is ''Range'' or ''Span'', this option will be available to set a date.<br />
* {{man label|Text comment:}} text entry field allows storing an arbitrary text string along with the date.<br />
<br />
{{man warn|1=Important comment about a date |2=If you have an important annotation regarding a date, it is better to do so in a Note or the Description that corresponds to the event, instead of in the Text comment field of the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. This is recommended for the following reason: If you enter a date by typing it directly into the date field (that is, not via the {{man label|Date selector}} dialog), your entry will be copied and stored as the text comment string when Gramps parses the entered text. Thus, any comment that may have been there prior to the parsing will be overwritten. }}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Date validity indicators ===<br />
<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Date selection dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramps uses a date validator.<br />
<br />
While partial dates do not uniquely define the day, they allow at least for some type of comparisons between the dates.<br />
<br />
The date field will highlight in red and display a red symbol (such as a stop sign or cross) to indicate the entered date is not recognized as a recognized and valid format for a date. <br />
<br />
Examples of common date references that are not recognizable Gramps formats might be "Christmas week of '61", "Fall 1782", or "the summer when I had surgery". In such a case, the date will be stored as string and marked as ''Text only'' type. Any dates of this Type will not be compared to other dates. Wherever possible, it is preferable to avoid such ''Text Only'' date entries. It might be better, for example, to enter a date of "December 1961" and then to add the Description annotation "Christmas week of '61." It would be more precise to check a calendar for December 1961 then key in the actual date span... but still include the annotation. The annotation is needed because you cannot assume that 'Christmas week' means the same span of days to you as to your source. There could be culture bias to color the interpretation. It could mean the calendar row containing Christmas day. But American & European calendar rows start on different days of the week. Or, it could mean the 7 days starting with Christmas or even the 7 days leading up to Christmas. So the span allows searches and comparisons but the annotation shows that actual interval is subject to interpretation.<br />
<br />
In the various views (such as the {{man label|Person View}}), unrecognized dates will be displayed in '''bold''' by default. The text markup (formatting style) for unrecognized dates can be modified by changing the {{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|{{man label|Dates}} tab]] of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]].<br />
<br />
When a Birth or Death date is missing for a Person, the dates of existing fallback Events in the same category may be shown (and indicated with italics with an abbreviated title) rather leaving the display blank. So, a Burial or Cremation date will be shown if a Death date has not yet been recorded.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Date Quality ===<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one with an explicit day, month, or year. <br />
<br />
*Estimated: An "estimated" date is one based on average interval assumptions offset from a known reference date. (Such as the average number of years between generations, maximum lifespan, or length of sea voyage.) <br />
<br />
*Calculated: A "calculated" date is one based on a known interval from a reference date but without a source explicitly mentioning the date. (Such as a gravestone engraved with both a date of death and a precise age at death.)<br />
<br />
Census data is unusual in that it seems to a candidate for a Calculated date but is not. The census often explicitly defines the interval (age) and the reference date (census polling date) but that age is often estimated or rounded. <br />
<br />
===Date Type===<br />
<br />
To the right of the {{man label|Quality:}} should appear the {{man label|Type:}} pop-up menu. <br />
<br />
Dates in Gramps are classified according to the following types of precision (scale) of interval or time frame:<br />
<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one which includes an interval spanning a specific day, month, or year. It can be complete (or 'fully qualified' for a 24 hour interval like June 6, 1990) or partial (like omitting the day for a 1 month interval like July 1977 or omitting the day and month for a 1 year interval).<br />
<br />
*Before: A "before" date is one that can only be identified as occurring (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|preferences-defined long interval]]) prior to a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*To {{new|5.2.0}}: A "to" date is one that is an open-ended span as that occurs prior to a certain day, month, or year. Unlike a "before" Date type, the span is unlimited into the past. <br />
<br />
*From {{new|5.2.0}}: A "from" date is one that is an open-ended span that following a certain day, month, or year. Unlike an "after" Date type, the span is unlimited into the future.<br />
<br />
*After: An "after" date is one that occurs (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|2nd preferences-defined long interval]]) following a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*About: An "about" (circa) date is one that occurs (in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|yet another preferences-defined ±years interval]]) before '''or''' after a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is ±50 years.)'' <br />
<br />
*Range: A "range" describes a time period during in which the event occurred. It could be recurrent event during the interval or a single instance believed to have occurred between known boundary dates. <br />
: For example, "between January 1932 and March 1932."<br />
<br />
*Span: A "span" describes an inclusive time period during which a condition continually existed. <br />
: For example, "from May 12, 2000 to February 2, 2002."<br />
<br />
===Date formats and parsing rules===<br />
<br />
The Date Selection dialog just helps layout a date in the standard format that Gramps knows how to parse. It is useful while you're unfamiliar with the options, need to use an alternative calendar or specify a New Year begins date. <br />
<br />
Gramps recognizes dates entered in a variety of formats. The default numeric format is that which is conventional for the environment is which Gramps is operating; that is, DD.MM.YYYY for most European countries, MM/DD/YYYY for the U.S., and so on. A way to avoid this ambiguity is to always choose a d&nbsp;mmm&nbsp;yyyy or mmmnbsp;d&nbsp;yyyy format.<br />
<br />
Besides exact dates, Gramps recognizes many date types that are not regular: before, to, from, after, about, ranges and spans. It also understands the quality: estimated or calculated. Finally, it supports partial dates and many alternative calendars. Below is the list of date entry rules to allow precise date parsing.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Date parsing rules |2=The list only applies to the English version of Gramps. If you are using localized version of Gramps, your version may or may not provide a localized date parser. A list of the available localized parsers can be found on the [[Handler List]] some existing Date Handlers are available for French, German, Russian, Finnish, Dutch, Spanish, Slovak and Swedish languages.<br>If the localized parser is available for your version, chances are that other rules are in effect. If there is no manual in your language yet, you may try following your instincts and try the common ways of denoting dates in your language. If all else fails, use the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog described above. The date that the dialog generates will show how the localized parser expects the different Date Quality and Type values to be typed.}}<br />
<br />
'''Regular single dates''' can be entered just as you would write them. And typing a slash after the year followed by a value 1 year later creates a Julian dual-dated entry.<br />
:Examples: "May 24, 1961" ; "31 Dec 1858/9" or "January 1, 2004".<br />
<br />
'''Before the Common Era''' (BCE, BC and B.C.E.) and are notations for the Gregorian or Julian calendars. "Common Era" and "Before the Common Era" are religiously neutral alternatives to the familiar Anno Domini (AD) and Before Christ (BC) notations used for the same calendar era. The notation will be harmonized to the "B.C.E." form.<br />
:Examples: "c. 25 Dec 32 BC Julian" becomes "about 25 Dec 32 B.C.E. (Julian)"<br />
<br />
'''Partial dates''' are entered simply by omitting unknown information.<br />
:Examples: May 1961 and 2004.<br />
<br />
Dates that are not Regular {{man label|Quality}} should start with the {{man label|Quality:}} keywords of ''Estimated'' or ''Calculated'' , if applicable.<br />
:Example: est. 1961, or calc 2005. (Note that a {{man label|Quality}} does not need to be specified for regular dates.)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Type:}} menu options can also be set to ''Before'', ''To'', ''From'' ''After'', or ''About'' by simply typing "before", "to", "from", "after" or "about" before a single date in the Event Editing dialog. <br />
<br />
If the desired {{man label|Type:}} is a range, write "between DATE and DATE", and if the {{man label|Type:}} is a span, write "from DATE to DATE". <br />
:Examples: est from 2001 to 2003, before June 1975, est circa 2000, calc between May 1900 and January 1, 1990.<br />
<br />
<br />
Here are a couple examples to try: <br />
:Captain John Smith has been stationed in the 1st Grenadier regiment between 1888-5-13 and 1902-10-24 according to his military record (words "between" and "and" intentionally used as this is the way we talk in day-to-day life); Then date should be coded "from … to …" because this is the duration of his duty.<br />
<br />
: Captain John Smith's regiment was posted to the Escaut river at Valenciennes the week before the Armistice.<br> ''Then this can be recorded as a "Military Service" Event type with a date of "between Nov 4 1918 and 11 Nov 1918" (Gramps will convert to a standard date format despite 2 formats being used for entry) at River Escaut, Valenciennes, Noord department, France... because the actual date for this "instantaneous" event is not known in the source.''<br />
<br />
===Calendars===<br />
<br />
Alternate calendars are calendars other than the Gregorian calendar. Currently, Gramps supports Hebrew, French Republican, Julian, Islamic, Persian, and Swedish alternate calendars. To specify the calendar other than the default Gregorian, append the name of the calendar to the date string, e.g. "January 9, 1905 (julian)" or use the drop down menu.<br />
<br />
====Swedish calendar====<br />
<br />
The [[Swedish_kings|Swedish king]], Karl XII, decided that Sweden should start using the Gregorian calendar. However, it was planned to take place gradually by skipping 11 leap days starting 1700-02-29 and end by 1744. So 1700-02-28 was followed by 1700-03-01. This took place during the Great Nordic War and the leap days were kept 1704 and 1708. In January 1711 the same king decided that Sweden should return to the Julian Calendar by 1712-03-01. In order to be in phase, an extra day was inserted on 1712-02-30. And that was the end of the Swedish Calendar. Sweden converted to Gregorian in 1753-03-01, by skipping dates between 1752-02-18 and 1753-02-28.<br />
In Gramps you can only enter valid dates for the Swedish Calendar from 1700-03-01 to 1712-02-30. All other dates are flagged as not valid and has to be corrected.<br />
<br />
===Dual-dated dates===<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates (also called "double dating", "slash dates", and sometimes "Old Style/New Style" dates) appear like "Jan 23, 1735/6". Often mistaken as a year uncertainty, this actually has a specific historic meaning. The dual dated date represents a time when an area was in a transition between moving to January 1 as the beginning of the new year. Thus Jan 23, 1735/6 is an indication to make it clear what date is being referred to. In this example, "Jan 23, 1736" might have occurred after "Jun 23, 1736".<br />
<br />
England and the American colonies didn't officially accept the "Jan 1" as the new year date until 1752. Before 1752, the English government still officially observed March 25 as the first of the year, whereas most of the English population observed January 1 as the first of the year. Many people therefore wrote dates falling between January 1 and March 25 in the dual-dated format.<br />
<br />
Sometimes, a dual date may appear as a fraction, as in this grave stone (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704):<br />
<br />
[[Image:Gravestone.jpg|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gravestone showing <br />
dual date as a fraction (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704)]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Marking a date as dual dated can be done by simply putting a slash between the years. For example:<br />
<br />
* 1721/2<br />
* 1719/20<br />
* 1799/800 <br />
<br />
These slash-years can appear anywhere in a date that a regular year can appear.<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates are currently represented in the Julian calendar so their month and day will be the same as that in the textual representation. <br />
<br />
====Alternate new year day====<br />
<br />
With dual-dated dates (and other dates) you may know that the new year was celebrated on a day other than January 1. To indicate this in Gramps, put the month/day code in parentheses, after the calendar (if one). For example:<br />
<br />
* Jan 20, 1865 (Mar25)<br />
* Jan 20, 1750 (Julian,Mar1)<br />
* Feb 23, 1710/1 (Mar25) <br />
<br />
To indicate the beginning of a year that is different from that of January 1, you use the following codes:<br />
<br />
* Jan1<br />
* Mar1<br />
* Mar25<br />
* Sep1 <br />
<br />
You can put that as the only item in parenthesis, or right after a calendar name (comma, and no space). <br />
<br />
Note that if new year's day is not Jan 1, then January will come after December that year. Dates with new year day codes will be sorted appropriately. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and Editing Data:_Detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1&diff=102998
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1
2024-03-15T22:50:54Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Internet Address Editor */ search rule</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.1}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
The section expands on the [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: brief|brief overview]] of how to enter and edit data in Gramps.<br />
<br />
Gramps offers you a series of Views. Each of these Views gives you opportunities to enter and edit information. In fact, you can often get to the same information from different Views.<br />
<br />
In Gramps, information is entered and edited through what we call dialogs. Since we use that term frequently, we should define what we mean by it:<br />
<br />
A dialog is a pop-up window that provides one or more forms for entering and editing data that fits a certain category. Examples in Gramps include the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog and the {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog, among many others.<br />
<br />
A dialog often includes a series of "notebook tabs" that group the information into subcategories. For example, the {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog has notebook tabs for subcategories such as Events, Attributes, Addresses, and Notes, among others.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Add, Remove, and Edit buttons|2=In most cases, Gramps uses a {{man button|+}} to correspond to {{man button|Add+}} , a {{man button|-}} correspond to {{man button|Remove}} , and an icon of a pen on a sheet of paper to denote {{man button|Edit}}. We will continue referring to the latter as the {{man button|Edit+}} button, while using {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} to denote the two former buttons.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about people ==<br />
<br />
Information about people is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog. This dialog can be invoked from different Views in the following ways:<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_People_Category|People Category]]: <br />
::Double-click the name of the person whose data you would like to edit<br />
::Select the name by single click and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar.<br />
::Select the name and then press '''Enter''' .<br />
::Select Edit... from the Edit menu of Gramps<br />
::Select Edit from the context menu that appears upon right-click on the name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: To edit the Active Person's data, click on the {{man button|Edit}} button next to the Active Person's name.<br />
<br />
*From the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: Double-click in the box having the name of the person whose data you want to edit.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Edit Person dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-new-person-50.png|450px|right|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Person - window - Default New empty editor]]<br />
<br />
[[File:Edit-person-window-example-existing-person-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing example person]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog is where you either add a new persons information or edit an existing person.<br />
<br />
The top of the window has two parts: The basic information about the {{man label|Preferred name}} of the person, and a section {{man label|General}} with the privacy button (to set the record as private), the gender selector, an ID you can give this record, and a marker you can assign to the person indicating the state of the record (complete, TODO, uncertain, ....) which will give this record a specific color in the person view.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Edit Person}} dialog - showing the Quick View context submenu]]<br />
By using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window eg:near the "Preferred Name" field, you will be present with a context menu for three options:<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|Make Active Person]]}} -<br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Home_Person|Make Home Person]]}} - <br />
* {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]]}} reports are available.<br />
<br />
Below this top section, there are several "[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_tab_pages|tabs]]" containing different categories of available information. Click any tab to view and edit its contents. <br />
<br />
Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at the bottom will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:SaveChanges-alert-dialog-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Save Changes?" - alert dialog]]<br />
<br />
If any data in any tabs were modified, an {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Suppress_warning_when_cancelling_with_changed_data|Save Changes?]]}} alert window will appear, prompting you to choose from the following options:<br />
* ''Close the without saving'' - changes.<br />
* '''Cancel'''(default) - the initial cancel request.<br />
* ''Save'' - the changes.<br />
as well as a checkbox to indicate ''Do not ask again''. Also can be disabled from {{man label|Suppress warning when cancelling with changed data.}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Preferences > Warnings]] dialog.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. There is no need for a Save operation, since all changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred name section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Preferred name" section (Highlighted in yellow) of "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The preferred or default name is the name that will be used in Gramps for the '[[Names_in_Gramps|name]]' of the person. You can set in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Gramps Preferences]] how a name is displayed, and generally you will only the need to put data in fields shown in the preferred name section. <br />
<br />
Only detailed reports (textual and Narrative Web site generator) show also the alternate names. Note however that searching on a name will search in all names attached to a person, not only the preferred name.<br />
<br />
The preferred name section contains the typical name information you will edit upon creation of a person. To reduce clutter, the less frequently needed fields (for [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternate Names]]) are hidden by default. To expand the section for Multiple Surnames, click the {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. To see the full range of data you can store about a name, click the {{icon|Stock_edit}}&nbsp;{{man button|Edit}} button in the lower right corner the {{man label|Preferred name}} section or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|keybinding]]. This will show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]].<br />
<br />
The name fields of the preferred name in the {{man label|Person Editor}} are:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type}} of the name. Predefined types include: Also Known As, '''Birth Name'''&nbsp;''(default)'', Married Name, Unknown. You can also type over in this entry field to create your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] (eg nick name, short name, etc.). <br />
:It is advisable that the preferred name be a registered birth name or other name with legal standing. Those are names that will be found most often on citable documents. You may choose to store other name types in the {{man label|Name}} tab of the {{man label|Person Editor}}.<br />
*{{man label|Given name}}, the person's given name(s)<br />
*{{man label|Suffix}}, an optional suffix to the name, such as ''Jr.'' or ''III''<br />
*{{man label|Surname}}, the part of a person's name indicating the family to which the person belongs.<br />
** Selecting the {{man button|Use Multiple Surnames}} {{icon|Stock_add}}&nbsp;{{man button|Add}} button, will show the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple Surnames]]}} section entry box, allowing you to enter compound surnames (for example for patronymics, or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names)<br />
*{{man label|Surname prefix}}, an optional prefix for the family name that is not used in sorting, such as ''de'' or ''van'' <br />
*{{man label|Origin}}, the [[Gramps_Glossary#name_origin|origin]] type of the name identifies the cultural naming system that specifies how a particular surname was elected. This is meta information about the surname which can be important in genealogical research.<br />
*{{man label|Title}}, which is a title (typically in abbreviated form) used to refer to the person such as ''Dr.'' or ''Rev.'', selector, <br />
*{{man label|Nick Name}}, is a descriptive name given in place of or in addition to the official given name. If a Nick name is a full name construct, use a specific name type ''Also known as'' instead of the Nick field.<br />
*{{man label|Call name}}, officially this is the part of the given name that is the normally used name. Eg, a person can have 3 given names as in ''Jean Baptiste Jules'', where in reality only ''Baptiste'' is used. In Germany and some other places, it was customary to underline the callname among the different given names, see also [[Names_in_Gramps#Call_Name|here]]. Some people will try to use this field also for nickname, or changes to the Given name (like Cristy for Cristina), but this is not the intended use. A call name is a proper legal name. For nick names, or short name variants, you should create an alternative name with a different type.<br />
<br />
<br />
On the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]] an extra field is available: {{man label|Family Nickname}}. This is a unofficial name given to a family splinter group to distinguish them from people with the same family surname. Often referred to as Farm name and typically references a location where the splinter group resides or originates. (aka sept, sect, camp)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Origin}} and {{man label|Type}} fields provide an "autocompletion" feature: as you type in these fields, a menu appears below the field containing database entries that match your partial input. This gives you a shortcut by letting you select an entry that already exists in the database rather than having to type it all out. You can select the entry using your mouse or using your arrow and '''Enter''' keys.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Multiple Surnames===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Multiple Surnames" section (Highlighted in Blue) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When the add {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (Use Multiple Surnames) button has been pressed at the far right of the {{man label|Surname:}} row in the {{man label|Edit Person}} window, a new {{man label|Multiple Surnames}} section entry box will be shown, allowing compound surnames to be entered. Alternately, the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Editor_bindings|Add button's Editor keybinding]] can be used. <br />
<br />
The height of the multiple surname box can be customized in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|{{man label|Display}} tab]] of the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences...}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2010/11/final-multiple-surnames/ Multiple Surnames feature] might be used for patronymics or compound matrilineal-patrilinial names. Another variation would be a Scandinavian name like ‘Syver Ericksen Skotterud’ where the full name is composed of a forename (Syver), a reference to his father (Ericksen or son of Erick) together with a village or locality name. In such a case, you can add 'Ericksen' with an [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|Origin]] of "Patronymic" and expand to a Multiple Surnames by adding 'Skotterud' with an Origin of "Location".<br />
<br />
If you do not add any information in this section then, on the next open of the Edit Person dialog, it will be hidden. Any empty rows will not be saved.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===General section===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-General-section-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "General" section of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The General section has the following options you can change Gender, ID, Tags, Privacy.<br />
====Gender====<br />
* The {{man label|Gender}} menu offers the choice of person's gender :<br />
** {{man label|female}}<br />
** {{man label|male}}<br />
** {{man label|unknown}} (Default)<br />
** {{man label|other}} {{new|5.2}}<br />
<br />
If the gender is left as {{man label|unknown}} then the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Unknown_gender_specified_dialog|Unknown gender specified]]}} dialog is shown.<br />
<br />
See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rebuild_Gender_Statistics|Rebuild Gender Statistics]] tool and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Dump_Gender_Statistics|Dump Gender Statistics]] debug.<br />
<br />
=====Unknown gender specified dialog=====<br />
<br />
{{man warn|Unknown gender specified|The gender of the person is currently unknown. Usually, this is a mistake. Please specify the gender.}}<br />
<br />
====ID====<br />
* The {{man label|ID}} field displays the Gramps ID number which identifies the user in the Family tree uniquely. This value helps you distinguish between people who have the same name. You may enter any unique value you want. If you do not provide a value, Gramps will automatically select a value for you.<br />
<br />
====Tags====<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} area show the your custom assigned tags that specify some basic information on the status of your research.<br />
** The {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tag_selection_dialog|Tag selection]]}} dialog list that lets you remove or assign existing custom tags.<br />
<br />
====Privacy====<br />
* The {{man label|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the person's record is considered private.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Preferred image===<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-top-sections-highlighted-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Image" section (Highlighted in Red) of the "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
<br />
If any images exist the person editor will show an additional area in the top left region (otherwise it is hidden). This {{man label|Image}} area shows the first image available in the {{man label|Gallery}} of this person.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Edit Person tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs reflect the following categories of personal data:<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Events-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Events" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit any events relevant to the person. The bottom part of the window lists all such events stored in the database and displays the following columns: <code>Type, Description, Date, Place, Main Participants, Private(lock icon), Role, ID, Age</code>. The top part shows the details of the currently selected event in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to add, modify, and remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:When you use the {{man button|Share an existing event}} button the {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog is shown allowing you to select an already existing event and edit it in the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
:When you add a new event or edit an existing event, the {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is invoked. The {{man label|Event Reference Editor}} dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_event_references|Event Reference section]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Event selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectEvent-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Event - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Event}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing event and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Type(default sort for list), Main Participants, Date, Place, Description, ID, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Type contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Main Participants contains''<br />
* ''Main Participants does not contain''<br />
* ''Date contains''<br />
* ''Date does not contain''<br />
* ''Place contains''<br />
* ''Place does not contain''<br />
* ''Description contains''<br />
* ''Description does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Names====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Names-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Names" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Names}} tab lets you view and edit any alternative names the person may have. The name shown in the top of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]] dialog is the {{man label|Preferred name}} and is usually (but not necessarily) the Birth Name. {{man label|Alternative names}} might be other [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|Name Types]] for aliases ('Also Known As' name type) for adopted names, pennames, stagenames or legal name changes. (Because it is so common, there is a separate alias Name type for "Married Name".) If alternative names exist, date ranges can be set for each. So a "Birth Name" may use one range (before the date of adoption) and a "Also known as" will have another range (after the date of adoption). Alternative names can also be spelling variants, including anglicized versions of the birth name and common misspellings.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all alternate names for the person stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected name in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|{{icon|stock_add}}}} (add), {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit), and {{man button|{{icon|stock_remove}}}} (remove) allow the addition, modification, and removal of an alternate name from the database. Double-clicking a row is the same as selecting and clicking the {{man button|{{icon|stock_edit}}}} (edit) button. Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} buttons become available only when an alternate name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:Any row in the Alternative names may be set to the Preferred name from the context menu. Right-click the Alternative name and choose the {{man label|Set as default name}} menu choice. That Alternative names row will be swapped into the Preferred name section and the previous Preferred name will be demoted to the bottom of the Alternative names list.<br />
<br />
:When adding a new name or editing an existing name, the {{man label|Name Editor}} dialog is invoked. This Names dialog is described in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor section]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-SourceCitations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Source Citations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab allows you to view and document the source citations for the information you collect.<br />
<br />
:These might be general sources that do not describe a specific event, but which nevertheless yield information about the person. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention her great-grandson Paul, the researcher may assume that this Paul actually existed and cite Aunt Martha's memoirs as the source that justifies this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=Sources which document specific events are best recorded as sources of the event (under the {{man label|Events}} tab) instead of as a source of the person. The person's {{man label|Citations}} tab is best used for any sources not specifically connected to any other data.}}<br />
<br />
:The central part displays the list of all source references stored in the database in relation to the person. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove a source reference to this person. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
:On edit you can change the data in the citation (unique to this person), as well as the shared source object, see [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Editing Citations]].<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Attributes-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Attributes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and assign attributes to the person. You have complete freedom to define and use attributes. For example, attributes might be assigned to describe the person's physical characteristics or personality traits.<br />
<br />
:Note that each attribute listed in the {{man label|Attribute}} dialog consists of two parts: the Attribute itself and a Value associated with that Attribute. This so-called "Parameter-Value" pairing can help you organize and systematize your research. For example, if you define "Hair color" as an Attribute for a person, "Hair Color" will become a selectable Attribute for all other people. The Value of Hair Color for person A might be red, and brown for person B. In similar fashion, you might define an Attribute like "Generosity" and use the Value of "Enormous" to describe a particularly generous person.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the dialog window displays the list of all Attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an attribute record from the database. Note that the '''Edit''' and '''-''' buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
:If you edit an attribute the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_3#Attributes|Attribute Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
{{man note|GEDCOM|Several predefined attributes refer to values present in the GEDCOM standard.<br>See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Reading_the_report|Reading the GEDCOM report]]}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Addresses-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Addresses" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various mailing addresses of the person. You are advised to use a residence event to store information of residency of a person. The address tab is offered mainly for compatibility with the GEDCOM standard where the rationale of addresses is mailing only.<br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists addresses stored for that person in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
::If you edit an address the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Addresses|Address Editor]]}} opens.<br />
<br />
:Some reports allow you to restrict data on living people. In particular, that option will omit their addresses.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Notes-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Notes" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record various items about the person that do not fit neatly into other categories, as well as text excerpts you want to add to the family tree. You can share notes between different records in Gramps. The iconbar in this tabpage offers the usual buttons: {{man button|Create and add a new note}}, {{man button|Add an existing note}}, {{man button|Edit the selected note}}, {{man button|Remove the existing note}}, and reorder buttons to change the order of the notes<br />
<br />
: If you edit a note, you obtain the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Note Editor]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Note selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectNote-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Note - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Note}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing note.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Preview(default sort for list), ID, Type, Tags, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Preview contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Preview does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Tags contains''<br />
* ''Tags does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Tip|2=The first available image in the {{man label|Gallery}} tab will be also displayed in the {{man label|Image}} area in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Details|Details]]}} tab on People list views.}}<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Gallery-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Gallery" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you view and store photos, videos, and other media objects that are associated with the person. The central part of the window lists all such media objects. Any object in the form of a valid image file will result in the display of a thumbnail view of the image. For other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., a corresponding file type icon is displayed instead.<br />
<br />
:The following options are available:<br />
* {{man button|+}} - allows you to add a new media object from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}.<br />
* {{man button|Share}} - brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object]]}} selector dialog allowing you to link to an already existing media object.<br />
* {{man button|Edit}} - allows you to modify the select media object in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}}. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
* {{man button|-}} - remove the selected media object from the person's gallery. This button only becomes available when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
You can change the order of the primary (active) image by selecting the image and dragging it to the first position.<br />
<br />
If you select a media object a context menu (right-click) is available with the following options:<br />
* View<br />
* Open Containing_folder<br />
* Make Active Media<br />
* Add<br />
* Share<br />
* Edit<br />
* Remove<br />
<br />
{{man note| Note |Removing a media object from a person's gallery does not remove it from the database. It only removes the reference to that object from this person's record.}}<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Select Media Object selector=====<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectMediaObject-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Media Object - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Media Object}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing media object and once the image is selected it will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|Media reference editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
Once you select an media object from the list a preview will be shown if possible in the top section.<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Title(default sort for list), ID, Type, Last Change.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title Contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Title does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Type contains''<br />
* ''Type does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contains''<br />
<br />
See also [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Select_a_media_object_selector|Select a media object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Internet-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the person. A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing. Type of internet address as needed to navigate to it, eg. http://gramps-project.org, E-mail, Web Page, ...<br />
<br />
:The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+ Create and add a new web address}} , {{man button|Edit the selected web address}} opens the {{man label|Internet Address Editor}} dialog to add or edit and the {{man button|-}} removes the selected Internet address. The "Jump to" button opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit the selected web address}} , and {{man button|- Remove the existing web address}} buttons become available only when an web address is selected from the list.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Internet Address Editor=====<br />
<br />
[[File:InternetAddressEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Internet Address Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Internet Address Editor}} dialog allows you to add an new Internet address or modify selected Internet address.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} Type of internet address:<br />
** ''E-mail''<br />
** '''Unknown''' <small>(default)</small><br />
** ''FTP''<br />
** ''Web Home''<br />
** ''Web Search''<br />
*{{man button|Record is public/private}} toggle the privacy status of the record.<br />
*{{man label|Web address:}} The internet address as needed to navigate to it eg: https://gramps-project.org<br />
**{{man button|Jump to}} open the web address in the default browser<br />
*{{man label|Description:}} A descriptive caption of the Internet location you are storing.<br />
<br />
See also<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
* Search for a Person's Internet Address (Type, Web address, or Description) data with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#People_with_records_containing_.3Csubstring.3E|People with records containing <substring>]] custom filter rule<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Associations====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-Associations-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Associations" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Associations}} tab lets you view and edit relationship role information about two persons explicitly associated in the database. <br />
<br />
The associations tend to be roles that cannot be inferred from being connected in normal (or blended) family structure or through shared event roles. For instance, cousin or sibling relationships are apparent through how marriages connect the people. Relationships such as Godparents (a participant in a Christening), an organ donor (participant in a medical procedure), pall bearer (participant in a Burial), and Guardian (participant in a Probate or mentioned in a will) may be Roles created by sharing an event created for the Primary role person. <br />
<br />
So Association roles are less obvious. They might be family friends, an eponym (the person honored by a namesake), a coworker, a penpal, or any other type of associations you may wish to record. If the closest relation is 'Godparent', then this would indicate that the Godparent of the person (being edited) is the person whose name is shown in the Associations tab. <br />
<br />
The [http://wiki-en.genealogy.net/GEDCOM/ASSO-Tag ''Associates'' (ASSO) tag in the GEDCOM standard] says that "a person's relation or association is the person being pointed to." You might choose to put a reciprocal Association in that other person's Associations tab.<br />
<br />
In the association shown from [[Example.gramps|example.gramps]], Lewis Garner's Godfather is Anderson Garner. Use Events instead for relations connected to specific time frames or occasions. Events can be shared between people, each indicating their [[Gramps_Glossary#role|role]] in the event.<br />
<br />
The button {{man button|+ Create and add a new association}} opens the {{man label|[[#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} dialog to add. The {{man button|Edit the selected association}} button allows you to edit and the {{man button|- Remove the existing association}} removes the selected association. The other buttons {{man button|^ Move the selected association upwards}} or {{man button|^ Move the selected association downwards}} move the selected entry position in the list only.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Roles, Relationships & Associations]]<br />
* [[Add a godfather-godmother]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Person Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PersonReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Person Reference Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The{{man label|Person Reference Editor}} lets you add and edit Association entries. You can access it from the {{man label|Edit Person}}s dialog {{man label|[[#Associations|Associations]]}} tab.<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Person:}}<br />
** {{man button|Select a person that has an association to the edited person.}} button brings up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Person_selector|Select Person]]}} selector dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Association:}} ''Godfather'' (Default) you can over type the default entry with anything you choose.<br />
** {{man button|Privacy lock:}} record is public (Default)<br />
<br />
*Source Citations tab<br />
<br />
*Notes tab<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Select Person selector======<br />
[[File:SelectPerson-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Select Person" - selector dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
<br />
[[File:EditPerson-LDS-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab lets you view and edit information about LDS ordinances of the person. This information is inherited from GEDCOM specification. The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
:These are LDS Baptism, Endowment, and Sealed to Parents ordinances, as labeled inside the tab. Each ordinance is described by its date, LDS temple, and Place where it happened.<br />
<br />
:An additional pop-up menu, "Parents," is available for the Sealed to Parents ordinance. Each ordinance can be further described through the selections available in the Status pop-up menu. It can also be include notes and references to sources through the corresponding {{man button|Sources...}} and {{man button|Note}} buttons.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====LDS Ordinance Editor=====<br />
[[File:LDSOrdinanceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "LDS Ordinance Editor" - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
Use the {{icon| stock_add}}{{man tooltip|Create and add a new LDS ordinance}} or {{icon| stock_edit}}{{man tooltip|Edit the selected LDS ordinance}} buttons to bring up the {{man label|LDS Ordinance Editor}} dialog where you can add or edit existing LDS ordinances of the person.<br />
<br />
<br />
* See [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Ordinance_(Latter_Day_Saints) Ordinance (Latter Day Saints)] on [https://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Wikipedia#Etymology Wikipedia].<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
[[File:EditPerson-References-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "References" tab from "Edit Person" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|[[References#definition|References]]}} tab<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about relationships ==<br />
<br />
Information about relationships is entered and edited through the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog. <br />
<br />
This dialog may be invoked in a number of ways:<br />
<br />
* From the {{man menu|Edit}} menu: select {{man menu|Add a Family}} or use its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#xx|Keybinding]].<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships Category]]: click on an {{man button|Edit}} button in the family that you want to edit. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} select: {{man menu|Add new parents}}, {{man menu|Add existing parents}}, or {{man menu|Add Partner}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families Category]]: select the family in the list and then click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the Toolbar, or double-click on the family. Or from the {{man menu|Edit}} menu, select {{man menu|Add...}}.<br />
<br />
* From [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts Category]]: point your mouse over the black line connecting the spouses, right-click and select {{man label|Edit}} from the context menu, or double-click on the black line.<br />
<br />
Any of these methods will prompt you with the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Family Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Family Editor}} dialog]]<br />
<br />
The top section of the window shows the names of the people whose relationship is being edited, as well as their birth and death information. <br />
*{{man label|Father/partner1}}<br />
*{{man label|Mother/partner2}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quick View]] reports are available by using the context menu(right clicking) from a blank area in the top section of the window.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section displays three fields and a number of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_tab_pages|notebook tabs]] representing different categories of information about the relationship. Click any tab to view or edit the information it contains. The bottom part has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking the {{man button|OK}} button at any time will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button at any time will close the window without applying any changes. If any of the data in any tab is modified, an alert window will appear that will prompt you choose between closing the dialog without saving changes, canceling the initial cancel request, or saving the changes.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Relationship Information}} section fields have the basic description of the relationship. The {{man label|ID}} field displays the ID number which labels this relationship in the database, leave this field empty to have Gramps generate a unique ID number. You can choose from the drop-down {{man label|Type:}} list the available types of family relationships such as <code>Civil Union</code>, <code>Married</code>, '''<code>Unknown</code>'''(default), <code>Unmarried</code>, etc.)<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Indicate_a_divorce|How do I represent a divorce?]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Tags:}} displays shows the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|tags]] you have created to show some basic information on the status of your research. You can add additional tags by selecting the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|Edit the tag list]]}} button.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. Gramps does not have a separate saving function, all changes are immediate.}}<br />
=====Select Father selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectFather-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Father - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Father}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Father.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Select Mother selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectMother-selector-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Mother - selector]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Mother}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing Mother.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Family Editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of relationship data:<br />
<br />
====Children====<br />
<br />
[[File:FamilyEditor-dialog-Children-tab-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Children" tab from "Family Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Children}} tab lets you view and edit the list of children who are part of this relationship. The {{man button|+}} button allows entering a new person to the database and adding that person as a child in this relationship. The {{man button|Select}} button lets you select an existing person to be a child in the relationship. The {{man button|Edit}} button opens the {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog that allows for editing the relations between the selected child and the parents. Finally, the {{man button|-}} lets you remove the selected child from the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a child is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing a child from the list does not delete that child from the database. It only removes the child from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip |Use arrows (up/down) or [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drag-and-drop ''drag and drop''] for setting children order into the family.}}<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_FAQ#How_do_I_change_the_order_of_children.3F|How do I change the order of children?]]<br />
Use:<br />
* This [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Children|Children]] tab in the Family Editor to change the order of children in the family.<br />
* The third party addon [[Addon:BirthOrderTool|Birth Order Tool]] which allows bulk updates of the children order.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Child selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectChild-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Child - selector - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Child}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing child and once selected will be opened in the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}<br />
<br />
The following columns are shown: Name(default sort for list), ID, Gender, Birth Date, Birth Place, Death Date, Death Place, Spouse, Last Change.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Child Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:ChildReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Child reference editor]]<br />
The {{man label|Child Reference Editor}} dialog allows editing of the relationship between the selected child and the parents in a Family. The dialog appears when initially committing a Person as offspring in a Family. The final step of using the {{icon|share}}Share button, the {{icon|stock_add}} (Create an new person) button or using "drag and drop" to add someone to the family is to confirm the Relationship. <br />
<br />
The Relationships may also be edited for existing children of shown in the Edit Family dialog. Double-clicking on an existing child in a Family or selecting the {{man label|Edit relationships}} context menu item will open the Child Reference Editor for the selected child. (Selecting the {{man label|Edit Child}} context menu item will open the Edit Person dialog instead.)<br />
<br />
While a Person will only have a Birth relationship to both parents in a traditional Birth family, they might also be part of multiple blended families. In those families, a birth parent re-marries and the other spouse can have a more complex relationship withe children of a previous marriage. But it they are part of the household, those children should be added to the new Family with the appropriate relationship.<br />
<br />
The following options are available:<br />
* {{man label|Name Child:}} The name of the child<br />
** {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man label|Open [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|person editor]] of this child}} button.<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Father:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man label|Relationship to the Mother:}} Select from the drop down list of possible relationship types:<br />
** Adopted<br />
** '''Birth''' (default)<br />
** Foster<br />
** None<br />
** Sponsored<br />
** Stepchild<br />
** Unknown<br />
* {{man button|Record is Public/Private}} privacy toggle for this relationship.<br />
{{-}}<br />
Also the following tabs are available.<br />
======Source Citations tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes tab======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Events====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Events}} tab lets you view and edit the list of events relevant to the relationship. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an event record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an event is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note |Removing an event from the list does not delete that event from the database. It simply removes the event reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit a list of references to the sources that provide evidence for the relationship. These might be documents that refer to the relationship, but which do not necessarily document it officially. For example, if Aunt Martha's memoirs mention that her great-grandson Paul was married, the researcher may take this as evidence of the relationship between Paul and his wife existed and cite the memoirs as the source for this assumption.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Sources that document specific events such as marriages or divorces are better filed in relation to those events, under the Events tab.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow let you add, modify, and remove a source reference to this relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Removing an entry from the list does not delete that source from the database. It simply removes the source reference from this relationship.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the relationship that can be expressed as attributes. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab lets you view and edit any [[Gramps_Glossary#note|Note]] associated with the relationship. These could be any comments which do not naturally fit into the "Parameter-Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Format}} option lets you set the way the note will appear in reports and web pages. If you select Flowed, the text generated will have single spaces put in place of all multiple spaces, tabs, and single end-of-line characters. A blank line inserted between two blocks of text will signal a new paragraph; additional inserted lines will be ignored.<br />
<br />
If you select the Preformatted option, the text in reports and web pages will appear exactly as you enter it in the {{man label|Notes}} dialog.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with the relationship. The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====LDS====<br />
[[File:EditFamily-LDS-tab-example-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance editor of "Edit Family" - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|LDS}} (Latter Days Saints) tab of the Family Editor only displays information about the LDS '''Sealed to Spouse''' {{man label|Ordinance}}. (The ordinances related to individuals can be recorded in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS tab of the '''Person''' Editor]].) The LDS tabs in the Family Editor and the Person Editor can be hidden via the "Hide LDS tab is person and family editors." checkbox under the '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section of the {{man label|Data}} tab in the {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}}. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
The data can also include {{man label|LDS temple}}, {{man label|Status}}, {{man label|date}}, and {{man label|Place}}.<br />
<br />
Each ordinance record can also be annotated in the corresponding {{man label|Sources}} and {{man label|Note}} tabs.<br />
The status of the ordinance can be described through the options available in the {{man label|Status}} pop-up menu.<br />
:The status states for the '''Sealed to Spouse''' ordinance are:<br />
:*'''<No Status>''' ''(default)''<br />
:*Canceled<br />
:*Cleared<br />
:*Completed<br />
:*Do not seal<br />
:*Pre-1970<br />
:*Qualified<br />
:*Do not seal/Cancel<br />
:*Submitted<br />
:*Uncleared<br />
<br />
To edit Source or Note annotation data, switch to the corresponding LDS Ordination Editor tab and select the desired entry in the list of records. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} icon on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|Source Editor dialog:}}<br />
<br />
The main part of the Family Editor&rsquo;s {{man label|LDS}} tab displays a table of the five different kids of data in a each record. Click a column header to row or double-click a row to edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
See also: <br />
* Person Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* Family Editor dialog's {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#LDS_2|LDS]]}} tab<br />
* You can hide these {{man label|LDS}} tabs by changing the associated option in {{Man menu|Edit &#x27a1; Preferences}} {{man label|Data}} tab's '''{{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Input_Options|Input Options]]}}''' section. {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately commit changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type and has an icon to the left of the label, this means it contains data records. If not, that tab has no data of that kind records.}}<br />
<br />
== Editing dates ==<br />
<br />
This section describes how to enter and modify dates. Since dates are so important in genealogical research, Gramps takes special care to preserve and use any date information available.<br />
<br />
Information can be entered into a date field by directly typing it or by invoking the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_selection_dialog|Date selection]]}} dialog by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button next to any {{man label|Date:}} entry field.<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Probably Alive]]<br />
* {{man menu|Menu -> Edit -> Preferences -> [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}} - To change the default values for the typical ages at birth, between generations, etc.<br />
<br />
=== Date selection dialog===<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-defaults-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man label|Date selection}} - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
While the above parsing rules provide a guide for you to type in most common dates, you can also use {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. The dialog is particularly useful for building a complex date or for simply insuring that your information is entered in a way Gramps will understand.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man label|Calendar:}} Choose alternate [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|calendar type]].<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Gregorian_calendar '''Gregorian'''](default)<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Julian_and_Gregorian_Calendars Julian] (including [[Dates#Dual_Dated|Mixed]]/[[#Dual-dated dates|Dual]] dates)<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebrew_calendar Hebrew]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/French_Republican_Calendar French Republican]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Iranian_calendars#Old_Persian_calendar Persian]<br />
** [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Islamic_calendar Islamic]<br />
** [https://www.familysearch.org/wiki/en/Sweden_Feast_Day_Calendars Swedish]<br />
* {{checkbox|0}} {{man label|Dual dated}} This field is select-able with the matching {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Alternate_new_year_day|New Year begins:]]}} field if the alternate {{man label|Calendar:}} supports [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Dual-dated_dates|dual dating]]. (checkbox unchecked by default)<br />
** {{man label|New Year begins:}} (Empty text field by default)<br />
* {{man label|Quality:}} Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|date quality]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default)<br />
** Estimated<br />
** Calculated<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} Set the interval precision or time frame [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_formats_and_parsing_rules|date type]].<br />
** '''Regular'''(default) - the interval spanning a specific day, month or year (without regard to time zone)<br />
** Before<br />
** After<br />
** About<br />
** Range<br />
** From {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** To {{new|5.2.0}}<br />
** Span<br />
** Text only<br />
* {{man label|Date}} Select the {{man label|Year}}, {{man label|Month}} and the {{man label|Day}}. <br />
* {{man label|Second date:}} If your date {{man label|Type:}} is ''Range'' or ''Span'', this option will be available to set a date.<br />
* {{man label|Text comment:}} text entry field allows storing an arbitrary text string along with the date.<br />
<br />
{{man warn|1=Important comment about a date |2=If you have an important annotation regarding a date, it is better to do so in a Note or the Description that corresponds to the event, instead of in the Text comment field of the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog. This is recommended for the following reason: If you enter a date by typing it directly into the date field (that is, not via the {{man label|Date selector}} dialog), your entry will be copied and stored as the text comment string when Gramps parses the entered text. Thus, any comment that may have been there prior to the parsing will be overwritten. }}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Date validity indicators ===<br />
<br />
[[File:DateSelection-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Date selection dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Gramps uses a date validator.<br />
<br />
While partial dates do not uniquely define the day, they allow at least for some type of comparisons between the dates.<br />
<br />
The date field will highlight in red and display a red symbol (such as a stop sign or cross) to indicate the entered date is not recognized as a recognized and valid format for a date. <br />
<br />
Examples of common date references that are not recognizable Gramps formats might be "Christmas week of '61", "Fall 1782", or "the summer when I had surgery". In such a case, the date will be stored as string and marked as ''Text only'' type. Any dates of this Type will not be compared to other dates. Wherever possible, it is preferable to avoid such ''Text Only'' date entries. It might be better, for example, to enter a date of "December 1961" and then to add the Description annotation "Christmas week of '61." It would be more precise to check a calendar for December 1961 then key in the actual date span... but still include the annotation. The annotation is needed because you cannot assume that 'Christmas week' means the same span of days to you as to your source. There could be culture bias to color the interpretation. It could mean the calendar row containing Christmas day. But American & European calendar rows start on different days of the week. Or, it could mean the 7 days starting with Christmas or even the 7 days leading up to Christmas. So the span allows searches and comparisons but the annotation shows that actual interval is subject to interpretation.<br />
<br />
In the various views (such as the {{man label|Person View}}), unrecognized dates will be displayed in '''bold''' by default. The text markup (formatting style) for unrecognized dates can be modified by changing the {{man label|Markup for invalid date format:}} option in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|{{man label|Dates}} tab]] of [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]].<br />
<br />
When a Birth or Death date is missing for a Person, the dates of existing fallback Events in the same category may be shown (and indicated with italics with an abbreviated title) rather leaving the display blank. So, a Burial or Cremation date will be shown if a Death date has not yet been recorded.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Date Quality ===<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one with an explicit day, month, or year. <br />
<br />
*Estimated: An "estimated" date is one based on average interval assumptions offset from a known reference date. (Such as the average number of years between generations, maximum lifespan, or length of sea voyage.) <br />
<br />
*Calculated: A "calculated" date is one based on a known interval from a reference date but without a source explicitly mentioning the date. (Such as a gravestone engraved with both a date of death and a precise age at death.)<br />
<br />
Census data is unusual in that it seems to a candidate for a Calculated date but is not. The census often explicitly defines the interval (age) and the reference date (census polling date) but that age is often estimated or rounded. <br />
<br />
===Date Type===<br />
<br />
To the right of the {{man label|Quality:}} should appear the {{man label|Type:}} pop-up menu. <br />
<br />
Dates in Gramps are classified according to the following types of precision (scale) of interval or time frame:<br />
<br />
*Regular: A "regular" date is one which includes an interval spanning a specific day, month, or year. It can be complete (or 'fully qualified' for a 24 hour interval like June 6, 1990) or partial (like omitting the day for a 1 month interval like July 1977 or omitting the day and month for a 1 year interval).<br />
<br />
*Before: A "before" date is one that can only be identified as occurring (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|preferences-defined long interval]]) prior to a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*To {{new|5.2.0}}: A "to" date is one that is an open-ended span as that occurs prior to a certain day, month, or year. Unlike a "before" Date type, the span is unlimited into the past. <br />
<br />
*From {{new|5.2.0}}: A "from" date is one that is an open-ended span that following a certain day, month, or year. Unlike an "after" Date type, the span is unlimited into the future.<br />
<br />
*After: An "after" date is one that occurs (in a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|2nd preferences-defined long interval]]) following a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is 50 years.)''<br />
<br />
*About: An "about" (circa) date is one that occurs (in [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|yet another preferences-defined ±years interval]]) before '''or''' after a certain day, month, or year. ''(By default, the interval is ±50 years.)'' <br />
<br />
*Range: A "range" describes a time period during in which the event occurred. It could be recurrent event during the interval or a single instance believed to have occurred between known boundary dates. <br />
: For example, "between January 1932 and March 1932."<br />
<br />
*Span: A "span" describes an inclusive time period during which a condition continually existed. <br />
: For example, "from May 12, 2000 to February 2, 2002."<br />
<br />
===Date formats and parsing rules===<br />
<br />
The Date Selection dialog just helps layout a date in the standard format that Gramps knows how to parse. It is useful while you're unfamiliar with the options, need to use an alternative calendar or specify a New Year begins date. <br />
<br />
Gramps recognizes dates entered in a variety of formats. The default numeric format is that which is conventional for the environment is which Gramps is operating; that is, DD.MM.YYYY for most European countries, MM/DD/YYYY for the U.S., and so on. A way to avoid this ambiguity is to always choose a d&nbsp;mmm&nbsp;yyyy or mmmnbsp;d&nbsp;yyyy format.<br />
<br />
Besides exact dates, Gramps recognizes many date types that are not regular: before, to, from, after, about, ranges and spans. It also understands the quality: estimated or calculated. Finally, it supports partial dates and many alternative calendars. Below is the list of date entry rules to allow precise date parsing.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Date parsing rules |2=The list only applies to the English version of Gramps. If you are using localized version of Gramps, your version may or may not provide a localized date parser. A list of the available localized parsers can be found on the [[Handler List]] some existing Date Handlers are available for French, German, Russian, Finnish, Dutch, Spanish, Slovak and Swedish languages.<br>If the localized parser is available for your version, chances are that other rules are in effect. If there is no manual in your language yet, you may try following your instincts and try the common ways of denoting dates in your language. If all else fails, use the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog described above. The date that the dialog generates will show how the localized parser expects the different Date Quality and Type values to be typed.}}<br />
<br />
'''Regular single dates''' can be entered just as you would write them. And typing a slash after the year followed by a value 1 year later creates a Julian dual-dated entry.<br />
:Examples: "May 24, 1961" ; "31 Dec 1858/9" or "January 1, 2004".<br />
<br />
'''Before the Common Era''' (BCE, BC and B.C.E.) and are notations for the Gregorian or Julian calendars. "Common Era" and "Before the Common Era" are religiously neutral alternatives to the familiar Anno Domini (AD) and Before Christ (BC) notations used for the same calendar era. The notation will be harmonized to the "B.C.E." form.<br />
:Examples: "c. 25 Dec 32 BC Julian" becomes "about 25 Dec 32 B.C.E. (Julian)"<br />
<br />
'''Partial dates''' are entered simply by omitting unknown information.<br />
:Examples: May 1961 and 2004.<br />
<br />
Dates that are not Regular {{man label|Quality}} should start with the {{man label|Quality:}} keywords of ''Estimated'' or ''Calculated'' , if applicable.<br />
:Example: est. 1961, or calc 2005. (Note that a {{man label|Quality}} does not need to be specified for regular dates.)<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Type:}} menu options can also be set to ''Before'', ''To'', ''From'' ''After'', or ''About'' by simply typing "before", "to", "from", "after" or "about" before a single date in the Event Editing dialog. <br />
<br />
If the desired {{man label|Type:}} is a range, write "between DATE and DATE", and if the {{man label|Type:}} is a span, write "from DATE to DATE". <br />
:Examples: est from 2001 to 2003, before June 1975, est circa 2000, calc between May 1900 and January 1, 1990.<br />
<br />
<br />
Here are a couple examples to try: <br />
:Captain John Smith has been stationed in the 1st Grenadier regiment between 1888-5-13 and 1902-10-24 according to his military record (words "between" and "and" intentionally used as this is the way we talk in day-to-day life); Then date should be coded "from … to …" because this is the duration of his duty.<br />
<br />
: Captain John Smith's regiment was posted to the Escaut river at Valenciennes the week before the Armistice.<br> ''Then this can be recorded as a "Military Service" Event type with a date of "between Nov 4 1918 and 11 Nov 1918" (Gramps will convert to a standard date format despite 2 formats being used for entry) at River Escaut, Valenciennes, Noord department, France... because the actual date for this "instantaneous" event is not known in the source.''<br />
<br />
===Calendars===<br />
<br />
Alternate calendars are calendars other than the Gregorian calendar. Currently, Gramps supports Hebrew, French Republican, Julian, Islamic, Persian, and Swedish alternate calendars. To specify the calendar other than the default Gregorian, append the name of the calendar to the date string, e.g. "January 9, 1905 (julian)" or use the drop down menu.<br />
<br />
====Swedish calendar====<br />
<br />
The [[Swedish_kings|Swedish king]], Karl XII, decided that Sweden should start using the Gregorian calendar. However, it was planned to take place gradually by skipping 11 leap days starting 1700-02-29 and end by 1744. So 1700-02-28 was followed by 1700-03-01. This took place during the Great Nordic War and the leap days were kept 1704 and 1708. In January 1711 the same king decided that Sweden should return to the Julian Calendar by 1712-03-01. In order to be in phase, an extra day was inserted on 1712-02-30. And that was the end of the Swedish Calendar. Sweden converted to Gregorian in 1753-03-01, by skipping dates between 1752-02-18 and 1753-02-28.<br />
In Gramps you can only enter valid dates for the Swedish Calendar from 1700-03-01 to 1712-02-30. All other dates are flagged as not valid and has to be corrected.<br />
<br />
===Dual-dated dates===<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates (also called "double dating", "slash dates", and sometimes "Old Style/New Style" dates) appear like "Jan 23, 1735/6". Often mistaken as a year uncertainty, this actually has a specific historic meaning. The dual dated date represents a time when an area was in a transition between moving to January 1 as the beginning of the new year. Thus Jan 23, 1735/6 is an indication to make it clear what date is being referred to. In this example, "Jan 23, 1736" might have occurred after "Jun 23, 1736".<br />
<br />
England and the American colonies didn't officially accept the "Jan 1" as the new year date until 1752. Before 1752, the English government still officially observed March 25 as the first of the year, whereas most of the English population observed January 1 as the first of the year. Many people therefore wrote dates falling between January 1 and March 25 in the dual-dated format.<br />
<br />
Sometimes, a dual date may appear as a fraction, as in this grave stone (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704):<br />
<br />
[[Image:Gravestone.jpg|right|thumb|350px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gravestone showing <br />
dual date as a fraction (170 and 3/4, which means 1703 and 1704)]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
Marking a date as dual dated can be done by simply putting a slash between the years. For example:<br />
<br />
* 1721/2<br />
* 1719/20<br />
* 1799/800 <br />
<br />
These slash-years can appear anywhere in a date that a regular year can appear.<br />
<br />
Dual-dated dates are currently represented in the Julian calendar so their month and day will be the same as that in the textual representation. <br />
<br />
====Alternate new year day====<br />
<br />
With dual-dated dates (and other dates) you may know that the new year was celebrated on a day other than January 1. To indicate this in Gramps, put the month/day code in parentheses, after the calendar (if one). For example:<br />
<br />
* Jan 20, 1865 (Mar25)<br />
* Jan 20, 1750 (Julian,Mar1)<br />
* Feb 23, 1710/1 (Mar25) <br />
<br />
To indicate the beginning of a year that is different from that of January 1, you use the following codes:<br />
<br />
* Jan1<br />
* Mar1<br />
* Mar25<br />
* Sep1 <br />
<br />
You can put that as the only item in parenthesis, or right after a calendar name (comma, and no space). <br />
<br />
Note that if new year's day is not Jan 1, then January will come after December that year. Dates with new year day codes will be sorted appropriately. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and Editing Data:_Detailed|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2&diff=102984
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2
2024-03-15T03:06:50Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Internet */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
<br />
The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about events ==<br />
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-52.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]<br />
<br />
Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.<br />
<br />
When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===New Event dialog===<br />
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]<br />
When Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event: <br />
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps <br />You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into the textbox portion of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Selector_Combo_Boxes|selector combo box]].<br />
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').<br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.<br />
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.<br />
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.<br />
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
===New Event tab pages===<br />
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab<br />
<br />
<br />
The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing event references ==<br />
<br />
Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.<br />
<br />
When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Event Reference Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Reference versus Shared Information Tip |'''References Information''' in the top of this dialog is specific to the particular reference from a Primary Object. A single object (such as an Event) can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the '''Shared Information'''.<br /><br />This expanded [[Gramps_Glossary#object_editor|object editor]] dialog lets you provide both the reference-specific data (such as relevant role), attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}<br />
<br />
Accessing the [[Gramps_Glossary#reference_object_editor|reference object editor]] .<br />
<br />
[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Reference Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Reference Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the Role [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Select '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' (which is the ''default'' during an Add Event) option for the main beneficiary. Select a descriptive Event Role (e.g., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#godparent|Godparent]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant. <br />
<br />
Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.<br />
<br />
If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' in text box portion of the [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Keyboarding in the new, unique Role name (rather than selecting one from the pull-down menu) creates a new Role custom type. New Role custom types will be added to the pull-down menu list. It remains there until the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
======General======<br />
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Gallery======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about media objects ==<br />
<br />
To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.<br />
<br />
===New Media dialog===<br />
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]<br />
<br />
The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
<br />
* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.<br />
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken. <br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.<br />
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.<br />
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===New Media tab pages ===<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of media data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing media object references ==<br />
<br />
When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<!--so you can select part of the image and mark the cordinates of the persons face etc.. need to clean up and clarify here --><br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--***This needs to be cleaned up mixing existing and new media selectors here! ***the {{man label|Select a media object}} file --><br />
{{-}}<br />
===Select a media object selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)<br />
<br />
<br />
* See also: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Media Reference Editor dialog===<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
See also [[How to create image reference regions]]<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]<br />
<br />
You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Top section ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Top section tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.<br />
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.<br />
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.<br />
<br />
* Privacy<br />
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.<br />
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.<br />
<br />
See also the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Shared Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about places ==<br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places Category]]}} and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Place Editor dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]<br />
<br />
<!-- The top section --><br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:<br />
<br />
The following fields are available:<br />
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Preferences > Display > Display Options (section) > Automate Place Format]] generation<br />
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.<br />
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':<br />
** Building<br />
** Borough<br />
** Country<br />
** County<br />
** City<br />
** Department<br />
** District<br />
** Farm<br />
** Hamlet<br />
** Locality<br />
** Municipality<br />
** Neighborhood<br />
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]<br />
** Parish<br />
** Province<br />
** Region<br />
** State<br />
** Street<br />
** Town<br />
** '''Unknown'''(default)<br />
** Village<br />
<br />
{{man label|Either use the two fields below to enter coordinates(latitude and longitude),}}<br />
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50&#xB0;52'21.92\"N, N50&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124&#xB0;52'21.92\"E, E124&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
{{man label|or use copy/paste from your favorite map provider (format: latitude,longitude) in the following field:}}<br />
* {{man label|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;}} {{man tooltip|Field used to paste info from a web page like Google, OpenStreetMap...}} <!-- blank unlabeled field in dialog! but it does have a tooltip! --> See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}}<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.<br />
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Place editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of place data:<br />
<br />
====Enclosed By====<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range. <br />
<br />
To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab. <br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place. <br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.<br />
<br />
'''See also:''' <br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]<br />
=====Select Place selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Name contains''' (default)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Place Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Alternative Names====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. (This tab exhibits identical behavior to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet|Internet Tab]] for the Person editor and its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]] is the same also.) <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid<br />
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button<br />
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===<br />
<br />
When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude coordinates are :<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats<br />
|-<br />
! D.D4<br />
| degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.<br />
|-<br />
! D.D8<br />
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS) <br />
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
|-<br />
! DEG<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)<br />
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)<br />
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
: or two single quote '<br />
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
|-<br />
! DEG-<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-D<br />
| ISO 6709 degree notation <br />
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
|- <br />
! ISO-DM<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation<br />
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-DMS<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
|}<br />
<!--<br />
'D.D4' : degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
'D.D8' : degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS) <br />
eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
'DEG' : degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E ° has UTF-8 code c2b00a<br />
or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" º has UTF-8 code c2ba0a<br />
The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
or two single quote '<br />
The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
'DEG-:' : degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
'ISO-D' : ISO 6709 degree notation i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
'ISO-DM' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
'ISO-DMS' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about sources ==<br />
<br />
From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.<br />
<br />
===New Source dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...<br />
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.<br />
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps. <br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Source tab pages===<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
====Repositories====<br />
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Repository selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the <span id="Repository_Reference_Editor">{{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}</span><br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing source citations ==<br />
<br />
Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].<br />
<br />
For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:<br />
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.<br />
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.<br />
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.<br />
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Select Source or Citation selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} [[Gramps_Glossary#selector|selector]] dialog appears.<br />
<br />
This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Citation dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<!-- editor changed from two sections to one - rewrite this --><br />
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation information====<br />
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).<br />
*{{man label|ID:}}<br />
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.<br />
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.<br />
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.<br />
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).<br />
** Normal - ??<br />
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.<br />
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.<br />
<br />
;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Source selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''Author contains''<br />
* ''Author does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Citation information section tab pages=====<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:<br />
<br />
======Note======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].<br />
<br />
======Gallery======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].<br />
<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about repositories ==<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
=== New Repository dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The following fields are shown:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:<br />
** ''Album''<br />
** ''Archive''<br />
** ''Bookstore''<br />
** ''Cemetery''<br />
** ''Church''<br />
** ''Collection''<br />
** '''Library'''(default)<br />
** ''Safe''<br />
** ''Unknown''<br />
** ''Web site''<br />
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== New Repository tab pages ===<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data: <br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository. <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. (This tab exhibits identical behavior to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet|Internet Tab]] for the Person editor and its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]] is the same also.)<br />
:The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about notes ==<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Note editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|Note Editor}} dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab. <br />
<br />
==== Note tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab is the space where text is added. The text can be formatted using many standard text editing tools. <br />
<br />
:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.<br />
::* Italic : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Bold : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Underline : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.<br />
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.<br />
::* Undo : Undoes last action.<br />
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png]] Font color: Select the color of your font.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png]] Background color: Adds a background color to the text you enter.<br />
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc. External URL links can also be created.<br />
::* Clear Markup: Return selected text to plain text. Removes any links made.<br />
<br />
:* A context menu on the textview. <br />
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.<br />
<br />
:* Some properties of your note<br />
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds &amp; carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. <br />When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths &amp; margins predictable. <br />Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.<br />
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.<br />
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.<br />
<div id="note_type"><br />
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)<br />
<!--<br />
:::Selectable Built-in Types include:<br />
::::* Citation<br />
::::* General ''(default)''<br />
::::* HTML code<br />
::::* Link<br />
::::* Person Note<br />
::::* Report<br />
::::* Research<br />
::::* Source text<br />
::::* To Do<br />
::::* Transcript<br />
::::* Unknown<br />
--><br />
:::::{|class="wikitable"<br />
! style="text-align:left;"| Type<br />
! Recognized for features in <br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Citation<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|General<br />
|''(default)''<br />
|-<br />
|Html code<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM<br />
|-<br />
|Link<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Report<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Research<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Source text<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|To Do<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.'' <br />
|-<br />
|Transcript<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Unknown<br />
|<br />
|}</div><br />
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== References tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Link Editor ===<br />
<br />
'''A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active.''' There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.<br />
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]<br />
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link<br />
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>]) <br />
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].<br />
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.<br />
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}<br />
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.<br />
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}<br />
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out<br />
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|HTML links|Links created in the note will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. While working within Gramps, right-click allows the edit window for the selected object to open or to open the URL link in your default browser.<br />
<br />
Their true power comes when a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] is created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Note markup and preformat in reports === <br />
<br />
Markup like '''bold''', color, <u>underline</u>, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect. <br />
<br />
* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting<br />
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons<br />
<br />
* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; <br /> output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.<br />
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.<br />
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2&diff=102983
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2
2024-03-15T03:05:33Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Internet */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
<br />
The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about events ==<br />
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-52.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]<br />
<br />
Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.<br />
<br />
When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===New Event dialog===<br />
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]<br />
When Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event: <br />
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps <br />You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into the textbox portion of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Selector_Combo_Boxes|selector combo box]].<br />
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').<br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.<br />
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.<br />
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.<br />
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
===New Event tab pages===<br />
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab<br />
<br />
<br />
The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing event references ==<br />
<br />
Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.<br />
<br />
When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Event Reference Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Reference versus Shared Information Tip |'''References Information''' in the top of this dialog is specific to the particular reference from a Primary Object. A single object (such as an Event) can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the '''Shared Information'''.<br /><br />This expanded [[Gramps_Glossary#object_editor|object editor]] dialog lets you provide both the reference-specific data (such as relevant role), attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}<br />
<br />
Accessing the [[Gramps_Glossary#reference_object_editor|reference object editor]] .<br />
<br />
[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Reference Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Reference Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the Role [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Select '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' (which is the ''default'' during an Add Event) option for the main beneficiary. Select a descriptive Event Role (e.g., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#godparent|Godparent]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant. <br />
<br />
Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.<br />
<br />
If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' in text box portion of the [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Keyboarding in the new, unique Role name (rather than selecting one from the pull-down menu) creates a new Role custom type. New Role custom types will be added to the pull-down menu list. It remains there until the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
======General======<br />
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Gallery======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about media objects ==<br />
<br />
To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.<br />
<br />
===New Media dialog===<br />
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]<br />
<br />
The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
<br />
* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.<br />
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken. <br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.<br />
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.<br />
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===New Media tab pages ===<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of media data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing media object references ==<br />
<br />
When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<!--so you can select part of the image and mark the cordinates of the persons face etc.. need to clean up and clarify here --><br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--***This needs to be cleaned up mixing existing and new media selectors here! ***the {{man label|Select a media object}} file --><br />
{{-}}<br />
===Select a media object selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)<br />
<br />
<br />
* See also: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Media Reference Editor dialog===<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
See also [[How to create image reference regions]]<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]<br />
<br />
You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Top section ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Top section tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.<br />
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.<br />
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.<br />
<br />
* Privacy<br />
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.<br />
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.<br />
<br />
See also the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Shared Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about places ==<br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places Category]]}} and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Place Editor dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]<br />
<br />
<!-- The top section --><br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:<br />
<br />
The following fields are available:<br />
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Preferences > Display > Display Options (section) > Automate Place Format]] generation<br />
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.<br />
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':<br />
** Building<br />
** Borough<br />
** Country<br />
** County<br />
** City<br />
** Department<br />
** District<br />
** Farm<br />
** Hamlet<br />
** Locality<br />
** Municipality<br />
** Neighborhood<br />
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]<br />
** Parish<br />
** Province<br />
** Region<br />
** State<br />
** Street<br />
** Town<br />
** '''Unknown'''(default)<br />
** Village<br />
<br />
{{man label|Either use the two fields below to enter coordinates(latitude and longitude),}}<br />
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50&#xB0;52'21.92\"N, N50&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124&#xB0;52'21.92\"E, E124&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
{{man label|or use copy/paste from your favorite map provider (format: latitude,longitude) in the following field:}}<br />
* {{man label|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;}} {{man tooltip|Field used to paste info from a web page like Google, OpenStreetMap...}} <!-- blank unlabeled field in dialog! but it does have a tooltip! --> See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}}<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.<br />
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Place editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of place data:<br />
<br />
====Enclosed By====<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range. <br />
<br />
To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab. <br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place. <br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.<br />
<br />
'''See also:''' <br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]<br />
=====Select Place selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Name contains''' (default)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Place Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Alternative Names====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. (This tab exhibits identical behavior to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet|Internet Tab]] for the Person editor and its [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]] is the same also.) <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid<br />
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button<br />
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===<br />
<br />
When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude coordinates are :<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats<br />
|-<br />
! D.D4<br />
| degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.<br />
|-<br />
! D.D8<br />
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS) <br />
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
|-<br />
! DEG<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)<br />
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)<br />
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
: or two single quote '<br />
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
|-<br />
! DEG-<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-D<br />
| ISO 6709 degree notation <br />
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
|- <br />
! ISO-DM<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation<br />
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-DMS<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
|}<br />
<!--<br />
'D.D4' : degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
'D.D8' : degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS) <br />
eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
'DEG' : degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E ° has UTF-8 code c2b00a<br />
or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" º has UTF-8 code c2ba0a<br />
The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
or two single quote '<br />
The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
'DEG-:' : degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
'ISO-D' : ISO 6709 degree notation i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
'ISO-DM' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
'ISO-DMS' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about sources ==<br />
<br />
From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.<br />
<br />
===New Source dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...<br />
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.<br />
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps. <br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Source tab pages===<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
====Repositories====<br />
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Repository selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the <span id="Repository_Reference_Editor">{{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}</span><br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing source citations ==<br />
<br />
Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].<br />
<br />
For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:<br />
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.<br />
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.<br />
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.<br />
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Select Source or Citation selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} [[Gramps_Glossary#selector|selector]] dialog appears.<br />
<br />
This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Citation dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<!-- editor changed from two sections to one - rewrite this --><br />
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation information====<br />
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).<br />
*{{man label|ID:}}<br />
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.<br />
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.<br />
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.<br />
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).<br />
** Normal - ??<br />
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.<br />
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.<br />
<br />
;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Source selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''Author contains''<br />
* ''Author does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Citation information section tab pages=====<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:<br />
<br />
======Note======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].<br />
<br />
======Gallery======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].<br />
<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about repositories ==<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
=== New Repository dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The following fields are shown:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:<br />
** ''Album''<br />
** ''Archive''<br />
** ''Bookstore''<br />
** ''Cemetery''<br />
** ''Church''<br />
** ''Collection''<br />
** '''Library'''(default)<br />
** ''Safe''<br />
** ''Unknown''<br />
** ''Web site''<br />
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== New Repository tab pages ===<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data: <br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository. <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about notes ==<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Note editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|Note Editor}} dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab. <br />
<br />
==== Note tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab is the space where text is added. The text can be formatted using many standard text editing tools. <br />
<br />
:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.<br />
::* Italic : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Bold : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Underline : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.<br />
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.<br />
::* Undo : Undoes last action.<br />
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png]] Font color: Select the color of your font.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png]] Background color: Adds a background color to the text you enter.<br />
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc. External URL links can also be created.<br />
::* Clear Markup: Return selected text to plain text. Removes any links made.<br />
<br />
:* A context menu on the textview. <br />
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.<br />
<br />
:* Some properties of your note<br />
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds &amp; carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. <br />When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths &amp; margins predictable. <br />Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.<br />
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.<br />
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.<br />
<div id="note_type"><br />
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)<br />
<!--<br />
:::Selectable Built-in Types include:<br />
::::* Citation<br />
::::* General ''(default)''<br />
::::* HTML code<br />
::::* Link<br />
::::* Person Note<br />
::::* Report<br />
::::* Research<br />
::::* Source text<br />
::::* To Do<br />
::::* Transcript<br />
::::* Unknown<br />
--><br />
:::::{|class="wikitable"<br />
! style="text-align:left;"| Type<br />
! Recognized for features in <br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Citation<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|General<br />
|''(default)''<br />
|-<br />
|Html code<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM<br />
|-<br />
|Link<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Report<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Research<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Source text<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|To Do<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.'' <br />
|-<br />
|Transcript<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Unknown<br />
|<br />
|}</div><br />
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== References tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Link Editor ===<br />
<br />
'''A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active.''' There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.<br />
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]<br />
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link<br />
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>]) <br />
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].<br />
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.<br />
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}<br />
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.<br />
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}<br />
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out<br />
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|HTML links|Links created in the note will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. While working within Gramps, right-click allows the edit window for the selected object to open or to open the URL link in your default browser.<br />
<br />
Their true power comes when a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] is created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Note markup and preformat in reports === <br />
<br />
Markup like '''bold''', color, <u>underline</u>, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect. <br />
<br />
* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting<br />
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons<br />
<br />
* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; <br /> output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.<br />
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.<br />
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102982
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-15T02:57:30Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* C */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#General|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address (URL)]] Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]].<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that [[#custom|custom type]] to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2&diff=102981
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2
2024-03-15T02:34:14Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* New Event dialog */ selector combo box</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
<br />
The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about events ==<br />
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-52.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]<br />
<br />
Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.<br />
<br />
When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===New Event dialog===<br />
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]<br />
When Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event: <br />
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps <br />You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into the textbox portion of the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Selector_Combo_Boxes|selector combo box]].<br />
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').<br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.<br />
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.<br />
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.<br />
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
===New Event tab pages===<br />
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab<br />
<br />
<br />
The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing event references ==<br />
<br />
Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.<br />
<br />
When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Event Reference Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Reference versus Shared Information Tip |'''References Information''' in the top of this dialog is specific to the particular reference from a Primary Object. A single object (such as an Event) can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the '''Shared Information'''.<br /><br />This expanded [[Gramps_Glossary#object_editor|object editor]] dialog lets you provide both the reference-specific data (such as relevant role), attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}<br />
<br />
Accessing the [[Gramps_Glossary#reference_object_editor|reference object editor]] .<br />
<br />
[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Reference Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Reference Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the Role [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Select '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' (which is the ''default'' during an Add Event) option for the main beneficiary. Select a descriptive Event Role (e.g., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#godparent|Godparent]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant. <br />
<br />
Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.<br />
<br />
If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' in text box portion of the [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Keyboarding in the new, unique Role name (rather than selecting one from the pull-down menu) creates a new Role custom type. New Role custom types will be added to the pull-down menu list. It remains there until the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
======General======<br />
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Gallery======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about media objects ==<br />
<br />
To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.<br />
<br />
===New Media dialog===<br />
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]<br />
<br />
The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
<br />
* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.<br />
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken. <br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.<br />
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.<br />
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===New Media tab pages ===<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of media data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing media object references ==<br />
<br />
When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<!--so you can select part of the image and mark the cordinates of the persons face etc.. need to clean up and clarify here --><br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--***This needs to be cleaned up mixing existing and new media selectors here! ***the {{man label|Select a media object}} file --><br />
{{-}}<br />
===Select a media object selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)<br />
<br />
<br />
* See also: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Media Reference Editor dialog===<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
See also [[How to create image reference regions]]<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]<br />
<br />
You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Top section ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Top section tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.<br />
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.<br />
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.<br />
<br />
* Privacy<br />
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.<br />
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.<br />
<br />
See also the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Shared Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about places ==<br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places Category]]}} and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Place Editor dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]<br />
<br />
<!-- The top section --><br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:<br />
<br />
The following fields are available:<br />
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Preferences > Display > Display Options (section) > Automate Place Format]] generation<br />
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.<br />
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':<br />
** Building<br />
** Borough<br />
** Country<br />
** County<br />
** City<br />
** Department<br />
** District<br />
** Farm<br />
** Hamlet<br />
** Locality<br />
** Municipality<br />
** Neighborhood<br />
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]<br />
** Parish<br />
** Province<br />
** Region<br />
** State<br />
** Street<br />
** Town<br />
** '''Unknown'''(default)<br />
** Village<br />
<br />
{{man label|Either use the two fields below to enter coordinates(latitude and longitude),}}<br />
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50&#xB0;52'21.92\"N, N50&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124&#xB0;52'21.92\"E, E124&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
{{man label|or use copy/paste from your favorite map provider (format: latitude,longitude) in the following field:}}<br />
* {{man label|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;}} {{man tooltip|Field used to paste info from a web page like Google, OpenStreetMap...}} <!-- blank unlabeled field in dialog! but it does have a tooltip! --> See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}}<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.<br />
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Place editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of place data:<br />
<br />
====Enclosed By====<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range. <br />
<br />
To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab. <br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place. <br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.<br />
<br />
'''See also:''' <br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]<br />
=====Select Place selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Name contains''' (default)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Place Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Alternative Names====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid<br />
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button<br />
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===<br />
<br />
When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude coordinates are :<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats<br />
|-<br />
! D.D4<br />
| degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.<br />
|-<br />
! D.D8<br />
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS) <br />
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
|-<br />
! DEG<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)<br />
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)<br />
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
: or two single quote '<br />
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
|-<br />
! DEG-<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-D<br />
| ISO 6709 degree notation <br />
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
|- <br />
! ISO-DM<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation<br />
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-DMS<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
|}<br />
<!--<br />
'D.D4' : degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
'D.D8' : degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS) <br />
eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
'DEG' : degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E ° has UTF-8 code c2b00a<br />
or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" º has UTF-8 code c2ba0a<br />
The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
or two single quote '<br />
The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
'DEG-:' : degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
'ISO-D' : ISO 6709 degree notation i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
'ISO-DM' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
'ISO-DMS' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about sources ==<br />
<br />
From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.<br />
<br />
===New Source dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...<br />
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.<br />
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps. <br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Source tab pages===<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
====Repositories====<br />
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Repository selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the <span id="Repository_Reference_Editor">{{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}</span><br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing source citations ==<br />
<br />
Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].<br />
<br />
For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:<br />
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.<br />
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.<br />
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.<br />
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Select Source or Citation selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} [[Gramps_Glossary#selector|selector]] dialog appears.<br />
<br />
This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Citation dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<!-- editor changed from two sections to one - rewrite this --><br />
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation information====<br />
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).<br />
*{{man label|ID:}}<br />
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.<br />
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.<br />
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.<br />
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).<br />
** Normal - ??<br />
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.<br />
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.<br />
<br />
;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Source selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''Author contains''<br />
* ''Author does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Citation information section tab pages=====<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:<br />
<br />
======Note======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].<br />
<br />
======Gallery======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].<br />
<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about repositories ==<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
=== New Repository dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The following fields are shown:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:<br />
** ''Album''<br />
** ''Archive''<br />
** ''Bookstore''<br />
** ''Cemetery''<br />
** ''Church''<br />
** ''Collection''<br />
** '''Library'''(default)<br />
** ''Safe''<br />
** ''Unknown''<br />
** ''Web site''<br />
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== New Repository tab pages ===<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data: <br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository. <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about notes ==<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Note editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|Note Editor}} dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab. <br />
<br />
==== Note tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab is the space where text is added. The text can be formatted using many standard text editing tools. <br />
<br />
:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.<br />
::* Italic : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Bold : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Underline : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.<br />
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.<br />
::* Undo : Undoes last action.<br />
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png]] Font color: Select the color of your font.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png]] Background color: Adds a background color to the text you enter.<br />
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc. External URL links can also be created.<br />
::* Clear Markup: Return selected text to plain text. Removes any links made.<br />
<br />
:* A context menu on the textview. <br />
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.<br />
<br />
:* Some properties of your note<br />
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds &amp; carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. <br />When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths &amp; margins predictable. <br />Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.<br />
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.<br />
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.<br />
<div id="note_type"><br />
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)<br />
<!--<br />
:::Selectable Built-in Types include:<br />
::::* Citation<br />
::::* General ''(default)''<br />
::::* HTML code<br />
::::* Link<br />
::::* Person Note<br />
::::* Report<br />
::::* Research<br />
::::* Source text<br />
::::* To Do<br />
::::* Transcript<br />
::::* Unknown<br />
--><br />
:::::{|class="wikitable"<br />
! style="text-align:left;"| Type<br />
! Recognized for features in <br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Citation<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|General<br />
|''(default)''<br />
|-<br />
|Html code<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM<br />
|-<br />
|Link<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Report<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Research<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Source text<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|To Do<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.'' <br />
|-<br />
|Transcript<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Unknown<br />
|<br />
|}</div><br />
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== References tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Link Editor ===<br />
<br />
'''A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active.''' There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.<br />
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]<br />
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link<br />
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>]) <br />
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].<br />
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.<br />
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}<br />
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.<br />
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}<br />
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out<br />
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|HTML links|Links created in the note will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. While working within Gramps, right-click allows the edit window for the selected object to open or to open the URL link in your default browser.<br />
<br />
Their true power comes when a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] is created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Note markup and preformat in reports === <br />
<br />
Markup like '''bold''', color, <u>underline</u>, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect. <br />
<br />
* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting<br />
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons<br />
<br />
* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; <br /> output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.<br />
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.<br />
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window&diff=102980
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window
2024-03-15T02:25:52Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Selector Combo Boxes */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|3}}{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
'''<span style="font-size:120%">Elements of Gramps main window</span>'''<br /> ''or'' <br />'''<span style="font-size:120%">A Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface</span>'''.<br />
<br />
Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) are a way of arranging information on a computer screen that is easy to understand and use because it uses icons, menus, and a mouse rather than only text. <br />
<br />
While a GUI is much more intuitive than memorizing keyboard commands, it is hard to learn from the feature documentation without knowing the feature&rsquo;s name to lookup. Many elements are not labeled in Gramps to reduce clutter and maximize space for displaying Genealogical information. There are even [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|preference options]] to not show text labels for the buttons (icons) in the Category Navigator panel.<br />
<br />
So this section of the Wiki Manual gives the standardized names of Gramps screen elements. Armed with the standard names, you can more efficiently use a search engine (like Google) to find pages in the online manual that discuss that element. As an example, to search for Gramps Wiki Manual pages on the [https://www.google.com/search?q=navigator%20mode+site%3Agramps-project.org%2Fwiki "Navigator Mode" phrase], use following the Google search terms:<br />
<br />
<code>"navigator mode" site:gramps-project.org/wiki</code><br />
<br />
This particular search even finds descriptively named illustrations of selecting the modes for the Navigator sidebar. Selecting one of those images shows a webpage about the illustration and where it is used in the documentation. Those illustrated pages tend to have greater introductory material.<br />
<br />
If a particular screen element does not appear among the images below, look through the [[screenshots| Gramps Screenshot Gallery]]. This page shows the Gramps thumbnail screenshots that are used throughout the documentation. Click the thumbnail image to show the full sized image and variants of that image, then scroll down to the "File usage" section to find Wiki pages that illustrate the features within that [[screenshot]]. Likewise, the [[Gramps_icon_set| Gramps Icon Gallery]] identifies the proper names of icons used throughout Gramps.<br />
<br />
Once you are familiar with the screen elements, explore the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings| keybindings or hotkeys]] to learn the shortcuts for features used so frequently that keyboard shortcuts have been created.<br />
<br />
== Main Window ==<br />
<br />
When opening a (new or existing) Family Tree database, the introductory Gramps [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|{{man label|Dashboard}} window]] will be shown in the "Display Area" with no Sidebar or Bottombar available. Upon selecting the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|{{man label|People}} Category]] from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Navigator]], the Main Window layout will be updated to show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Tree_View_-_Grouped_People|{{man label|"Grouped People" (List) View}}]] in the "Display Area". See Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|800px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Annotated Main Gramps window parts, showing the People Category - People Tree View - example using the Grouped People option]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The main Gramps window contains the following elements:<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Window Title Bar===<br />
*Window Title Bar shows the name of selected Family Tree, the name of the Category view, Gramps application name and buttons to minimize, maximize and close Gramps. The window can also be dragged from the Title Bar.<br />
<br />
=== Menubar ===<br />
*Menubar: The menubar ([[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|Main Menu]]) is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of Gramps.<br />
*Menus are contextual - the options shown depend on which category is active.<br />
*Clicking a menu's header label opens that particular submenu. Submenu items may be dimmed (unavailable) if they are not usable with the active item.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions_in_the_Gramps_Wiki_Manual|Typographically]], Menu selections will look like this in the wiki manual: {{Man menu|Menu -> Submenu -> Menu Item}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Visibility of elements |Using the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu, you can hide or unhide several elements of Main Window. <br />In addition, there are Preference option to hide or reveal aspects of the elements -- such as text labels, scrollbars and Close gadgets.}}<br />
<br />
==== Pull-down menus ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man tooltip|Gramplet Bar Menu}} the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Outside the menubar, the occurrence of the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} an unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} '''pull-down menu''' button indicates additional options are available for the interface item to its left.<br />
<br />
What is the difference between a [[#Pull-down_menus|Pull-down]] menu and a [[#Pop-up_menus|Pop-up]] menu? Both show a mouse menu. But Pull-down menus are revealed by right-clicking on a button or marker. A pop-up menu is a context-aware menu that is revealed by right-clicking on an element on the screen.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Selector Combo Boxes ====<br />
[[File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png|270px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} A custom type combo box]]<br />
A selector combo box is a standard text entry box paired with pull-down menu button. The button shows pull-down menu for quickly selecting from a list of pre-defined types of data as well as any additional custom types. <br />
<br />
Adding a new [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom type]] to the pull-down menu list is simple. Just enter a new term into the text box that doesn't match those of the known types. (Note that the list is case-sensitive.) <br />
<br />
Be conservative when creating new types. Categorization becomes more confusing and sorting becomes less meaningful when there are Types that are too similar to other Types. <br />
<br />
Some of [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|'''''Custom'' Types''']] that can be defined include: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#General|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types and Types for [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|custom filters]].<br />
<br />
Consolidating or removing custom types is a bit more complex. The [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup]] addon tool cleanly updates records that use an outdated custom type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Pop-up menus ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking a Family]]The most invisible interface option might be the '''contextual pop-up menu''' (aka "context menu"). <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an interface item (or on a selected record row in a table) will reveal a pop-up menu of shortcuts to some frequently useful features for that item (or record). <br />
<br />
Note that the right-clicking on row in a table ''other'' than the selected (high-lighted or 'active') row still reveals the pop-up menu related to the ''selected'' row. So, left-click the row first to select then right-click for the menu.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Editor - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking the empty header space]]Right-clicking on objects is a familiar theme in GUIs. But right-clicking in the ''empty header space'' of any Object Editor is less obvious. However, this right-click will reveal another contextual pop-up menu with other shortcuts to useful reporting and navigation options.<br />
<br />
What is the difference between a [[#Pull-down_menus|Pull-down]] menu and a [[#Pop-up_menus|Pop-up]] menu? Both show a mouse menu. But Pull-down menus are revealed by right-clicking on a button or marker. A pop-up menu is a context-aware menu that is revealed by right-clicking on an element on the screen.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Toolbar ===<br />
* The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is located right below the menubar. Its buttons give faster access to the most frequently used functions for the active screen of Gramps. <br />
* The assortment of toolbar buttons is [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_user_interface context sensitive]. Which Tools are shown depends on which category is active. And only the buttons for submodes of the currently selected view category are included in the toolbar.<br />
* &#x2699; Configurable Options: most Category views have a [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button as an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View > Configure...}} from the View menu, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. This option opens a dialog with choices for customizing the display records in the View. Basic customizations might include choice of sorting order and choice of whether to display specific details. <br />
* ''Configuration customizations are persistent''. They are carried over to future sessions using Gramps.<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|center|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] a [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]]|allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
<br />
=== Navigator ===<br />
*Navigator: The navigator is an optional sidebar located at the left of the window and allows selection of the different categories. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]<br />
:The Navigator is shown by default but this sidebar can be optionally hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]] {{Man key press|CTRL|M}}. ({{Man key press|CMD|M}} on MacOS.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Switching Navigator modes]]<br />
* You can hide the text labels by deselecting the &#x2611;{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons}} option in the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|General]] tab.<br />
* Navigator sidebar features (View categories, View Modes, and Navigator interface styles) can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />
<br />
=== Display area ===<br />
*Display area: The area in the center of the Gramps window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View category. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Views|We will discuss Views in detail below]].<br />
<br />
=== Status Bar and Progress Bar ===<br />
*Status Bar and Progress Bar: These are located at the very bottom of the Gramps window.<br />
** The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the Gramps window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large Family Tree databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown. <br />
** The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar. It displays information about current Gramps activity and contextual information about the selected items. (You can also edit the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options Preferences]] to show the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s '''Relationship to the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.)<br />
** The Status Bar may occasionally show a passing alert, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|warning]] of unusual conditions. An informative {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|Warning]]}} button with a superficial summary (like the one below) will be displayed for three minutes at the left of the Status Bar. Clicking this lightbulb icon will show details of these minor alerts.<br />
[[File:Status-bar-warning-button-50.png|750px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing Warning button on the Status Bar]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bottombar and Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gramplet Bar}} is also known as the Bottombar and Sidebar.<br />
<br />
*Bottombar: The bottombar is located below the display area.<br />
<br />
*Sidebar: The sidebar is located to the right of the display area.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
The Bottombar and Sidebar can be individually hidden or revealed by options in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} or the relevant [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#17|keybinding]]. If the Sidebar is hidden the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} will be displayed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The Bottombar and the Sidebar allow [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Gramplets]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Filters|filters]] to be displayed alongside a view. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Gramplet Bar Menu====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Location of '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' (&or;) Add/Remove/Restore Gramplets Menu ]]<br />
<br />
You can also add / remove and restore the default Gramplets by clicking the {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from the drop-down menu eg:<br />
*'''Gramplet Bar Menu'''<br />
** {{man button|Add a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets available for use on that '''Gramplet Bar'''<br />
** {{man button|Remove a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets currently shown on the '''Gramplet Bar''' available for removal.<br />
** {{man button|Restore default gramplets}} - Displays the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Restore_to_defaults.3F_dialog|Restore to defaults?]]}} confirmation dialog, that allows you to restores the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Restore to defaults? dialog=====<br />
[[File:Grampletbar-restore-to-defaults-dialog-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Restore to defaults? dialog ]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Restore to defaults?}} dialog, allows you to restore the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets. This action cannot be undone. Select {{man button|OK}} to confirm or select {{man button|Cancel}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Search bar"><br />
====Search Bar====<br />
</span><br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing Search Bar after Sidebar has been hidden]]<br />
<br />
If the Sidebar is not displayed in a Category view with a list, then the {{man label|Search Bar}} is displayed instead. Available search options vary depending on Category View you are in. But a visible sidebar makes the Search Bar Invisible.<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|450px|thumb|center|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing the sidebar superseding the Search Bar]]<br />
<br />
A {{man label|Search Bar}} is available for the following Views and the Select windows for the following Categories: People, Relationships, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, Notes. ''Not Available in the following Category Views: Dashboard, Relationships, Charts, Geography.''<br />
<br />
Typing the characters into the {{man label|Search Bar}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Note that various {{man label|Selectors}} also have search bars:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectFamily-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|550px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]] - showing Search Bar]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Navigator modes ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-dropdownlist-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator mode selection drop down list]]<br />
<br />
You can choose the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|navigator]] mode from the sidebar {{man label|Category}} drop down list:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Category_navigator_mode_.28default.29|'''Category''']] (Default)<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Expander_navigator_mode|Expander]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Drop-Down_navigator_mode|Drop-Down]]<br />
<br />
{{man tip|To hide {{man label|Category}} drop down list|When labels have been disabled for the Navigator in Preferences, this Category drop-down list control becomes the widest object. Its width limits how narrow the sidebar may be resized. The control can be made to disappear by using the Plugin Manager to hide (or remove) all but your single preferred Navigator ''sidebar'' mode. (When only one mode remains unhidden, there is no need for a menu and it will also become hidden.)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Category''' navigator mode (default)===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-category-default-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Category (default) Navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Category Sidebar - A sidebar to allow the selection of view categories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Expander''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Expander navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Expander Sidebar - Selection of views from lists with expanders {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Drop-Down''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-drop-down-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Drop-Down navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Drop-down Sidebar - Selection of categories and views from drop-down lists.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Categories ==<br />
<br />
Gramps comes with number of different standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View categories]] built in, each of which has one or more standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewmode|View modes]]. The built-in categories are described in the introduction to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Expanding the Views|You can [[5.2_Addons|download addon]] a '[[Gramps_Glossary#view|Gramps View]]' in the General tab Preferences menu (or activate or remove previously downloaded Addon Views) via the Plugin Manager.<br />
*If the view is a ''new mode'' (subcategory), the toolbar, menus and Navigator mode lists are modified to give access to the new layout. <br />
*If it is a View of a ''existing category'', then the view layout is replaced for that category. <br />
*If it is a ''new category'' of view, then an entire new visualization will be added with an additional icon appended to the navigator selections.}}<br />
<br />
The way you change the currently displayed category depends on the navigator mode. Normally (for most navigator modes) you can select the category you want by clicking one of the navigator icons.<br />
<br />
Alternatively you can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#4|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|N}} and {{man key press|CTRL|P}} ({{man key press|CMD|N}} and {{man key press|CMD|P}} on a Mac) go to the next or previous category respectively or use [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#45|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|Alt|<number>}} ({{man key press|CMD|OPT|<number>}} on a Mac) Shortcut are only available for the first 10 categories (e.g. Repositories/Media/Notes categories miss out on shortcuts.) If you have hidden the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] then shortcuts will be the only way to change categories until you [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|turn the Navigator on]] again.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Views ==<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View category]] can contain different ways of presenting the data, called a [[Gramps_Glossary#view mode|View mode]]. If there are several viewing modes, you can switch between modes interactively. The way you change between the modes depends on the Category View. The Configuration options for each mode are independently controlled.<br />
<br />
In Views styled in tables of data with rows and columns, the modes are typically between a hierarchically grouped outline or a simple single-level sortable list. Table style view modes are configured with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]] and have have [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Sorting_columns|sorting]] options.<br />
<br />
In some graphical Category Views (like [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]) there may be a wide variety of viewing modes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator sidebar in Expander mode]]When there are multiple viewing modes, will be additional icon buttons on the toolbar to switch between those different viewing modes. <br />
<br />
You can also switch via the {{man menu|View}} menu, or the View menu [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#6|keybindings]] by pressing <!-- Linux & Microsoft Windows -->{{Man key press|Ctrl|Alt|''<number>''}} (for Linux &amp; Windows) or <!-- Mac OS -->{{Man key press|Cmd|Alt|''<number>''}} (for MacOS), where ''<number>'' corresponds to the order of viewing modes listed in the category's View menu. <br />
<br />
Modes are also selectable from the Navigator sidebar when using the Drop-down or Expander arrangements. The Navigator sidebar defaults to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Category arrangement]] which has no mode selector. Using the Drop-Down or Expander mode makes the additional viewing modes available as Navigator icons.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Filters ==<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Controls Displayed]]<br />
<br />
Genealogical databases can contain information on '''''many''''' people, families, places, and objects. That means it is possible for a View to contain a list of data so long that is difficult to navigate. Beyond the basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for precision navigation of the list, Gramps gives you two different means for filtering a list to a more manageable size. <br />
<br />
These methods are '''Search''' and '''Filtering'''. <br />
<br />
A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter.<br />
<br />
Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. When the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar]] is '''not''' displayed, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} is displayed. Typing the characters into the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can enable a filter in either the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|bottombar or the sidebar]]. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the {{man label|Search bar}} is not displayed. The Filter allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display. Filters of the displayed category can also be constructed by clicking on the corresponding 'editor' button in the {{man menu|Edit}} menu.<br />
<br />
Further details of how filters work is given in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters Chapter]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Searching vs. Filtering |Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is "Jan 1, 2000", a search of "1/1/2000" will fail, but a filter of "1/1/2000" will match because it matches the date value rather than the formatted date.}}<br />
<br />
When Gramps opens a Family Tree, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the Family Tree are listed by default.<br />
<br />
== Troubleshooting a misbehaving interface ==<br />
If your Gramps GUI is behaving contrary to the manner described in this guide, you may have an installation or minor compatibility issue. <br />
<br />
It is likely that the behavior has been seen before and a solution has been identified. <br />
<br />
Please review the [[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting pages]]. If you are unable to discover the solution there, post a description of the problem to the general Gramps community on our [[Contact#Official|user forum]]. We help each other constantly there. <br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting Started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window&diff=102975
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window
2024-03-15T02:19:34Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Pop-up menus */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|3}}{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
'''Elements of Gramps main window''' ''or'' <br />'''A Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface'''.<br />
<br />
Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) are a way of arranging information on a computer screen that is easy to understand and use because it uses icons, menus, and a mouse rather than only text. <br />
<br />
While a GUI is much more intuitive than memorizing keyboard commands, it is hard to learn from the feature documentation without knowing the feature&rsquo;s name to lookup. Many elements are not labeled in Gramps to reduce clutter and maximize space for displaying Genealogical information. There are even [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|preference options]] to not show text labels for the buttons (icons) in the Category Navigator panel.<br />
<br />
So this section of the Wiki Manual gives the standardized names of Gramps screen elements. Armed with the standard names, you can more efficiently use a search engine (like Google) to find pages in the online manual that discuss that element. As an example, to search for Gramps Wiki Manual pages on the [https://www.google.com/search?q=navigator%20mode+site%3Agramps-project.org%2Fwiki "Navigator Mode" phrase], use following the Google search terms:<br />
"navigator mode" site:gramps-project.org/wiki<br />
<br />
This particular search even finds descriptively named illustrations of selecting the modes for the Navigator sidebar. Selecting one of those images shows a webpage about the illustration and where it is used in the documentation. Those illustrated pages tend to have greater introductory material.<br />
<br />
If a particular screen element does not appear among the images below, look through the [[screenshots| Gramps Screenshot Gallery]]. This page shows the Gramps thumbnail screenshots that are used throughout the documentation. Click the thumbnail image to show the full sized image and variants of that image, then scroll down to the "File usage" section to find Wiki pages that illustrate the features within that [[screenshot]]. Likewise, the [[Gramps_icon_set| Gramps Icon Gallery]] identifies the proper names of icons used throughout Gramps.<br />
<br />
Once you are familiar with the screen elements, explore the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings| keybindings or hotkeys]] to learn the shortcuts for features used so frequently that keyboard shortcuts have been created.<br />
<br />
== Main Window ==<br />
<br />
When opening a (new or existing) Family Tree database, the introductory Gramps [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|{{man label|Dashboard}} window]] will be shown in the "Display Area" with no Sidebar or Bottombar available. Upon selecting the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|{{man label|People}} Category]] from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Navigator]], the Main Window layout will be updated to show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Tree_View_-_Grouped_People|{{man label|"Grouped People" (List) View}}]] in the "Display Area". See Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|800px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Annotated Main Gramps window parts, showing the People Category - People Tree View - example using the Grouped People option]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The main Gramps window contains the following elements:<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Window Title Bar===<br />
*Window Title Bar shows the name of selected Family Tree, the name of the Category view, Gramps application name and buttons to minimize, maximize and close Gramps. The window can also be dragged from the Title Bar.<br />
<br />
=== Menubar ===<br />
*Menubar: The menubar ([[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|Main Menu]]) is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of Gramps.<br />
*Menus are contextual - the options shown depend on which category is active.<br />
*Clicking a menu's header label opens that particular submenu. Submenu items may be dimmed (unavailable) if they are not usable with the active item.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions_in_the_Gramps_Wiki_Manual|Typographically]], Menu selections will look like this in the wiki manual: {{Man menu|Menu -> Submenu -> Menu Item}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Visibility of elements |Using the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu, you can hide or unhide several elements of Main Window. <br />In addition, there are Preference option to hide or reveal aspects of the elements -- such as text labels, scrollbars and Close gadgets.}}<br />
<br />
==== Pull-down menus ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man tooltip|Gramplet Bar Menu}} the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Outside the menubar, the occurrence of the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} an unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} '''pull-down menu''' button indicates additional options are available for the interface item to its left.<br />
<br />
What is the difference between a [[#Pull-down_menus|Pull-down]] menu and a [[#Pop-up_menus|Pop-up]] menu? Both show a mouse menu. But Pull-down menus are revealed by right-clicking on a button or marker. A pop-up menu is a context-aware menu that is revealed by right-clicking on an element on the screen.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Selector Combo Boxes ====<br />
[[File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png|270px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} A custom type combo box]]<br />
A selector combo box is a standard text entry box paired with pull-down menu button. The button shows pull-down menu for quickly selecting from a list of pre-defined types of data as well as any additional custom types. <br />
<br />
Adding a new [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom type]] to the pull-down menu list is simple. Just enter a new term into the text box that doesn't match those of the known types. (Note that the list is case-sensitive.) <br />
<br />
Be conservative when creating new types. Categorization becomes more confusing and sorting becomes less meaningful when there are Types that are too similar to other Types. <br />
<br />
Some of [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|'''''Custom'' Types''']] that can be defined include: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types and Types for [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|custom filters]].<br />
<br />
Consolidating or removing custom types is a bit more complex. The [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup]] addon tool cleanly updates records that use an outdated custom type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Pop-up menus ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking a Family]]The most invisible interface option might be the '''contextual pop-up menu''' (aka "context menu"). <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an interface item (or on a selected record row in a table) will reveal a pop-up menu of shortcuts to some frequently useful features for that item (or record). <br />
<br />
Note that the right-clicking on row in a table ''other'' than the selected (high-lighted or 'active') row still reveals the pop-up menu related to the ''selected'' row. So, left-click the row first to select then right-click for the menu.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Editor - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking the empty header space]]Right-clicking on objects is a familiar theme in GUIs. But right-clicking in the ''empty header space'' of any Object Editor is less obvious. However, this right-click will reveal another contextual pop-up menu with other shortcuts to useful reporting and navigation options.<br />
<br />
What is the difference between a [[#Pull-down_menus|Pull-down]] menu and a [[#Pop-up_menus|Pop-up]] menu? Both show a mouse menu. But Pull-down menus are revealed by right-clicking on a button or marker. A pop-up menu is a context-aware menu that is revealed by right-clicking on an element on the screen.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Toolbar ===<br />
* The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is located right below the menubar. Its buttons give faster access to the most frequently used functions for the active screen of Gramps. <br />
* The assortment of toolbar buttons is [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_user_interface context sensitive]. Which Tools are shown depends on which category is active. And only the buttons for submodes of the currently selected view category are included in the toolbar.<br />
* &#x2699; Configurable Options: most Category views have a [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button as an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View > Configure...}} from the View menu, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. This option opens a dialog with choices for customizing the display records in the View. Basic customizations might include choice of sorting order and choice of whether to display specific details. <br />
* ''Configuration customizations are persistent''. They are carried over to future sessions using Gramps.<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|center|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] a [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]]|allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
<br />
=== Navigator ===<br />
*Navigator: The navigator is an optional sidebar located at the left of the window and allows selection of the different categories. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]<br />
:The Navigator is shown by default but this sidebar can be optionally hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]] {{Man key press|CTRL|M}}. ({{Man key press|CMD|M}} on MacOS.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Switching Navigator modes]]<br />
* You can hide the text labels by deselecting the &#x2611;{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons}} option in the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|General]] tab.<br />
* Navigator sidebar features (View categories, View Modes, and Navigator interface styles) can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />
<br />
=== Display area ===<br />
*Display area: The area in the center of the Gramps window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View category. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Views|We will discuss Views in detail below]].<br />
<br />
=== Status Bar and Progress Bar ===<br />
*Status Bar and Progress Bar: These are located at the very bottom of the Gramps window.<br />
** The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the Gramps window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large Family Tree databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown. <br />
** The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar. It displays information about current Gramps activity and contextual information about the selected items. (You can also edit the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options Preferences]] to show the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s '''Relationship to the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.)<br />
** The Status Bar may occasionally show a passing alert, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|warning]] of unusual conditions. An informative {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|Warning]]}} button with a superficial summary (like the one below) will be displayed for three minutes at the left of the Status Bar. Clicking this lightbulb icon will show details of these minor alerts.<br />
[[File:Status-bar-warning-button-50.png|750px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing Warning button on the Status Bar]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bottombar and Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gramplet Bar}} is also known as the Bottombar and Sidebar.<br />
<br />
*Bottombar: The bottombar is located below the display area.<br />
<br />
*Sidebar: The sidebar is located to the right of the display area.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
The Bottombar and Sidebar can be individually hidden or revealed by options in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} or the relevant [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#17|keybinding]]. If the Sidebar is hidden the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} will be displayed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The Bottombar and the Sidebar allow [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Gramplets]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Filters|filters]] to be displayed alongside a view. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Gramplet Bar Menu====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Location of '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' (&or;) Add/Remove/Restore Gramplets Menu ]]<br />
<br />
You can also add / remove and restore the default Gramplets by clicking the {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from the drop-down menu eg:<br />
*'''Gramplet Bar Menu'''<br />
** {{man button|Add a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets available for use on that '''Gramplet Bar'''<br />
** {{man button|Remove a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets currently shown on the '''Gramplet Bar''' available for removal.<br />
** {{man button|Restore default gramplets}} - Displays the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Restore_to_defaults.3F_dialog|Restore to defaults?]]}} confirmation dialog, that allows you to restores the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Restore to defaults? dialog=====<br />
[[File:Grampletbar-restore-to-defaults-dialog-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Restore to defaults? dialog ]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Restore to defaults?}} dialog, allows you to restore the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets. This action cannot be undone. Select {{man button|OK}} to confirm or select {{man button|Cancel}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Search bar"><br />
====Search Bar====<br />
</span><br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing Search Bar after Sidebar has been hidden]]<br />
<br />
If the Sidebar is not displayed in a Category view with a list, then the {{man label|Search Bar}} is displayed instead. Available search options vary depending on Category View you are in. But a visible sidebar makes the Search Bar Invisible.<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|450px|thumb|center|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing the sidebar superseding the Search Bar]]<br />
<br />
A {{man label|Search Bar}} is available for the following Views and the Select windows for the following Categories: People, Relationships, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, Notes. ''Not Available in the following Category Views: Dashboard, Relationships, Charts, Geography.''<br />
<br />
Typing the characters into the {{man label|Search Bar}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Note that various {{man label|Selectors}} also have search bars:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectFamily-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|550px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]] - showing Search Bar]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Navigator modes ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-dropdownlist-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator mode selection drop down list]]<br />
<br />
You can choose the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|navigator]] mode from the sidebar {{man label|Category}} drop down list:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Category_navigator_mode_.28default.29|'''Category''']] (Default)<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Expander_navigator_mode|Expander]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Drop-Down_navigator_mode|Drop-Down]]<br />
<br />
{{man tip|To hide {{man label|Category}} drop down list|When labels have been disabled for the Navigator in Preferences, this Category drop-down list control becomes the widest object. Its width limits how narrow the sidebar may be resized. The control can be made to disappear by using the Plugin Manager to hide (or remove) all but your single preferred Navigator ''sidebar'' mode. (When only one mode remains unhidden, there is no need for a menu and it will also become hidden.)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Category''' navigator mode (default)===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-category-default-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Category (default) Navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Category Sidebar - A sidebar to allow the selection of view categories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Expander''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Expander navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Expander Sidebar - Selection of views from lists with expanders {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Drop-Down''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-drop-down-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Drop-Down navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Drop-down Sidebar - Selection of categories and views from drop-down lists.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Categories ==<br />
<br />
Gramps comes with number of different standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View categories]] built in, each of which has one or more standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewmode|View modes]]. The built-in categories are described in the introduction to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Expanding the Views|You can [[5.2_Addons|download addon]] a '[[Gramps_Glossary#view|Gramps View]]' in the General tab Preferences menu (or activate or remove previously downloaded Addon Views) via the Plugin Manager.<br />
*If the view is a ''new mode'' (subcategory), the toolbar, menus and Navigator mode lists are modified to give access to the new layout. <br />
*If it is a View of a ''existing category'', then the view layout is replaced for that category. <br />
*If it is a ''new category'' of view, then an entire new visualization will be added with an additional icon appended to the navigator selections.}}<br />
<br />
The way you change the currently displayed category depends on the navigator mode. Normally (for most navigator modes) you can select the category you want by clicking one of the navigator icons.<br />
<br />
Alternatively you can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#4|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|N}} and {{man key press|CTRL|P}} ({{man key press|CMD|N}} and {{man key press|CMD|P}} on a Mac) go to the next or previous category respectively or use [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#45|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|Alt|<number>}} ({{man key press|CMD|OPT|<number>}} on a Mac) Shortcut are only available for the first 10 categories (e.g. Repositories/Media/Notes categories miss out on shortcuts.) If you have hidden the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] then shortcuts will be the only way to change categories until you [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|turn the Navigator on]] again.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Views ==<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View category]] can contain different ways of presenting the data, called a [[Gramps_Glossary#view mode|View mode]]. If there are several viewing modes, you can switch between modes interactively. The way you change between the modes depends on the Category View. The Configuration options for each mode are independently controlled.<br />
<br />
In Views styled in tables of data with rows and columns, the modes are typically between a hierarchically grouped outline or a simple single-level sortable list. Table style view modes are configured with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]] and have have [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Sorting_columns|sorting]] options.<br />
<br />
In some graphical Category Views (like [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]) there may be a wide variety of viewing modes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator sidebar in Expander mode]]When there are multiple viewing modes, will be additional icon buttons on the toolbar to switch between those different viewing modes. <br />
<br />
You can also switch via the {{man menu|View}} menu, or the View menu [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#6|keybindings]] by pressing <!-- Linux & Microsoft Windows -->{{Man key press|Ctrl|Alt|''<number>''}} (for Linux &amp; Windows) or <!-- Mac OS -->{{Man key press|Cmd|Alt|''<number>''}} (for MacOS), where ''<number>'' corresponds to the order of viewing modes listed in the category's View menu. <br />
<br />
Modes are also selectable from the Navigator sidebar when using the Drop-down or Expander arrangements. The Navigator sidebar defaults to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Category arrangement]] which has no mode selector. Using the Drop-Down or Expander mode makes the additional viewing modes available as Navigator icons.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Filters ==<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Controls Displayed]]<br />
<br />
Genealogical databases can contain information on '''''many''''' people, families, places, and objects. That means it is possible for a View to contain a list of data so long that is difficult to navigate. Beyond the basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for precision navigation of the list, Gramps gives you two different means for filtering a list to a more manageable size. <br />
<br />
These methods are '''Search''' and '''Filtering'''. <br />
<br />
A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter.<br />
<br />
Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. When the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar]] is '''not''' displayed, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} is displayed. Typing the characters into the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can enable a filter in either the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|bottombar or the sidebar]]. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the {{man label|Search bar}} is not displayed. The Filter allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display. Filters of the displayed category can also be constructed by clicking on the corresponding 'editor' button in the {{man menu|Edit}} menu.<br />
<br />
Further details of how filters work is given in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters Chapter]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Searching vs. Filtering |Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is "Jan 1, 2000", a search of "1/1/2000" will fail, but a filter of "1/1/2000" will match because it matches the date value rather than the formatted date.}}<br />
<br />
When Gramps opens a Family Tree, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the Family Tree are listed by default.<br />
<br />
== Troubleshooting a misbehaving interface ==<br />
If your Gramps GUI is behaving contrary to the manner described in this guide, you may have an installation or minor compatibility issue. <br />
<br />
It is likely that the behavior has been seen before and a solution has been identified. <br />
<br />
Please review the [[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting pages]]. If you are unable to discover the solution there, post a description of the problem to the general Gramps community on our [[Contact#Official|user forum]]. We help each other constantly there. <br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting Started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window&diff=102974
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window
2024-03-15T02:18:46Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Pull-down menus */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|3}}{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
'''Elements of Gramps main window''' ''or'' <br />'''A Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface'''.<br />
<br />
Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) are a way of arranging information on a computer screen that is easy to understand and use because it uses icons, menus, and a mouse rather than only text. <br />
<br />
While a GUI is much more intuitive than memorizing keyboard commands, it is hard to learn from the feature documentation without knowing the feature&rsquo;s name to lookup. Many elements are not labeled in Gramps to reduce clutter and maximize space for displaying Genealogical information. There are even [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|preference options]] to not show text labels for the buttons (icons) in the Category Navigator panel.<br />
<br />
So this section of the Wiki Manual gives the standardized names of Gramps screen elements. Armed with the standard names, you can more efficiently use a search engine (like Google) to find pages in the online manual that discuss that element. As an example, to search for Gramps Wiki Manual pages on the [https://www.google.com/search?q=navigator%20mode+site%3Agramps-project.org%2Fwiki "Navigator Mode" phrase], use following the Google search terms:<br />
"navigator mode" site:gramps-project.org/wiki<br />
<br />
This particular search even finds descriptively named illustrations of selecting the modes for the Navigator sidebar. Selecting one of those images shows a webpage about the illustration and where it is used in the documentation. Those illustrated pages tend to have greater introductory material.<br />
<br />
If a particular screen element does not appear among the images below, look through the [[screenshots| Gramps Screenshot Gallery]]. This page shows the Gramps thumbnail screenshots that are used throughout the documentation. Click the thumbnail image to show the full sized image and variants of that image, then scroll down to the "File usage" section to find Wiki pages that illustrate the features within that [[screenshot]]. Likewise, the [[Gramps_icon_set| Gramps Icon Gallery]] identifies the proper names of icons used throughout Gramps.<br />
<br />
Once you are familiar with the screen elements, explore the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings| keybindings or hotkeys]] to learn the shortcuts for features used so frequently that keyboard shortcuts have been created.<br />
<br />
== Main Window ==<br />
<br />
When opening a (new or existing) Family Tree database, the introductory Gramps [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|{{man label|Dashboard}} window]] will be shown in the "Display Area" with no Sidebar or Bottombar available. Upon selecting the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|{{man label|People}} Category]] from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Navigator]], the Main Window layout will be updated to show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Tree_View_-_Grouped_People|{{man label|"Grouped People" (List) View}}]] in the "Display Area". See Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|800px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Annotated Main Gramps window parts, showing the People Category - People Tree View - example using the Grouped People option]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The main Gramps window contains the following elements:<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Window Title Bar===<br />
*Window Title Bar shows the name of selected Family Tree, the name of the Category view, Gramps application name and buttons to minimize, maximize and close Gramps. The window can also be dragged from the Title Bar.<br />
<br />
=== Menubar ===<br />
*Menubar: The menubar ([[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|Main Menu]]) is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of Gramps.<br />
*Menus are contextual - the options shown depend on which category is active.<br />
*Clicking a menu's header label opens that particular submenu. Submenu items may be dimmed (unavailable) if they are not usable with the active item.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions_in_the_Gramps_Wiki_Manual|Typographically]], Menu selections will look like this in the wiki manual: {{Man menu|Menu -> Submenu -> Menu Item}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Visibility of elements |Using the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu, you can hide or unhide several elements of Main Window. <br />In addition, there are Preference option to hide or reveal aspects of the elements -- such as text labels, scrollbars and Close gadgets.}}<br />
<br />
==== Pull-down menus ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man tooltip|Gramplet Bar Menu}} the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Outside the menubar, the occurrence of the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} an unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} '''pull-down menu''' button indicates additional options are available for the interface item to its left.<br />
<br />
What is the difference between a [[#Pull-down_menus|Pull-down]] menu and a [[#Pop-up_menus|Pop-up]] menu? Both show a mouse menu. But Pull-down menus are revealed by right-clicking on a button or marker. A pop-up menu is a context-aware menu that is revealed by right-clicking on an element on the screen.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Selector Combo Boxes ====<br />
[[File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png|270px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} A custom type combo box]]<br />
A selector combo box is a standard text entry box paired with pull-down menu button. The button shows pull-down menu for quickly selecting from a list of pre-defined types of data as well as any additional custom types. <br />
<br />
Adding a new [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom type]] to the pull-down menu list is simple. Just enter a new term into the text box that doesn't match those of the known types. (Note that the list is case-sensitive.) <br />
<br />
Be conservative when creating new types. Categorization becomes more confusing and sorting becomes less meaningful when there are Types that are too similar to other Types. <br />
<br />
Some of [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|'''''Custom'' Types''']] that can be defined include: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types and Types for [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|custom filters]].<br />
<br />
Consolidating or removing custom types is a bit more complex. The [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup]] addon tool cleanly updates records that use an outdated custom type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Pop-up menus ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking a Family]]The most invisible interface option might be the '''contextual pop-up menu''' (aka "context menu"). <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an interface item (or on a selected record row in a table) will reveal a pop-up menu of shortcuts to some frequently useful features for that item (or record). <br />
<br />
Note that the right-clicking on row in a table ''other'' than the selected (high-lighted or 'active') row still reveals the pop-up menu related to the ''selected'' row. So, left-click the row first to select then right-click for the menu.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Editor - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking the empty header space]]Right-clicking on objects is a familiar theme in GUIs. But right-clicking in the ''empty header space'' of any Object Editor is less obvious. However, this right-click will reveal another contextual pop-up menu with other shortcuts to useful reporting and navigation options.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Toolbar ===<br />
* The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is located right below the menubar. Its buttons give faster access to the most frequently used functions for the active screen of Gramps. <br />
* The assortment of toolbar buttons is [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_user_interface context sensitive]. Which Tools are shown depends on which category is active. And only the buttons for submodes of the currently selected view category are included in the toolbar.<br />
* &#x2699; Configurable Options: most Category views have a [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button as an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View > Configure...}} from the View menu, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. This option opens a dialog with choices for customizing the display records in the View. Basic customizations might include choice of sorting order and choice of whether to display specific details. <br />
* ''Configuration customizations are persistent''. They are carried over to future sessions using Gramps.<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|center|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] a [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]]|allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
<br />
=== Navigator ===<br />
*Navigator: The navigator is an optional sidebar located at the left of the window and allows selection of the different categories. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]<br />
:The Navigator is shown by default but this sidebar can be optionally hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]] {{Man key press|CTRL|M}}. ({{Man key press|CMD|M}} on MacOS.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Switching Navigator modes]]<br />
* You can hide the text labels by deselecting the &#x2611;{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons}} option in the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|General]] tab.<br />
* Navigator sidebar features (View categories, View Modes, and Navigator interface styles) can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />
<br />
=== Display area ===<br />
*Display area: The area in the center of the Gramps window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View category. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Views|We will discuss Views in detail below]].<br />
<br />
=== Status Bar and Progress Bar ===<br />
*Status Bar and Progress Bar: These are located at the very bottom of the Gramps window.<br />
** The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the Gramps window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large Family Tree databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown. <br />
** The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar. It displays information about current Gramps activity and contextual information about the selected items. (You can also edit the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options Preferences]] to show the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s '''Relationship to the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.)<br />
** The Status Bar may occasionally show a passing alert, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|warning]] of unusual conditions. An informative {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|Warning]]}} button with a superficial summary (like the one below) will be displayed for three minutes at the left of the Status Bar. Clicking this lightbulb icon will show details of these minor alerts.<br />
[[File:Status-bar-warning-button-50.png|750px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing Warning button on the Status Bar]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bottombar and Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gramplet Bar}} is also known as the Bottombar and Sidebar.<br />
<br />
*Bottombar: The bottombar is located below the display area.<br />
<br />
*Sidebar: The sidebar is located to the right of the display area.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
The Bottombar and Sidebar can be individually hidden or revealed by options in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} or the relevant [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#17|keybinding]]. If the Sidebar is hidden the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} will be displayed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The Bottombar and the Sidebar allow [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Gramplets]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Filters|filters]] to be displayed alongside a view. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Gramplet Bar Menu====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Location of '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' (&or;) Add/Remove/Restore Gramplets Menu ]]<br />
<br />
You can also add / remove and restore the default Gramplets by clicking the {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from the drop-down menu eg:<br />
*'''Gramplet Bar Menu'''<br />
** {{man button|Add a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets available for use on that '''Gramplet Bar'''<br />
** {{man button|Remove a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets currently shown on the '''Gramplet Bar''' available for removal.<br />
** {{man button|Restore default gramplets}} - Displays the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Restore_to_defaults.3F_dialog|Restore to defaults?]]}} confirmation dialog, that allows you to restores the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Restore to defaults? dialog=====<br />
[[File:Grampletbar-restore-to-defaults-dialog-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Restore to defaults? dialog ]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Restore to defaults?}} dialog, allows you to restore the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets. This action cannot be undone. Select {{man button|OK}} to confirm or select {{man button|Cancel}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Search bar"><br />
====Search Bar====<br />
</span><br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing Search Bar after Sidebar has been hidden]]<br />
<br />
If the Sidebar is not displayed in a Category view with a list, then the {{man label|Search Bar}} is displayed instead. Available search options vary depending on Category View you are in. But a visible sidebar makes the Search Bar Invisible.<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|450px|thumb|center|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing the sidebar superseding the Search Bar]]<br />
<br />
A {{man label|Search Bar}} is available for the following Views and the Select windows for the following Categories: People, Relationships, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, Notes. ''Not Available in the following Category Views: Dashboard, Relationships, Charts, Geography.''<br />
<br />
Typing the characters into the {{man label|Search Bar}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Note that various {{man label|Selectors}} also have search bars:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectFamily-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|550px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]] - showing Search Bar]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Navigator modes ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-dropdownlist-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator mode selection drop down list]]<br />
<br />
You can choose the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|navigator]] mode from the sidebar {{man label|Category}} drop down list:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Category_navigator_mode_.28default.29|'''Category''']] (Default)<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Expander_navigator_mode|Expander]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Drop-Down_navigator_mode|Drop-Down]]<br />
<br />
{{man tip|To hide {{man label|Category}} drop down list|When labels have been disabled for the Navigator in Preferences, this Category drop-down list control becomes the widest object. Its width limits how narrow the sidebar may be resized. The control can be made to disappear by using the Plugin Manager to hide (or remove) all but your single preferred Navigator ''sidebar'' mode. (When only one mode remains unhidden, there is no need for a menu and it will also become hidden.)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Category''' navigator mode (default)===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-category-default-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Category (default) Navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Category Sidebar - A sidebar to allow the selection of view categories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Expander''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Expander navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Expander Sidebar - Selection of views from lists with expanders {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Drop-Down''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-drop-down-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Drop-Down navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Drop-down Sidebar - Selection of categories and views from drop-down lists.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Categories ==<br />
<br />
Gramps comes with number of different standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View categories]] built in, each of which has one or more standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewmode|View modes]]. The built-in categories are described in the introduction to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Expanding the Views|You can [[5.2_Addons|download addon]] a '[[Gramps_Glossary#view|Gramps View]]' in the General tab Preferences menu (or activate or remove previously downloaded Addon Views) via the Plugin Manager.<br />
*If the view is a ''new mode'' (subcategory), the toolbar, menus and Navigator mode lists are modified to give access to the new layout. <br />
*If it is a View of a ''existing category'', then the view layout is replaced for that category. <br />
*If it is a ''new category'' of view, then an entire new visualization will be added with an additional icon appended to the navigator selections.}}<br />
<br />
The way you change the currently displayed category depends on the navigator mode. Normally (for most navigator modes) you can select the category you want by clicking one of the navigator icons.<br />
<br />
Alternatively you can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#4|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|N}} and {{man key press|CTRL|P}} ({{man key press|CMD|N}} and {{man key press|CMD|P}} on a Mac) go to the next or previous category respectively or use [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#45|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|Alt|<number>}} ({{man key press|CMD|OPT|<number>}} on a Mac) Shortcut are only available for the first 10 categories (e.g. Repositories/Media/Notes categories miss out on shortcuts.) If you have hidden the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] then shortcuts will be the only way to change categories until you [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|turn the Navigator on]] again.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Views ==<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View category]] can contain different ways of presenting the data, called a [[Gramps_Glossary#view mode|View mode]]. If there are several viewing modes, you can switch between modes interactively. The way you change between the modes depends on the Category View. The Configuration options for each mode are independently controlled.<br />
<br />
In Views styled in tables of data with rows and columns, the modes are typically between a hierarchically grouped outline or a simple single-level sortable list. Table style view modes are configured with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]] and have have [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Sorting_columns|sorting]] options.<br />
<br />
In some graphical Category Views (like [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]) there may be a wide variety of viewing modes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator sidebar in Expander mode]]When there are multiple viewing modes, will be additional icon buttons on the toolbar to switch between those different viewing modes. <br />
<br />
You can also switch via the {{man menu|View}} menu, or the View menu [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#6|keybindings]] by pressing <!-- Linux & Microsoft Windows -->{{Man key press|Ctrl|Alt|''<number>''}} (for Linux &amp; Windows) or <!-- Mac OS -->{{Man key press|Cmd|Alt|''<number>''}} (for MacOS), where ''<number>'' corresponds to the order of viewing modes listed in the category's View menu. <br />
<br />
Modes are also selectable from the Navigator sidebar when using the Drop-down or Expander arrangements. The Navigator sidebar defaults to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Category arrangement]] which has no mode selector. Using the Drop-Down or Expander mode makes the additional viewing modes available as Navigator icons.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Filters ==<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Controls Displayed]]<br />
<br />
Genealogical databases can contain information on '''''many''''' people, families, places, and objects. That means it is possible for a View to contain a list of data so long that is difficult to navigate. Beyond the basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for precision navigation of the list, Gramps gives you two different means for filtering a list to a more manageable size. <br />
<br />
These methods are '''Search''' and '''Filtering'''. <br />
<br />
A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter.<br />
<br />
Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. When the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar]] is '''not''' displayed, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} is displayed. Typing the characters into the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can enable a filter in either the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|bottombar or the sidebar]]. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the {{man label|Search bar}} is not displayed. The Filter allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display. Filters of the displayed category can also be constructed by clicking on the corresponding 'editor' button in the {{man menu|Edit}} menu.<br />
<br />
Further details of how filters work is given in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters Chapter]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Searching vs. Filtering |Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is "Jan 1, 2000", a search of "1/1/2000" will fail, but a filter of "1/1/2000" will match because it matches the date value rather than the formatted date.}}<br />
<br />
When Gramps opens a Family Tree, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the Family Tree are listed by default.<br />
<br />
== Troubleshooting a misbehaving interface ==<br />
If your Gramps GUI is behaving contrary to the manner described in this guide, you may have an installation or minor compatibility issue. <br />
<br />
It is likely that the behavior has been seen before and a solution has been identified. <br />
<br />
Please review the [[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting pages]]. If you are unable to discover the solution there, post a description of the problem to the general Gramps community on our [[Contact#Official|user forum]]. We help each other constantly there. <br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting Started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102973
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-15T02:12:00Z
<p>Bamaustin: typo</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#General|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]].<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that [[#custom|custom type]] to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window&diff=102972
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window
2024-03-15T02:10:00Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Selector Combo Boxes */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|3}}{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
'''Elements of Gramps main window''' ''or'' <br />'''A Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface'''.<br />
<br />
Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) are a way of arranging information on a computer screen that is easy to understand and use because it uses icons, menus, and a mouse rather than only text. <br />
<br />
While a GUI is much more intuitive than memorizing keyboard commands, it is hard to learn from the feature documentation without knowing the feature&rsquo;s name to lookup. Many elements are not labeled in Gramps to reduce clutter and maximize space for displaying Genealogical information. There are even [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|preference options]] to not show text labels for the buttons (icons) in the Category Navigator panel.<br />
<br />
So this section of the Wiki Manual gives the standardized names of Gramps screen elements. Armed with the standard names, you can more efficiently use a search engine (like Google) to find pages in the online manual that discuss that element. As an example, to search for Gramps Wiki Manual pages on the [https://www.google.com/search?q=navigator%20mode+site%3Agramps-project.org%2Fwiki "Navigator Mode" phrase], use following the Google search terms:<br />
"navigator mode" site:gramps-project.org/wiki<br />
<br />
This particular search even finds descriptively named illustrations of selecting the modes for the Navigator sidebar. Selecting one of those images shows a webpage about the illustration and where it is used in the documentation. Those illustrated pages tend to have greater introductory material.<br />
<br />
If a particular screen element does not appear among the images below, look through the [[screenshots| Gramps Screenshot Gallery]]. This page shows the Gramps thumbnail screenshots that are used throughout the documentation. Click the thumbnail image to show the full sized image and variants of that image, then scroll down to the "File usage" section to find Wiki pages that illustrate the features within that [[screenshot]]. Likewise, the [[Gramps_icon_set| Gramps Icon Gallery]] identifies the proper names of icons used throughout Gramps.<br />
<br />
Once you are familiar with the screen elements, explore the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings| keybindings or hotkeys]] to learn the shortcuts for features used so frequently that keyboard shortcuts have been created.<br />
<br />
== Main Window ==<br />
<br />
When opening a (new or existing) Family Tree database, the introductory Gramps [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|{{man label|Dashboard}} window]] will be shown in the "Display Area" with no Sidebar or Bottombar available. Upon selecting the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|{{man label|People}} Category]] from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Navigator]], the Main Window layout will be updated to show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Tree_View_-_Grouped_People|{{man label|"Grouped People" (List) View}}]] in the "Display Area". See Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|800px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Annotated Main Gramps window parts, showing the People Category - People Tree View - example using the Grouped People option]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The main Gramps window contains the following elements:<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Window Title Bar===<br />
*Window Title Bar shows the name of selected Family Tree, the name of the Category view, Gramps application name and buttons to minimize, maximize and close Gramps. The window can also be dragged from the Title Bar.<br />
<br />
=== Menubar ===<br />
*Menubar: The menubar ([[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|Main Menu]]) is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of Gramps.<br />
*Menus are contextual - the options shown depend on which category is active.<br />
*Clicking a menu's header label opens that particular submenu. Submenu items may be dimmed (unavailable) if they are not usable with the active item.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions_in_the_Gramps_Wiki_Manual|Typographically]], Menu selections will look like this in the wiki manual: {{Man menu|Menu -> Submenu -> Menu Item}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Visibility of elements |Using the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu, you can hide or unhide several elements of Main Window. <br />In addition, there are Preference option to hide or reveal aspects of the elements -- such as text labels, scrollbars and Close gadgets.}}<br />
<br />
==== Pull-down menus ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man tooltip|Gramplet Bar Menu}} the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Outside the menubar, the occurrence of the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} an unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} '''pull-down menu''' button indicates additional options are available for the interface item to its left.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Selector Combo Boxes ====<br />
[[File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png|270px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} A custom type combo box]]<br />
A selector combo box is a standard text entry box paired with pull-down menu button. The button shows pull-down menu for quickly selecting from a list of pre-defined types of data as well as any additional custom types. <br />
<br />
Adding a new [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom type]] to the pull-down menu list is simple. Just enter a new term into the text box that doesn't match those of the known types. (Note that the list is case-sensitive.) <br />
<br />
Be conservative when creating new types. Categorization becomes more confusing and sorting becomes less meaningful when there are Types that are too similar to other Types. <br />
<br />
Some of [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|'''''Custom'' Types''']] that can be defined include: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types and Types for [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|custom filters]].<br />
<br />
Consolidating or removing custom types is a bit more complex. The [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup]] addon tool cleanly updates records that use an outdated custom type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Pop-up menus ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking a Family]]The most invisible interface option might be the '''contextual pop-up menu''' (aka "context menu"). <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an interface item (or on a selected record row in a table) will reveal a pop-up menu of shortcuts to some frequently useful features for that item (or record). <br />
<br />
Note that the right-clicking on row in a table ''other'' than the selected (high-lighted or 'active') row still reveals the pop-up menu related to the ''selected'' row. So, left-click the row first to select then right-click for the menu.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Editor - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking the empty header space]]Right-clicking on objects is a familiar theme in GUIs. But right-clicking in the ''empty header space'' of any Object Editor is less obvious. However, this right-click will reveal another contextual pop-up menu with other shortcuts to useful reporting and navigation options.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Toolbar ===<br />
* The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is located right below the menubar. Its buttons give faster access to the most frequently used functions for the active screen of Gramps. <br />
* The assortment of toolbar buttons is [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_user_interface context sensitive]. Which Tools are shown depends on which category is active. And only the buttons for submodes of the currently selected view category are included in the toolbar.<br />
* &#x2699; Configurable Options: most Category views have a [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button as an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View > Configure...}} from the View menu, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. This option opens a dialog with choices for customizing the display records in the View. Basic customizations might include choice of sorting order and choice of whether to display specific details. <br />
* ''Configuration customizations are persistent''. They are carried over to future sessions using Gramps.<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|center|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] a [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]]|allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
<br />
=== Navigator ===<br />
*Navigator: The navigator is an optional sidebar located at the left of the window and allows selection of the different categories. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]<br />
:The Navigator is shown by default but this sidebar can be optionally hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]] {{Man key press|CTRL|M}}. ({{Man key press|CMD|M}} on MacOS.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Switching Navigator modes]]<br />
* You can hide the text labels by deselecting the &#x2611;{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons}} option in the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|General]] tab.<br />
* Navigator sidebar features (View categories, View Modes, and Navigator interface styles) can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />
<br />
=== Display area ===<br />
*Display area: The area in the center of the Gramps window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View category. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Views|We will discuss Views in detail below]].<br />
<br />
=== Status Bar and Progress Bar ===<br />
*Status Bar and Progress Bar: These are located at the very bottom of the Gramps window.<br />
** The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the Gramps window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large Family Tree databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown. <br />
** The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar. It displays information about current Gramps activity and contextual information about the selected items. (You can also edit the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options Preferences]] to show the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s '''Relationship to the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.)<br />
** The Status Bar may occasionally show a passing alert, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|warning]] of unusual conditions. An informative {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|Warning]]}} button with a superficial summary (like the one below) will be displayed for three minutes at the left of the Status Bar. Clicking this lightbulb icon will show details of these minor alerts.<br />
[[File:Status-bar-warning-button-50.png|750px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing Warning button on the Status Bar]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bottombar and Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gramplet Bar}} is also known as the Bottombar and Sidebar.<br />
<br />
*Bottombar: The bottombar is located below the display area.<br />
<br />
*Sidebar: The sidebar is located to the right of the display area.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
The Bottombar and Sidebar can be individually hidden or revealed by options in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} or the relevant [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#17|keybinding]]. If the Sidebar is hidden the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} will be displayed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The Bottombar and the Sidebar allow [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Gramplets]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Filters|filters]] to be displayed alongside a view. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Gramplet Bar Menu====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Location of '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' (&or;) Add/Remove/Restore Gramplets Menu ]]<br />
<br />
You can also add / remove and restore the default Gramplets by clicking the {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from the drop-down menu eg:<br />
*'''Gramplet Bar Menu'''<br />
** {{man button|Add a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets available for use on that '''Gramplet Bar'''<br />
** {{man button|Remove a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets currently shown on the '''Gramplet Bar''' available for removal.<br />
** {{man button|Restore default gramplets}} - Displays the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Restore_to_defaults.3F_dialog|Restore to defaults?]]}} confirmation dialog, that allows you to restores the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Restore to defaults? dialog=====<br />
[[File:Grampletbar-restore-to-defaults-dialog-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Restore to defaults? dialog ]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Restore to defaults?}} dialog, allows you to restore the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets. This action cannot be undone. Select {{man button|OK}} to confirm or select {{man button|Cancel}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Search bar"><br />
====Search Bar====<br />
</span><br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing Search Bar after Sidebar has been hidden]]<br />
<br />
If the Sidebar is not displayed in a Category view with a list, then the {{man label|Search Bar}} is displayed instead. Available search options vary depending on Category View you are in. But a visible sidebar makes the Search Bar Invisible.<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|450px|thumb|center|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing the sidebar superseding the Search Bar]]<br />
<br />
A {{man label|Search Bar}} is available for the following Views and the Select windows for the following Categories: People, Relationships, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, Notes. ''Not Available in the following Category Views: Dashboard, Relationships, Charts, Geography.''<br />
<br />
Typing the characters into the {{man label|Search Bar}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Note that various {{man label|Selectors}} also have search bars:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectFamily-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|550px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]] - showing Search Bar]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Navigator modes ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-dropdownlist-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator mode selection drop down list]]<br />
<br />
You can choose the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|navigator]] mode from the sidebar {{man label|Category}} drop down list:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Category_navigator_mode_.28default.29|'''Category''']] (Default)<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Expander_navigator_mode|Expander]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Drop-Down_navigator_mode|Drop-Down]]<br />
<br />
{{man tip|To hide {{man label|Category}} drop down list|When labels have been disabled for the Navigator in Preferences, this Category drop-down list control becomes the widest object. Its width limits how narrow the sidebar may be resized. The control can be made to disappear by using the Plugin Manager to hide (or remove) all but your single preferred Navigator ''sidebar'' mode. (When only one mode remains unhidden, there is no need for a menu and it will also become hidden.)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Category''' navigator mode (default)===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-category-default-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Category (default) Navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Category Sidebar - A sidebar to allow the selection of view categories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Expander''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Expander navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Expander Sidebar - Selection of views from lists with expanders {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Drop-Down''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-drop-down-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Drop-Down navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Drop-down Sidebar - Selection of categories and views from drop-down lists.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Categories ==<br />
<br />
Gramps comes with number of different standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View categories]] built in, each of which has one or more standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewmode|View modes]]. The built-in categories are described in the introduction to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Expanding the Views|You can [[5.2_Addons|download addon]] a '[[Gramps_Glossary#view|Gramps View]]' in the General tab Preferences menu (or activate or remove previously downloaded Addon Views) via the Plugin Manager.<br />
*If the view is a ''new mode'' (subcategory), the toolbar, menus and Navigator mode lists are modified to give access to the new layout. <br />
*If it is a View of a ''existing category'', then the view layout is replaced for that category. <br />
*If it is a ''new category'' of view, then an entire new visualization will be added with an additional icon appended to the navigator selections.}}<br />
<br />
The way you change the currently displayed category depends on the navigator mode. Normally (for most navigator modes) you can select the category you want by clicking one of the navigator icons.<br />
<br />
Alternatively you can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#4|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|N}} and {{man key press|CTRL|P}} ({{man key press|CMD|N}} and {{man key press|CMD|P}} on a Mac) go to the next or previous category respectively or use [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#45|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|Alt|<number>}} ({{man key press|CMD|OPT|<number>}} on a Mac) Shortcut are only available for the first 10 categories (e.g. Repositories/Media/Notes categories miss out on shortcuts.) If you have hidden the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] then shortcuts will be the only way to change categories until you [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|turn the Navigator on]] again.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Views ==<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View category]] can contain different ways of presenting the data, called a [[Gramps_Glossary#view mode|View mode]]. If there are several viewing modes, you can switch between modes interactively. The way you change between the modes depends on the Category View. The Configuration options for each mode are independently controlled.<br />
<br />
In Views styled in tables of data with rows and columns, the modes are typically between a hierarchically grouped outline or a simple single-level sortable list. Table style view modes are configured with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]] and have have [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Sorting_columns|sorting]] options.<br />
<br />
In some graphical Category Views (like [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]) there may be a wide variety of viewing modes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator sidebar in Expander mode]]When there are multiple viewing modes, will be additional icon buttons on the toolbar to switch between those different viewing modes. <br />
<br />
You can also switch via the {{man menu|View}} menu, or the View menu [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#6|keybindings]] by pressing <!-- Linux & Microsoft Windows -->{{Man key press|Ctrl|Alt|''<number>''}} (for Linux &amp; Windows) or <!-- Mac OS -->{{Man key press|Cmd|Alt|''<number>''}} (for MacOS), where ''<number>'' corresponds to the order of viewing modes listed in the category's View menu. <br />
<br />
Modes are also selectable from the Navigator sidebar when using the Drop-down or Expander arrangements. The Navigator sidebar defaults to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Category arrangement]] which has no mode selector. Using the Drop-Down or Expander mode makes the additional viewing modes available as Navigator icons.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Filters ==<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Controls Displayed]]<br />
<br />
Genealogical databases can contain information on '''''many''''' people, families, places, and objects. That means it is possible for a View to contain a list of data so long that is difficult to navigate. Beyond the basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for precision navigation of the list, Gramps gives you two different means for filtering a list to a more manageable size. <br />
<br />
These methods are '''Search''' and '''Filtering'''. <br />
<br />
A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter.<br />
<br />
Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. When the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar]] is '''not''' displayed, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} is displayed. Typing the characters into the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can enable a filter in either the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|bottombar or the sidebar]]. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the {{man label|Search bar}} is not displayed. The Filter allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display. Filters of the displayed category can also be constructed by clicking on the corresponding 'editor' button in the {{man menu|Edit}} menu.<br />
<br />
Further details of how filters work is given in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters Chapter]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Searching vs. Filtering |Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is "Jan 1, 2000", a search of "1/1/2000" will fail, but a filter of "1/1/2000" will match because it matches the date value rather than the formatted date.}}<br />
<br />
When Gramps opens a Family Tree, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the Family Tree are listed by default.<br />
<br />
== Troubleshooting a misbehaving interface ==<br />
If your Gramps GUI is behaving contrary to the manner described in this guide, you may have an installation or minor compatibility issue. <br />
<br />
It is likely that the behavior has been seen before and a solution has been identified. <br />
<br />
Please review the [[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting pages]]. If you are unable to discover the solution there, post a description of the problem to the general Gramps community on our [[Contact#Official|user forum]]. We help each other constantly there. <br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting Started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window&diff=102971
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window
2024-03-15T01:56:56Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Selector Combo Boxes */ refine "selector combo box"</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|3}}{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
'''Elements of Gramps main window''' ''or'' <br />'''A Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface'''.<br />
<br />
Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) are a way of arranging information on a computer screen that is easy to understand and use because it uses icons, menus, and a mouse rather than only text. <br />
<br />
While a GUI is much more intuitive than memorizing keyboard commands, it is hard to learn from the feature documentation without knowing the feature&rsquo;s name to lookup. Many elements are not labeled in Gramps to reduce clutter and maximize space for displaying Genealogical information. There are even [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|preference options]] to not show text labels for the buttons (icons) in the Category Navigator panel.<br />
<br />
So this section of the Wiki Manual gives the standardized names of Gramps screen elements. Armed with the standard names, you can more efficiently use a search engine (like Google) to find pages in the online manual that discuss that element. As an example, to search for Gramps Wiki Manual pages on the [https://www.google.com/search?q=navigator%20mode+site%3Agramps-project.org%2Fwiki "Navigator Mode" phrase], use following the Google search terms:<br />
"navigator mode" site:gramps-project.org/wiki<br />
<br />
This particular search even finds descriptively named illustrations of selecting the modes for the Navigator sidebar. Selecting one of those images shows a webpage about the illustration and where it is used in the documentation. Those illustrated pages tend to have greater introductory material.<br />
<br />
If a particular screen element does not appear among the images below, look through the [[screenshots| Gramps Screenshot Gallery]]. This page shows the Gramps thumbnail screenshots that are used throughout the documentation. Click the thumbnail image to show the full sized image and variants of that image, then scroll down to the "File usage" section to find Wiki pages that illustrate the features within that [[screenshot]]. Likewise, the [[Gramps_icon_set| Gramps Icon Gallery]] identifies the proper names of icons used throughout Gramps.<br />
<br />
Once you are familiar with the screen elements, explore the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings| keybindings or hotkeys]] to learn the shortcuts for features used so frequently that keyboard shortcuts have been created.<br />
<br />
== Main Window ==<br />
<br />
When opening a (new or existing) Family Tree database, the introductory Gramps [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|{{man label|Dashboard}} window]] will be shown in the "Display Area" with no Sidebar or Bottombar available. Upon selecting the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|{{man label|People}} Category]] from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Navigator]], the Main Window layout will be updated to show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Tree_View_-_Grouped_People|{{man label|"Grouped People" (List) View}}]] in the "Display Area". See Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|800px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Annotated Main Gramps window parts, showing the People Category - People Tree View - example using the Grouped People option]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The main Gramps window contains the following elements:<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Window Title Bar===<br />
*Window Title Bar shows the name of selected Family Tree, the name of the Category view, Gramps application name and buttons to minimize, maximize and close Gramps. The window can also be dragged from the Title Bar.<br />
<br />
=== Menubar ===<br />
*Menubar: The menubar ([[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|Main Menu]]) is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of Gramps.<br />
*Menus are contextual - the options shown depend on which category is active.<br />
*Clicking a menu's header label opens that particular submenu. Submenu items may be dimmed (unavailable) if they are not usable with the active item.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions_in_the_Gramps_Wiki_Manual|Typographically]], Menu selections will look like this in the wiki manual: {{Man menu|Menu -> Submenu -> Menu Item}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Visibility of elements |Using the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu, you can hide or unhide several elements of Main Window. <br />In addition, there are Preference option to hide or reveal aspects of the elements -- such as text labels, scrollbars and Close gadgets.}}<br />
<br />
==== Pull-down menus ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man tooltip|Gramplet Bar Menu}} the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Outside the menubar, the occurrence of the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} an unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} '''pull-down menu''' button indicates additional options are available for the interface item to its left.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Selector Combo Boxes ====<br />
[[File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png|270px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} A custom type combo box]]<br />
A selector combo box is a standard text entry box paired with pull-down menu button. The button shows pull-down menu for quickly selecting from a list of pre-defined types of data as well as any additional custom types. <br />
<br />
Adding a new [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom type]] to the pull-down menu list is simple. Just enter a new term into the text box that doesn't match those of the known types. (Note that the list is case-sensitive.) <br />
<br />
Be conservative when creating new types. Categorization becomes more confusing and sorting becomes less meaningful when there are Types that are too similar to other Types. <br />
<br />
Some of '''''Custom'' Types''' that can be defined include: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types and Types for [[Gramps_Glossary#filter|custom filters]].<br />
<br />
Consolidating or removing custom types is a bit more complex. The [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup]] addon tool cleanly updates records that use an outdated custom type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Pop-up menus ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking a Family]]The most invisible interface option might be the '''contextual pop-up menu''' (aka "context menu"). <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an interface item (or on a selected record row in a table) will reveal a pop-up menu of shortcuts to some frequently useful features for that item (or record). <br />
<br />
Note that the right-clicking on row in a table ''other'' than the selected (high-lighted or 'active') row still reveals the pop-up menu related to the ''selected'' row. So, left-click the row first to select then right-click for the menu.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Editor - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking the empty header space]]Right-clicking on objects is a familiar theme in GUIs. But right-clicking in the ''empty header space'' of any Object Editor is less obvious. However, this right-click will reveal another contextual pop-up menu with other shortcuts to useful reporting and navigation options.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Toolbar ===<br />
* The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is located right below the menubar. Its buttons give faster access to the most frequently used functions for the active screen of Gramps. <br />
* The assortment of toolbar buttons is [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_user_interface context sensitive]. Which Tools are shown depends on which category is active. And only the buttons for submodes of the currently selected view category are included in the toolbar.<br />
* &#x2699; Configurable Options: most Category views have a [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button as an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View > Configure...}} from the View menu, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. This option opens a dialog with choices for customizing the display records in the View. Basic customizations might include choice of sorting order and choice of whether to display specific details. <br />
* ''Configuration customizations are persistent''. They are carried over to future sessions using Gramps.<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|center|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] a [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]]|allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
<br />
=== Navigator ===<br />
*Navigator: The navigator is an optional sidebar located at the left of the window and allows selection of the different categories. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]<br />
:The Navigator is shown by default but this sidebar can be optionally hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]] {{Man key press|CTRL|M}}. ({{Man key press|CMD|M}} on MacOS.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Switching Navigator modes]]<br />
* You can hide the text labels by deselecting the &#x2611;{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons}} option in the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|General]] tab.<br />
* Navigator sidebar features (View categories, View Modes, and Navigator interface styles) can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />
<br />
=== Display area ===<br />
*Display area: The area in the center of the Gramps window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View category. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Views|We will discuss Views in detail below]].<br />
<br />
=== Status Bar and Progress Bar ===<br />
*Status Bar and Progress Bar: These are located at the very bottom of the Gramps window.<br />
** The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the Gramps window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large Family Tree databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown. <br />
** The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar. It displays information about current Gramps activity and contextual information about the selected items. (You can also edit the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options Preferences]] to show the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s '''Relationship to the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.)<br />
** The Status Bar may occasionally show a passing alert, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|warning]] of unusual conditions. An informative {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|Warning]]}} button with a superficial summary (like the one below) will be displayed for three minutes at the left of the Status Bar. Clicking this lightbulb icon will show details of these minor alerts.<br />
[[File:Status-bar-warning-button-50.png|750px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing Warning button on the Status Bar]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bottombar and Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gramplet Bar}} is also known as the Bottombar and Sidebar.<br />
<br />
*Bottombar: The bottombar is located below the display area.<br />
<br />
*Sidebar: The sidebar is located to the right of the display area.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
The Bottombar and Sidebar can be individually hidden or revealed by options in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} or the relevant [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#17|keybinding]]. If the Sidebar is hidden the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} will be displayed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The Bottombar and the Sidebar allow [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Gramplets]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Filters|filters]] to be displayed alongside a view. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Gramplet Bar Menu====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Location of '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' (&or;) Add/Remove/Restore Gramplets Menu ]]<br />
<br />
You can also add / remove and restore the default Gramplets by clicking the {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from the drop-down menu eg:<br />
*'''Gramplet Bar Menu'''<br />
** {{man button|Add a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets available for use on that '''Gramplet Bar'''<br />
** {{man button|Remove a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets currently shown on the '''Gramplet Bar''' available for removal.<br />
** {{man button|Restore default gramplets}} - Displays the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Restore_to_defaults.3F_dialog|Restore to defaults?]]}} confirmation dialog, that allows you to restores the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Restore to defaults? dialog=====<br />
[[File:Grampletbar-restore-to-defaults-dialog-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Restore to defaults? dialog ]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Restore to defaults?}} dialog, allows you to restore the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets. This action cannot be undone. Select {{man button|OK}} to confirm or select {{man button|Cancel}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Search bar"><br />
====Search Bar====<br />
</span><br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing Search Bar after Sidebar has been hidden]]<br />
<br />
If the Sidebar is not displayed in a Category view with a list, then the {{man label|Search Bar}} is displayed instead. Available search options vary depending on Category View you are in. But a visible sidebar makes the Search Bar Invisible.<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|450px|thumb|center|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing the sidebar superseding the Search Bar]]<br />
<br />
A {{man label|Search Bar}} is available for the following Views and the Select windows for the following Categories: People, Relationships, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, Notes. ''Not Available in the following Category Views: Dashboard, Relationships, Charts, Geography.''<br />
<br />
Typing the characters into the {{man label|Search Bar}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Note that various {{man label|Selectors}} also have search bars:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectFamily-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|550px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]] - showing Search Bar]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Navigator modes ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-dropdownlist-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator mode selection drop down list]]<br />
<br />
You can choose the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|navigator]] mode from the sidebar {{man label|Category}} drop down list:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Category_navigator_mode_.28default.29|'''Category''']] (Default)<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Expander_navigator_mode|Expander]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Drop-Down_navigator_mode|Drop-Down]]<br />
<br />
{{man tip|To hide {{man label|Category}} drop down list|When labels have been disabled for the Navigator in Preferences, this Category drop-down list control becomes the widest object. Its width limits how narrow the sidebar may be resized. The control can be made to disappear by using the Plugin Manager to hide (or remove) all but your single preferred Navigator ''sidebar'' mode. (When only one mode remains unhidden, there is no need for a menu and it will also become hidden.)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Category''' navigator mode (default)===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-category-default-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Category (default) Navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Category Sidebar - A sidebar to allow the selection of view categories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Expander''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Expander navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Expander Sidebar - Selection of views from lists with expanders {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Drop-Down''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-drop-down-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Drop-Down navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Drop-down Sidebar - Selection of categories and views from drop-down lists.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Categories ==<br />
<br />
Gramps comes with number of different standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View categories]] built in, each of which has one or more standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewmode|View modes]]. The built-in categories are described in the introduction to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Expanding the Views|You can [[5.2_Addons|download addon]] a '[[Gramps_Glossary#view|Gramps View]]' in the General tab Preferences menu (or activate or remove previously downloaded Addon Views) via the Plugin Manager.<br />
*If the view is a ''new mode'' (subcategory), the toolbar, menus and Navigator mode lists are modified to give access to the new layout. <br />
*If it is a View of a ''existing category'', then the view layout is replaced for that category. <br />
*If it is a ''new category'' of view, then an entire new visualization will be added with an additional icon appended to the navigator selections.}}<br />
<br />
The way you change the currently displayed category depends on the navigator mode. Normally (for most navigator modes) you can select the category you want by clicking one of the navigator icons.<br />
<br />
Alternatively you can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#4|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|N}} and {{man key press|CTRL|P}} ({{man key press|CMD|N}} and {{man key press|CMD|P}} on a Mac) go to the next or previous category respectively or use [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#45|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|Alt|<number>}} ({{man key press|CMD|OPT|<number>}} on a Mac) Shortcut are only available for the first 10 categories (e.g. Repositories/Media/Notes categories miss out on shortcuts.) If you have hidden the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] then shortcuts will be the only way to change categories until you [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|turn the Navigator on]] again.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Views ==<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View category]] can contain different ways of presenting the data, called a [[Gramps_Glossary#view mode|View mode]]. If there are several viewing modes, you can switch between modes interactively. The way you change between the modes depends on the Category View. The Configuration options for each mode are independently controlled.<br />
<br />
In Views styled in tables of data with rows and columns, the modes are typically between a hierarchically grouped outline or a simple single-level sortable list. Table style view modes are configured with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]] and have have [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Sorting_columns|sorting]] options.<br />
<br />
In some graphical Category Views (like [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]) there may be a wide variety of viewing modes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator sidebar in Expander mode]]When there are multiple viewing modes, will be additional icon buttons on the toolbar to switch between those different viewing modes. <br />
<br />
You can also switch via the {{man menu|View}} menu, or the View menu [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#6|keybindings]] by pressing <!-- Linux & Microsoft Windows -->{{Man key press|Ctrl|Alt|''<number>''}} (for Linux &amp; Windows) or <!-- Mac OS -->{{Man key press|Cmd|Alt|''<number>''}} (for MacOS), where ''<number>'' corresponds to the order of viewing modes listed in the category's View menu. <br />
<br />
Modes are also selectable from the Navigator sidebar when using the Drop-down or Expander arrangements. The Navigator sidebar defaults to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Category arrangement]] which has no mode selector. Using the Drop-Down or Expander mode makes the additional viewing modes available as Navigator icons.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Filters ==<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Controls Displayed]]<br />
<br />
Genealogical databases can contain information on '''''many''''' people, families, places, and objects. That means it is possible for a View to contain a list of data so long that is difficult to navigate. Beyond the basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for precision navigation of the list, Gramps gives you two different means for filtering a list to a more manageable size. <br />
<br />
These methods are '''Search''' and '''Filtering'''. <br />
<br />
A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter.<br />
<br />
Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. When the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar]] is '''not''' displayed, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} is displayed. Typing the characters into the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can enable a filter in either the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|bottombar or the sidebar]]. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the {{man label|Search bar}} is not displayed. The Filter allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display. Filters of the displayed category can also be constructed by clicking on the corresponding 'editor' button in the {{man menu|Edit}} menu.<br />
<br />
Further details of how filters work is given in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters Chapter]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Searching vs. Filtering |Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is "Jan 1, 2000", a search of "1/1/2000" will fail, but a filter of "1/1/2000" will match because it matches the date value rather than the formatted date.}}<br />
<br />
When Gramps opens a Family Tree, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the Family Tree are listed by default.<br />
<br />
== Troubleshooting a misbehaving interface ==<br />
If your Gramps GUI is behaving contrary to the manner described in this guide, you may have an installation or minor compatibility issue. <br />
<br />
It is likely that the behavior has been seen before and a solution has been identified. <br />
<br />
Please review the [[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting pages]]. If you are unable to discover the solution there, post a description of the problem to the general Gramps community on our [[Contact#Official|user forum]]. We help each other constantly there. <br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting Started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102970
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-15T01:37:05Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* C */ link to custom types for Event Roles</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#General|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]].<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window# Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that [[#custom|custom type]] to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2&diff=102969
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2
2024-03-15T01:24:40Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* General */ expand selector combo box</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|9.2}}<br />
{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
<br />
The previous section offered you a detailed overview of how to enter and edit data for people, relationships and dates. This section continues with other objects you encounter in Gramps.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about events ==<br />
[[File:EventsCategory-EventsListView-example-52.png|right|450px|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Events Category - Events (List) View - example]]<br />
<br />
Adding an Event to a person allows you to record information you have found.<br />
<br />
When adding an event to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events Category]]}}, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
To add or edit event data, switch to the {{man label|Event}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of events. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Event_dialog|New Event]]}} dialog.<br />
{{-}}<br />
===New Event dialog===<br />
[[File:EditEvent-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Edit Event - dialog - example]]<br />
When Events are edited through the {{man label|Event Editor}} dialog. This dialog can be accessed by: double-clicking a row in the Event category view, or in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Edit_Person_dialog|Edit Person]]}} dialog, or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|{{man label|Events_2}} tab]] of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Family_Editor_dialog|Family Editor]]}} dialog.<br />
<br />
The top part lets you view and edit basic information about the event: <br />
* The {{man label|Event type:}} can be selected from the available types listed in the Event type drop-down menu. e.g., '''Birth''' (''default''), Baptism, Death, Burial, etc. Gramps <br />You can enter you own Event [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]] by typing directly into this entry field.<br />
* The {{man label|Date:}} of the event can be an exact date, a range (''from ... to ..., between ...''), or an inexact date (''about ...'').<br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button starts the {{man label|Date selection}} dialog.<br />
* The {{man label|Description:}} field gives you the opportunity to give a longer description what this event is.<br />
** {{man button|Record is Public}} - Toggle the Privacy lock to mark the event record as private which allows it to be omitted from reports.<br />
* The {{man label|Place:}} can be selected from a list of previously entered place using the {{man button|Select an existing place}} button or entered anew using the {{man button|Add a new place}} button. Additionally, you can drag and drop a place entry into this field.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is a unique identifier for the event. Leave this field blank to allow Gramps to generate this value automatically for new events.<br />
* The {{man label|Tags:}} allow you to select an existing tag using the {{man button|Edit the tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
===New Event tab pages===<br />
The central part of the window displays tabs containing different categories of information. Click on a tab to view or edit its contents. The tabs provide the following information categories of the event data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Sources Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to an event. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+ , Edit , and -}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with an event. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the event. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab<br />
<br />
<br />
The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing {{man button|Help}} will provide help if available.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing event references ==<br />
<br />
Event references connect a Event to a person and allow you to provide additional information about the event.<br />
<br />
When adding event references to a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Events|Edit Person]]'s Events}} tab, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Event Reference Editor dialog===<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Reference versus Shared Information Tip |'''References Information''' in the top of this dialog is specific to the particular reference from a Primary Object. A single object (such as an Event) can be referenced many times, and all such references will have in common the '''Shared Information'''.<br /><br />This expanded [[Gramps_Glossary#object_editor|object editor]] dialog lets you provide both the reference-specific data (such as relevant role), attribute to further specify and document the reference.}}<br />
<br />
Accessing the [[Gramps_Glossary#reference_object_editor|reference object editor]] .<br />
<br />
[[File:EventReferenceEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Event Reference Editor - dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes two sections, {{man label|Reference Information}} and {{man label|Shared Information}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Reference Information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Event: {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Attributes}}.<br />
* The {{man label|Shared Information}} displays : {{man label|General}}, {{man label|Source Citations}}, {{man label|Attributes}}, {{man label|Notes}}, {{man label|Gallery}}, {{man label|References}}.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Reference Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Reference Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
For the {{man label|Role:}} of the person in this event, use the Role [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Select '''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary|Primary]]''' (which is the ''default'' during an Add Event) option for the main beneficiary. Select a descriptive Event Role (e.g., [[Gramps_Glossary#aide|Aide]], [[Gramps_Glossary#bride|Bride]], [[Gramps_Glossary#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#clergy|Clergy]], [[Gramps_Glossary#family_role|Family]], [[Gramps_Glossary#godparent|Godparent]], [[Gramps_Glossary#groom|Groom]], [[Gramps_Glossary#informant|Informant]], [[Gramps_Glossary#witness|Witness]]) for a Events where the Person is not the Primary participant. <br />
<br />
Events added to a Person via the Share or by drag'n'drop will be assigned the '''[[Gramps_Glossary#unknown|Unknown]]''' Event Role by default. If the Person holds an equal Role, set their Role to Primary as well.<br />
<br />
If none of the pre-defined Roles are appropriate, add a Role ''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]'' in text box portion of the [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. Keyboarding in the new, unique Role name (rather than selecting one from the pull-down menu) creates a new Role custom type. New Role custom types will be added to the pull-down menu list. It remains there until the Tree is exported & re-imported or cleaned via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
======General======<br />
{{man note|Note|Any changes in the shared event information will be reflected in the event itself, for all participants in the event.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Gallery======<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about media objects ==<br />
<br />
To add or edit media data, switch to the {{man label|Media}} Category View and select the desired entry in the list of media. Double-click on that entry or click {{man button|Edit}} on the toolbar to invoke the following {{man label|New Media}} editor dialog.<br />
<br />
===New Media dialog===<br />
[[File:NewMediaEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Media Editor - dialog - example showing Media properties]]<br />
<br />
The top section presents a thumbnail preview of the media object if available, along with a summary of its properties (ID, Date, Path and object type) that you can view and edit. You can type this information directly into the corresponding fields. For the Date, you can also enter information by clicking the {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
<br />
* A descriptive {{man label|Title:}} for this media object.<br />
* The {{man label|ID:}} is an unique record to identify the media object, leave blank to have it generated by Gramps.<br />
** Privacy toggle for this media object {{man label|Record is public}}(default) or {{man label|Record is private}}<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} a date associated with the media object eg: for a picture it could be the date it was taken. <br />
** {{man button|Invoke date editor}} button to invoke the '''{{man label|Date selection}}''' dialog.<br />
* {{man label|Path:}} of the media object on your computer. Gramps does not store the media internally, it only stores the path! Set the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Relative Path]] in the Preferences > General tab's {{man label|Base path for relative media paths:}} entry to avoid retyping the common base directory where all your media is stored. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Media_Manager|Media Manager]] tool can help managing paths of a collection of media objects.<br />
** {{man button|Open File Browser to select a media file on your computer.}} button.<br />
* {{man button|Edit the Tag list}} button.<br />
<br />
The bottom section of the window displays four notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|Help}}, {{man button|Cancel}} and {{man button|OK}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes. Pressing the {{man button|Help}} button will bring you here.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Every media object is referred to by its Path. The user is responsible for keeping track of the object files. Gramps will only reference and display the contents, not manage the files themselves.}}<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database (write on disk). All changes are immediate.}}<br />
<br />
===New Media tab pages ===<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in '''boldface''' type, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of media data:<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab lets you view and edit particular information about the media object that can be expressed as Attributes. The bottom part displays the list of all such attributes stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected attribute in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, or remove an attribute. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an attribute is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record various information about the source that does not fit neatly into other categories. This area is particularly useful for recording information that does not naturally fit into the "Parameter/Value" pairs available to Attributes. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given media object. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Source, or Place. The secondary objects such as Names and Attributes, although able to refer the media object, will only show up through their primary objects to which they belong.}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing media object references ==<br />
<br />
When Media Object references connect a Media Object to an other object on a {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Gallery|Edit Person]]'s Gallery}} tab, the {{man button|Share}} button will bring up the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]] and once you select a Media Object the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}} dialog appears.<!--so you can select part of the image and mark the cordinates of the persons face etc.. need to clean up and clarify here --><br />
<br />
{{stub}}<!--***This needs to be cleaned up mixing existing and new media selectors here! ***the {{man label|Select a media object}} file --><br />
{{-}}<br />
===Select a media object selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectAMediaObject-file-selector-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select a media object - (File) Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select a media object}} file selector allow you to preview and select a media file you want to attach, and at the same time you may edit the shown {{man label|Title:}} (Defaults to the filename without the file extension).<br />
*{{checkbox|0}}{{man label|Convert to a relative path}} (checkbox unchecked by default until checked for the first time and remembered for each subsequent image selection.)<br />
<br />
<br />
* See also: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Select_Media_Object_selector|Select Media Object selector]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Media Reference Editor dialog===<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-collapsed-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - collapsed default example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Media Reference Editor}} dialog.<br />
<br />
See also [[How to create image reference regions]]<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MediaReferenceEditor-dialog-expanded-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Media Reference Editor - dialog - "Shared Information" section expanded example]]<br />
<br />
You may also expand the '''Shared Information''' section.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Top section ====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
=====Top section tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
* Region corners : x1, x2, y1, y2.<br />
The {{man label|region}} part allows to select a specific region on the Media Object.<br />
You can use the mouse cursor on the picture to select a region, or use these spinbuttons to set the top left, and bottom right corner of the referenced region. Point (0,0) is the top left corner of the picture, and (100,100) the bottom right corner.<br />
<br />
* Privacy<br />
The {{man button|Privacy}} button lets you mark whether or not the record is considered private.<br />
Check the {{man label|Private}} record box to mark this {{man label|record as private}}.<br />
<br />
See also the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_7#Page_Generation|Narrated Web Site]] Gallery tab supports output of these referenced regions.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Shared Information ====<br />
<br />
=====Shared Information tab pages =====<br />
<br />
======General======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Source Citations======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
======Notes======<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about places ==<br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places Category]]}} and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialog:<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Place Editor dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place editor - dialog]]<br />
<br />
<!-- The top section --><br />
<br />
To edit information about places, switch to the Places Category and select the desired entry from the list of places. Double-click that entry or click the {{man button|Edit}} button on the toolbar to bring up the following {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog:<br />
<br />
The following fields are available:<br />
* Title area at top displays the description of this place to be used in reports. Gramps will construct this for you. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Preferences > Display > Display Options (section) > Automate Place Format]] generation<br />
*{{man label|Name:}} the name of this place.<br />
** {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Name_Editor_dialog|Place Name Editor]]}} dialog where you can add/edit additional information.<br />
*{{man label|Type:}} the place type. All '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom Types]]''' are shown at the bottom of the list. Choose from the following default available '''Types''':<br />
** Building<br />
** Borough<br />
** Country<br />
** County<br />
** City<br />
** Department<br />
** District<br />
** Farm<br />
** Hamlet<br />
** Locality<br />
** Municipality<br />
** Neighborhood<br />
** Number - See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Place_Format_Editor|Street format:]]<br />
** Parish<br />
** Province<br />
** Region<br />
** State<br />
** Street<br />
** Town<br />
** '''Unknown'''(default)<br />
** Village<br />
<br />
{{man label|Either use the two fields below to enter coordinates(latitude and longitude),}}<br />
*{{man label|Latitude:}} the position above equation of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are 12.0154, 50&#xB0;52'21.92\"N, N50&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 50:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Longitude:}} the position relative to the Prime, or Greenwich, Meridian of the place in decimal or degree notation. Eg, valid values are -124.3647, 124&#xB0;52'21.92\"E, E124&#xBA;52'21.92\" or 124:52:21.92. You can set these values via the Geography View by searching the place, or via a map service in the Place view. See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Supported_longitude.2Flatitude_formats|Supported longitude/latitude formats]] See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
{{man label|or use copy/paste from your favorite map provider (format: latitude,longitude) in the following field:}}<br />
* {{man label|&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;}} {{man tooltip|Field used to paste info from a web page like Google, OpenStreetMap...}} <!-- blank unlabeled field in dialog! but it does have a tooltip! --> See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}}<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the place. Leave generated by Gramps.<br />
*{{man label|Code:}} a code for this place. For example, an area code or postal code.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===Place editor tab pages===<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Tip|If a tab label is in boldface type and displays an icon, this means it contains data. If not, it has no data.}}<br />
<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of place data:<br />
<br />
====Enclosed By====<br />
[[File:PlaceEditor-EnclosedBy-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Enclosed By" tab from "Place Editor" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy. The {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab allows you to link this place to other places, higher in the hierarchy, which enclose it. Each link consists of a place and an optional date range. <br />
<br />
To enclose with an existing place, use the use the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Share}} button to choose a Place from the [[#Select Place selector|Place Selector]]. Alternately, drag a place (from the Clipboard, Places Category view, or an Event Editor) into bottom of the {{man label|Enclosed By}} tab. <br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Editing a hierarchy of Enclosing Places spawns a hierarchy of dialogs|2=Sharing, adding or Editing an enclosure spawns an additional Place Editor dialog. It looks just like the parent dialog but is focused on the enclosing Place. This allows further qualification of that place's enclosing characteristics. e.g., the enclosure date range -- for shifting borders.}}<br />
<br />
The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|add}} , {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} , and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|Remove}} let you add a new Place as an enclosing hierarchical level, modify the selected enclosing Place, and remove a selected link to an enclosing Place. <br />
<br />
Note that the {{man button|Edit}}, {{man button|Remove}} and re-ordering (up, down) buttons become available only when a link exists and is selected from the list. In general, a country will be a top level place, and will not be linked to any other place.<br />
<br />
'''See also:''' <br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Enclosed_By|Enclosed By]] Gramplet<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Using the clipboard]]<br />
=====Select Place selector=====<br />
{{stub}}<br />
[[File:SelectPlace-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Place - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Place}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing place and once selected it will be opened in the {{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Name contains''' (default)<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=====Place Reference Editor=====<br />
[[File:PlaceReferenceEditor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Reference Editor - Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
{{man label|Place Reference Editor}}<br />
{{stub}}<br />
<br />
The second part of the window displays seven notebook tabs containing different categories of information. Click a tab to view or edit its contents. The bottom part of the window has {{man button|OK}} and {{man button|Cancel}} buttons. Clicking {{man button|OK}} will apply all the changes made in all tabs and close the dialog window. Clicking the {{man button|Cancel}} button will close the window without applying any changes.<br />
<br />
{{man note|1=Note|2=Clicking {{man button|OK}} will immediately save changes to the database. All changes are immediate.}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====Alternative Names====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Alternative Names}} tab lets you view and edit other names by which the place might be known. The tab lists all other names of the place stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a name record. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a name is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
{{man note|Note|Seeing a question <code>?</code> mark means that you may have a problem in the naming variants of that place. There may be some places which have different names for the same date range and language. Overlapping date ranges are valid. The place displayer will use the first matching name.}}<br />
<br />
====Source Citations====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Source Citations}} tab lets you view and edit sources relevant to a place. The central part of the window lists all such source references stored in the database. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove a source reference associated with a place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a source reference is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab displays any comments or notes concerning the place. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given place. The central part of the window lists all such media objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the place. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab contains Internet addresses relevant to the place. The bottom part of the window lists all such Internet addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The {{man button|Go}} button (represented by an icon with a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your browser and takes you to the web page corresponding to the highlighted Internet address. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , {{man button|-}} , and {{man button|Go}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records (events or LDS ordinances) that refer to a place. This information cannot be modified from the {{man label|Place Editor}} dialog. Instead, the corresponding database record (e.g., a birth event) has to be brought up and its place reference edited.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Place Name Editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:PlaceNameEditor-dialog-default-50.png|right|thumb|right|450px| Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Place Name Editor dialog - default]]<br />
<br />
You can access the {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog from the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Editor_dialog|Place Editor]]}} dialogs {{man button|Invoke place name editor}} button.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Place Name Editor}} dialog allows you to add/edit the following information:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} the name of the place<br />
* {{man label|Date:}} Date range in which the place is valid<br />
** {{man button|Invoke the date editor}} button<br />
* {{man label|Language:}} Language in which the name is written. Valid values are two character ISO codes for example: en,fr, de, nl. See Wikipedia for the full list of valid [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_ISO_639-1_codes ISO 639-1] codes.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Supported longitude/latitude formats ===<br />
<br />
When you create/modify a place, the possible formats used for longitude/latitude coordinates are :<br />
<br />
<br />
{| class="wikitable"<br />
!colspan="2"|Longitude & Latitude Formats<br />
|-<br />
! D.D4<br />
| degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
: eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
: 4 [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision decimals of longitude precision] allows an 11.132 meter (36.5223097 foot) approximation at the equator.<br />
|-<br />
! D.D8<br />
| degree notation, 8 decimals ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Decimal_degrees#Precision precision] like ISO-DMS) <br />
: eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
|-<br />
! DEG<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
: eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E (° symbol has UTF-8 code c2b00a)<br />
: or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" (º symbol has UTF-8 code c2ba0a)<br />
: The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
: or two single quote '<br />
: The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
|-<br />
! DEG-<br />
| degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
: eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-D<br />
| ISO 6709 degree notation <br />
: i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
|- <br />
! ISO-DM<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation<br />
: i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
|-<br />
! ISO-DMS<br />
| ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
: i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
|}<br />
<!--<br />
'D.D4' : degree notation, 4 decimals <br />
eg +12.0154 , -124.3647<br />
'D.D8' : degree notation, 8 decimals (precision like ISO-DMS) <br />
eg +12.01543265 , -124.36473268<br />
'DEG' : degree, minutes, seconds notation<br />
eg 50°52'21.92"N , 124°52'21.92"E ° has UTF-8 code c2b00a<br />
or N50º52'21.92" , E124º52'21.92" º has UTF-8 code c2ba0a<br />
The character for seconds can be either one double quote "<br />
or two single quote '<br />
The letters N/S/W/E can be placed before or after the digits.<br />
'DEG-:' : degree, minutes, seconds notation with :<br />
eg -50:52:21.92 , 124:52:21.92<br />
'ISO-D' : ISO 6709 degree notation i.e. ±DD.DDDD±DDD.DDDD<br />
'ISO-DM' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMM.MMM±DDDMM.MMM<br />
'ISO-DMS' : ISO 6709 degree, minutes, seconds notation <br />
i.e. ±DDMMSS.SS±DDDMMSS.SS<br />
--><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
See: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Coordinates format:]] in preferences Display as this option controls the display of Coordinates.<br />
<br />
== Editing information about sources ==<br />
<br />
From either of the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]}} category views you can select or create a new source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog appears.<br />
<br />
===New Source dialog===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewSource-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Source - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
For the {{man label|New Source}} editor dialog the general information in the top section of the window lets you define basic information about the source: its {{man label|Title}} , {{man label|Author}} , {{man label|Abbreviation}} , and {{man label|Publication information}} . You can type this information directly into the adjacent fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Title:}} Title of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Authors:}} Authors of the source.<br />
*{{man label|Pub. info.:}} Publication Information, such as city and year of publication, name of publisher, ...<br />
*{{man label|Abbreviation:}} Provide a short title used for sorting, filing, and retrieving source records.<br />
** {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|ID:}} an unique record to identify the source. Leave generated by Gramps. <br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Source tab pages===<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of source data:<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the source. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field. Only primary objects can be shown in the {{man label|References}} tab: Person, Family, Event, Place, or Media object. Secondary objects such as Names and Attributes can only be accessed through the primary objects to which they belong.<br />
<br />
====Gallery====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given source (for example, a photo of a birth certificate). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Select}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the relationship. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Attributes====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the source. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source references and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
:The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{man button|+}} and {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
====Repositories====<br />
[[File:NewSource-Repositories-tab-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} "Repositories" tab from "New Source" - dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|Repositories}} tab displays the references to the repositories in which the source is contained. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|ID}} , {{man label|Title}}, {{man label|Call Number}},and {{man label|Type}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record. You may also edit the reference. The buttons on the side of the tab allow you add a new repository, link to (or share) an existing repository, edit the reference to the repository, or remove the reference.<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Repository selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectRepository-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Repository - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Repository}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing repositories and once selected it will be opened in the <span id="Repository_Reference_Editor">{{man label|Repository Reference Editor}}</span><br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{stub}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing source citations ==<br />
<br />
Citations connect a Source to another object and allow you to provide additional information about the source. Citations can be attached to a large number of objects,<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|People and various information about people]] (such as their name, address etc),<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Relationships (Families) and various information about relationships]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Events and various information about events]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Media objects and attributes of media objects]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Places and various information about places]],<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Addresses of repositories]].<br />
<br />
For each object, a common set of buttons are provided:<br />
* {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} (Create and add a new citation and a new source). This brings up an empty Citation dialog.<br />
* {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}} (Add an existing citation or source). This brings up the Source or Citation selection dialog box.<br />
* {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} (Edit the selected citation). This brings up the Citation dialog pre-populated with the Citation and source information.<br />
* {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} (Remove the existing citation). This removes the citation from the object. It does not delete the citation itself, which could then be connected to another object.<br />
<br />
Note that the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a citation has been selected.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=== Select Source or Citation selector===<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectSourceOrCitation-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source or Citation - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|Add}} adding an existing citation or source, the {{man label|Select Source or Citation}} [[Gramps_Glossary#selector|selector]] dialog appears.<br />
<br />
This allows either an existing source or an existing citation (along with its associated source) to be selected. Click on the disclosure triangle alongside a source to see the citations associated with that source. For example, if one of your sources were a book, then the citations would normally refer to a page (or pages) within the book. If you already have a citation that refer to the particular page of the book, then you could select that citation which would then be shared. On the other hand, if this object needs to refer to a new page, then you would select the source and in the subsequent dialog enter the new page.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page contains'''(default)<br />
* ''Source: Title or Citation: Volume/Page does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===New Citation dialog===<br />
{{stub}}<!-- editor changed from two sections to one - rewrite this --><br />
[[File:NewCitation-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|450px|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Citation - editor Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a citation or a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Citation}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
The {{man label|New Citation}} dialog includes one section called {{man label|Citation information}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Citation information====<br />
The {{man label|Citation information}} section indicates the details associated with the particular reference to this Source: {{man label|Confidence}}, {{man label|Volume/Page}}, {{man label|Date}}, and {{man label|Notes}}. You can choose the Confidence level from the {{man label|Confidence}} drop-down menu. The remaining details can be typed in the corresponding text entry fields.<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Date:}} Date associated with this source reference. Typically used to store the date that the data was entered into the original source document (not the date when the event occurred).<br />
*{{man label|ID:}}<br />
*{{man label|Volume/Page}}: Specific location with in the information referenced. For a published work, this could include the volume of a multi-volume work and the page number(s). For a periodical, it could include volume, issue, and page numbers. For a newspaper, it could include a column number and page number. For an unpublished source, this could be a sheet number, page number, frame number, etc. A census record might have a line number or dwelling and family numbers in addition to the page number.<br />
*{{man label|Confidence}}: Conveys the submitter's quantitative evaluation of the credibility of a piece of information, based upon its supporting evidence. It is not intended to eliminate the receiver's need to evaluate the evidence for themselves.<br />
**Very Low = Unreliable evidence or estimated data.<br />
**Low = Questionable reliability of evidence (interviews, census, oral genealogies, or potential for bias for example, an autobiography).<br />
** Normal - ??<br />
**High = Secondary evidence, data officially recorded sometime after event.<br />
**Very High = Direct and primary evidence used, or by dominance of the evidence.<br />
<br />
;A warning icon {{icon|stock_warn}} is displayed if the citation is shared.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Tip |Information in a citation may be shared. A single citation can be referenced many times and all such references will have in common the overall citation information. Changing the citation information will change it for all of the shared uses}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Select Source selector=====<br />
[[File:SelectSource-selector-dialog-example-50.PNG|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Select Source - Selector Dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Select Source}} selector dialog allows you to link to an already existing source.<br />
<br />
You may use the {{man button|Find}} button to filter the list based on one of the options from the drop down list:<br />
* '''Title contains''' (default)<br />
* ''Title not contain''<br />
* ''Author contains''<br />
* ''Author does not contain''<br />
* ''ID contains''<br />
* ''ID does not contain''<br />
* ''Last Change contains''<br />
* ''Last Change does not contain''<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Citation information section tab pages=====<br />
The tabs provide the following information categories of citation data:<br />
<br />
======Note======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the citation. The central part of the window lists all notes for this citation, and gives you a preview of the beginning of the note. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} let you add a new note, share the selected note, edit the selected note, remove the selected note and move the selected note up or down the list of notes. Note that the {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}}, {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}}, {{icon|stock_go_up}} {{man button|Up}} and {{icon|stock_go_down}} {{man button|Down}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Removing a note only removes the note from this citation, it does not delete the note itself. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|details on editing notes]].<br />
<br />
======Gallery======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gallery}} tab lets you store and display photos and other media objects associated with a given citation (for example, a photo of a page of a book or a page of a census). The central part of the window lists all such objects and gives you a thumbnail preview of image files. Other objects such as audio files, movie files, etc., are represented by a generic Gramps icon. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}}, {{icon|share}} {{man button|Add}}, {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add a new image, add a reference to an existing image, modify an existing image, and remove a media object's link to the citation. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when a media object is selected from the list. Please refer to [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_media_object_references|details on editing media references]].<br />
<br />
======Attributes======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Attributes}} tab displays "Key/Value" pairs that may be associated with the citation. These are similar to the "Attributes" used for other types of Gramps records. The difference between these Key/Value pairs and Attributes is that Attributes may have source citations and notes, while Key/Value data may not.<br />
<br />
The central part of the window lists all existing Key/Value pairs. The buttons {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} and {{icon|stock_remove}} {{man button|-}} let you add and remove pairs. To modify the text of Key or Value, first select the desired entry. Then press the {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} button to select the Key, or click in either the Key or Value cell of that entry and type your text. When you are done, click outside the cell to exit editing mode.<br />
<br />
======References======<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab lists all the database records that refer to this source, if any. The list can be ordered by any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about repositories ==<br />
<br />
Once you have selected a source, or if you had chosen the {{icon|stock_add}} {{man button|+}} or {{icon|stock_edit}} {{man button|Edit}} buttons, then the {{man label|New Repository}} dialog appears.<br />
<br />
=== New Repository dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewRepository-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Repository - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
The following fields are shown:<br />
* {{man label|Name:}} of the repository (where sources are stored).<br />
* {{man label|Type:}} of repository can be physical or virtual structures where genealogical and family history sources are stored:<br />
** ''Album''<br />
** ''Archive''<br />
** ''Bookstore''<br />
** ''Cemetery''<br />
** ''Church''<br />
** ''Collection''<br />
** '''Library'''(default)<br />
** ''Safe''<br />
** ''Unknown''<br />
** ''Web site''<br />
* {{man label|ID}}: an unique record to identify the repository. Leave empty to be generated by Gramps.<br />
* {{man button|Record is public/private}} Lock icon toggle.<br />
*{{man label|Tags:}}<br />
** {{man button|Edit the tag list}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== New Repository tab pages ===<br />
The tabs represent the following categories of repository data: <br />
<br />
====Addresses====<br />
:The {{man label|Addresses}} tab lets you view and record the various addresses of the repository. <br />
<br />
:The bottom part of the window lists all addresses stored in the database. The top part shows the details of the currently selected address in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} allow you to correspondingly add, modify, and remove an address record from the database. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} and {{man button|-}} buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Internet====<br />
:The {{man label|Internet}} tab displays Internet addresses relevant to the repository. The bottom part lists all such Internet addresses and accompanying descriptions. The top part shows the details of the currently selected addresses in the list (if any). The buttons {{man button|+}} , {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}} let you add, modify, and remove an Internet address. The "Go" button (represented by an icon having a green arrow and yellow circle) opens your web browser and takes you directly to the highlighted page. Note that the {{man button|Edit}} , and {{man button|-}}buttons become available only when an address is selected from the list.<br />
<br />
====Notes====<br />
:The {{man label|Notes}} tab provides a place to record notes or comments about the repository. To add a note or modify existing notes simply edit the text in the text entry field.<br />
<br />
====References====<br />
:The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any database records that refer to a given repository. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}} , {{man label|ID}} , or {{man label|Name}} . Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Editing information about notes ==<br />
<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes Category]]<br />
<br />
=== Note editor dialog ===<br />
<br />
[[File:NewNote-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} New Note - editor dialog - example]]<br />
<br />
When creating a new note, or when editing an existing note, the {{man label|Note Editor}} dialog appears. There are two tabs, the '''Note''' tab, and the '''References''' tab. <br />
<br />
==== Note tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Note}} tab is the space where text is added. The text can be formatted using many standard text editing tools. <br />
<br />
:* A toolbar to apply styles to your notes. You can select and apply one of the toolbuttons, or set the values as you want and start typing.<br />
::* Italic : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Bold : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Underline : common function known from text editors<br />
::* Font selection drop down list: a basic font selector showing all fonts installed on your operating system.<br />
::* Font size: select the size of the font to use for your text.<br />
::* Undo : Undoes last action.<br />
::* Redo : Re-applies last action.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-color.png]] Font color: Select the color of your font.<br />
::* [[File:22x22-gramps-font-bgcolor.png]] Background color: Adds a background color to the text you enter.<br />
::* Link: Opens the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|Link Editor]]}} allowing you to create an internal link to an item in Gramps, such as a Person, Family, Event, Note, etc. External URL links can also be created.<br />
::* Clear Markup: Return selected text to plain text. Removes any links made.<br />
<br />
:* A context menu on the textview. <br />
:: The most important entry in this context menu is the spell selection. You are offered a selection of installed languages on your system with spell checking enabled.<br />
<br />
:* Some properties of your note<br />
::* {{man label|Preformatted}} checkbox: Notes in Gramps are considered reflowable to allow the content to conform to the report's page size and formatting for the most harmonious presentation. In the default setting, newlines (linefeeds &amp; carriage returns) and white spaces will be automatically ignored so as to form complete paragraphs, which are defined by an empty line between two textblocks. <br />When {{man label|Preformatted}} is checked, Gramps will assume the whitespace and newlines you keyed into the notes are important. Use ''Preformatted'' for tables, literal transcripts, and so forth. Using a monospace font will help keep preformatting column widths &amp; margins predictable. <br />Try not to use preformatted unless absolutely necessary, the reports create will flow more naturally.<br />
::* {{man button|Make public/private}} Privacy is the same as on the other objects. With one easy click, you can indicate a note should be considered private so Gramps can remove this note from all output created.<br />
::* {{man label|ID:}} a unique ID for the note. If left blank, an automatic ID will be generated according to the settings in the preferences.<br />
<div id="note_type"><br />
::* {{man label|Type:}} (<code>General</code> default) The note type. You can add your own [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom Type]] by keyboarding it in directly. Adding a Note will automatically set the Type to match the object to which it is being added. (e.g. A note added to the Notes tab of the Person Editor will default to ''Person Note'' Type.)<br />
<!--<br />
:::Selectable Built-in Types include:<br />
::::* Citation<br />
::::* General ''(default)''<br />
::::* HTML code<br />
::::* Link<br />
::::* Person Note<br />
::::* Report<br />
::::* Research<br />
::::* Source text<br />
::::* To Do<br />
::::* Transcript<br />
::::* Unknown<br />
--><br />
:::::{|class="wikitable"<br />
! style="text-align:left;"| Type<br />
! Recognized for features in <br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#primary_object|<primary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|''[[Gramps_Glossary#secondary_object|<secondary object>]]'' Note<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Citation<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|General<br />
|''(default)''<br />
|-<br />
|Html code<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] report inclusions; export to GEDCOM<br />
|-<br />
|Link<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Report<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Research<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Source text<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|To Do<br />
|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#To_Do|To Do]] Gramplet, [[Addon:ToDoNotesGramplet|ToDo Notes Gramplet]] Addon. ''Not to be confused with ToDo tag-based reports.'' <br />
|-<br />
|Transcript<br />
|<br />
|-<br />
|Unknown<br />
|<br />
|}</div><br />
::* {{man label|Tags:}} Select a Tag for the note: Complete, Todo etc... You can add your own Tags by typing it. Reports based on tags include: [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Tag_Report|Tag Report]], [[Addon:ToDoReport|Todo report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== References tab ====<br />
<br />
The {{man label|References}} tab indicates any objects that refer to a given note. The list can be ordered according to any of its column headings: {{man label|Type}}, {{man label|ID}}, or {{man label|Name}}. Double-clicking an entry allows you to view and edit the corresponding record.<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Link Editor ===<br />
<br />
'''A block of Note text must be highlighted for the Link Editor to be active.''' There is no visual indicator when the button is inactive.<br />
[[File:NoteLinkingHints.png|thumb|right|235px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Notes Editor - Linking text]]<br />
[[File:Link-editor-dialog-example-50.png|thumb|right|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Link Editor - dialog - example]]<br />
The {{man label|Link Editor}} has the following options:<br />
<br />
*{{man label|Link Type:}} specifies the type of link<br />
**Internet Address ([https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/URL <abbr title="Uniform Resource Locator, also known as a web address">URL</abbr>]) <br />
**or an item in Gramps, such as an [[Events|Event]], Family, Media, Note, Person, [[Places|Place]], Repository, [[Sources|Source]], or [[Citations|Citation]].<br />
*{{icon|share}} {{man button|Select Item}} button : opens the selector dialog for existing items in the category specified in the Link Type. Not applicable for Internet Address selection.<br />
*{{man button|New}} button : opens a window to create a new item of the specified Gramps item. Successful creation of a new item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Gramps item:}}<br />
**This box is Auto generated by the selection of the {{icon|share}}{{man button|Select Item}} button/{{man button|New}} button/{{man button|Edit}} button.<br />
*{{man button|Edit}} button : opens the editor dialog for the specified Gramps item. The selected item will autofill the Gramps item box and the Internet Address box with the appropriate data.<br />
*{{man label|Internet Address:}}<br />
**A Link type = Gramps type will autofill this box but the contents will be greyed out<br />
**for Link type = Internet Address delete any data left by Gramps and enter the full Internet Address.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|HTML links|Links created in the note will turn blue and underlined when you hover your mouse over the text. While working within Gramps, right-click allows the edit window for the selected object to open or to open the URL link in your default browser.<br />
<br />
Their true power comes when a [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports#Narrated_Web_Site|Narrated Web Site]] or [[Addon:DynamicWeb_report|Dynamic Web]] is created. Links created become true navigation links to other pages within the web report.}}<br />
See also:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Internet_Address_Editor|Internet Address Editor]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_6#Note_Link_Report|Note Link Report]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<br />
=== Note markup and preformat in reports === <br />
<br />
Markup like '''bold''', color, <u>underline</u>, ... can be added to notes. A note can be preformatted or not. It depends on the output type how this markup will appear. Here an overview is given of what you can expect. <br />
<br />
* '''PDF''' and '''direct print''' (to printer or to file) fully support the markup and the preformatted setting<br />
* '''ascii''' print removes all markup from the notes for obvious reasons<br />
<br />
* '''LaTeX''' supports the preformatted setting and partially supports font emphasis stylings and size markup; <br /> output does not support font family or colors markup at the moment.<br />
* '''Narrative Web'''. Many people use the Narrative Web report as an easy way to work with their data. This report is trying to respect markup in the notes. This is an interpreted translation, it is not one-to-one.<br />
* '''ODF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''RTF''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
* '''html''' output does not support markup at the moment.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note markup and preformat in reports|Use markup in notes only in those cases it adds to the information stored. '''Gramps is not a text editor.'''}}<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 1|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Entering and editing data: detailed - part 3|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_Editing_Data:_Detailed_-_part_2}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102968
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-15T01:12:16Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* E */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]].<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window# Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that [[#custom|custom type]] to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102967
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-15T01:10:27Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* S */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label.<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window# Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that [[#custom|custom type]] to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102966
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-15T01:09:39Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* S */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label.<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window# Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that [[custom|custom type]] to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102965
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-15T01:08:53Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* S */ add "selector combo box" GUI term linked to the Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label.<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="selector_combo_box">Selector combo box</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window# Selector_Combo_Boxes|graphical user interface terminology or widget]])'' - a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Combo_box combo box] is combination of a drop-down list and a single-line editable textbox. This widget allows the user to either key in a value directly or select a value from the list. Moreover, keying in a value that is not already in the list will add that value to the drop-down list.<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Custom_Event_Types&diff=102964
Custom Event Types
2024-03-15T00:56:49Z
<p>Bamaustin: </p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Custom Event Types}}<br />
These are example '''[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom types]] for Events''' that are currently used by some users to supplement the [[Events in Gramps|built-in Event types]]. <br />
<br />
Adding a new custom type is simple. Just type in a new identifier into the {{man label|Event type:}} [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]] instead of selecting a Type from the pop-up menu. If the text doesn't ''exactly'' match an existing Type (including capitalization), then a custom Type is created. Use the [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup Tool]] <small>(third party addon)</small> to Rename (which can also merge) or delete (remove) a Custom Type.<br />
<br />
Because the reporting features that analyze data won't have the awareness of how to categorize such custom additions, they are not necessarily recommended nor an indicator of future features. <br />
<br />
Some users have found some custom types to be useful starting points for tracking their particular interests. [[Report-writing_tutorial|Custom reports]] can be created as addons by anyone with basic Python scripting skills. <br />
<br />
Custom Types in a Tree may be managed (listed, merged or removed) with the [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup Tool]] addon. They may be reassigned with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rename_Event_Types|Rename Events Types]] tool.<br />
<br />
== Life Events ==<br />
<br />
* Origin<br />
* Stillbirth<br />
* Circumcision<br />
* Separation<br />
* Name Change<br />
* Transition (Sex change)<br />
* [[Genealogy_Glossary#cenotaph|Cenotaph]] - memorial marker when remains are interred elsewhere<br />
<br />
== Legal ==<br />
<br />
* Bankruptcy<br />
* Liquidation<br />
* Civil Lawsuit<br />
* Civil Appeal<br />
* Criminal<br />
* Indictment<br />
* Court Case<br />
* Conviction<br />
* Criminal Appeal<br />
* Declaration of Intention (First Papers in the naturalization process in the US)<br />
* Trial<br />
* Inquest<br />
<br />
== Medical ==<br />
<br />
* Injury<br />
* Illness<br />
<br />
== Military ==<br />
<br />
* Battle<br />
* [[Draft_lottery|Draft Registration]] (US only? Selective Service is a lottery based system. Universal Service is conscription of all eligible residents. aka Impressment/crimping if forcible conscription.)<br />
* Partisan service<br />
* Commendation<br />
* Disciplinary Action<br />
* Desertion<br />
* Escape<br />
* Evacuation<br />
* Internment<br />
<br />
== Political ==<br />
<br />
* Appointed<br />
<br />
== Travel ==<br />
<br />
Travel other than Immigration and Emigration.<br />
<br />
* Arrival<br />
* Departure<br />
* Travel<br />
* Waypoint<br />
* Port of Call<br />
* Expedition<br />
<br />
== Other ==<br />
<br />
* Apprenticeship<br />
* Voluntary Work<br />
* Award (Prize, honor, decoration etc...)<br />
* Publication (Publication of a book, article, academic paper etc...)<br />
* Yahrzeit (Hebrew calendar anniversary of death)<br />
* Family Gathering<br />
* Wedding Dinner<br />
* Membership (of a club, society, organization etc...)<br />
<br />
=See also=<br />
* [[Events in Gramps]]<br />
* [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup Tool]] (third party addon)<br />
<br />
[[Category:Events]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window&diff=102959
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window
2024-03-14T21:59:57Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Selector Combo Boxes */ add Selector Combo Boxes</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|3}}{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
'''Elements of Gramps main window''' ''or'' <br />'''A Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface'''.<br />
<br />
Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) are a way of arranging information on a computer screen that is easy to understand and use because it uses icons, menus, and a mouse rather than only text. <br />
<br />
While a GUI is much more intuitive than memorizing keyboard commands, it is hard to learn from the feature documentation without knowing the feature&rsquo;s name to lookup. Many elements are not labeled in Gramps to reduce clutter and maximize space for displaying Genealogical information. There are even [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|preference options]] to not show text labels for the buttons (icons) in the Category Navigator panel.<br />
<br />
So this section of the Wiki Manual gives the standardized names of Gramps screen elements. Armed with the standard names, you can more efficiently use a search engine (like Google) to find pages in the online manual that discuss that element. As an example, to search for Gramps Wiki Manual pages on the [https://www.google.com/search?q=navigator%20mode+site%3Agramps-project.org%2Fwiki "Navigator Mode" phrase], use following the Google search terms:<br />
"navigator mode" site:gramps-project.org/wiki<br />
<br />
This particular search even finds descriptively named illustrations of selecting the modes for the Navigator sidebar. Selecting one of those images shows a webpage about the illustration and where it is used in the documentation. Those illustrated pages tend to have greater introductory material.<br />
<br />
If a particular screen element does not appear among the images below, look through the [[screenshots| Gramps Screenshot Gallery]]. This page shows the Gramps thumbnail screenshots that are used throughout the documentation. Click the thumbnail image to show the full sized image and variants of that image, then scroll down to the "File usage" section to find Wiki pages that illustrate the features within that [[screenshot]]. Likewise, the [[Gramps_icon_set| Gramps Icon Gallery]] identifies the proper names of icons used throughout Gramps.<br />
<br />
Once you are familiar with the screen elements, explore the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings| keybindings or hotkeys]] to learn the shortcuts for features used so frequently that keyboard shortcuts have been created.<br />
<br />
== Main Window ==<br />
<br />
When opening a (new or existing) Family Tree database, the introductory Gramps [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|{{man label|Dashboard}} window]] will be shown in the "Display Area" with no Sidebar or Bottombar available. Upon selecting the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|{{man label|People}} Category]] from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Navigator]], the Main Window layout will be updated to show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Tree_View_-_Grouped_People|{{man label|"Grouped People" (List) View}}]] in the "Display Area". See Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|800px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Annotated Main Gramps window parts, showing the People Category - People Tree View - example using the Grouped People option]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The main Gramps window contains the following elements:<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Window Title Bar===<br />
*Window Title Bar shows the name of selected Family Tree, the name of the Category view, Gramps application name and buttons to minimize, maximize and close Gramps. The window can also be dragged from the Title Bar.<br />
<br />
=== Menubar ===<br />
*Menubar: The menubar ([[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|Main Menu]]) is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of Gramps.<br />
*Menus are contextual - the options shown depend on which category is active.<br />
*Clicking a menu's header label opens that particular submenu. Submenu items may be dimmed (unavailable) if they are not usable with the active item.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions_in_the_Gramps_Wiki_Manual|Typographically]], Menu selections will look like this in the wiki manual: {{Man menu|Menu -> Submenu -> Menu Item}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Visibility of elements |Using the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu, you can hide or unhide several elements of Main Window. <br />In addition, there are Preference option to hide or reveal aspects of the elements -- such as text labels, scrollbars and Close gadgets.}}<br />
<br />
==== Pull-down menus ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man tooltip|Gramplet Bar Menu}} the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Outside the menubar, the occurrence of the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} an unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} '''pull-down menu''' button indicates additional options are available for the interface item to its left.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Selector Combo Boxes ====<br />
[[File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png|270px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} A custom type combo box]]<br />
A selector combo box is a standard text entry box paired with pull-down menu button. The button shows pull-down menu for quickly selecting from a list of pre-defined types of data as well as any additional custom types. <br />
<br />
Adding a new [[Gramps_Glossary#custom|custom type]] to the pull-down menu list is simple. Just key-in something new into the text box that doesn't match the known types. (Note that "type" list is case-sensitive.) <br />
<br />
Be conservative when creating new types. Categorization becomes more confusing and sorting becomes less meaningful when there are Types that are too similar to other Types. <br />
<br />
Consolidating or removing custom types is a bit more complex. The [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Types Cleanup]] addon tool cleanly updates records that use a superseded custom type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Pop-up menus ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking a Family]]The most invisible interface option might be the '''contextual pop-up menu''' (aka "context menu"). <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an interface item (or on a selected record row in a table) will reveal a pop-up menu of shortcuts to some frequently useful features for that item (or record). <br />
<br />
Note that the right-clicking on row in a table ''other'' than the selected (high-lighted or 'active') row still reveals the pop-up menu related to the ''selected'' row. So, left-click the row first to select then right-click for the menu.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Editor - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking the empty header space]]Right-clicking on objects is a familiar theme in GUIs. But right-clicking in the ''empty header space'' of any Object Editor is less obvious. However, this right-click will reveal another contextual pop-up menu with other shortcuts to useful reporting and navigation options.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Toolbar ===<br />
* The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is located right below the menubar. Its buttons give faster access to the most frequently used functions for the active screen of Gramps. <br />
* The assortment of toolbar buttons is [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_user_interface context sensitive]. Which Tools are shown depends on which category is active. And only the buttons for submodes of the currently selected view category are included in the toolbar.<br />
* &#x2699; Configurable Options: most Category views have a [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button as an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View > Configure...}} from the View menu, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. This option opens a dialog with choices for customizing the display records in the View. Basic customizations might include choice of sorting order and choice of whether to display specific details. <br />
* ''Configuration customizations are persistent''. They are carried over to future sessions using Gramps.<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|center|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] a [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]]|allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
<br />
=== Navigator ===<br />
*Navigator: The navigator is an optional sidebar located at the left of the window and allows selection of the different categories. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]<br />
:The Navigator is shown by default but this sidebar can be optionally hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]] {{Man key press|CTRL|M}}. ({{Man key press|CMD|M}} on MacOS.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Switching Navigator modes]]<br />
* You can hide the text labels by deselecting the &#x2611;{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons}} option in the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|General]] tab.<br />
* Navigator sidebar features (View categories, View Modes, and Navigator interface styles) can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />
<br />
=== Display area ===<br />
*Display area: The area in the center of the Gramps window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View category. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Views|We will discuss Views in detail below]].<br />
<br />
=== Status Bar and Progress Bar ===<br />
*Status Bar and Progress Bar: These are located at the very bottom of the Gramps window.<br />
** The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the Gramps window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large Family Tree databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown. <br />
** The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar. It displays information about current Gramps activity and contextual information about the selected items. (You can also edit the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options Preferences]] to show the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s '''Relationship to the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.)<br />
** The Status Bar may occasionally show a passing alert, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|warning]] of unusual conditions. An informative {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|Warning]]}} button with a superficial summary (like the one below) will be displayed for three minutes at the left of the Status Bar. Clicking this lightbulb icon will show details of these minor alerts.<br />
[[File:Status-bar-warning-button-50.png|750px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing Warning button on the Status Bar]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bottombar and Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gramplet Bar}} is also known as the Bottombar and Sidebar.<br />
<br />
*Bottombar: The bottombar is located below the display area.<br />
<br />
*Sidebar: The sidebar is located to the right of the display area.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
The Bottombar and Sidebar can be individually hidden or revealed by options in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} or the relevant [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#17|keybinding]]. If the Sidebar is hidden the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} will be displayed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The Bottombar and the Sidebar allow [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Gramplets]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Filters|filters]] to be displayed alongside a view. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Gramplet Bar Menu====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Location of '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' (&or;) Add/Remove/Restore Gramplets Menu ]]<br />
<br />
You can also add / remove and restore the default Gramplets by clicking the {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from the drop-down menu eg:<br />
*'''Gramplet Bar Menu'''<br />
** {{man button|Add a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets available for use on that '''Gramplet Bar'''<br />
** {{man button|Remove a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets currently shown on the '''Gramplet Bar''' available for removal.<br />
** {{man button|Restore default gramplets}} - Displays the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Restore_to_defaults.3F_dialog|Restore to defaults?]]}} confirmation dialog, that allows you to restores the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Restore to defaults? dialog=====<br />
[[File:Grampletbar-restore-to-defaults-dialog-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Restore to defaults? dialog ]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Restore to defaults?}} dialog, allows you to restore the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets. This action cannot be undone. Select {{man button|OK}} to confirm or select {{man button|Cancel}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Search bar"><br />
====Search Bar====<br />
</span><br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing Search Bar after Sidebar has been hidden]]<br />
<br />
If the Sidebar is not displayed in a Category view with a list, then the {{man label|Search Bar}} is displayed instead. Available search options vary depending on Category View you are in. But a visible sidebar makes the Search Bar Invisible.<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|450px|thumb|center|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing the sidebar superseding the Search Bar]]<br />
<br />
A {{man label|Search Bar}} is available for the following Views and the Select windows for the following Categories: People, Relationships, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, Notes. ''Not Available in the following Category Views: Dashboard, Relationships, Charts, Geography.''<br />
<br />
Typing the characters into the {{man label|Search Bar}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Note that various {{man label|Selectors}} also have search bars:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectFamily-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|550px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]] - showing Search Bar]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Navigator modes ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-dropdownlist-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator mode selection drop down list]]<br />
<br />
You can choose the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|navigator]] mode from the sidebar {{man label|Category}} drop down list:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Category_navigator_mode_.28default.29|'''Category''']] (Default)<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Expander_navigator_mode|Expander]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Drop-Down_navigator_mode|Drop-Down]]<br />
<br />
{{man tip|To hide {{man label|Category}} drop down list|When labels have been disabled for the Navigator in Preferences, this Category drop-down list control becomes the widest object. Its width limits how narrow the sidebar may be resized. The control can be made to disappear by using the Plugin Manager to hide (or remove) all but your single preferred Navigator ''sidebar'' mode. (When only one mode remains unhidden, there is no need for a menu and it will also become hidden.)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Category''' navigator mode (default)===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-category-default-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Category (default) Navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Category Sidebar - A sidebar to allow the selection of view categories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Expander''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Expander navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Expander Sidebar - Selection of views from lists with expanders {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Drop-Down''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-drop-down-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Drop-Down navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Drop-down Sidebar - Selection of categories and views from drop-down lists.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Categories ==<br />
<br />
Gramps comes with number of different standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View categories]] built in, each of which has one or more standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewmode|View modes]]. The built-in categories are described in the introduction to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Expanding the Views|You can [[5.2_Addons|download addon]] a '[[Gramps_Glossary#view|Gramps View]]' in the General tab Preferences menu (or activate or remove previously downloaded Addon Views) via the Plugin Manager.<br />
*If the view is a ''new mode'' (subcategory), the toolbar, menus and Navigator mode lists are modified to give access to the new layout. <br />
*If it is a View of a ''existing category'', then the view layout is replaced for that category. <br />
*If it is a ''new category'' of view, then an entire new visualization will be added with an additional icon appended to the navigator selections.}}<br />
<br />
The way you change the currently displayed category depends on the navigator mode. Normally (for most navigator modes) you can select the category you want by clicking one of the navigator icons.<br />
<br />
Alternatively you can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#4|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|N}} and {{man key press|CTRL|P}} ({{man key press|CMD|N}} and {{man key press|CMD|P}} on a Mac) go to the next or previous category respectively or use [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#45|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|Alt|<number>}} ({{man key press|CMD|OPT|<number>}} on a Mac) Shortcut are only available for the first 10 categories (e.g. Repositories/Media/Notes categories miss out on shortcuts.) If you have hidden the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] then shortcuts will be the only way to change categories until you [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|turn the Navigator on]] again.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Views ==<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View category]] can contain different ways of presenting the data, called a [[Gramps_Glossary#view mode|View mode]]. If there are several viewing modes, you can switch between modes interactively. The way you change between the modes depends on the Category View. The Configuration options for each mode are independently controlled.<br />
<br />
In Views styled in tables of data with rows and columns, the modes are typically between a hierarchically grouped outline or a simple single-level sortable list. Table style view modes are configured with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]] and have have [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Sorting_columns|sorting]] options.<br />
<br />
In some graphical Category Views (like [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]) there may be a wide variety of viewing modes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator sidebar in Expander mode]]When there are multiple viewing modes, will be additional icon buttons on the toolbar to switch between those different viewing modes. <br />
<br />
You can also switch via the {{man menu|View}} menu, or the View menu [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#6|keybindings]] by pressing <!-- Linux & Microsoft Windows -->{{Man key press|Ctrl|Alt|''<number>''}} (for Linux &amp; Windows) or <!-- Mac OS -->{{Man key press|Cmd|Alt|''<number>''}} (for MacOS), where ''<number>'' corresponds to the order of viewing modes listed in the category's View menu. <br />
<br />
Modes are also selectable from the Navigator sidebar when using the Drop-down or Expander arrangements. The Navigator sidebar defaults to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Category arrangement]] which has no mode selector. Using the Drop-Down or Expander mode makes the additional viewing modes available as Navigator icons.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Filters ==<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Controls Displayed]]<br />
<br />
Genealogical databases can contain information on '''''many''''' people, families, places, and objects. That means it is possible for a View to contain a list of data so long that is difficult to navigate. Beyond the basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for precision navigation of the list, Gramps gives you two different means for filtering a list to a more manageable size. <br />
<br />
These methods are '''Search''' and '''Filtering'''. <br />
<br />
A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter.<br />
<br />
Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. When the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar]] is '''not''' displayed, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} is displayed. Typing the characters into the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can enable a filter in either the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|bottombar or the sidebar]]. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the {{man label|Search bar}} is not displayed. The Filter allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display. Filters of the displayed category can also be constructed by clicking on the corresponding 'editor' button in the {{man menu|Edit}} menu.<br />
<br />
Further details of how filters work is given in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters Chapter]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Searching vs. Filtering |Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is "Jan 1, 2000", a search of "1/1/2000" will fail, but a filter of "1/1/2000" will match because it matches the date value rather than the formatted date.}}<br />
<br />
When Gramps opens a Family Tree, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the Family Tree are listed by default.<br />
<br />
== Troubleshooting a misbehaving interface ==<br />
If your Gramps GUI is behaving contrary to the manner described in this guide, you may have an installation or minor compatibility issue. <br />
<br />
It is likely that the behavior has been seen before and a solution has been identified. <br />
<br />
Please review the [[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting pages]]. If you are unable to discover the solution there, post a description of the problem to the general Gramps community on our [[Contact#Official|user forum]]. We help each other constantly there. <br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting Started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png&diff=102958
File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png
2024-03-14T21:27:39Z
<p>Bamaustin: Selector combo box with pull-down menu button</p>
<hr />
<div>== Summary ==<br />
Selector combo box with pull-down menu button</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window&diff=102957
Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window
2024-03-14T21:26:15Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* Pull-down menus */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{#vardefine:chapter|3}}{{#vardefine:figure|0}}<br />
'''Elements of Gramps main window''' ''or'' <br />'''A Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface'''.<br />
<br />
Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) are a way of arranging information on a computer screen that is easy to understand and use because it uses icons, menus, and a mouse rather than only text. <br />
<br />
While a GUI is much more intuitive than memorizing keyboard commands, it is hard to learn from the feature documentation without knowing the feature&rsquo;s name to lookup. Many elements are not labeled in Gramps to reduce clutter and maximize space for displaying Genealogical information. There are even [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|preference options]] to not show text labels for the buttons (icons) in the Category Navigator panel.<br />
<br />
So this section of the Wiki Manual gives the standardized names of Gramps screen elements. Armed with the standard names, you can more efficiently use a search engine (like Google) to find pages in the online manual that discuss that element. As an example, to search for Gramps Wiki Manual pages on the [https://www.google.com/search?q=navigator%20mode+site%3Agramps-project.org%2Fwiki "Navigator Mode" phrase], use following the Google search terms:<br />
"navigator mode" site:gramps-project.org/wiki<br />
<br />
This particular search even finds descriptively named illustrations of selecting the modes for the Navigator sidebar. Selecting one of those images shows a webpage about the illustration and where it is used in the documentation. Those illustrated pages tend to have greater introductory material.<br />
<br />
If a particular screen element does not appear among the images below, look through the [[screenshots| Gramps Screenshot Gallery]]. This page shows the Gramps thumbnail screenshots that are used throughout the documentation. Click the thumbnail image to show the full sized image and variants of that image, then scroll down to the "File usage" section to find Wiki pages that illustrate the features within that [[screenshot]]. Likewise, the [[Gramps_icon_set| Gramps Icon Gallery]] identifies the proper names of icons used throughout Gramps.<br />
<br />
Once you are familiar with the screen elements, explore the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings| keybindings or hotkeys]] to learn the shortcuts for features used so frequently that keyboard shortcuts have been created.<br />
<br />
== Main Window ==<br />
<br />
When opening a (new or existing) Family Tree database, the introductory Gramps [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|{{man label|Dashboard}} window]] will be shown in the "Display Area" with no Sidebar or Bottombar available. Upon selecting the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|{{man label|People}} Category]] from the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Navigator]], the Main Window layout will be updated to show the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Tree_View_-_Grouped_People|{{man label|"Grouped People" (List) View}}]] in the "Display Area". See Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}:<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:MainWindow-PeopleCategory-PeopleTreeView-annotated-50.png|800px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Annotated Main Gramps window parts, showing the People Category - People Tree View - example using the Grouped People option]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The main Gramps window contains the following elements:<br />
{{-}}<br />
===Window Title Bar===<br />
*Window Title Bar shows the name of selected Family Tree, the name of the Category view, Gramps application name and buttons to minimize, maximize and close Gramps. The window can also be dragged from the Title Bar.<br />
<br />
=== Menubar ===<br />
*Menubar: The menubar ([[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Main_Menus|Main Menu]]) is located at the very top of the window (right below the window title) and provides access to all the features of Gramps.<br />
*Menus are contextual - the options shown depend on which category is active.<br />
*Clicking a menu's header label opens that particular submenu. Submenu items may be dimmed (unavailable) if they are not usable with the active item.<br />
<br />
[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions_in_the_Gramps_Wiki_Manual|Typographically]], Menu selections will look like this in the wiki manual: {{Man menu|Menu -> Submenu -> Menu Item}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Visibility of elements |Using the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} menu, you can hide or unhide several elements of Main Window. <br />In addition, there are Preference option to hide or reveal aspects of the elements -- such as text labels, scrollbars and Close gadgets.}}<br />
<br />
==== Pull-down menus ====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} {{man tooltip|Gramplet Bar Menu}} the unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} pull-down menu button]]<br />
Outside the menubar, the occurrence of the {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|Gramplet Bar Menu]]}} an unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' {{man button|&or;}} '''pull-down menu''' button indicates additional options are available for the interface item to its left.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==== Selector Combo Boxes ====<br />
[[File:Selector-combo-box-menu-52.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} A custom type combo beox]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
==== Pop-up menus ====<br />
[[File:Clipboard-dialog-example-context-menu-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Clipboard - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking a Family]]The most invisible interface option might be the '''contextual pop-up menu''' (aka "context menu"). <br />
<br />
Right-clicking an interface item (or on a selected record row in a table) will reveal a pop-up menu of shortcuts to some frequently useful features for that item (or record). <br />
<br />
Note that the right-clicking on row in a table ''other'' than the selected (high-lighted or 'active') row still reveals the pop-up menu related to the ''selected'' row. So, left-click the row first to select then right-click for the menu.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:QuickViewReport-EditPerson-context-menu-popup-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Person Editor - with example contextual pop-up menu from right-clicking the empty header space]]Right-clicking on objects is a familiar theme in GUIs. But right-clicking in the ''empty header space'' of any Object Editor is less obvious. However, this right-click will reveal another contextual pop-up menu with other shortcuts to useful reporting and navigation options.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Toolbar ===<br />
* The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is located right below the menubar. Its buttons give faster access to the most frequently used functions for the active screen of Gramps. <br />
* The assortment of toolbar buttons is [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Context-sensitive_user_interface context sensitive]. Which Tools are shown depends on which category is active. And only the buttons for submodes of the currently selected view category are included in the toolbar.<br />
* &#x2699; Configurable Options: most Category views have a [[File:Gramps-config.png]]{{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;button as an alternative to choosing the {{Man menu|View > Configure...}} from the View menu, or pressing the ''Configure active view'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#Common_keybindings|keyboard keybinding]]. This option opens a dialog with choices for customizing the display records in the View. Basic customizations might include choice of sorting order and choice of whether to display specific details. <br />
* ''Configuration customizations are persistent''. They are carried over to future sessions using Gramps.<br />
* Hovering over a toolbar icon shows a tip of its function<br />
[[File:ToolbarIcon-OpenTheToolsDialog-50.png|center|thumb|394px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Tip for the Tools button of the Dashboard category toolbar]] <br />
The Toolbar can be hidden or revealed by the option in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Toolbar]]}}.<br />
<br />
{{man tip|[[5.2_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|Installing]] a [[Third-party_Addons|Third party Addon]]|allows Gramps to show ''toolbar text labels'' for each Toolbar button. The [[Addon:Themes|Themes]] addon augments the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Preferences]] dialog with a ''Theme'' tab. <br />
<br />
One of options of the Theme tab is a &#x2611; {{man label|Toolbar Text}} checkbox. Selecting the checkbox causes the text labels to appear.<br>''This checkbox is'' &#x274f;''deselected by default.''<br />
[[File:Preferences-Themes-addon.png|450px|center|thumb|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Added Theme tab options for the Preferences dialog.]]}}<br />
<br />
=== Navigator ===<br />
*Navigator: The navigator is an optional sidebar located at the left of the window and allows selection of the different categories. See [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]<br />
:The Navigator is shown by default but this sidebar can be optionally hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]] {{Man key press|CTRL|M}}. ({{Man key press|CMD|M}} on MacOS.)<br />
<br />
Also see:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Switching Navigator modes]]<br />
* You can hide the text labels by deselecting the &#x2611;{{man label|Show text label beside Navigator buttons}} option in the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|General]] tab.<br />
* Navigator sidebar features (View categories, View Modes, and Navigator interface styles) can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />
<br />
=== Display area ===<br />
*Display area: The area in the center of the Gramps window is the display area. What it displays depends on the currently selected View category. [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Views|We will discuss Views in detail below]].<br />
<br />
=== Status Bar and Progress Bar ===<br />
*Status Bar and Progress Bar: These are located at the very bottom of the Gramps window.<br />
** The Progress Bar is located in the lower left corner of the Gramps window. It displays the progress of time consuming operations, such as opening and saving large Family Tree databases, importing and exporting to other formats, generating web sites, etc. When you are not doing these types of operations, the Progress Bar is not shown. <br />
** The Status Bar is located to the right of the Progress Bar. It displays information about current Gramps activity and contextual information about the selected items. (You can also edit the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display_Options|Display Options Preferences]] to show the [[Gramps_Glossary#active_person|Active Person]]'s '''Relationship to the [[Gramps_Glossary#home_person|home person]]'''.)<br />
** The Status Bar may occasionally show a passing alert, [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|warning]] of unusual conditions. An informative {{man button|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Error_and_Warning_Reference#Warnings|Warning]]}} button with a superficial summary (like the one below) will be displayed for three minutes at the left of the Status Bar. Clicking this lightbulb icon will show details of these minor alerts.<br />
[[File:Status-bar-warning-button-50.png|750px|thumb|left|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Gramps Main Window showing Warning button on the Status Bar]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
=== Bottombar and Sidebar ===<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Gramplet Bar}} is also known as the Bottombar and Sidebar.<br />
<br />
*Bottombar: The bottombar is located below the display area.<br />
<br />
*Sidebar: The sidebar is located to the right of the display area.<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
The Bottombar and Sidebar can be individually hidden or revealed by options in menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View]]}} or the relevant [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#17|keybinding]]. If the Sidebar is hidden the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} will be displayed.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
The Bottombar and the Sidebar allow [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets|Gramplets]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Filters|filters]] to be displayed alongside a view. <br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
====Gramplet Bar Menu====<br />
[[File:Bottombar-sidebar-drop-down-menu-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Location of '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' unlabeled ''Down Arrowhead'' (&or;) Add/Remove/Restore Gramplets Menu ]]<br />
<br />
You can also add / remove and restore the default Gramplets by clicking the {{man button|&or;}} (''Down Arrowhead'' button) also known as the '''Gramplet Bar Menu''' at the far top right of the bars titles, and then using one of the options from the drop-down menu eg:<br />
*'''Gramplet Bar Menu'''<br />
** {{man button|Add a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets available for use on that '''Gramplet Bar'''<br />
** {{man button|Remove a gramplet}} - Displays a list of Gramplets currently shown on the '''Gramplet Bar''' available for removal.<br />
** {{man button|Restore default gramplets}} - Displays the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Restore_to_defaults.3F_dialog|Restore to defaults?]]}} confirmation dialog, that allows you to restores the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets.<br />
{{-}}<br />
=====Restore to defaults? dialog=====<br />
[[File:Grampletbar-restore-to-defaults-dialog-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Restore to defaults? dialog ]]<br />
<br />
The {{man label|Restore to defaults?}} dialog, allows you to restore the Gramplet Bar to its default Gramplets. This action cannot be undone. Select {{man button|OK}} to confirm or select {{man button|Cancel}}.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
<span id="Search bar"><br />
====Search Bar====<br />
</span><br />
[[File:MainWindow-SearchBar-annotated-sidebar-hidden-example-50.png|450px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing Search Bar after Sidebar has been hidden]]<br />
<br />
If the Sidebar is not displayed in a Category view with a list, then the {{man label|Search Bar}} is displayed instead. Available search options vary depending on Category View you are in. But a visible sidebar makes the Search Bar Invisible.<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|450px|thumb|center|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} People Category View - showing the sidebar superseding the Search Bar]]<br />
<br />
A {{man label|Search Bar}} is available for the following Views and the Select windows for the following Categories: People, Relationships, Families, Events, Places, Sources, Citations, Repositories, Media, Notes. ''Not Available in the following Category Views: Dashboard, Relationships, Charts, Geography.''<br />
<br />
Typing the characters into the {{man label|Search Bar}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
Note that various {{man label|Selectors}} also have search bars:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]]<br />
<br />
<br />
[[File:SelectFamily-SelectorDialog-example-50.png|550px|thumb|right|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Family Selector]] - showing Search Bar]]<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Navigator modes ==<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-dropdownlist-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator mode selection drop down list]]<br />
<br />
You can choose the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|navigator]] mode from the sidebar {{man label|Category}} drop down list:<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Category_navigator_mode_.28default.29|'''Category''']] (Default)<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Expander_navigator_mode|Expander]]<br />
* [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Drop-Down_navigator_mode|Drop-Down]]<br />
<br />
{{man tip|To hide {{man label|Category}} drop down list|When labels have been disabled for the Navigator in Preferences, this Category drop-down list control becomes the widest object. Its width limits how narrow the sidebar may be resized. The control can be made to disappear by using the Plugin Manager to hide (or remove) all but your single preferred Navigator ''sidebar'' mode. (When only one mode remains unhidden, there is no need for a menu and it will also become hidden.)}}<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Category''' navigator mode (default)===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-category-default-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Category (default) Navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Category Sidebar - A sidebar to allow the selection of view categories.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Expander''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Expander navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Expander Sidebar - Selection of views from lists with expanders {{man button|&#x25B6;}} arrows.<br />
{{-}}<br />
==='''Drop-Down''' navigator mode===<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-drop-down-51.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Drop-Down navigator mode]]<br />
<br />
Drop-down Sidebar - Selection of categories and views from drop-down lists.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Categories ==<br />
<br />
Gramps comes with number of different standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View categories]] built in, each of which has one or more standard [[Gramps_Glossary#viewmode|View modes]]. The built-in categories are described in the introduction to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Categories_of_the_Navigator|Categories of the Navigator]]. <br />
<br />
{{man note|Expanding the Views|You can [[5.2_Addons|download addon]] a '[[Gramps_Glossary#view|Gramps View]]' in the General tab Preferences menu (or activate or remove previously downloaded Addon Views) via the Plugin Manager.<br />
*If the view is a ''new mode'' (subcategory), the toolbar, menus and Navigator mode lists are modified to give access to the new layout. <br />
*If it is a View of a ''existing category'', then the view layout is replaced for that category. <br />
*If it is a ''new category'' of view, then an entire new visualization will be added with an additional icon appended to the navigator selections.}}<br />
<br />
The way you change the currently displayed category depends on the navigator mode. Normally (for most navigator modes) you can select the category you want by clicking one of the navigator icons.<br />
<br />
Alternatively you can use the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#4|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|N}} and {{man key press|CTRL|P}} ({{man key press|CMD|N}} and {{man key press|CMD|P}} on a Mac) go to the next or previous category respectively or use [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#45|keyboard shortcuts]] {{man key press|CTRL|Alt|<number>}} ({{man key press|CMD|OPT|<number>}} on a Mac) Shortcut are only available for the first 10 categories (e.g. Repositories/Media/Notes categories miss out on shortcuts.) If you have hidden the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] then shortcuts will be the only way to change categories until you [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|turn the Navigator on]] again.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Switching Views ==<br />
A [[Gramps_Glossary#viewcategory|View category]] can contain different ways of presenting the data, called a [[Gramps_Glossary#view mode|View mode]]. If there are several viewing modes, you can switch between modes interactively. The way you change between the modes depends on the Category View. The Configuration options for each mode are independently controlled.<br />
<br />
In Views styled in tables of data with rows and columns, the modes are typically between a hierarchically grouped outline or a simple single-level sortable list. Table style view modes are configured with the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Column_Editor|Column Editor]] and have have [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Sorting_columns|sorting]] options.<br />
<br />
In some graphical Category Views (like [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]] and [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]) there may be a wide variety of viewing modes.<br />
<br />
[[File:Navigator-mode-selection-expander-50.png|right|thumb|450px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Navigator sidebar in Expander mode]]When there are multiple viewing modes, will be additional icon buttons on the toolbar to switch between those different viewing modes. <br />
<br />
You can also switch via the {{man menu|View}} menu, or the View menu [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#6|keybindings]] by pressing <!-- Linux & Microsoft Windows -->{{Man key press|Ctrl|Alt|''<number>''}} (for Linux &amp; Windows) or <!-- Mac OS -->{{Man key press|Cmd|Alt|''<number>''}} (for MacOS), where ''<number>'' corresponds to the order of viewing modes listed in the category's View menu. <br />
<br />
Modes are also selectable from the Navigator sidebar when using the Drop-down or Expander arrangements. The Navigator sidebar defaults to the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Category arrangement]] which has no mode selector. Using the Drop-Down or Expander mode makes the additional viewing modes available as Navigator icons.<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
== Filters ==<br />
<br />
[[File:PeopleCategory-sidebar-filter-enabled-50.png|right|thumb|400px|Fig. {{#var:chapter}}.{{#vardefineecho:figure|{{#expr:{{#var:figure}}+1}}}} Filter Controls Displayed]]<br />
<br />
Genealogical databases can contain information on '''''many''''' people, families, places, and objects. That means it is possible for a View to contain a list of data so long that is difficult to navigate. Beyond the basic ''seek-as-you-type'' [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Finding_records|Find box]] for precision navigation of the list, Gramps gives you two different means for filtering a list to a more manageable size. <br />
<br />
These methods are '''Search''' and '''Filtering'''. <br />
<br />
A search will search the text displayed in list, whereas filters display people whose data match the criteria of the filter.<br />
<br />
Search is a simple but fast method of searching the columns displayed on the screen. When the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar]] is '''not''' displayed, the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} is displayed. Typing the characters into the {{man label|[[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Search_Bar|Search bar]]}} and clicking the {{man button|Find}} button will display only lines that match the text.<br />
<br />
Alternatively, you can enable a filter in either the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|bottombar or the sidebar]]. When the filter sidebar is displayed, the {{man label|Search bar}} is not displayed. The Filter allows you to interactively build a set of filter rules that can be applied to the display. The filter is applied based on the rules and the data, not on the screen display. Filters of the displayed category can also be constructed by clicking on the corresponding 'editor' button in the {{man menu|Edit}} menu.<br />
<br />
Further details of how filters work is given in the [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|Filters Chapter]]<br />
<br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
{{man tip| Searching vs. Filtering |Searching only searches for exact text matches. If the date displayed is "Jan 1, 2000", a search of "1/1/2000" will fail, but a filter of "1/1/2000" will match because it matches the date value rather than the formatted date.}}<br />
<br />
When Gramps opens a Family Tree, no filtering is in effect. In People View, for example, all people in the Family Tree are listed by default.<br />
<br />
== Troubleshooting a misbehaving interface ==<br />
If your Gramps GUI is behaving contrary to the manner described in this guide, you may have an installation or minor compatibility issue. <br />
<br />
It is likely that the behavior has been seen before and a solution has been identified. <br />
<br />
Please review the [[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting pages]]. If you are unable to discover the solution there, post a description of the problem to the general Gramps community on our [[Contact#Official|user forum]]. We help each other constantly there. <br />
{{-}}<br />
{{man index|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Getting Started|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Categories|5.2}}<br />
{{languages|Gramps 5.2 Wiki Manual - Main Window}}<br />
{{grampsmanualcopyright}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Gramps_Glossary&diff=102956
Gramps Glossary
2024-03-14T20:47:40Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* C */ selector combo box</p>
<hr />
<div>{{languages|Gramps_Glossary}}<br />
__NOTOC__<br />
This glossary gives an overview of terms that appear in [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps], with a short description, and a link to relevant articles. (Since knowing a feature's name is necessary for finding the corresponding glossary term, also refer to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Main_Window|Visual Guide to the Gramps Interface]].)<br />
<br />
For a glossary of genealogical terms, see [[Genealogy Glossary]] and [[Latin words and expressions]].<br />
<br />
[[#A|A]] [[#B|B]] [[#C|C]] [[#D|D]] [[#E|E]] [[#F|F]] [[#G|G]] [[#H|H]] [[#I|I]] [[#J|J]] [[#K|K]] [[#L|L]] [[#M|M]] [[#N|N]] [[#O|O]] [[#P|P]] [[#Q|Q]] [[#R|R]] [[#S|S]] [[#T|T]] [[#U|U]] [[#V|V]] [[#W|W]] [[#X|X]] [[#Y|Y]] [[#Z|Z]]<br />
<br />
<!-- <br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br />
;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.<br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]] <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br />
https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space<br />
--><br />
==A==<br />
<br />
;<span id="active_person">Active Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The person designated (or 'selected') as the momentary center of focus in the open Gramps database. The perspective of this person defines the context for actions and for displaying all the surrounding information. Changing this focus is done by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Setting_the_Active_Person|navigating the Active Person]] selection to another person. <br />
:The Active Person's relationship to the [[#home_person|Home Person]] defines the scope of the perspective.<br />
:<abbr title="nota bene (singular), notate bene (plural) - Latin phrase meaning 'note well'">N.B.</abbr>: There is ''always'' an Active Person selection, even when the [[#primary_object|primary object]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> record) selected in the current view is not a 'Person' [[#object|object]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="addon">addon</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) add-on]) <br />
:an optional [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|'''third-party''' expansion]] to Gramps that leverages Gramps [[#plugin|plugin]] customization framework to add a specific feature. Addons may not conform to design or code quality standards. Use at your own risk!<br />
:Optional parts built into the core project (but which can be enabling or disabled leveraging this framework) are called by the more generic name: plugins. <br />
<br />
;<span id="address">address</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of an Address is a particular location with an associated time frame. Think of it as a mailing address. It is intended to represent where a person lived and when the person lived there. The Address consists:<br />
:* Date<br />
:* Street Address<br />
:* Locality<br />
:* City<br />
:* County<br />
:* State/Province<br />
:* Postal/Zip code<br />
:* Country<br />
:* Phone<br />
:Not to be confused with a [[#place|Place]] which has a fixed position (its location). [[Why_residence_event_and_not_Address%3F|Use this with care.]] For genealogical research you can also use the residence event coupled with a [[#place|Place]]. For mailing (email, postal), add an address to a [[#person|Person]] or [[#repository|Repository]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="administrative division">administrative division</span>: a unit of a layered system subdividing a geopolitical (geographic or political) region. Such divisions are recorded as [[#place|Place]] Types in Gramps. Meanwhile the structure of a Place Tree is built by layering via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Enclosed_By|'Enclosed by' tab in the Place Editor.]] The subdivisions are sometimes categorized as an entity, locality, area, or region. The terms of subnational entity, constituent unit, or country subdivision tend to imply divisions that are more related to political representation than administrative. <br />See wikipedia's [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Administrative_division Administrative division] for a conceptional definition or [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_administrative_divisions_by_country List of administrative divisions by country] for specific countries. <br />
<br />
;<span id="aide">Aide</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of an assistant.<br />
<br />
;<span id="anglicisation">anglicisation</span>:<br />
: process of making something English. If an immigrant (or their descendant) adopts a naturalized variation of their birth name, that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Preferred_name_section|preferred alias]] can be added with an ''Also Known As'' [[Names_in_Gramps#Name_Types|name type]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Names]] tab. All aliases can be categorized by type and surname variants may be [[Grouping_Surnames|grouped]] with the in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_3#Name_Editor|Name Editor]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="association">Association</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - The [[#role|roles]] in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Associations|Associations]] are to explicitly define the how one person relates to another. <br />
:Association roles are used when the relationship falls outside the implicit roles of a family relationship or the explicit roles in shared events. These custom roles convey relationships that might not readily apparent... such as a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Pen_pal penpal] or the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Eponym eponymous person] honored by a namesake. Association roles may also be used as placeholder when the actual genetic connection has not yet been discovered. <br />
:Association roles are created and edited with the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data%3A_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]], which includes no pre-defined roles. This feature starts with a blank list of [[#custom|custom types]]) and the default "Godfather" role is only shown as a hint.<br />
<br />
;<span id="attribute">attribute</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - [[Attributes_in_Gramps|Attributes]] are for something permanent, or at least somewhat permanent: eye color, blood type, etc. Usually you would have not more than one of each attribute type for a [[#person|Person]]/[[#family|Family]]/etc. Attributes are managed from an Attributes tab in each [[#primary_object|primary Object]] Editor. There are no built-in Attributes, only [[#custom|custom types]].<br />
<br />
==B==<br />
;<span id="books report">Books Report</span>:<br />
A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports|Reports menu]] feature of Gramps that allows the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_3|design or generation of a repeatable custom genealogy ''Book'']]. A Book consists of an ordered collation of Gramps textual and graphical reports in a single document. The individual report configuration options are also stored with the Book but the Book's document pagesize and print destination configuration options override. <br />
<br />
;<span id="bride">Bride</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the woman a marriage ceremony who will have the role of ''wife'' in the marriage. See also: ''mother''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="bsddb">BSDDB</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [http://www.oracle.com/us/products/database/berkeley-db/overview/index.html Berkeley Software Distribution database] (also known as BSDDB) was the first ''default database engine'' used by the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_2.0|2.0]] through the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.0|5.0]] versions of Gramps. Originally, Gramps [[#xml|XML]] was used directly rather than as a Backup and data exchange format. The default db engine changed to [[#sqlite|SQLite]] in the 5.1 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]]. ([[Install_latest_BSDDB|Manual updates to the BSDDB engine]] for the 5.1.3 version may be advisable.)<br />
<br />
==C==<br />
;<span id="category">Category</span>: (''core concept'') Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of different descriptive schemas called Categories, each with their own [[#view|View]]. Each Category is a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="celebrant">Celebrant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term describing a role of the person who performs a rite, especially referring to a priest at the Eucharist. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-citation.png|right]]<span id="citation">Citation</span>: ({{icon|cite}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information that enables you or others to locate your source document. An isolated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Citation can be created]] without first creating separate [[#source|Source]] object. But, should the same source be referenced repeatedly in a Tree, a separate Source simplifies the Citation and eliminates redundant information that must be harmonized.<br />
<br />
;<span id="clergy">Clergy</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term applied to a religious person regardless of religion. For example, a monk or priest. See also: ''[[#celebrant|celebrant]]''.<br /><small>Religious terminology is often subject to dispute, see the [https://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/clergy Merriam-Webster] for an independent definition.</small><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps_Clipboard48x48_win.png|right]]<span id="clipboard">Clipboard</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#Using_the_Clipboard|Gramps Clipboard]] is a shortcut system for [[#sharing|sharing]] a [[#secondary_object|secondary]] object, navigation, and custom [[#filter|filter]] creation. <br />'''Usage:''' The Clipboard can be opened from a icon on the [[#toolbar|Toolbar]], the Clipboard choice in the Edit menu or a [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. A floating clipboard dialog that has become buried can be brought to the top of the stack by selecting '''Clipboard...''' from the Windows menu.<br /><small>The Clipboard can greatly improve data entry efficiency, see the "[[How_to_use_the_Gramps_Clipboard|How to use the Gramps Clipboard]]" article for more information.</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="custom">''custom'' Types</span>: This indicates a user-defined classification, as opposed to classifications that came pre-defined in Gramps. (i.e.: 'Birth' and 'Marriage' are 2 of the pre-defined 'types' of Events.)<br />
:When none of the pre-defined Types are suitable, add a new ''[[#custom|custom]]'' Type by typewriting directly into the [[#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]]. If the value doesn't precisely match any of the existing menu items, a new ''custom'' Type will be created when the {{man button|OK}} button is clicked. <br />Any added ''custom'' Type will remain available in that expanded menu... unless the Tree is exported & re-imported or removed via a [[Third-party_Addons|3rd party addon]] Utility like [[Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool|Type Cleanup]].<br /><small>'''''custom'' Types''' can be defined for: Event Attributes, Family Attributes, media Attributes, Person Attributes, [[#event_role|Event Roles]], [[Custom_Event_Types|Event types]], Family Relation types, Child Reference Types, Name Origin Types, Names Types, Note Types, Place Types, Repository Types, Source Attributes, source Media Types, URL Types.</small><br />
<br />
==D==<br />
;<span id="date">date</span>: (''[[#secondary_object|sec. obj.]]'') - Dates in Gramps are much more complex than just a month, day, and year. Dates are always in a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Calendars|particular calendar]], can span a time frame with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Type|Date Type]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Date_Quality|Date Quality]] can be exact (or an approximation variant), and have support for many other subtleties specific to genealogy data. <br />
<br />
;<span id="dna">DNA</span>:<br />
# acronym: '''d'''eoxyribo'''n'''ucleic '''a'''cid<br />
# a [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Nucleic_acid nucleic acid] that carries genetic information. Genetic testing compares for matching sequence lengths (measured in centimorgans, aka cMs) at various loci on specific chromosomes to determine common ancestry.<br />
<br />
;<span id="dtd">DTD</span>: <br />
:acronym: '''D'''ocument '''T'''ype '''D'''efinition. A document that defines the tagging structure which identifies the individual components of an [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_Generalized_Markup_Language SGML] or [[#xml|XML]] document.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema [[#xml|XML]] and DTD<br />
<br />
==E==<br />
;[[File:Gramps-event.png|right]]<span id="event">Event</span>: ({{icon|even}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to an happening. [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Adding an Event record]] provides the context of an interaction of the roles of People/Families, dates & places in activities.<br />An Event is a defining moment in a person's life. See [[events in Gramps|events]] for the use in genealogy, for predefined events in Gramps and suggested naming for [[Events_in_Gramps|common events]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="event_role">event role</span>: The [[#role|role]] a [[#person|Person]] plays in an [[#Event|Event]]. The focal Person(s) holds a [[#primary|'''''Primary role''''']] in personal Events and the Family holds a [[#family_role|'''''Family role''''']] in Family events. In Gramps, an Event can be linked to as many participants as desired. Each [[#person|Person]] may participate in different roles but more than one Person might play the same role. The Event Role captures this and can be changed in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]. Some common Roles are pre-defined but the user can add other [[#custom|custom]] Roles by just typing in the appropriate new label.<br />
:<small>Pre-defined Types of Event Role: [[#aide|Aide]], [[#bride|Bride]], [[#celebrant|Celebrant]], [[#clergy|Clergy]], [[#family_role|'''''Family''''']], [[#godparent|Godparent]], [[#groom|Groom]], [[#informant|Informant]], [[#primary|'''''Primary''''']], [[#witness|Witness]], [[#unknown|'''''Unknown''''']], ''[[#custom|custom]]''</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="event_type">event type</span>: The general denominator to which an event belongs, <abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, a christian, civil, tibetan, ... marriage, are all denoted by the event type ''marriage''. See [[events in Gramps]] for an overview.<br />
<br />
==F==<br />
;<span id="fallback">Fallback events</span>: <br />
:Certain [[#event|event]] types are definitive bookends marking the beginning or end of a life (Birth/Death) or relationship (Marriage/Divorce). Those bookend events are key factors in any kind of timeline analysis.<br />
:If the definitive event types are missing, Gramps will look for similar event types to calculate a 'fallback' approximation. When dates are shown in italics, it indicates that the preferred bookend event was not found and one of the [[Events_in_Gramps#Fallback_Events|pre-defined Fallback events]] had to be used.<br />
<br />
;<span id="family">Family</span>: <br />
#[[File:Gramps-family.png|right]]'''Family''' ({{icon|fami}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. The information may be edited directly using the {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}} dialog.<br />This traditionally contains one or two parents and zero or more children. A family unit is created in Gramps by [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_brief#Specifying_a_relationship_using_the_Relationship_View|adding Parents to an individual]], by [[Add_a_spouse|adding a partner/spouse]] to an individual, or by adding a family first then adding the people. (A family can even consist of just the offspring.)<br />The Family relationship is a core concept in Gramps. It depicts the basic relations between people. Commonly this will contain a father, a mother and some children, however, it can also contain only parts of this (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, two brothers, a mother and child). People can be part of several families (adoption, remarried, ...) <br />
#'''<span id="family_role">Family</span>''' (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') An event can be coupled to a family, denoting that the both partners were equally involved in the event. Typically, the Marriage event will be coupled to a family with event role ''family''. '''Family''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_family|Edit Family]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;<span id="file_chooser"><span id="gtk_file_chooser">File Chooser</span></span>:<br />
:Picking external files or folders for import, export, reports and media is done using a File Chooser dialog from [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK GTK] (formerly known as "GIMP ToolKit" and "GTK+") rather than those of the native Operating System. While generally familiar, the '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#File_Chooser|GTK File Chooser]]''' has customizable features, context menus, options and keybindings that are documented in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings|Settings]] section of the manual. <br />
<br />
;<span id="file_format">File formats</span>:<br />
: File formats repackage the Tree database information for archiving, data exchange with other software or display.<br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Importing_data|Import]] formats:''' GRAMPS v2.x database (obsolete) <code>.grdb</code>, Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Pro-Gen <code>.def</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, JSON (JavaScript Object Notation) <code>.json</code>, SQLite <code>.sql</code><br />
:: '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|Export]] formats:''' Gramps native XML format (compressed & uncompressed variants) <code>.gramps</code>, Gramps Package (Gramps XML plus media) <code>.gpkg</code>, GEDCOM (Genealogical Data Communication) <code>.ged</code>, GeneWeb <code>.gw</code>, Web Family Tree (a GEDCOM variant) <code>.ged</code>, vCalendar <code>.ics</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code><br />
:: [[Output_formats|'''Output formats''']] including: Comma Separated Values <code>.csv</code>, Data-Driven Documents (D3) <code><code>.d3</code></code>, Graphviz graph description language <code>.dot</code>, Hypertext Markup Language <code>.html .htm</code>, LaTeX <code>.tex</code>, Open Document Text <code>.odt</code>, Portable Document Format <code>.pdf</code>, Plain Text <code>.txt</code>, PostScript <code>.ps</code>, Print (hardcopy), Rich Text Format <code>.rtf</code>, Scalable Vector Graphics <code>.svg</code>, vCard (virtual contact card) <code>.vcf</code>, Extensible Markup Language <code>.xml</code><br />
<br />
;<span id="filter">Filter</span>: <br />
:A [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters|filter]] (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> query) in a database finds (or hides by 'filtering out') records, displaying only those records that match certain criteria. (The criteria are comparison or query [[#rule|rules]] describing some attribute of a record.) Layers of criteria can be applied but each layer requires additional processing and slows performance of the interface. <br />The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Filter_vs._Search|basic Search]] is a single criteria filter. The search value is compares only one attribute of a record that has been selected from a pop-up menu. <br />The '''[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Filter|Filter Gramplets]]''' will compare several predefined common attributes simultaneously with simplified access to changing the search value. The default is for exact matching but [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|Regular Expressions (RegEx)]] can be used for pattern matching. A Custom Filter may be also layered in. <br />A [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filter]] adds richly complex [[#rule|Rules]]-based comparison with [[Example_filters|layers of intersection]] options for those rules. Custom Filters allow repeatable filters to be created with pre-defined rules and values to be matched. Beyond interactively hiding (or revealing) records in views, Custom Filters are used to set limits for exporting, setting scopes for reports, and targeting tool actions.<br />In addition to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Which_filter_rules_in_which_Category.3F|built-in rules]] for filtering, [[Rule_expansions|addon rules]] are available for Custom Filters.<br />
<br />
==G==<br />
;<span id="gedcom">GEDCOM</span>: <br />
# acronym: '''Ge'''nealogy '''D'''ata '''Com'''munication<br />
# a format for [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#GEDCOM_import|importing]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Manage_Family_Trees#Exporting_data|exporting]] genealogical data. The <abbr title="an open standard is a standard that is publicly available and has various rights to use associated with it, and may also have various properties of how it was designed such as 'open process.' There is no single definition and interpretations vary with usage.">open</abbr> specification for the [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom GEDCOM format] was developed by The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS Church) as an aid to genealogical research. The long standing standard release was version 5.5 in 1996 with a 5.5.1 draft update presented for comment in 1999. (Belatedly, the 'draft' label was officially removed in the annotated 2019 release. After 20 years as the de facto standard format, it remained unimproved excepting for 2 tags and the copyright.) As an Open Standard, there are extensive and constantly changing incompatibilities between implementations and data loss when transferring GEDCOM formatted data between competing software tools is common.<br />
::GEDCOM [https://www.familysearch.org/developers/docs/guides/gedcom-x X proposed in 2012] and [https://blog.eogn.com/2019/10/04/the-proposed-gedcom-5-5-5-standard-is-a-better-gedcom/ 5.5.5 proposed in 2019] are improvements that have not gained the approval of the copyright holder. As of June 2021, these proposals have been superseded by the GEDCOM 7.0.1 version.<br />
<br />
;<span id="godparent">Godparent</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the person who presents a child at a christening or baptism and promises to take responsibility for guiding the child emotionally, practically, and spiritually. This person will be referred to as ''godfather'' or ''godmother'' after the christening or baptism. See also: ''[[Add_a_godfather-godmother|Add a godfather-godmother]]''.<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramps">Gramps</span>: [https://gramps-project.org/blog/features/ Gramps] is an open-source genealogy program, a free software project and community. <br />''The '''GRAMPS''' in all capital letters and the "'''G'''enealogical '''R'''esearch and '''A'''nalysis '''M'''anagement '''P'''rogramming '''S'''ystem" [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Backronym backronym] [https://gramps-project.org/blog/2006/04/looking-back-over-5-years/ were both invented around 2001] by [[User:Don|Don Allingham]]'s father but were phased out around March 2010 in favor of '''Gramps''' as the official name of the software. All upper-case acronym-based names have become unfashionable for software.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gramplet">Gramplet</span>: a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#definition|Gramplet]] is a plug-in (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> widget) that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Gramplet_Bar_Menu|can be docked]] in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Bottombar_and_Sidebar|sidebar or bottombar]] of a standard [[#view|view]] to extend the functionality of that view. Gramplets dynamically update as the different records are selected in the main display area of a view. Gramplets typically create an alternate interface to your Family Tree data. Collections of [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Summary_of_Gramplets|built-in]] and [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|3rd party addon]] gramplets are available for [[{{man version}}_Addons#Installing_Addons_in_Gramps|installation]] and download with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|Plug-in Manager]]. The Plug-in Manager also regulates a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Aren.27t_all_Plugins_also_Gramplets.3F|wide variety of other built-in and addons]] which can expand functionality unrelated to the interface.<br />
:''See the [[Gramplets|Gramplets for Python Developers]] for independent development information.''<br />
<br />
;<span id="gui"><span id="GUI"><span id="graphical user interface">Graphical User Interface (GUI)</span></span></span>: a visual way of indicating interactive features of a computer operating system or application/program. <br />
:The '''Gramps for Desktops''' GUI uses a "windows, icons, menus, pointer" ([https://wikipedia.org/wiki/WIMP_(computing) WIMP]) based approach with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Post-WIMP post-WIMP] elements like hyperlinked redirection and custom interface objects. It is built with [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/GTK Gtk] (the Gimp Toolkit), a free and open-source cross-platform widget toolkit for creating graphical user interfaces.<br />
:The appearance and interaction may vary by conventions dictated by the [[Download|Operating System (OS)]], installation option (such as [[Portal:Translators|language localization support]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons|addon/plug-in]]), [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Theme_(computing) theme] (at the OS or [[Addon:Themes|internal]] levels), and/or [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|user preferences customization]].<br />
:The specific interface elements are identified by customary name, general appearance & behavior in the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|Visual Guide to Gramps]]. Expansion interface elements are described in the user documention for [[{{man version}}_Addons|each specific addon]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="groom">Groom</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the man at a marriage who will be referred to as ''husband'' after the marriage. See also: ''[[Add_a_spouse|Add a spouse]]''.<br />
<br />
;GUI: An acronym. ''see [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]]''.<br />
<br />
==H==<br />
[[File:Gramps Go-Home48x48 win.png|right]]<br />
;<span id="home_person">Home Person</span>: (''core concept'') - The persistently designated '''Home Person''' is the foundational [[#person|Person]] in the Tree (the currently open Gramps database). This Person is the central target of genealogical research and family references extend from this center. Ideally, every person, event and source in the Tree will (however directly or indirectly) relate back to the '''Home Person'''.<br />By default, the database reports describe everything else in contextual relation to this person. The [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Status_Bar_and_Progress_Bar|Status Bar]], the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View]] called "[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Relation_to_Home_Person|Relation to Home Person]]", and the Third party addon [[#gramplet|Gramplet]] called "[[Addon:Deep_Connections_Gramplet|Deep Connections]]" all describe different aspects of the relationship of the [[#active_person|Active Person]] to the '''Home Person'''.<br />You (or your client) are customarily designated ([[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]]) as the Home Person. And this ''Home'' designation serves as a persistent point of reference for the rest of the the Tree in Reports generally and for the Active Person in detail. But a different '''Home Person''' might be temporarily [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Setting_Home_person|set]] when generating reports or when researching a complex biography or obituary. <Br />Fascinating tidbits often lure Gramps researchers into wandering off-course. When the [[#active_person|Active Person]] has become lost, the bearings can be instantly regained by navigating the [[#active_person|Active Person]] selection back to the '''Home Person'''.<br /><small>Navigate to '''Home Person''' - ''keyboard shortcut''</small> {{man key press|Alt|Home}} or press the toolbar <!-- broken icon {{icon|thom}}-->[[File:Gramps_Go-Home48x48 win.png|text-bottom|20px]]{{man button|Home}} button. <br />The custom filter rule for finding the '''Home Person''' is in a People category filter under the General filters and was named 'Default person' until the 5.1 version.<br />
<br />
==I==<br />
;<span id="informant">Informant</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|Role]] of Person who reports an [[#event|Event]].<br />
<br />
==J==<br />
==K==<br />
;<span id="keybinding">Keybinding</span>: Keyboard shortcuts (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> hotkeys) key (or combination of keys) that can be used to navigate a Graphical User Interface (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [[#gui|GUI]]) as an alternative to using the mouse. A single keystroke (or combination of keys on a keyboard) executes a command.<br />
:''see [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#toc|Gramps GUI keybindings]]''<br />
<br />
==L==<br />
==M==<br />
;<span id="matronymic">matronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's mother<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-media.png|right]]<span id="media">Media</span>: ({{icon|medi}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a media object. Media objects include images, videos, audio recordings, documents, webpages or any other type of related files.<br />When new Media objects are edited from the Gallery tabs of Object Editors or from the Media category view, the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|New Media editor]] allows the metadata to be modified.<br />
<br />
;<span id="Mode">Mode</span>:<br />
:''see [[#viewmode|View mode]]''<br />
<br />
==N==<br />
;<span id="name origin">Name Origin</span>:<br />
:An optional attribute (characteristic) identifying how a name was derived for a [[#person|Person]]. Pre-defined items of the [[Names_in_Gramps#Origin_Attributes|origin selection menu]] include: inherited, patrilineal, matrilineal, given, taken, [[#patronymic|patronymic]], [[#matronymic|matronymic]], feudal, pseudonym, occupation. The Name Origin of [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Multiple_Surnames|Multiple surnames]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Names|Alternative names]] can be added from the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />''Available as a standard attribute of [[Names_in_Gramps|Names in Gramps]].'' <br />
<br />
;<span id="navigator">Navigator</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Navigator|Navigator]] is a Gramps-specific name for a left sidebar layout of [[#category|category]] view icons, allowing movement between (aka 'navigating') the different View categories. There are [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|multiple layout modes]] and a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Environment_Settings|text label preferences option]] for the sidebar. This sidebar may be hidden or revealed from the menu {{man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Navigation#View|View ->Navigator]]}} or by using the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Keybindings#7|keybinding]]. Navigator layout modes are 'Sidebar' type [[#plugin|plugins]] that can be added, removed, hidden or revealed using the Plugin Manager.<br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-notes.png|right]]<span id="note">Note</span>: ({{icon|note}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information representing a textual brief record of facts and how it [[#reference|references]] other objects in the Tree. Notes can be added to any object at any any level of the Tree and are often used to detail the context of that record in the Tree.<br />
:Records in the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Note Category]] contain free-form text with [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Note_markup_and_preformat_in_reports|basic formatting]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Link_Editor|linking]] features. Notes can be categorized by [[#tag|Tag]] and [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#note_type|Type]] in addition to the object to which it is attached. That information is created and modified using the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Notes Editor]].<br />
<br />
==O==<br />
<br />
;<span id="object">Object</span>: The most basic framework unit of genealogical data as structured in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. <br />
:The most complex structures are the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] of a [[#category|category]]. Each has an [[#object_editor|Object Editor]] that organizes entering data in that structure but also allows attaching or creating [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="object editor">Object Editor</span> <small>''(<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> Edit Object dialogs)''</small>: (''core concept'') The object editor dialogs show the basic info of the [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] in the structured form of the header area where it can be directly edited. And the bottom tabbed section allows the editing of interrelationships with [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]] and provides access to the Object Editors for those secondary objects. <br />
:Click the following links for instructions of how to open and use each type of Edit Object dialog. <br />
:The available categories of object editor dialogs are: <span id="edit person"><span id="person editor">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_people|Edit Person]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit family"><span id="family editor">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Editing_information_about_relationships|Edit Family]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event"><span id="event editor">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_events|Edit Event]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place"><span id="place editor">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_places|Edit Place]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit source"><span id="source editor">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|Edit Source]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit citation"><span id="citation editor">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_source_citations|Edit Citation]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository"><span id="repository editor">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Edit Repository]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media"><span id="media editor">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_media_objects|Edit Media]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit note"><span id="note editor">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_notes|Edit Note]]}}</span></span><br />
:<span id="object reference editors">The available categories of object reference editor dialogs for [[#sharing|shared objects]] are: <span id="edit person references"><span id="person reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Person_Reference_Editor|Person Reference Editor]]}} ''(see [[#association|Associations]])''</span></span>, <span id="edit child references"><span id="child reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#Child_Reference_Editor|Child Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit event references"><span id="event reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Event_Reference_Editor_dialog|Event Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit place references"><span id="place reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Place_Reference_Editor|Place Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit repository references"><span id="repository reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Repository_Reference_Editor|Repository Reference Editor]]}}</span></span>, <span id="edit media references"><span id="media reference editor">{{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Media_Reference_Editor_dialog|Media Reference Editor]]}}</span></span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="officiator">Officiator</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the role of a person authorized to conduct an official duty or function. (Such as performing a marriage or funeral ceremony or conferring a vocational degree.) Jurisdiction may be derived from a from holding a position of civil or religious authority. <small><i>Use 'OFFICIATOR' rather than 'Officiant' for [[#gedcom|GEDCOM7]] Roles compatibility.</i></small><br />
<br />
==P==<br />
;<span id="patronymic">patronym</span>:<br />
:(''[[#name_origin|origin]] Name attrib.'') - personal name based on the name of one's father.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-person.png|right]]<span id="person">Person</span>: ({{icon|peop}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category. The information may be edited directly using the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-place.png|right]]<span id="place">Place</span>: ({{icon|plac}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - The Gramps concept of a Place is a particular location independent of time. Over time, the same Place may have different address information due to changing borders and political situation. For example, Leningrad and St. Petersburg represent the same place, but with different names. Places in Gramps are stored in a hierarchy and are direct accessed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places category view]]. A Place consists of:<br />
:* Descriptive Title<br />
:* Name<br />
:* Type ([[#administrative_division|administrative divisions]] such as country, state, county ...)<br />
:* Longitude/Latitude<br />
:* Code (such as a country code or postal code)<br />
:* A list of alternative names for the place<br />
:* A list of regions which enclose the place<br />
<br />
;<span id="plugin">plugin</span>: (<abbr title="also known as — abbreviation used to indicate another name that a person/thing has/uses">''aka''</abbr> [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Plug-in_(computing) plug-in]) <br />
:* a type of [[Writing_a_plugin|expansion framework that allows Gramps customization]] by providing interface hooks to recognize and use external code. <br />
:* customized module of code built to provide a specific feature or functionality that is not part of the core program. <br />
:The [[Addon_list_legend#Type|various types]] of Gramps plugin code modules can be enabled or disabled via a [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Plugin_Manager|plugin manager]]. Plugin types include: Citation formatter, [[Database_Backends|Database]], Doc creator, Exporter, [[#gramplet|Gramplet]], Gramps View ([[#view|''Category'']] or [[#viewmode|''mode'']]), Importer, [[Map_Services|Map Service]], Plugin lib, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|Quickreport'''/'''Quickview]], Relationships, [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_1|Report]], [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Add_Rule_dialog|Rule]], Sidebar, Thumbnailer [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools|Tool]].<br />
:Plugins can be built-in (''included with the normal distribution of Gramps'') or an [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] (''installed via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Third_party_addons_management|Third party addons management]] in Preferences''). <br />
<br />
;<span id="posix">POSIX</span>: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Posix Portable Operating System Interface]: a family of OS standards specified by the [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/IEEE_Computer_Society IEEE] Computer Society for maintaining compatibility with variants of Unix (such as Linux) and other operating systems. Although the MacOS is "POSIX-certified", the term is used in this manual to generically refer to just the "Mostly POSIX-compliant" Linux and BSD distributions [[Download#Linux_and_BSD_distributions|with verified Gramps downloads]] and which use the POSIX-style [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Filesystem_Hierarchy_Standard environment]. <br />
<br />
;<span id="preferences">Preferences</span>: The {{Man menu|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Preferences|Preferences]]}} is an option in the {{Man menu|Edit}} main menu that allows '''''global''''' customization of the appearance, defaults and behavior of Gramps. The customizations are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Data|Data]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Import|Import]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Limits|Limits]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}. <br />
:(A {{man label|[[Addon:Themes|Theme]]}} tab is available as an addon.)<br/>(see also ''{{Man menu|Configure...}}'' option in the {{Man menu|View}} main menu is an option. Those customization are limited to the currently active view and its Gramplets. The feature may also be accessed by the {{man button|Configure...}}&nbsp;toolbar icon.)<br />
:The Gramps 5.1 and older preferences are categorized into the following tabs: {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#General|General]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Family_Tree|Family Tree]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Display|Display]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Text|Text]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#ID_Formats|ID Formats]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Dates|Dates]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Researcher|Researcher]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Warnings|Warnings]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Colors|Colors]]}}, {{man label|[[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Genealogical Symbols|Genealogical Symbols]]}}.<br />
<br />
;<span id="primary_object">Primary object</span>: Primary objects are the [[Using_database_API|data structures]] at the top level of a [[Gramps_Data_Model|hierarchical collection of records]] in the Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]]. Beside the main structure of data, they can contain a hierarchy of [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]], and can be referenced by other primary or secondary objects. In the Gramps database, primary objects and the secondary objects that they contain are stored as separate records. Each primary object type is stored in a separate table. See [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|Using database API, Primary Objects]] (see also ''[[#secondary_object|secondary object]]'')<br />
: The types of [[Using_database_API#Primary_Objects|primary objects]] are: <br />{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]], {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]], [[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] [[#tag|Tag]].<br />
<!--<br />
:{{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]] - Contains the information related to a citation into a source.<br />
:{{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]] - Contains the information related to an event.<br />
:{{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]] - Contains the information specific to relationships between people. This typically contains one or two parents and zero or more children.<br />
:{{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]] - Contains the information related to a media object. This includes images, documents, or any other type of related files.<br />
:{{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]] - Contains the information related to a note.<br />
:{{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]] - Contains the information specific to an individual person in the People category.<br />
:{{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]] - Contains the information related to a specific place.<br />
:{{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] - Contains the information related to a repository.<br />
:{{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] - Contains the information related to a source of information.<br />
:* [[#tag|Tag]] - Contains the information related to a Tags.<br />
<br />
--><br />
;<span id="primary">Primary role</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A term to refer to the [[#role|role]] of the focal participant of an [[#event|Event]]. '''Primary''' is the ''default'' role when adding a new Event in the [[#edit_person|Edit Person]] dialog.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-lock.png|right]]<span id="private"><span id="private_tag">Private flag or tag</span></span>: <br />
: The Private option identifies sensitive information that should be redacted when sharing data or printing reports. ''(This marker should not be confused with the generic user-definable [[#tag|Tags]] used for custom filters and color highlighting.)'' Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Private &amp; Public flags. This manual override supplements the automated [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Probably_Alive|Probably Alive]] and custom [[Filter|Filter]] features which help Gramps to respect Personal Privacy. <br />
:Gramps is a single user database and omits the typical security features of a multi-user system. So even "Private" data will be accessible from within Gramps. However, generating reports and exporting data default to redacting information flagged as Private.<br />
<br />
;[[File:gramps-unlock.png|right]]<span id="public"><span id="public_tag">Public tag or flag</span></span>: <br />
: The Public option identifies information that should be included when sharing data or printing reports. Records are shown with: a [[File:22x22-gramps-unlock.png]]unlocked padlock when public; and, an [[File:22x22-gramps-lock.png]]locked padlock when private. Clicking the padlock icon toggles between Public &amp; Private flags. By default, all records are created as Public.<br />
<br />
==Q==<br />
;<span id="quickview">Quick View</span>: On-screen [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|reports]] about information surrounding the active object that do not print or save to file. Generally the report is selected from a context pop-up menu for the selected record but have no options. The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Gramplets#Quick_View|Quick View gramplet]] refreshes a built-in [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Reports_-_part_8#Quick_Views|built-in]] or [[{{man version}}_Addons#Addon_List|add-on]] QuickView reports as the focus of the active record is changed. <br />
<br />
==R==<br />
;<span id="reference">Reference</span>: the basic a system of linking relationships between objects in Gramps. When when an object is added in the Editor for record, a [[References#definition|Reference]] (link) is created in the object that was added. <br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-relation.png|right]]<span id="references_tab">References tab</span>: a system of linking between objects in Gramps. When objects of Gramps are linked, the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_1#References|References tab]] lists the objects to link toward it.<br />
<br />
;<span id="regex">Regular Expressions</span>: [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Regular_Expressions|RegEx]] is a system to specify a text string pattern for comparing and matching. Optionally used to extend a power of the Filter Gramplets and Custom Filters rules. <br />
:Filters in [https://gramps.discourse.group/t/which-regex-syntax-does-gramps-use/2278/8 Gramps use the RegEx format specified by the installed version of Python]<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-repository.png|right]]<span id="repository">Repository</span>: ({{icon|repo}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Contains the information related to a physical or virtual structure where genealogical and family history sources are stored. Once a [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_repositories|Repository is added]] to a Gramps Tree, it can used to organize [[#source|Sources]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="role">role</span>: function performed or part played by a person (or other Gramps [[#object|object]]) in a particular situation. When objects of Gramps are linked, a Reference is created where the implicit Role disambiguates the relative nature of the reference. ''For explicitly defined roles, see [[#event_role|event role]] and [[#association|association role]]''<br />
<br />
;<span id="romanization">romanization</span>:<br />
: linguistic representation of a word in the Roman (Latin) alphabet<br />
<br />
;<span id="rule">Rule</span>: a pre-defined abstraction that simplifies the interface for a structured query about a particular facet of your family tree. Rules allows users to choose search criteria without needing to understand the intricate details of the actual database query language. Rules are layered via the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Custom_Filters|Custom Filters]] interface to [[#filter|filter]] with complex criteria.<br />
<br />
==S==<br />
;<span id="secondary_object">secondary object</span>: Secondary objects are contained within other [[#object|objects]] of the structured Gramps [[Gramps_Data_Model|data model]], and cannot be referenced directly. They can contain other secondary objects. Examples include: Name, Date and Address. See [[Using_database_API#Secondary_Objects|Using database API, Secondary Objects]] (see also ''[[#primary_object|primary object]]'')<br />
<br />
;<span id="sharing">Shared objects</span>: {{icon|share}}Sharing allows an Object to be linked at multiple places in the tree. Doing so establishes a relationship or maintains single set of attributes (or [[#secondary_object|secondary objects]]) that they hold in common. <br />
:'''[[#object_reference_editors|Object Reference Editors]]''' allow updates to a shared object to be reflected in all instances mentioning (referencing) that shared object. Redundantly creating object with the same information should be avoided. (So, refining a Transcription Note shared by multiple Citations will show the updated transcription in all the Citations.) <br />
:<span id="reference information"><span id="shared information">Object descriptions are grouped in two distinct sections: <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Reference Information''' section contains information unique to one instance. <br />&nbsp;&bull; The '''Shared Information''' of an object will be seen in all instances that are linked to it.</span></span><br />
<br />
;<span id="selector">selector</span>: combo interface box that allows you to select an object. The [[Gramps_5.2_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Select_Family_selector|Select Family selector]] is one example.<br />
<br />
;[[File:Gramps-source.png|right]]<span id="source">Source</span>: ({{icon|sour34}} ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - Sources can be a person ''(family, friend, another researcher)'', thing ''(book, magazine newspaper, census)'', or place ''(courthouse, church, library, genealogical/historical society... although places might be better handled as Repositories)'' from which information comes, arises, or is obtained. After [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#Editing_information_about_sources|adding a Source]] with the [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Entering_and_editing_data:_detailed_-_part_2#New_Source_dialog|new source dialog]] to the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources category]] of a Gramps Tree, the Source can be referenced when adding a [[#citation|Citations]] and organized within [[#repository|Repositories]]. The same Source may exist in multiple Repositories and may have different Media Types (such as book, microfilm, or electronic) and Call numbers in each Repository.<br />
:<small>[[Sources#Definition|[more]]]</small><br />
<br />
;<span id="sqlite">SQLite</span>: (''[[Database_Backends|database backend]] engine'') The [https://sqlite.org/about.html SQLite project's in-process library] (also known simply as SQLite) is the ''default database engine'' used since the [[Database_Formats#Gramps_5.1|5.1]] version of Gramps. The support was extended from [[#bsddb|BSDDB]] in the 5.0 version via the [[DB-API_Database_Backend|DB-API Database Backend]].<br />
<br />
;<span id="swatch"><span id="color_swatch">Swatch</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a color swatch is a sample square of a color or color pattern. Swatches may be dragged from the [[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Settings#Pick_a_Color_selector|Pick a Color selector]] to apply that specific color to preferences.<br />
:The word originally referred to sample pieces of cloth or fabric used for choosing or testing colors, patterns, or textures for interior or exterior design. It now means any small sample or representation of a larger whole and is commonly usage in the context of color representation and selection in software applications.<br />
<br />
==T==<br />
;[[File:gramps-tag.png|right]]<span id="tag">Tag</span>: ([[File:16x16-gramps-tag.png]] ''[[#primary_object|prim. obj.]]'') - A custom titled and color-coded label that [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Filters#Tagging|can be created with the Organize Tags dialog and attached]] to selected {{icon|cite}} [[#citation|Citation]], {{icon|even}} [[#event|Event]], {{icon|fami}} [[#family|Family]], {{icon|medi}} [[#media|Media]], {{icon|note}} [[#note|Note]], {{icon|peop}} [[#person|Person]], {{icon|plac}} [[#place|Place]], {{icon|repo}} [[#repository|Repository]] or {{icon|sour34}} [[#source|Source]] objects for the purpose of easy identification and filtering.<br />A keyword or phrase used to group the collection to produce a report. Multiple tags may be used to label and categorize objects into multiple groups when filtering by other attributes is not viable. <br />
<br />
;<span id="toolbar">Toolbar</span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|Toolbar]] is a ribbon (located below the application menubar) with button shortcuts for the most widely needed functions associated with the current view. The selection of buttons changes in response to the context of the current view. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, toolbar buttons for switching mapping [[#view_mode|view modes]] will only appear for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography view]].)<br />
<br />
;<span id="Typographical conventions">Typographical conventions</span>: The [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Preface#Typographical_conventions|customary formatting]] having special (and possibly peculiar) meaning when used throughout the MediaWiki driven [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual|Gramps manual]] and documentation. The different typeface accents, highlighting and enclosures indicate specific parts of the Gramps [[#graphical user interface|Graphical User Interface]] ([[#GUI|GUI]]) or prompt a User activity.<br />
<br />
==U==<br />
;<span id="unknown">Unknown</span>: (''[[#event_role|event role]]'') A placeholder for when the [[#role|role]] of a participant in an [[#event|Event]] has not yet been defined. Gramps sets an appropriate default Role as each new Event type is created. But when a new participant is associated with an existing Event via Share or drag'n'drop, the Role isn't as predictable. In such a case, an Unknown placeholder is inserted. <br />
:Any Unknown [[#event_role|Event Role]] type causes a variety of reporting problems. [[Rule_expansions#People_with_events_with_a_selected_role|Persons and Families with Unknown Roles]] should be found and the Roles manually replaced as soon as is practical.<br />
<br />
;<span id="user_directory">User Directory</span>: (''core concept'') An alias for the file folder (directory) location where customizations (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>: preferences files, [[#addon|addons]], [[#plugin|plug-ins]]) are stored for the Gramps family of genealogy tools. Since this folder location varies by which Operating System and which Gramps fork has been installed, the '''User Directory''' is an 'alias' (a.k.a. placeholder) used in instructions about re-configuring Gramps. <br />This alias allows [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_User_Directory|instructions for locating your specific '''User Directory''' file location]] to be consolidated in the documentation.<br />
<br />
==V==<br />
;<span id="viewcategory"><span id="view category"><span id="view">View category</span></span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''View category''' (often simply called a "'''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View]]'''") is a Gramps-specific name for the collection of [[#view mode|View modes]] (display layouts) presenting information in a structured and predictable manner. Different Views are selected from the [[#navigator|Navigator]] (left sidebar), <br />Layouts are in table, outline or graphical formats; depending on the preferred way to represent how the data elements relate to on another. <br />Gramps divides and organizes the information about each [[#primary_object|Primary Object]] into a series of [[#category|Categories]], each with their own View. Each of the Category Views displays a smaller, more digestible portion of the total information that comprises a Genealogical Tree. The View categories are: <span id="dashboard view">{{icon|gram}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Dashboard_Category|Dashboard]]</span>, <span id="people view">{{icon|peop}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#People_Category|People]]</span>, <span id="relationships view">{{icon|rela}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Relationships_Category|Relationships]]</span>, <span id="families view">{{icon|fami}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Families_Category|Families]]</span>, <span id="charts view">{{icon|ance}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Charts_Category|Charts]]</span>, <span id="events view">{{icon|even}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Events_Category|Events]]</span>, <span id="places view">{{icon|plac}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Places_Category|Places]]</span>, <span id="geography view">{{icon|geog}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Geography_Category|Geography]]</span>, <span id="sources view">{{icon|sour34}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Sources_Category|Sources]]</span>, <span id="citations view">{{icon|cite}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Citations_Category|Citations]]</span>, <span id="repositories view">{{icon|repo}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Repositories_Category|Repositories]]</span>, <span id="media view">{{icon|medi}}&nbsp;[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Media_Category|Media]]</span>, <span id="notes view">{{icon|note}}&nbsp;<span id="notes view">[[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Categories#Notes_Category|Notes]]</span><br />
<br />
;<span id="viewmode"><span id="view mode">View mode</span></span>: ''([[Gramps_{{version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|graphical user interface terminology]])'' - a '''[[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window|View mode]]''' is a Gramps-specific name for the display layouts presenting [[#view_category|View category]] information in a structured and predictable manner. A [[#view_category|View category]] may have alternate '''view modes''' (subcategories) of display layout. (<abbr title="exempli gratia - Latin phrase meaning 'for example'">e.g.</abbr>, Views with Table layouts might have flat listed or hierarchically grouped modes.) Navigating between View modes is from the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Toolbar|toolbar]] and [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Main_Window#Switching_Navigator_modes|Navigator]]. <br />Each mode of a category can be independently [[File:Gramps-config.png|22px]]&nbsp;configured. Each mode may maintain a separate object selection, filtering, and organization for its Gramplet bars.<br />View data may be further subdivided with tabbed pages of layouts.<br />
<br />
==W==<br />
;<span id="wiki">wiki</span>: (Hawaiian [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Loanword loanword]) meaning 'quick'; or 'wikiwiki' meaning 'very quick'. For Gramps users, '''''[[User manual|the Wiki]]''''' (a.k.a. '''''[[User manual|Wiki Manual]]''''') refers to the collaborative website of educational material which is organized using the [https://mediawiki.org/wiki/MediaWiki MediaWiki] [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/Content_management_system content management system]. The core pages of that website being the structured reference-style [[#gramps|Gramps]] software user's operating guide. <small>''(Note that specific [[:Category:Tutorials|tutorial]] documents are also part of the wiki.)''</small><br />
:For most internet users, the word is most often an inadvertent allusion to the 1995 [http://wiki.c2.com/?WikiWikiWeb WikiWikiWeb], the first website that built-in tools encouraging users to quickly &amp; easily collaborate to expand the content of the site. See the term: [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/wiki 'wiki'] in [https://wiktionary.org/wiki/Wiktionary Wiktionary]<br />
<br />
;<span id="witness">Witness</span>:(''[[#event_role|event role]]'') The term that applies to the people asked to be present at an event so as to be able to testify to its having taken place<br />
<br />
==X==<br />
;<span id="xml">XML</span>: acronym: [https://wikipedia.org/wiki/XML E'''x'''tensible '''M'''arkup '''L'''anguage]. A schema used to define the expected structure of data in a text format. The system annotates a document in a way that data elements are syntactically distinguishable from identifying tags. A markup language defines a set of rules for encoding documents in a fault tolerant format that is both (marginally) human-readable and machine-readable. <br />Gramps will [[Generate_XML|generate XML]] format natively in compressed and uncompressed forms identified with a <code>.gramps</code> or <code>.gpkg</code> file extension. It is the format that definitively supports every piece of genealogical data stored by Gramps. Used as the working format until Gramps 2.0 started using a ''[[Database_Backends|database backend]]'' to improve performance, XML is now the standard Tree data backup format and recommended data exchange format.<br />See the [https://www.gramps-project.org/xml/ reference documentation for the versions] of Gramps [[Gramps_XML#RELAX_NG_generation|RELAX NG]] ('''RE'''gular '''LA'''nguage for '''X'''ML '''N'''ext '''G'''eneration)(<code>.rng</code>) schema XML and [[#dtd|DTD]]<br />
<br />
==Y==<br />
==Z==<br />
<br />
{{man tip|1=Wiki manual|2=Please enhance the {{man label|Wiki}} - create new glossary terms and add them to the wiki manual. Glossary term IDs are more memorable &amp; predictable if kept to all lower-case and use underscores (_) for spaces.<br />
<br />
inserting a "Glossary Term" into the Glossary list<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>;<span id="glossary_term">Glossary Term</span>: Definition of the term.</nowiki></code><br />
<br />
inserting the term into the Gramps wiki manual<br /><br />
<code><nowiki>[[Gramps_Glossary#glossary_term|Glossary Term]]</nowiki></code> <br />
<br />
for more information about WikiMedia sections, see:<br /><br />
<code>https://meta.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?title=Help:Section#id_with_space</code><br />
<br />
}}<br />
<br />
[[Category:Gramps terminology|*]]<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Documentation]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool&diff=102955
Addon:Types Cleanup Tool
2024-03-14T20:45:28Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* What causes the extra (Custom) Types? */</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Third-party plugin}}<br />
<br />
[[File:TypesCleanup-Tool-Options-dialog-addon-example-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Type Cleanup Tool - example window]]<br />
[[File:TypesCleanup-Tool-Options-ReadingDatabase-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Type Cleanup Tool - progress window]]<br />
==What is it For?==<br />
<br />
The '''Type Cleanup Tool''' searches your database for records that contain "custom" Types, provides a filtered list allowing those records to be edited, and an option to delete or rename the custom type. Custom Types are recognized by Gramps but the various reports that Gramps can generate and other applications may not recognize or handle them. <br />
==What causes the extra (Custom) Types?==<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom types]] are created automatically by some importers, or other addons ([[Addon:Forms_Gramplet|Forms Gramplet]], for example) to supplement the standard Gramps types. <br />
<br />
They are also created manually by the user. Typing directly into the Type [[Gramps_Glossary#selector_combo_box|selector combo box]] allows the pattern matching to select from the built-in list. But entering a value not already present in that list will create a Custom Type and insert it into the Custom submenu.<br />
<br />
==Usage==<br />
<br />
* Download the '''Check for addon updates''' feature in the ''General'' tab of the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences...}} <br />
* Once this plugin has been installed <br />
* Select Menu {{man menu|Tools -> Utilities -> Type Cleanup...}}<br />
<br />
{{man warn|Warning|Proceeding with this tool may make unexpected changes to your data. While it is possible to '''Undo''' the changes made by this tool, it may be easier to recover from a backup.}}<br />
<br />
The left pane has the list of various groupings of Types. Any grouping which has custom values will also have the [[image:RightwardsTriangleArrowhead20x20.png]]&nbsp;expansion button at the left. Clicking the button will [[image:DownwardsTriangleArrowhead20x20.png]]&nbsp;expand the submenu to list any existing Custom types. Select one of those custom types and the right pane will show the list of references that utilize the custom type. If the list is empty, the Custom Type can be removed without affecting any records.<br />
<br />
You can edit any of the references in the right pane by double-clicking, using the enter key, et cetera. Use this feature to correct the Type of any record with an accidental Custom Type. The reference will continue to be listed even if the Type has been changed. It is a best practice to re-run the Tool to verify all the Custom Types have been resolved before Removing that Custom Type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:Types-cleanup-tool-remove-warning-dialog-51.png|thumb|right|350px|"Remove" buttons Warning dialog]]<br />
When a custom type is selected in the left pane, the {{man button|Remove}} is enabled. If you want to remove this custom type from your drop-down lists in the type selectors when editing, you can use this button. However, if there are references using the type, you will get a warning that the references will not be changed. If you elect to remove the custom type anyway, it will disappear from your drop-down lists in the type selectors when editing. But if you ever edit and save an object that still uses the custom type, it will re-added to your drop-down lists of the type selectors.<br />
{{-}}<br />
You can also rename a custom type by changing its value in the combo entry at the bottom of the tool. You can select a standard name, or just modify the name by typing. When a different name has been selected, the {{man button|Rename}} will become enabled. Activating this button will actually make changes to your database, modifying all of the referenced objects at once to the new name. This also causes the tool to re-scan the database, to allow the changes to be properly reflected in the panes.<br />
<br />
It is possible to undo changes to the database objects via the usual usual Edit/Undo menu item. But note that undoing a rename which caused a custom type to be modified, will not cause that custom type to reappear in the drop-down lists in the type selectors when editing. This is a limitation of the undo function.<br />
<br />
The {{man button|Close}} simply closes the tool.<br />
<br />
The {{man button|Help}} brings up this web page.<br />
<br />
==Issues==<br />
==See also==<br />
* [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rename_Event_Types|Renaming Event Types]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Addons]]<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Tools]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Addon:Types_Cleanup_Tool&diff=102954
Addon:Types Cleanup Tool
2024-03-14T20:43:35Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* What causes the extra (Custom) Types? */ link "custom types" Glossary item</p>
<hr />
<div>{{Third-party plugin}}<br />
<br />
[[File:TypesCleanup-Tool-Options-dialog-addon-example-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Type Cleanup Tool - example window]]<br />
[[File:TypesCleanup-Tool-Options-ReadingDatabase-51.png|thumb|right|450px|Type Cleanup Tool - progress window]]<br />
==What is it For?==<br />
<br />
The '''Type Cleanup Tool''' searches your database for records that contain "custom" Types, provides a filtered list allowing those records to be edited, and an option to delete or rename the custom type. Custom Types are recognized by Gramps but the various reports that Gramps can generate and other applications may not recognize or handle them. <br />
==What causes the extra (Custom) Types?==<br />
[[Gramps_Glossary#custom|Custom types]] are created automatically by some importers, or other addons ([[Addon:Forms_Gramplet|Forms Gramplet]], for example) to supplement the standard Gramps types. <br />
<br />
They are also created manually by the user. Typing directly into the Type selector combo box allows the pattern matching to select from the built-in list. But entering a value not already present in that list will create a Custom Type and insert it into the Custom submenu.<br />
<br />
==Usage==<br />
<br />
* Download the '''Check for addon updates''' feature in the ''General'' tab of the {{man menu|Edit -> Preferences...}} <br />
* Once this plugin has been installed <br />
* Select Menu {{man menu|Tools -> Utilities -> Type Cleanup...}}<br />
<br />
{{man warn|Warning|Proceeding with this tool may make unexpected changes to your data. While it is possible to '''Undo''' the changes made by this tool, it may be easier to recover from a backup.}}<br />
<br />
The left pane has the list of various groupings of Types. Any grouping which has custom values will also have the [[image:RightwardsTriangleArrowhead20x20.png]]&nbsp;expansion button at the left. Clicking the button will [[image:DownwardsTriangleArrowhead20x20.png]]&nbsp;expand the submenu to list any existing Custom types. Select one of those custom types and the right pane will show the list of references that utilize the custom type. If the list is empty, the Custom Type can be removed without affecting any records.<br />
<br />
You can edit any of the references in the right pane by double-clicking, using the enter key, et cetera. Use this feature to correct the Type of any record with an accidental Custom Type. The reference will continue to be listed even if the Type has been changed. It is a best practice to re-run the Tool to verify all the Custom Types have been resolved before Removing that Custom Type.<br />
{{-}}<br />
[[File:Types-cleanup-tool-remove-warning-dialog-51.png|thumb|right|350px|"Remove" buttons Warning dialog]]<br />
When a custom type is selected in the left pane, the {{man button|Remove}} is enabled. If you want to remove this custom type from your drop-down lists in the type selectors when editing, you can use this button. However, if there are references using the type, you will get a warning that the references will not be changed. If you elect to remove the custom type anyway, it will disappear from your drop-down lists in the type selectors when editing. But if you ever edit and save an object that still uses the custom type, it will re-added to your drop-down lists of the type selectors.<br />
{{-}}<br />
You can also rename a custom type by changing its value in the combo entry at the bottom of the tool. You can select a standard name, or just modify the name by typing. When a different name has been selected, the {{man button|Rename}} will become enabled. Activating this button will actually make changes to your database, modifying all of the referenced objects at once to the new name. This also causes the tool to re-scan the database, to allow the changes to be properly reflected in the panes.<br />
<br />
It is possible to undo changes to the database objects via the usual usual Edit/Undo menu item. But note that undoing a rename which caused a custom type to be modified, will not cause that custom type to reappear in the drop-down lists in the type selectors when editing. This is a limitation of the undo function.<br />
<br />
The {{man button|Close}} simply closes the tool.<br />
<br />
The {{man button|Help}} brings up this web page.<br />
<br />
==Issues==<br />
==See also==<br />
* [[Gramps_{{Version manual}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Rename_Event_Types|Renaming Event Types]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Addons]]<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Tools]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Specification:Relationship_Calculator&diff=102952
Specification:Relationship Calculator
2024-03-14T18:18:34Z
<p>Bamaustin: experiment with simplifying page with collapsible sections for old versions</p>
<hr />
<div>Rationale and requirements for the [[Gramps_{{man version}}_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Relationship_Calculator|Relationship Calculator]] plugin for Gramps, and its localization.<br />
<br />
==Why have different relationship calculators?==<br />
Different cultures and regions tend to view relationships in different ways. In the United States (and probably other English speaking regions), you can encounter a third cousin, twice removed, which in other regions is meaningless. Other cultures have different terms for your mother's grandfather and your father's grandfather, while English speaking regions would refer to both as a great-grandfather.<br />
<br />
By providing relationship calculators, several problems are resolved.<br />
* Meaningful relation descriptions are returned localized for the user's region.<br />
* The relationship calculator plugin can return the relationship outside of the Relationship Calculator, allowing relationships to be used in reports and other areas.<br />
* Translators do not have to worry about trying to translate strings such as "third cousin twice removed" into a local phrase that has no equivalent.<br />
<br />
==How to write a relationship calculator==<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 5.x.x===<br />
The relationship calculator Logic is the same as Gramps version 4.x.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [https://gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#<code>get_single_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Quick Views/Reports'')<br />
:#<code>get_sibling_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Relationship Calculator'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#<code>get_plural_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Kinship Report'')<br />
:#<code>get_partner_relationship_string</code> - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note|that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code>}}<br />
<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in <code>relationship.py</code>, eg <code>_get_father()</code>. Helper functions start with a <code>_</code> and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/relplugins.gpr.py relplugins.gpr.py]</code> in the directory <code>gramps/tree/master/gramps/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code> and <code>[{{Code Base}}/gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py]</code> or <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py]</code>.<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
To begin to make a copy of relationship.py and rename to rel_xx.py (where xx is the two letter language iso code name) and move the file to the same folder as the other language handlers in gramps/plugins/rel/ <br />
--><br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly advised to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
python gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
pylint gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/gramps/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 4.x.x===<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="mw-collapsible-toggle">'''«Click to expand»'''</div><br />
<div class="mw-collapsible-content"><br />
<!-- Collapsible content goes here --><br />
The relationship calculator Logic is the same as Gramps version 3.0. Only paths and filename etc have been updated due to the Code reorganisation.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [https://gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#get_single_relationship_string (used on ''quick report'')<br />
:#get_sibling_relationship_string (used on ''RelCalc'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#get_plural_relationship_string (used on ''kinship report'')<br />
:#get_partner_relationship_string - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
:Note that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in [{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]<br />
<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in relationship.py, eg _get_father(). Helper functions start with a _ and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/relplugins.gpr.py relplugins.gpr.py]</code> in the directory <code>gramps/tree/master/gramps/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code> and <code>[{{Code Base}}/gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py]</code> or <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py]</code>.<br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly advised to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
python gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
pylint gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/gramps/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
</div><br />
</div><br />
{{-}}<br />
===For Gramps 3.x.x===<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="mw-collapsible-toggle">'''«Click to expand»'''</div><br />
<div class="mw-collapsible-content"><br />
<!-- Collapsible content goes here --><br />
The relationship calculator changed for version 3.0. Logic has been separated from translation, which will allow code improvements to occur more easily, being available immediately in all translated modules.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#get_single_relationship_string (used on ''quick report'')<br />
:#get_sibling_relationship_string (used on ''RelCalc'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#get_plural_relationship_string (used on ''kinship report'')<br />
:#get_partner_relationship_string - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
:Note that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in Relationship.py<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in Relationship.py, eg _get_father(). Helper functions start with a _ and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>relplugins.gpr.py</code> in the directory <code>src/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>src/Relationship.py</code> and <code>src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py</code> or <code>src/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py</code>.<br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly adviced to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/src <br />
python src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/src <br />
pylint src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/src/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
</div><br />
</div><br />
{{-}}<br />
===For Gramps 2.2.x===<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="mw-collapsible-toggle">'''«Click to expand»'''</div><br />
<div class="mw-collapsible-content"><br />
<!-- Collapsible content goes here -->The framework for relationship calculator plugins is in place. Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the framework:<br />
# The relationship plugins (here and below referred to as <code>rel</code> plugins) must define a class that can be instantiated with the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/gen/gen_db.html#module-gen.db.base GrampsDbBase] instance as its argument and that has a <code>get_relationship()</code> method obeying the following specifications:<br />
#* The <code>get_relationship()</code> method takes '''two''' input arguments, which are two instances of the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/gen/gen_lib.html#module-gen.lib.person Person] class. To be determined is the relationship of the second person to the first person.<br />
#* The <code>get_relationship()</code> method returns a tuple with '''two''' values:<br />
#*# The string of the relationship (e.g. "father", or "grandson")<br />
#*# The list of the closest common ancestors of these two persons.<br />
#* For the sake of the following example, assume that the above function is defined in <code>src/plugins/rel_xx.py</code> (where <code>xx</code> is your language code), and it's name is <code>get_relationship(first_person,second_person)</code>. Also assume that it returns a pair of values: <code>(rel_string, acnestor_list)</code>.<br />
#* Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
# The relationship plugin must register itself with the plugin system as the <code>relcalc</code> tool. This is done by inserting the following code at the end of your <code>rel_xx.py</code> file:<br />
<br />
from PluginMgr import register_relcalc<br />
register_relcalc(RelationshipCalculatorClass,["xx","XX","xx_YY","xxxxxx","Xxxxxx","Xxxxxxx_xx"])<br />
<br />
:where <code>RelationshipCalculatorClass</code> is the class whose method is the <code>get_relationship()</code> and the items in quotes are language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language. For example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>src/Relationship.py</code> and <code>src/plugins/rel_ru.py</code>.<br />
</div><br />
</div><br />
{{-}}<br />
==See also==<br />
*[[Handler List]]<br />
*[[Calendar tools holidays]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Tools]]<br />
[[Category:GEPS|C]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Specification:Relationship_Calculator&diff=102951
Specification:Relationship Calculator
2024-03-14T17:42:50Z
<p>Bamaustin: </p>
<hr />
<div>Rationale and requirements for the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Relationship_Calculator|Relationship Calculator]] plugin for Gramps, and its localization.<br />
<br />
==Why have different relationship calculators?==<br />
Different cultures and regions tend to view relationships in different ways. In the United States (and probably other English speaking regions), you can encounter a third cousin, twice removed, which in other regions is meaningless. Other cultures have different terms for your mother's grandfather and your father's grandfather, while English speaking regions would refer to both as a great-grandfather.<br />
<br />
By providing relationship calculators, several problems are resolved.<br />
* Meaningful relation descriptions are returned localized for the user's region.<br />
* The relationship calculator plugin can return the relationship outside of the Relationship Calculator, allowing relationships to be used in reports and other areas.<br />
* Translators do not have to worry about trying to translate strings such as "third cousin twice removed" into a local phrase that has no equivalent.<br />
<br />
==How to write a relationship calculator==<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 5.x.x===<br />
The relationship calculator Logic is the same as Gramps version 4.x.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [https://gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#<code>get_single_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Quick Views/Reports'')<br />
:#<code>get_sibling_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Relationship Calculator'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#<code>get_plural_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Kinship Report'')<br />
:#<code>get_partner_relationship_string</code> - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note|that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code>}}<br />
<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in <code>relationship.py</code>, eg <code>_get_father()</code>. Helper functions start with a <code>_</code> and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/relplugins.gpr.py relplugins.gpr.py]</code> in the directory <code>gramps/tree/master/gramps/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code> and <code>[{{Code Base}}/gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py]</code> or <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py]</code>.<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
To begin to make a copy of relationship.py and rename to rel_xx.py (where xx is the two letter language iso code name) and move the file to the same folder as the other language handlers in gramps/plugins/rel/ <br />
--><br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly advised to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
python gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
pylint gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/gramps/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 4.x.x===<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="mw-collapsible-toggle">'''Click to expand'''</div><br />
<div class="mw-collapsible-content"><br />
<!-- Collapsible content goes here --><br />
The relationship calculator Logic is the same as Gramps version 3.0. Only paths and filename etc have been updated due to the Code reorganisation.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [https://gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#get_single_relationship_string (used on ''quick report'')<br />
:#get_sibling_relationship_string (used on ''RelCalc'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#get_plural_relationship_string (used on ''kinship report'')<br />
:#get_partner_relationship_string - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
:Note that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in [{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]<br />
<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in relationship.py, eg _get_father(). Helper functions start with a _ and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/relplugins.gpr.py relplugins.gpr.py]</code> in the directory <code>gramps/tree/master/gramps/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code> and <code>[{{Code Base}}/gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py]</code> or <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py]</code>.<br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly advised to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
python gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
pylint gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/gramps/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
</div><br />
</div><br />
{{-}}<br />
===For Gramps 3.x.x===<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="mw-collapsible-toggle">'''Click to expand'''</div><br />
<div class="mw-collapsible-content"><br />
<!-- Collapsible content goes here --><br />
The relationship calculator changed for version 3.0. Logic has been separated from translation, which will allow code improvements to occur more easily, being available immediately in all translated modules.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#get_single_relationship_string (used on ''quick report'')<br />
:#get_sibling_relationship_string (used on ''RelCalc'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#get_plural_relationship_string (used on ''kinship report'')<br />
:#get_partner_relationship_string - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
:Note that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in Relationship.py<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in Relationship.py, eg _get_father(). Helper functions start with a _ and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>relplugins.gpr.py</code> in the directory <code>src/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>src/Relationship.py</code> and <code>src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py</code> or <code>src/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py</code>.<br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly adviced to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/src <br />
python src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/src <br />
pylint src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/src/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
</div><br />
</div><br />
{{-}}<br />
===For Gramps 2.2.x===<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="mw-collapsible-toggle">'''Click to expand'''</div><br />
<div class="mw-collapsible-content"><br />
<!-- Collapsible content goes here -->The framework for relationship calculator plugins is in place. Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the framework:<br />
# The relationship plugins (here and below referred to as <code>rel</code> plugins) must define a class that can be instantiated with the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/gen/gen_db.html#module-gen.db.base GrampsDbBase] instance as its argument and that has a <code>get_relationship()</code> method obeying the following specifications:<br />
#* The <code>get_relationship()</code> method takes '''two''' input arguments, which are two instances of the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/gen/gen_lib.html#module-gen.lib.person Person] class. To be determined is the relationship of the second person to the first person.<br />
#* The <code>get_relationship()</code> method returns a tuple with '''two''' values:<br />
#*# The string of the relationship (e.g. "father", or "grandson")<br />
#*# The list of the closest common ancestors of these two persons.<br />
#* For the sake of the following example, assume that the above function is defined in <code>src/plugins/rel_xx.py</code> (where <code>xx</code> is your language code), and it's name is <code>get_relationship(first_person,second_person)</code>. Also assume that it returns a pair of values: <code>(rel_string, acnestor_list)</code>.<br />
#* Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
# The relationship plugin must register itself with the plugin system as the <code>relcalc</code> tool. This is done by inserting the following code at the end of your <code>rel_xx.py</code> file:<br />
<br />
from PluginMgr import register_relcalc<br />
register_relcalc(RelationshipCalculatorClass,["xx","XX","xx_YY","xxxxxx","Xxxxxx","Xxxxxxx_xx"])<br />
<br />
:where <code>RelationshipCalculatorClass</code> is the class whose method is the <code>get_relationship()</code> and the items in quotes are language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language. For example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>src/Relationship.py</code> and <code>src/plugins/rel_ru.py</code>.<br />
</div><br />
</div><br />
{{-}}<br />
==See also==<br />
*[[Handler List]]<br />
*[[Calendar tools holidays]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Tools]]<br />
[[Category:GEPS|C]]</div>
Bamaustin
https://blog.gramps-project.org/wiki/index.php?title=Specification:Relationship_Calculator&diff=102950
Specification:Relationship Calculator
2024-03-14T17:40:22Z
<p>Bamaustin: /* For Gramps 4.x.x */</p>
<hr />
<div>Rationale and requirements for the [[Gramps_5.1_Wiki_Manual_-_Tools#Relationship_Calculator|Relationship Calculator]] plugin for Gramps, and its localization.<br />
<br />
==Why have different relationship calculators?==<br />
Different cultures and regions tend to view relationships in different ways. In the United States (and probably other English speaking regions), you can encounter a third cousin, twice removed, which in other regions is meaningless. Other cultures have different terms for your mother's grandfather and your father's grandfather, while English speaking regions would refer to both as a great-grandfather.<br />
<br />
By providing relationship calculators, several problems are resolved.<br />
* Meaningful relation descriptions are returned localized for the user's region.<br />
* The relationship calculator plugin can return the relationship outside of the Relationship Calculator, allowing relationships to be used in reports and other areas.<br />
* Translators do not have to worry about trying to translate strings such as "third cousin twice removed" into a local phrase that has no equivalent.<br />
<br />
==How to write a relationship calculator==<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 5.x.x===<br />
The relationship calculator Logic is the same as Gramps version 4.x.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [https://gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#<code>get_single_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Quick Views/Reports'')<br />
:#<code>get_sibling_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Relationship Calculator'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#<code>get_plural_relationship_string</code> (used on ''Kinship Report'')<br />
:#<code>get_partner_relationship_string</code> - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
{{man tip|Note|that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code>}}<br />
<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in <code>relationship.py</code>, eg <code>_get_father()</code>. Helper functions start with a <code>_</code> and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/relplugins.gpr.py relplugins.gpr.py]</code> in the directory <code>gramps/tree/master/gramps/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code> and <code>[{{Code Base}}/gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py]</code> or <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py]</code>.<br />
<br />
<!--<br />
To begin to make a copy of relationship.py and rename to rel_xx.py (where xx is the two letter language iso code name) and move the file to the same folder as the other language handlers in gramps/plugins/rel/ <br />
--><br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly advised to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
python gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
pylint gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/gramps/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 4.x.x===<br />
<div class="mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"><div class="mw-collapsible-toggle">'''Click to expand'''</div><br />
<div class="mw-collapsible-content"><br />
<!-- Collapsible content goes here --><br />
The relationship calculator Logic is the same as Gramps version 3.0. Only paths and filename etc have been updated due to the Code reorganisation.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [https://gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#get_single_relationship_string (used on ''quick report'')<br />
:#get_sibling_relationship_string (used on ''RelCalc'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#get_plural_relationship_string (used on ''kinship report'')<br />
:#get_partner_relationship_string - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
:Note that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in [{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]<br />
<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in relationship.py, eg _get_father(). Helper functions start with a _ and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/relplugins.gpr.py relplugins.gpr.py]</code> in the directory <code>gramps/tree/master/gramps/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/gen/relationship.py gramps/gen/relationship.py]</code> and <code>[{{Code Base}}/gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py]</code> or <code>[{{Code Base}}gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py gramps/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py]</code>.<br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly advised to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
python gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/gramps<br />
pylint gramps/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/gramps/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
</div><br />
</div><br />
{{-}}<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 3.x.x===<br />
The relationship calculator changed for version 3.0. Logic has been separated from translation, which will allow code improvements to occur more easily, being available immediately in all translated modules.<br />
<br />
Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/relationship.html framework]:<br />
# You need to make localized versions of the methods:<br />
:#get_single_relationship_string (used on ''quick report'')<br />
:#get_sibling_relationship_string (used on ''RelCalc'' tool and on ''Status Bar'')<br />
:#get_plural_relationship_string (used on ''kinship report'')<br />
:#get_partner_relationship_string - only make a localized version of this if the gettext translation present in Relationship.py is not sufficient<br />
<br />
:Note that the signature of the methods must be identical to the ones in Relationship.py<br />
All other methods are unique to the English module, and should not be overwritten. You can however define your own helper functions like present in Relationship.py, eg _get_father(). Helper functions start with a _ and are not used outside of the Relationship class module.<br />
<br />
Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
<br />
The relationship plugin must be [[GEPS 014: Plugin registration and management|registered]] in the plugin system. In short, you have to edit the file <code>relplugins.gpr.py</code> in the directory <code>src/plugins/rel</code>. Follow the model of any of the other languages, and fill in all the possible language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language: for example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>src/Relationship.py</code> and <code>src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py</code> or <code>src/plugins/rel/rel_nl.py</code>.<br />
<br />
====Tests====<br />
<br />
You are further strongly adviced to run the same tests as are present at the bottom of those files. If you have obtained Gramps Git in <code>/home/me/Gramps</code>, then you can run the test for eg. rel_it.py as follows in a terminal:<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/src <br />
python src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py<br />
<br />
You could also run [[Programming_Guidelines#Pylint|pylint]] as follows in a terminal<br />
<br />
cd /home/me/Gramps<br />
export PYTHONPATH=/home/me/Gramps/src <br />
pylint src/plugins/rel/rel_it.py > /home/me/Gramps/src/plugins/rel/it.txt<br />
<br />
===For Gramps 2.2.x===<br />
The framework for relationship calculator plugins is in place. Here are the rules the language-specific plugins must obey to be compatible with the framework:<br />
# The relationship plugins (here and below referred to as <code>rel</code> plugins) must define a class that can be instantiated with the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/gen/gen_db.html#module-gen.db.base GrampsDbBase] instance as its argument and that has a <code>get_relationship()</code> method obeying the following specifications:<br />
#* The <code>get_relationship()</code> method takes '''two''' input arguments, which are two instances of the [http://www.gramps-project.org/docs/gen/gen_lib.html#module-gen.lib.person Person] class. To be determined is the relationship of the second person to the first person.<br />
#* The <code>get_relationship()</code> method returns a tuple with '''two''' values:<br />
#*# The string of the relationship (e.g. "father", or "grandson")<br />
#*# The list of the closest common ancestors of these two persons.<br />
#* For the sake of the following example, assume that the above function is defined in <code>src/plugins/rel_xx.py</code> (where <code>xx</code> is your language code), and it's name is <code>get_relationship(first_person,second_person)</code>. Also assume that it returns a pair of values: <code>(rel_string, acnestor_list)</code>.<br />
#* Text strings returned by the function should be in the UNICODE character set. GNOME expects all displayed strings to be UNICODE characters, and most report formats use UNICODE. While it may be tempting to use ISO-8859 or other character sets, these will not display correctly and will cause errors.<br />
# The relationship plugin must register itself with the plugin system as the <code>relcalc</code> tool. This is done by inserting the following code at the end of your <code>rel_xx.py</code> file:<br />
<br />
from PluginMgr import register_relcalc<br />
register_relcalc(RelationshipCalculatorClass,["xx","XX","xx_YY","xxxxxx","Xxxxxx","Xxxxxxx_xx"])<br />
<br />
:where <code>RelationshipCalculatorClass</code> is the class whose method is the <code>get_relationship()</code> and the items in quotes are language identifiers that '''may possibly''' be associated with your language. For example, different systems use <code>ru</code>, <code>RU</code>, <code>ru_RU</code>, <code>koi8r</code>, <code>ru_koi8r</code>, <code>russian</code>, <code>Russian</code>, <code>ru_RU.koi8r</code>, etc. to identify the Russian language.<br />
<br />
<br />
That's it for the requirements. The example <code>relcalc</code> plugins can be found in <code>src/Relationship.py</code> and <code>src/plugins/rel_ru.py</code>.<br />
<br />
==See also==<br />
*[[Handler List]]<br />
*[[Calendar tools holidays]]<br />
<br />
[[Category:Translators/Categories]]<br />
[[Category:Developers/General]]<br />
[[Category:Plugins]]<br />
[[Category:Tools]]<br />
[[Category:GEPS|C]]</div>
Bamaustin